UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, DC 20549
FORM 20-F
(Mark One)
☐ | REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
OR
☑ | ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018
OR
☐ | TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
For the transition period from to
OR
☐ | SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 |
Date of event requiring this shell company report
Commission file number | Barclays PLC | 1-09246 |
BARCLAYS PLC
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
ENGLAND
(Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
1 CHURCHILL PLACE, LONDON E14 5HP, ENGLAND
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
GARTH WRIGHT, +44 (0)20 7116 3170, GARTH.WRIGHT@BARCLAYS.COM
1 CHURCHILL PLACE, LONDON E14 5HP, ENGLAND
(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
|
Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
| |||
25p ordinary shares | New York Stock Exchange* |
Title of Each Class
|
Name of Each Exchange On Which Registered
| |||
American Depositary Shares, each representing four 25p ordinary shares | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.338% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2024 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2024 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.972% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2029 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.61% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2023 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2023 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.375 % Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes due 2024 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
2.75% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2019 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
3.65% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2025 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
2.875% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2020 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
5.25% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2045 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
3.25% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2021 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.375% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2026 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
5.20% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes due 2026 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
3.20% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2021 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2021 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2023 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
3.684% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2023 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.337% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2028 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.950% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2047 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
4.836% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes due 2028 | New York Stock Exchange | |||
3.250% Fixed Rate Senior Notes due 2033 | New York Stock Exchange |
* | Not for trading, but in connection with the registration of American Depository Shares, pursuant to the requirements to the Securities and Exchange Commission. |
Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act: None
Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuers classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.
25p ordinary shares |
17,132,806,284 |
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ☐ No ☑
If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934.
Yes ☐ No ☑
Note Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
Yes ☑ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes ☑ No ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and emerging growth company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act:
Large Accelerated Filer ☑ | Accelerated Filer ☐ | Non-Accelerated Filer ☐ | Emerging growth company ☐ |
If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
The term new or revised financial accounting standard refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.
*Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:
U.S. GAAP ☐
International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board ☑
Other ☐
*If Other has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow:
Item 17 ☐
Item 18 ☐
If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).
Yes ☐ No ☑
(APPLICABLE ONLY TO ISSUERS INVOLVED IN BANKRUPTCY PROCEEDINGS DURING THE PAST FIVE YEARS)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.
Yes ☐ No ☐
SEC Form 20-F Cross reference information
Form 20-F item number | Page and caption references in this document* | |||||
1 | Identity of Directors, Senior Management and Advisers | Not applicable | ||||
2 | Offer Statistics and Expected Timetable | Not applicable | ||||
3 | Key Information | |||||
A. | Selected financial data | 180, 182, 205-211, 232 (Notes 10 and 11), 310 | ||||
B. | Capitalization and indebtedness | Not applicable | ||||
C. | Reason for the offer and use of proceeds | Not applicable | ||||
D. | Risk factors | 85-90 | ||||
4 | Information on the Company | |||||
A. | History and development of the company | 1, 8-11, 222 (Note 6), 240 (Note 15), 290 (Note 36), 295-296 (Note 41), 305-309 | ||||
B. | Business overview | iii (Market and other data), 169-176, 184-193, 218-219 (Note 2), 265-273 (Note 27) | ||||
C. | Organizational structure | 8, 286-287 (Note 34), 332-335 | ||||
D. | Property, plants and equipment | 258 (Note 20), 259-260 (Note 21), 262 (Note 23) | ||||
4A | Unresolved staff comments | Not applicable | ||||
5 | Operating and Financial Review and Prospects | |||||
A. | Operating results | 85-89, 129, 156, 169-176, 178-194, 234-239 (Note 14), 265-273 (Note 27), 404-405 | ||||
B. | Liquidity and capital resources | 120-121, 135, 137-145, 147-150, 211, 213, 234-239 (Note 14), 265 (Note 26), 273-275 (Note 28), 276-277 (Note 29), 290 (Note 36), 291-292 (Note 37), 400-406, 419-422 | ||||
C. | Research and development, patents and licenses, etc. | 44 | ||||
D. | Trend information | | ||||
E. | Off-balance sheet arrangements | 78, 265 (Note 26), 287-290 (Note 35), 291-292 (Note 37) | ||||
F. | Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations | 422 | ||||
G. | Safe harbor | ii (Forward-looking statements) | ||||
6 | Directors, Senior Management and Employees | |||||
A. | Directors and senior management | 5-7, 322-326 | ||||
B. | Compensation | 43, 53-80, 279-280 (Note 32), 293-294 (Note 39), 442 | ||||
C. | Board practices | 5-7, 12-14, 65, 84, 362-363 | ||||
D. | Employees | 52, 184, 187, 191-193, 218-219 (Note 2) | ||||
E. | Share ownership | 279-280 (Note 32), 293-294 (Note 39), 329-331 | ||||
7 | Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions | |||||
A. | Major shareholders | 45, 321 | ||||
B.
C. |
Related party transactions
Interests of experts and counsel |
293-294 (Note 39), 360, 442
Not applicable | ||||
8 | Financial Information | |||||
A. | Consolidated statements and other financial information | 180, 182, 203-213, 214-304, 232 (Note 11), 265-273 (Note 27), 276-277 (Note 29), 307-308, 310 | ||||
B. | Significant changes | Not applicable | ||||
9 | The Offer and Listing | |||||
A. | Offer and listing details | 310, 320 | ||||
B. | Plan of distribution | Not applicable | ||||
C. | Markets | 310, 320 | ||||
D. | Selling shareholders | Not applicable | ||||
E. | Dilution | Not applicable | ||||
F. | Expenses of the issue | Not applicable | ||||
10 | Additional Information | |||||
A. | Share capital | Not applicable | ||||
B. | Memorandum and Articles of Association | 305-309 | ||||
C. | Material contracts | 63-65 |
Form 20-F item number | Page and caption references in this document* | |||||
D. | Exchange controls | 316 | ||||
E. | Taxation | 312-316 | ||||
F. | Dividends and paying assets | Not applicable | ||||
G. | Statement by experts | Not applicable | ||||
H. | Documents on display | 316 | ||||
I. | Subsidiary information | 286-287 (Note 34), 332-335 | ||||
11 | Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosure about Market Risk | 93, 131-134, 155-157, 159-161, 388-395 | ||||
12 | Description of Securities Other than Equity Securities | |||||
A. | Debt Securities | Not applicable | ||||
B. | Warrants and Rights | Not applicable | ||||
C. | Other Securities | Not applicable | ||||
D. | American Depositary Shares | 310-311, 317-318 | ||||
13 | Defaults, Dividends Arrearages and Delinquencies | Not applicable | ||||
14 | Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders and Use of Proceeds | Not applicable | ||||
15 | Controls and Procedures | |||||
A. | Disclosure controls and procedures | 322 | ||||
B. | Managements annual report on internal control over financial reporting | 41 | ||||
C. | Attestation report of the registered public accounting firm | 203 | ||||
D. | Changes in internal control over financial reporting | 41 | ||||
16A | Audit Committee Financial Expert | 13 | ||||
16B | Code of Ethics | 320 | ||||
16C | Principal Accountant Fees and Services | 20-21, 295 (Note 40), 319 | ||||
16D | Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees | Not applicable | ||||
16E | Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers | 46 | ||||
16F | Change in Registrants Certifying Accountant | Not applicable | ||||
16G | Corporate Governance | 320 | ||||
17 | Financial Statements | Not applicable (See Item 8) | ||||
18 | Financial Statements | Not applicable (See Item 8) | ||||
19 | Exhibits | Exhibit Index |
* | Captions have been included only in respect of pages with multiple sections on the same page in order to identify the relevant caption on that page covered by the corresponding Form 20-F item number. |
Creating opportunities to rise
BARCLAYS
Barclays PLC
2018 Annual Report on Form
20-F
Notes
The terms Barclays or Barclays Group refer to Barclays PLC together with its subsidiaries. Unless otherwise stated, the income statement analysis compares the year ended 31 December 2018 to the corresponding twelve months of 2017 and balance sheet analysis as at 31 December 2018 with comparatives relating to 31 December 2017. The abbreviations £m and £bn represent millions and thousands of millions of Pounds Sterling respectively; the abbreviations $m and $bn represent millions and thousands of millions of US Dollars respectively; the abbreviations m and bn represent millions and thousands of millions of Euros respectively.
There are a number of key judgement areas, for example impairment calculations, which are based on models and which are subject to ongoing adjustment and modifications. Reported numbers reflect best estimates and judgements at the given point in time.
Relevant terms that are used in this document but are not defined under applicable regulatory guidance or International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) are explained in the results glossary that can be accessed at home.barclays/results.
The information in this announcement, which was approved by the Board of Directors on 20 February 2019, does not comprise statutory accounts within the meaning of Section 434 of the Companies Act 2006. Statutory accounts for the year ended 31 December 2018, which contain an unqualified audit report under Section 495 of the Companies Act 2006 (which does not make any statements under Section 498 of the Companies Act 2006) will be delivered to the Registrar of Companies in accordance with Section 441 of the Companies Act 2006.
Barclays is a frequent issuer in the debt capital markets and regularly meets with investors via formal road-shows and other ad hoc meetings. Consistent with its usual practice, Barclays expects that from time to time over the coming quarter it will meet with investors globally to discuss these results and other matters relating to the Barclays Group.
Non-IFRS performance measures
Barclays management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable information to the readers of the financial statements as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for comparing the businesses performance between financial periods and provide more detail concerning the elements of performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence or are relevant for an assessment of the Barclays Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by Barclays management. However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS measures and readers should consider the IFRS measures as well. Refer to pages 195 to 200 for further information and calculations of non-IFRS performance measures included throughout this document, and the most directly comparable IFRS measures.
Key non-IFRS measures included in this document, and the most directly comparable IFRS measures, are:
Attributable profit excluding litigation and conduct represents attributable profit excluding litigation and conduct charges. The comparable IFRS measure is attributable profit. A reconciliation is provided on pages 197-199;
Average allocated equity represents the average shareholders equity that is allocated to the businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 200;
Average allocated tangible equity is calculated as the average of the previous months period end allocated tangible equity and the current months period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period. Period end allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.0% (2017: 12.0%) of risk weighted assets for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays Groups tangible shareholders equity and the amounts allocated to businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 196;
Average tangible shareholders equity is calculated as the average of the previous months period end tangible equity and the current months period end tangible equity. The average tangible shareholders equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period. The comparable IFRS measure is average equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 199;
Basic earnings per share excluding litigation and conduct is calculated by dividing statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders excluding litigation and conduct charges, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, by the basic weighted average number of shares. The comparable IFRS measure is basic earnings per share. A reconciliation is provided on pages 197-199;
Cost: income ratio excluding litigation and conduct represents operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct charges, divided by total income. The comparable IFRS measure is cost: income ratio. A reconciliation is provided on pages 197-199;
Operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct represents operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct charges. The comparable IFRS measure is operating expenses. A reconciliation is provided on pages 197-199;
Operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct, and a GMP charge of £140m represents operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct charges, and a GMP charge of £140m. The comparable IFRS measure is operating expenses. A reconciliation is provided on page 180;
Profit before tax excluding litigation and conduct represents profit before tax excluding litigation and conduct charges. The comparable IFRS measure is profit before tax. A reconciliation is provided on page 197-199;
Return on average allocated equity represents the return on shareholders equity that is allocated to the businesses. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 200;
Return on average allocated tangible equity is calculated as the annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average allocated tangible equity. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 196;
Return on average allocated tangible equity excluding litigation and conduct is calculated as the annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent excluding litigation and conduct charges, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average allocated tangible equity. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 196;
Return on average tangible shareholders equity is calculated as the annualised profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill. The comparable IFRS measure is return on equity. A reconciliation is provided on page 197-199; and
Tangible net asset value per share is calculated by dividing shareholders equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares. The components of the calculation have been included on page 199.
Forward-looking statements
This document contains certain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the Barclays Group. Barclays cautions readers that no forward-looking statement is a guarantee of future performance and that actual results or other financial condition or performance measures could differ materially from those contained in the forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements sometimes use words such as may, will, seek, continue, aim, anticipate, target, projected, expect, estimate, intend, plan, goal, believe, achieve or other words of similar meaning. Examples of forward-looking statements include, among others, statements or guidance regarding or relating to the Barclays Groups future financial position, income growth, assets, impairment charges, provisions, business strategy, capital, leverage and other regulatory ratios, payment of dividends (including dividend payout ratios and expected payment strategies), projected levels of growth in the banking and financial markets, projected costs or savings, any commitments and targets, estimates of capital expenditures, plans and objectives for future operations, projected employee numbers, IFRS 9 impacts and other statements that are not historical fact. By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to future events and circumstances. These may be affected by changes in legislation, the development of standards and interpretations under International Financial Reporting Standards including the continuing impact of IFRS 9 implementation, evolving practices with regard to the interpretation and application of accounting and regulatory standards, the outcome of current and future legal proceedings and regulatory investigations, future levels of conduct provisions, the policies and actions of governmental and regulatory authorities, geopolitical risks and the impact of competition. In addition, factors including (but not limited to) the following may have an effect: capital, leverage and other regulatory rules applicable to past, current and future periods; UK, US, Eurozone and global macroeconomic and business conditions; the effects of any volatility in credit markets; market related risks such as changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates; effects of changes in valuation of credit market exposures; changes in valuation of issued securities; volatility in capital markets; changes in credit ratings of any entities within the Barclays Group or any securities issued by such entities; the potential for one or more countries exiting the Eurozone; instability as a result of the exit by the United Kingdom from the European Union and the disruption that may subsequently result in the UK and globally; and the success of future acquisitions, disposals and other strategic transactions. A number of these influences and factors are beyond the Barclays Groups control. As a result, the Barclays Groups actual future results, dividend payments, and capital and leverage ratios may differ materially from the plans, goals, expectations and guidance set forth in the Barclays Groups forward-looking statements.
Subject to our obligations under the applicable laws and regulations of the United Kingdom and the United States in relation to disclosure and ongoing information, we undertake no obligation to update publicly or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
Market and other data
This document contains information, including statistical data, about certain Barclays markets and its competitive position. Except as otherwise indicated, this information is taken or derived from Datastream and other external sources. Barclays cannot guarantee the accuracy of information taken from external sources, or that, in respect of internal estimates, a third party using different methods would obtain the same estimates as Barclays.
Uses of Internet addresses
This document contains inactive textual addresses to internet websites operated by us and third parties. Reference to such websites is made for information purposes only, and information found at such websites is not incorporated by reference into this document.
References to Pillar 3 Report
This document contains references throughout to the Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report. Reference to the aforementioned report is made for information purposes only, and information found in said report is not incorporated by reference into this document.
Governance
This section sets out our corporate governance processes and the role they play in supporting the delivery of our strategy, including reports from the Chairman and each of the Board Committee Chairs.
|
Directors report |
Page | |||||||
How we comply with The UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 |
2 | |||||||
Chairmans introduction |
3 | |||||||
Who we are |
◾ Board of Directors |
5 | ||||||
◾ Group Executive Committee
|
7 | |||||||
What we did in 2018 |
◾ Board report |
8 | ||||||
◾ Board Audit Committee report |
|
12 | ||||||
◾ Board Nominations Committee report |
22 | |||||||
◾ Board Reputation Committee report |
27 | |||||||
◾ Board Risk Committee report |
31 | |||||||
How we comply |
37 | |||||||
Other statutory information |
43 | |||||||
People |
47 | |||||||
Remuneration report |
53 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 1 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply with
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2016
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2016 (The Code)
The Code is not a rigid set of rules. It consists of principles (main and supporting) and provisions. The Listing Rules require companies to apply the main principles and report to shareholders on how they have done so.
You can find our disclosures as follows:
|
2 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
Chairmans introduction
The Board believes that its role is to create and preserve value, not just for shareholders but for all stakeholders and society more widely. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 3 |
Governance: Directors report
Chairmans introduction
4 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
Who we are Board of Directors
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 5 |
Governance: Directors report
Who we are Board of Directors
6 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
Who we are Group Executive Committee
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 7 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board report
8 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Strategy formulation and monitoring
Debated and provided input to management on the execution of the overall strategy of the Barclays Group, and reflected on that strategy with longer-term views on what could be done to build on our strengths as a transatlantic consumer and wholesale bank, enhance financial resilience and deliver consistent and stronger returns through the business cycle. The topics considered by the Board included:
◾ | a continued focus on ways to enhance the Barclays Groups returns |
◾ | potential growth opportunities for the Barclays Group in delivering sustainable enhanced returns through the cycle |
◾ | constraints and risks to strategy execution, including economic assumptions, expected regulatory requirements on capital and solvency ratios, investor expectations, potential impacts for clients and customers, and the various approaches to the distribution of capital |
◾ | the allocation of capital |
◾ | areas of shareholder focus in relation to the overall strategy of the Barclays Group |
◾ | strategic approach to costs optimisation, including the use of Barclays Execution Services to deliver shared services to the Barclays Group. |
Discussed regular updates from the Group Chief Executive on the progress being made against the 2018 execution priorities and capital targets of the Barclays Group, received insights on stakeholder, employee and cultural matters (including results from employee opinion surveys), and updates on items of focus for the Barclays Group Executive Committee.
Monitored the progress of the execution and implementation of the structural reform programme and approved matters in connection therewith including capital reductions.
Assessed and debated the potential implications of the UKs preparations to leave the EU following the EU Referendum result and received updates on the preparations of the Barclays Group therefor, including the expansion of our Irish legal entity, Barclays Bank Ireland, as well as updates from the Chair of the Risk Committee.
Received Deep Dive presentations from management on key areas of the Barclays Groups business and lessons learned from specific events.
Finance (including capital and liquidity)
Debated, assessed and approved the Barclays Groups Medium Term Plan for 2018-2020.
Regularly assessed financial performance of the Barclays Group and its main businesses through reports from the Group Finance Director.
Reviewed and approved Barclays financial results prior to publication, including approving full year and half year dividends.
Discussed market and investor reaction to Barclays strategic and financial results announcements, with insights provided by the Head of Investor
Relations and brokers.
Provided input, guidance and advice to senior management on the Barclays Groups Medium Term Plan 2019-2021 and subsequently approved the final plan.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 9 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board report
Governance and risk (including regulatory issues)
Debated and approved the 2018 risk appetite for the Barclays Group.
Discussed and received regular updates on stress testing.
Regularly assessed Barclays overall risk profile and emerging risk themes, hearing directly from the Chief Risk Officer and the Chair of the Risk Committee.
Discussed and received regular updates directly from the Chief Controls Officer on the internal controls and framework of the Barclays Group and monitored progress of:
◾ | the Barclays Internal Control Enhancement Plan (the programme for remediation of identified risk and control issues) |
◾ | the Risk and Control Self Assessment process |
◾ | improvements to the operating model of the Controls Office. |
Received reports on Barclays operational and technology capability, including in relation to the recruitment of a Chief Security Officer, the launch of the Joint Operations Centre, and cyber security.
Approved the Barclays Groups 2018 Recovery Plan and considered the US Resolution Plan. Both plans considered Barclays Preferred Resolution Strategy, which is developed with the Bank of England and involves a single-point of entry resolution with bail-in at the Barclays PLC level.
Considered regular updates from the Group General Counsel on the legal and regulatory risks and issues facing the Barclays Group refer to note 27 in the financial statements.
Met with representatives of Barclays UK and US regulators to enable the Board to hear first-hand about regulatory expectations and their specific views on Barclays.
Received and considered regular updates on communications from Barclays UK and US regulators.
Considered matters relating to Board succession, including the recruitment and appointment of a new Chairman and approved appointments to the Board and Board Committees.
Received and considered regular updates from the Chairs of the Boards principal Board Committees on the matters discussed at Board Committee meetings. You can read more about what each of the Board Committees did during 2018 on the following pages.
Received regular updates from the Chairs of Barclays Bank UK, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Services Limited.
Approved:
◾ | the new corporate governance framework for the Barclays Group, which reflects the corporate structure post-structural reform and recent corporate governance reforms |
◾ | the operating parameters within which Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC, and their respective groups, should run themselves in compliance with relevant law and regulation. |
Considered and discussed other corporate governance matters and regulatory matters, including the Senior Managers and Certification Regime and the extension thereof.
Engaged with stakeholders through a number of mechanisms, including:
◾ | meeting with institutional investors at seminars and conferences across many geographic locations, and meeting with private shareholders at the AGM |
◾ | receiving updates on shareholder views through regular updates, with insights provided by the Head of Investor Relations and brokers |
◾ | monitoring the impact of our behaviour and business on customers and clients, colleagues and society with support from the Reputation Committee, which tracks key indicators across the areas of culture, citizenship, conduct, and customer and client satisfaction, and used the insights gained to inform the Boards decision-making. |
Monitored the impact of our behaviour and business on customers and clients, colleagues and society.
Received regular reports on the alignment of Barclays culture with its purpose, values and strategy as well as qualitative and quantitative feedback on matters of interest to colleagues.
Received updates from the Reputation Committee on the publication of policy statements on Coal, World Heritage Sites and Ramsar Wetlands, as well as Barclays Energy and Climate Change Statement, and discussed feedback received thereon.
Received training on whistleblowing and the Senior Managers and Certification Regime.
Considered the results of the 2017 Board effectiveness review and the proposed action plan and considered the process for and findings of the
2018 Board effectiveness review. More information on the 2018 Board effectiveness review can be found on page 4.
Other (including remuneration)
Considered progress on Barclays talent and succession planning (and hosted receptions for key talent within the Barclays Group), and monitored the overall diversity of the leadership pipeline to ensure that the broadest spectrum of leaders are being attracted to the Barclays Group.
Received updates on the Banks diversity and inclusion initiatives, including from the Chair of the Nominations Committee, and debated the key business drivers for promoting diversity of gender, social and ethnic background, cognitive and personal strengths when making appointments to the Board and succession planning.
Considered and approved the 2018 incentive funding pools for the Barclays Group and allocation among each business and function. Please refer to the Remuneration report on pages 53 to 80 for further details.
10 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance in action Cyber security and operational resilience
|
||||
The way in which businesses operate and consumers manage their lives is fundamentally changing. At Barclays, our customers undertake over six million digital banking interactions every day through online and mobile services. The impact of digitisation on the financial services sector has generally been a positive one, providing consumers with the ability to engage through their preferred channel, at a time of their choosing, without having to visit a physical branch. However, digitisation has also resulted in instances of service disruption. In a recent study on cyber and technology resilience, the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) noted that cyber-attacks accounted for 18% of the operational incidents reported to the FCA between October 2017 and September 2018, and that technology outages in the financial services sector are becoming more frequent.
The Board considers that cyber security and operational resilience are critical issues disruptions that affect customers access to their accounts, and their money, impact confidence in the wider banking sector. The Barclays Group is focused on reducing the volume of operational incidents, and is seeking to do this through:
◾ Continued investment in our IT infrastructure. We operate a multi-channel strategy, with the channels supported by different technology systems to ensure that we can continue to service our customers in the event that one or more channels encounters difficulties. There are also, often, non-digital alternatives available for use as back-up.
◾ The provision of around-the-clock resilience and security. Nearly one quarter of the Barclays Groups global workforce of 85,000 is dedicated to security and technology. In order to enable our customers to transact 24/7, we seek to ensure around-the-clock resilience and security. We have created a global network of Joint Operation Centres with state-of-the-art technology and highly trained staff to enable always on monitoring, tracking, and handling of cyber threats and technology issues.
|
◾ The strengthening of controls and governance relating to technology. We have agreed standards and processes in place to manage the risks of operating and maintaining a complex technology estate across the Barclays Group. We have also reviewed our most critical banking services, and the internal processes that support them, in order to ensure that appropriate levels of resilience are designed and implemented for each service, depending on its criticality, and to identify and remove any single points of failure. A senior Accountable Executive has been assigned to each critical banking service, with responsibility for ensuring the resilience of that service and undertaking regular testing.
We also monitor both internal and external operational incidents as part of our formal Lessons Learned and Post Incident Review processes, as well as regularly using scenario planning to further improve our activities and plans in the event of an incident.
We believe that our approach is proving successful between 2016 and 2017, operational incidents caused by technology reduced by 15%; between 2017 and 2018, operational incidents caused by technology reduced by 13%. Nevertheless, incidents do still occur and, when they do, we focus on minimising the impact on customers. This includes providing clear and timely updates through different channels in order to signpost customers to those services that are unaffected.
Whilst the Board is actively engaged in monitoring and overseeing cyber security and operational resilience, the control aspects of these issues are the responsibility of the Audit Committee and the operational risk issues are the responsibility of the Risk Committee. You can read more about the work of the Audit Committee and the Risk Committee on pages 12 to 21 and pages 31 to 36 respectively. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 11 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Audit Committee report
|
Having overseen preparations for the implementation of IFRS 9, the Committee was well placed to monitor the impact of the new standard and ensure that such impact was clearly communicated to shareholders.
| |||
Dear Fellow Shareholders 2018 was another year of challenge and change for Barclays. One of the Committees most significant activities was overseeing Barclays transition from IAS 39 to the IFRS 9 Financial Instruments accounting standard, in particular the introduction of a forward-looking expected credit loss (ECL) model, which is designed to recognise losses earlier. Having overseen the Barclays Groups preparation for the implementation of IFRS 9 over the last few years, my Committee colleagues and I were well placed to monitor the impact of the new standard and ensure that such impact was clearly communicated to shareholders. To this end, and in line with the Committees responsibility for ensuring the integrity of Barclays published financial information by debating and challenging the critical judgements and estimates made by management, we provided input on material disclosures relating to IFRS 9. Please refer to the report on the following pages for details of all of the material matters considered by the Committee in the last year.
On 1 April 2018, Barclays Bank UK PLC was established thereby completing structural reform. Having previously agreed the allocation of responsibilities, the Committee worked closely with the audit committees of Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC and with management to embed the necessary information flows and reporting in order to ensure that all three of the audit committees can discharge their responsibilities with the minimum amount of duplication. More generally, the intention of the new structure is that all of the Barclays Group entities operate alongside one another, but in accordance with the requirements of ring-fencing legislation. With this in mind, I held regular meetings with the chairs of the Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC audit committees and recently attended meetings of each of their committees. In turn, the chairs of those entities attended at least one Committee meeting during 2018. I also met frequently with members of senior management, including the Group Finance Director and Chief Internal Auditor, and continued my engagement with Barclays
|
regulators both in the UK and the US. I reported regularly on the activities of the Committee to the Board of Barclays PLC.
Ensuring continued focus on the strengthening of Barclays control environment remained a priority for the Committee in 2018. I held regular meetings with the Chief Internal Auditor and members of her senior management team to ensure that I was aware of current work programmes and any emerging issues. I also agreed the Chief Internal Auditors objectives, and the outcomes of her performance assessment and remuneration. Following the success of previous networking events with Barclays Internal Audit (BIA), Committee members were once again given the opportunity to meet with senior members of the BIA management team on a less formal basis.
Having taken over the co-ordination of the Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) process in 2017, the Chief Controls Office has developed a more detailed self-assessment process which has assisted the business in proactively identifying controls which require remediation. We received regular updates from the Chief Controls Office on those controls and other issues. Following the stand-up of the Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC audit committees, the focus of these updates was on issues of significance to the Barclays Group, most of which related to services supplied by Barclays Execution Services.
The Committee continued to engage with senior management regarding areas of control weaknesses, and received presentations from a number of different areas of the organisation on the actions taken to address unsatisfactory audit reports.
In assessing control issues for disclosure in the Annual Report, the Committee applied similar concepts to those used for assessing internal financial controls for the purposes of Sarbanes-Oxley. The conclusion we reached is that there are no control issues that are considered to be a material weakness and which therefore merit specific disclosure.
|
I am proud to be Barclays Whistleblowers Champion. As Champion, I have specific responsibility for overseeing the integrity, independence and effectiveness of the Barclays Groups whistleblowing arrangements, including the policies and procedures on protecting against victimisation. In this capacity, I am pleased to report that the recommendations arising from the independent review of the whistleblowing programme that was commissioned by the Board in 2017 have been implemented in full. This includes the standing-up of a centralised team to review and assess all concerns raised and, as necessary, direct those concerns to an appropriate team for investigation. The FCA and the PRA concluded their regulatory processes in relation to the investigation of certain matters involving our whistleblowing programme, and Barclays Bank PLC reached a settlement with the New York State Department of Financial Services in respect of its investigation into the same matters. Certain information relating to the whistleblowing programme will be provided to the FCA and the PRA for the years 2018 2020, and to the New York State Department of Financial Services for the years 2017 2020.
Committee performance The performance of the Committee was assessed by Independent Board Evaluation, an independent, external corporate governance consultancy as part of the annual effectiveness review of the Board of Barclays PLC. The results show that the Committee is operating effectively, and the Board takes a high level of assurance from the technical competence and diligence of the Committees work. It is considered well constituted, with the right balance of skills and experience. Last years review commented on the need to manage a demanding agenda efficiently so that time is allocated to the most significant items for discussion. |
12 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 13 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Audit Committee report
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Fair, balanced and understandable reporting (including country-by- country reporting and Pillar 3 reporting) |
Barclays is required to ensure that its external reporting is fair, balanced and understandable.
The Committee undertakes an assessment on behalf of the Board in order to provide the Board with assurance that it can make the statement required by The UK Corporate Governance Code 2016.
|
◾ Assessed through discussion with and challenge of management, including the Group Chief Executive and Group Finance Director, whether disclosures in the Annual Report and other financial reports were fair, balanced and understandable.
◾ Evaluated reports from Barclays PLCs Disclosure Committee on its assessment of the content, accuracy and tone of the disclosures.
◾ Established through reports from management that there were no indications of fraud relating to financial reporting matters.
◾ Evaluated the outputs of Barclays internal control assessments and Sarbanes-Oxley s404 internal control process.
◾ Assessed disclosure controls and procedures.
◾ Confirmed that management had reported on and evidenced the basis on which representations to the external auditors were made. |
Having evaluated all of the available information and the assurances provided by management, the Committee concluded that the processes underlying the preparation of Barclays published financial statements, including the 2018 Annual Report and financial statements, were appropriate in ensuring that those statements were fair, balanced and understandable.
In assessing Barclays financial results statements over the course of 2018, the Committee specifically addressed and provided input to management on the disclosure and presentation of:
◾ the impact of IFRS 9 on, among other things, Barclays CET1 ratio, credit risk disclosures in the Pillar 3 report and shareholders equity
◾ the Group Finance Directors presentations to analysts
◾ the level of segmental reporting.
The Committee recommended to the Board that the 2018 Annual Report and financial statements are fair, balanced and understandable.
|
14 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Impairment (refer to Note 7 to the financial statements) |
Barclays has implemented IFRS9 by developing models to calculate expected credit losses in a range of economic scenarios. The key areas of judgement include setting modelling assumptions, developing methodologies for the weighting of economic scenarios, establishing criteria to determine significant deterioration in credit quality and the application of management adjustments to the model output. |
◾ Assessed impairment experience against forecast, and considered whether impairment provisions were appropriate.
◾ Evaluated the impact of IFRS 9 on impairment.
◾ Monitored the Barclays Groups ECLs, model changes, scenario updates, post-model adjustments, and volatility.
◾ Monitored SOX compliance in relation to IFRS 9 controls and, specifically, the ECL calculation.
|
The Committee received a number of deep dive presentations from the Finance and Credit officers responsible for the IFRS 9 implementation.
The Committee considered in detail the key IFRS 9 assumptions relating to staging criteria and the weighting of economic scenarios.
The Committee reviewed model adjustments and scenario updates made by management to ensure that impairment allowances were set at appropriate and adequate levels. In particular, the Committee reviewed the basis of the adjustment of £150m made to reflect current economic uncertainty in the UK.
The Committee agreed that the provision levels for impairment were appropriate.
In light of the need for additional disclosures to be made in relation to IFRS 9, the Committee reviewed managements dry run of the year end IFRS 9 disclosures which focused on those disclosures that were either new or significantly impacted. The Committee also reviewed the final IFRS 9 disclosures which, whilst understandbly still evolving, the Committee believed gave a good explanation of the impacts.
| |||
Conduct provisions (refer to Note 25 to the financial statements) |
Barclays makes certain assumptions and estimates, analysis of which underpins provisions made for the costs of customer redress, such as for Payment Protection Insurance (PPI). | ◾ Regularly analysed the judgements and estimates made with regard to Barclays provisioning for PPI claims, taking into account forecasts and assumptions made for PPI complaints and actual claims experience for Barclays and the industry as a whole, including the volume of invalid PPI claims.
◾ Debated the impact on the future range of provisions arising from (i) the August 2019 time-bar on claims, (ii) the PPI marketing campaigns, and (iii) the fee cap on the submission of PPI complaints by claims management companies.
◾ Evaluated the adequacy of the PPI provision, considering whether the total provision is within the modelled range of future outcomes, and whether the external auditor agreed with managements analysis and approach.
◾ Monitored the position on provisions for alternative PPI (card protection and payment break plan insurance) and considered whether further provisions were required.
|
Throughout the year, the Committee and management continued to monitor closely any changes in customer or claims management companies behaviour in light of the FCA time-bar and marketing campaign, and the ongoing impact of the Plevin case. Having reviewed the key factors impacting the PPI provision, the PPI provision was increased in Q1 2018. Following this increase, the Committee agreed with managements assessment that the current provision of £888m was appropriate. The Committee noted that this estimate remains subject to significant uncertainty, in particular regarding the level of valid customer claims that may be received in the period to August 2019. In this context, the Committee was satisfied that sensitivities to the key variables were appropriately disclosed.
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 15 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Audit Committee report
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Legal, competition and regulatory provisions (refer to Notes 27 to 29 to the financial statements) | Although a number of significant legacy litigation issues were resolved during 2018, Barclays is engaged in various legal, competition and regulatory matters. The extent of the impact on Barclays of these matters cannot always be predicted, but matters can give rise to provisioning for contingent and other liabilities depending on the relevant facts and circumstances. The level of provisioning is subject to management judgement on the basis of legal advice and is, therefore, an area of focus for the Committee.
|
◾ Evaluated advice on the status of current legal, competition and regulatory matters.
◾ Assessed managements judgements and estimates of the levels of provisions to be taken and the adequacy of those provisions, based on available information and evidence.
◾ Considered the adequacy of disclosure, recognising that any decision to set provisions involves significant judgement.
|
The Committee discussed provisions and utilisation. Having reviewed the information available to determine what was both probable and could be reliably estimated, the Committee agreed that the level of provision at the year end was appropriate. The Committee also considered that the disclosures made provided the appropriate information for investors regarding the legal, competition and regulatory matters being addressed by the Barclays Group. | |||
Long-term viability |
The Directors are required to make a statement in the Annual Report as to the long-term viability of Barclays. The Committee provides advice to the Board on the form and content of the statement, including the underlying assumptions. |
◾ Evaluated at year end a report from management setting out the view of Barclays long-term viability based on Barclays MTP. The report covered forecasts for capital, liquidity and leverage, and included forecast performance against regulatory targets, outcomes of the stress test of the MTP and forecast capital and liquidity performance against stress hurdle rates, funding and liquidity forecasts as well as an assessment of global risk themes and the Barclays Groups risk profile.
◾ Considered the viability statement in conjunction with Barclays risk statements and strategy/business model disclosures.
◾ Addressed feedback from investors, the FRC and other stakeholders on viability statements in general.
|
The Committee agreed that the appropriate timeframe for the viability statement continued to be three years.
Taking into account the assessment by the Risk Committee of stress testing results and risk appetite, the Committee agreed to recommend the viability statement to the Board for approval | |||
Valuations (refer to Notes 13 to 17 to the financial statements) |
Barclays exercises judgement in the valuation and disclosure of financial instruments, derivative assets and certain portfolios, particularly where quoted market prices are not available. |
◾ Evaluated reports from the Group Financial Controller.
◾ Monitored the valuation methods applied by management to significant valuation items, including the Barclays Groups Education, Social, Housing and Local Authority portfolio and a valuation disparity with a third party in respect of a specific long dated derivative portfolio.
|
The Committee noted that there were no new significant valuation judgements during the year. | |||
Tax (refer to Note 9 to the financial statements) |
Barclays is subject to taxation in a number of jurisdictions globally and makes judgements with regard to provisioning for tax at risk, and on the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets. |
◾ Evaluated the appropriateness of tax risk provisions to cover existing tax risk.
◾ Confirmed that the forecasts and assumptions supporting the recognition and valuation of deferred tax assets was in line with Barclays Medium Term Plan (MTP).
◾ Monitored the impact to Barclays of the US framework for tax legislation, which was enacted on 22 December 2017, including the Base Erosion Anti-abuse Tax (BEAT).
|
The Committee reviewed Barclays global tax risk and associated provisions for the full year and noted that gross tax risk increased slightly, and the level of tax provisions remained appropriate.
The Committee was pleased to note that the Barclays Group was not affected by BEAT in respect of 2018 |
16 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Other significant matters
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Internal control Read more about Barclays internal control and risk management processes on page 40. |
The effectiveness of the overall control environment, including the status of any material control issues and the progress of specific remediation plans. |
◾ Evaluated and tracked the status of the most material control issues identified by management through regular reports from the Chief Controls Officer, assessed against the Controls Maturity Model.
◾ Evaluated the status of specific material control issues (being data management, compliance, cyber, credit risk, model risk, resilience, technology and transaction operations) and tracked the progress of the associated remediation plans against agreed timeframes.
◾ Considered the second line of defence role in the oversight of operational risk controls, including financial controls over operational risk.
◾ Evaluated reports on the internal control environment from the external auditor.
◾ Evaluated quarterly updates on lessons learned from Critical risk events, which were tracked by the Chief Controls Office. |
The Committee welcomed the ongoing transition to a business as usual environment following the significant volume of work that had been undertaken as part of the Barclays Internal Controls Enhancement Programme, supported by the RCSA process.
The Committee continued to use the output from the RCSA process in its review of the control environment, and welcomed the introduction of more granularity, which has provided greater visibility on controls requiring remediation and associated risks. The Committee, together with the Risk Committee, received a deep dive presentation on this enhanced process in the course of the year. The Committee also received deep dives on control hot spots, including operational resilience and third party fraud.
The Committee monitored the implementation of the Operational Risk and Control System (ORAC) and tracked the transition of all issue reporting into that system. In addition, the Committee continued to provide feedback on the reporting of material control issues.
| |||
Business control environment |
The effectiveness of the control environment in each individual business, including the status of any material control issues and the progress of specific remediation plans. |
◾ Assessed reports on individual businesses and functions on their control environment, questioned the heads of the relevant businesses or functions on control concerns and scrutinised any identified control failures and closely monitored the status of remediation plans or workstreams to enhance the respective control environments.
◾ Received updates directly from senior management, and scrutinised action plans, in relation to remediation plans following unsatisfactory audit findings.
◾ Received updates from management on the Designated Market Activities remediation plan, which addresses Barclays regulatory commitments to the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (the Fed) and other US and UK regulators in relation to sales and trading practices across the FX, Rates and other Markets related business areas.
|
The Committee received regular deep dive control environment presentations. These provided further detail of managements assessment of the business unit control environment and key areas of focus, including key control hot spots for the businesses. The Committee also received a number of presentations from business heads following unsatisfactory audit reports. The Committee challenged the business regarding their role in identifying the control issues, and requested confirmation from management regarding the remediation programme as well as the timeframes and accountability for delivery of that plan.
| |||
The effectiveness of the control environment in the Chief Operating Office (COO) and the status and remediation of any material control issues. |
◾ Scrutinised on a regular basis the COO control environment through deep dives and management updates, taking the opportunity to directly challenge and question functional leaders, including the Chief Operating Officer, on the progress of remediation plans.
|
The Committee was pleased to note continuing progress to address control issues in accordance with the agreed timescales. | ||||
| ||||||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 17 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Audit Committee report
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Raising concerns |
The adequacy of the Barclays Groups arrangements to allow employees to raise concerns in confidence and anonymously without fear of retaliation, and the outcomes of any substantiated cases. |
◾ Monitored enhancements to the whistleblowing programme following the independent review that was commissioned by the Board in 2017.
◾ Reviewed the examples of best practice in the FCAs Review of Firms Whistleblowing Arrangements.
◾ Monitored whistleblowing metrics, including case load and case ageing.
◾ Monitored instances of retaliation reports, and whether any instances had been substantiated.
◾ Received a presentation from BIA following its audit of the Investigations and Whistleblowing team. |
As Whistleblowing Champion, the Chair of the Committee presented his annual report on whistleblowing matters to the Board.
The Committee continued to encourage and support the provision of training to colleagues and managers on whistleblowing issues, and received their own whistleblowing training. The Committee was pleased to note that the volume of cases remains proportionate to Barclays size and footprint.
The Committee was also pleased to note that the recommendations arising from the independent review of the whistleblowing programme had been implemented in full, and had been subject to validation by the Global Compliance Assurance team. Following the enhancements made, the Committee considered that the whistleblowing programme generally met with best practice as identified by the FCAs Review.
The Barclays PLC Environmental Social Governance Report 2018 includes further details regarding the Barclays Groups whistleblowing procedures and controls.
| |||
Internal audit |
The performance of BIA and delivery of the internal audit plan, including scope of work performed, the level of resources, and the methodology and coverage of the internal audit plan. |
◾ Scrutinised and agreed internal audit plans, methodology and deliverables for 2018.
◾ Monitored BIAs progress on delivery against the Matters Requiring Attention identified by the Fed, the issues arising from the PRAs horizontal review of the function, and BIAs response to feedback received as part of the independent external review commissioned by the Committee.
◾ Monitored delivery of the agreed audit plans, including assessing internal audit resources and hiring levels, and any impacts on the audit plan, and reviewing the reasons for the postponement of audits in greater depth.
◾ Debated audit risk appetite and issue validation.
◾ Tracked the levels of unsatisfactory audits, and monitored related remediation plans.
◾ Approved the appointment of the Chief Internal Auditor for Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC respectively.
◾ Discussed BIAs assessment of the management control approach and control environment in Barclays Bank UK PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and the functions.
◾ Evaluated the outcomes from BIAs annual self-assessment.
|
The Committee received semi-annual thematic control reports from BIA and a quarterly operational report during 2018.
The Committee observed that the issues arising from unsatisfactory audits indicated that there was still work to do in embedding the required level of control consciousness across the Barclays Group and ensuring that control exceptions were highlighted clearly in management reporting.
The Committee welcomed the progress made by BIA in addressing the Matters Requiring Attention identified by the Fed, the issues arising from the PRAs horizontal review of the function, and the recommendations made as part of the independent external review.
The Committee confirmed that it was satisfied with the outcome of the self-assessment of BIA performance, which evidenced that the function generally conforms to the standards set by the Institute of Internal Auditors. It further confirmed that it felt able to rely on the work of BIA in discharging its own responsibilities. |
18 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
External audit |
The work and performance of KPMG. |
◾ Met with key members of the KPMG audit team to discuss the 2018 audit plan and agree areas of focus.
◾ Assessed regular reports from KPMG on the progress of the 2018 audit and any material accounting and control issues identified.
◾ Discussed KPMGs feedback on Barclays critical accounting estimates and judgements.
◾ Discussed KPMGs draft report on certain control areas and the control environment ahead of the 2018 year end.
◾ Discussed the approach to KPMGs annual report to the PRA which will be issued following completion of the 2018 audit.
◾ Considered the draft SOX control report and the draft audit opinion.
|
The Committee approved the audit plan and the main areas of focus. Separate audit partners were assigned to lead the audits of Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC and the scope of the audit was, therefore, necessarily revised to reflect a legal entity view.
Read more about the Committees role in assessing the performance, effectiveness and independence of the external auditor below. Further details of the Committees consideration of audit quality can be found in the Governance in action section of this report on page 26. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 19 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Audit Committee report
20 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
As noted above, the Provision of Services by the Group Statutory Auditor Policy was updated to clarify that the Barclays Group should only engage the Auditor to supply non-audit services where those services are closely related to the audit. Having reviewed the non-audit services that have been provided by KPMG since their appointment as the Barclays Groups external auditor with effect from the financial year beginning 1 January 2017, we believe that this change will have limited impact on the Barclays Group. For example, all of the non-audit services provided by KPMG in 2018 fall within the new policy and would, therefore, have been permissible. Of the £10m of non-audit services provided by KPMG during 2017, KPMG would have been prohibited from providing services amounting to less than £300,000 pursuant to the new policy.
The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014 An external audit tender was conducted in 2015 and the decision was made to appoint KPMG as Barclays external auditor with effect from the 2017 financial year, with PwC resigning as the Barclays Groups external auditor at the conclusion of the 2016 audit.
Barclays is in compliance with the requirements of The Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities) Order 2014, which relates to the frequency and governance of tenders for the appointment of the external auditor and the setting of a policy on the provision of non-audit services.
Provided that KPMG continue to maintain their independence and objectivity, and the Committee remains satisfied with their performance, the Barclays Group has no intention of appointing an alternative external auditor before the end of the current required period of 10 years. |
||||||||
Governance in action Audit quality
Although BIA, as the Barclays Groups internal auditor, and KPMG, as the Barclays Groups external auditor, have primary responsibility for the quality of their respective audits, the Committee plays an important role in promoting and supporting audit quality through its various responsibilities (as detailed in its terms of reference).
The Committee gains insight into the activities of BIA, and its effectiveness, in three ways. Firstly, BIA maintains a quality assurance and improvement programme that covers all aspects of BIAs activity across the Barclays Group and which is overseen by the Committee. In the event that any issues are identified in relation to BIAs work for Barclays Bank UK PLC and/or Barclays Bank PLC, such issues will be reported to the relevant audit committee. Secondly, the independent Internal Audit Quality Assurance team samples all of BIAs work on an annual basis and presents its findings to the Committee. Thirdly, the Committee commissions an external assessment of BIA at least once every five years with the last such review being undertaken during the second half of 2017. To the extent that the Committee is made aware of any development areas or issues, it endeavours to monitor the delivery of any remedial actions.
The Committee oversees the Groups relationship with its external auditor and is responsible for reviewing the performance, independence and objectivity of the external auditor in order to decide whether to recommend to the Barclays PLC Board a proposal for shareholders to reappoint the current external auditor. As part of that review, which is organised at a Barclays Group level, the views of the Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC audit committees are sought. In addition, this year, the Committee met with the nominated senior partner on the audit team who has |
responsibility for ensuring audit quality - without the Senior Statutory Auditor in order to receive a report on his assessment of audit quality. KPMG provided the Committee with a report regarding the draft findings from the Public Company Accounting Oversight Boards review of KPMGs 2017 audit of Barclays, and the findings of the FRCs Audit Quality Review (AQR) team review of KPMGs 2017 audit of Barclays were also shared with the Committee. The AQR team monitors the quality of the audit work of statutory auditors and audit firms in the UK that audit certain entities, including banks such as Barclays. They conduct reviews of individual audits, and focus on the appropriateness of key audit judgments made in reaching the audit opinion and the sufficiency and appropriateness of the audit evidence obtained; reviews of firm-wide procedures are wide-ranging in nature and include an assessment of how the culture within firms impacts on audit quality.
The Committee believes that high quality audit is the primary mechanism for providing stakeholders with assurance that the financial statements give a true and fair view of their company and, therefore, promotes market confidence in the companys financial reports. For these reasons, the Committee continues to be an advocate of high quality audit and keeps abreast of the debate as to whether audits, and auditors, are fit for purpose by regularly reviewing industry guidance from, for example, the FRC and the International Organization of Securities Commissions. The Committee provided information in response to the request from the Competition & Markets Authority for its review into competition in the UK audit market which will examine three main areas: choice, resilience and incentives and we look forward to reviewing the conclusions of that study. |
|||||||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 21 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Nominations Committee report
|
The Committee, alongside the Board, is very alive to the benefits of diversity in order to avoid group think and to ensure that the Board and senior management team more closely reflect the diversity of the communities they serve. | |||
Dear Fellow Shareholders 2018 saw the establishment of our new corporate structure, and the embedding of the newly constituted Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC boards comprising distinct combinations of executive and non-executive directors. Throughout this period of change, the Committee continued to consider regularly the composition of, and succession plans for, the Barclays PLC Board in order to ensure the right balance of diversity, experience and skills to provide the strategic oversight needed to motivate colleagues and sustain our business over the long term. In this respect, we were pleased to appoint Mary Anne Citrino as a non-executive Director in July 2018, the Committee having followed its usual approach of engaging an executive search firm and conducting a rigorous search and selection process. You can find out more about Mary Annes background, experience and skills in her biography on page 6. We also look forward to welcoming Nigel Higgins, my successor, as Chairman with effect from the conclusion of the AGM on 2 May 2019. Nigels appointment marks the culmination of an intensive recruitment process led by a sub-committee of the Board chaired by our Senior Independent Director, Crawford Gillies, and is made with the full approval and support of the Nominations Committee. You can read more about Nigels recruitment and appointment in the Governance in action section of the Board report on page 26.
On 19 March 2018, we announced various Board changes to reflect the post-ring-fencing structure:
◾ Sir Gerry Grimstone, who was Deputy Chairman and Senior Independent Director of Barclays PLC and Chair of the Barclays PLC Reputation Committee, moved instead to become Chairman of Barclays Bank PLC. He remains a non-executive Director of Barclays PLC
◾ Sir Ian Cheshire was appointed Chairman of Barclays Bank UK PLC. He remains a non-executive Director of Barclays PLC
◾ Crawford Gillies was appointed Senior Independent Director of Barclays PLC
◾ Mary Francis was appointed Chair of the Barclays PLC Reputation Committee
Continuing on the theme of succession, one of the Committees key considerations is the
|
processes for executive succession. During the year, we closely monitored the status and progress of the Barclays Talent and Succession strategy - which is aimed at attracting and retaining the best talent for the Barclays Group - and provided management with guidance and input on the strategy, as appropriate. The Committee also reviewed diversity in the talent pipeline and discussed ways in which high performing individuals within senior management can be developed and nurtured in order to strengthen our succession pipeline.
The Committee was encouraged by Barclays ever increasing commitment to diversity. The Committee, alongside the Board, is very alive to the benefits of diversity at board level and in senior management, both in terms of gender, ethnicity and more broadly, in order to avoid group think and to ensure that the Board and the senior management team more closely reflect the diversity of the communities that they serve. In light of the Hampton Alexander and Parker Reviews, the Board Diversity Policy and Committee terms of reference were reviewed in order to ensure that both documents reflect our commitment to identifying, attracting, retaining and promoting the best talent, irrespective of the gender, ethnic background, religion or other defining characteristic of any candidate. The Board Diversity Policy and the Committees terms of reference are available at home.barclays/corporategovernance.
In July 2016, Barclays was proud to become one of the first signatories to HM Treasurys Women in Finance Charter and remains committed to its pledge to improve gender diversity within the financial services sector. Work has continued towards our target of 33% female representation on the Board by 2020, not least, with the appointment of Mary Anne Citrino as a non-executive Director to the Board. The Committee also reviewed the Barclays Groups progress towards building a diverse and inclusive workforce, including reviewing updates on progress made across the Barclays Group against the five global pillars of Barclays Diversity and Inclusion strategy: gender, disability, LGBT, multicultural and multigenerational. Find out more about this in the People section on pages 47 to 52. |
Committee performance The performance of the Committee was assessed by Independent Board Evaluation, an independent, external corporate governance consultancy as part of the annual effectiveness review. The results confirm that the Committee is performing effectively, and that the role and responsibilities of the Committee are clear and well understood. Last years review noted that the Committee needed to be mindful of ensuring that all non-executive Directors received the same flow of information in relation to decisions and discussions by the Committee. The Committee sought to address this through the delivery of updates by me, as Chair of the Nominations Committee, to the Board and outside of scheduled Board meetings, to the extent appropriate. This years review notes that this is something that now needs to be further built upon. More information on the 2018 review of Board, Board Committee and individual Director effectiveness, and progress made against the findings of the 2017 review, can be found on page 25 and 26.
Looking ahead Whilst it is always a difficult choice to retire from a company as prestigious as Barclays, I am delighted that the Board has appointed Nigel Higgins to succeed me as Chairman. I have every confidence that Nigel will be a superb steward of both the Board and the bank as Barclays continues to progress following the substantial restructuring of the past few years.
John McFarlane Chair, Board Nominations Committee 20 February 2019 | ||
22 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
The Committees work | ||||||
The significant matters addressed by the Committee during 2018 are described on the following pages.
| ||||||
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Board and Board Committee composition |
The membership of the Board, and the current and future composition of the Board and its Committees. |
◾ Reviewed the Board skills matrix and discussed the key skills and experience needed on the Board in the context of future strategic direction and structural reform, including any areas requiring strengthening from a skills and succession perspective.
◾ Identified the requirement for additional non-executive Directors with attributes including investment banking experience, retail banking experience and also digital / technology experience.
◾ Continued the search for an additional female non-executive Director with the relevant skill set.
◾ Played an important role in the search for the Chairmans successor.
◾ Reviewed the membership, size and composition of the Board Committees.
|
The Committee prepared an appropriate individual specification for an additional non-executive Director and shared it with executive search firm, Egon Zehnder. Egon Zehnder was advised that, subject always to applying rigorous, objective criteria, in the context of Barclays strategic direction and the diversity of gender, social and ethnic backgrounds, cognitive and personal strengths, there was a preference for female candidates in light of the Boards diversity target of having 33% female representation on the Board by 2020. Egon Zehnder prepared a long-list of candidates (including references and CVs), which was reviewed by the Committee. A shortlist was prepared, and the candidates were interviewed. Mary Anne Citrino was identified as the preferred candidate, and was appointed to the Board on 25 July 2018.
The Committee continues its search for an additional female non-executive Director preferably with retail banking experience and digital/technology experience to further promote diversity of gender on the Board. Any appointment made will be based on merit and, as mentioned above, objective criteria.
| |||
Board composition of Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC in preparation for the legal entity stand up on 1 April 2018 under the Structural Reform Programme |
The composition of the Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC boards. |
◾ Finalised the establishment of the boards of Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC, and discussed the suitability of potential candidates identified to join those boards.
|
The Committee finalised the appointments to the boards of Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC ahead of the execution of structural reform. This included the appointment of Chairs to these Boards in Sir Ian Cheshire and Sir Gerry Grimstone respectively, and taking the opportunity to appoint a dedicated Senior Independent Director within Barclays PLC in Crawford Gillies.
| |||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 23 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Nominations Committee report
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Executive succession planning and talent management | Succession planning and talent management at the Barclays Group Executive Committee level. | ◾ Reviewed the progress being made against Barclays Talent and Succession strategy, including monitoring diversity within the talent pipeline.
◾ Discussed updates from the Group HR Director on the Barclays Group Executive Committee succession plans, including assessing emergency cover, the existing talent pipeline and any potential gaps.
◾ Considered individuals identified as potential Barclays Group Executive Committee successors and discussed next steps for their development.
◾ Assessed the succession plans for the most critical business unit and functional roles, and discussed how to develop the high performing individuals identified. |
The Committee reviewed the succession pipeline of the Barclays Group Executive Committee and their direct reports. The Committee was encouraged that all Barclays Group Executive Committee roles had at least one female successor, and that 33% of the total successors identified were female. Barclays is committed to achieving 33% female representation among the Barclays Group Executive Committee and their direct reports by 2020, and as at year-end 2018 we are reporting 28% female representation among this population.
The Committee also discussed the continued use of ex officio posts to both the Barclays Group Executive Committee and business executive committees to give senior individuals more exposure to Barclays Group matters. This serves to not only broaden the scope of perspectives within the relevant committee but also to develop those individuals thus ensuring a healthy pool of potential candidates in the succession pipeline.
| |||
Diversity and Inclusion | Ensuring Barclays attracts and retains the best talent. | ◾ Reviewed the Barclays Groups progress towards continuing to build a diverse and inclusive workforce. |
The Committee received regular updates from the Global Head of Diversity and Inclusion on progress made across the firm against the five global pillars of Barclays Diversity and Inclusion strategy: Gender, Disability, LGBT, Multicultural and Multigenerational. Whilst acknowledging that there is more to do, the Committee was pleased with the progress that had been made.
Further detail on this progress can be found above under Board and Board Committee Composition and in the People section on pages 47 to 52.
| |||
24 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 25 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Nominations Committee report
|
||||||
2018 Board effectiveness review Feedback from the 2018 Board effectiveness review, facilitated by IBE, included that the execution of structural reform had gone well, financial results were encouraging and legacy issues were being resolved satisfactorily. Board members commented that the Board was well supported, and papers and presentations had improved, and Directors induction was strong. The review yielded a number of recommendations, a high level summary of which is set out below. The Board intends to take action to address each of these recommendations during the course of 2019.
Recommendations:
◾ The Board is large relative to peers and the whole Board should be engaged in considering how the Board might be reduced in size to a more manageable level whilst having careful regard to the board skills matrix and relevant role profiles, to diversity and to succession planning.
◾ The Board should ensure that the companys purpose and values are fully aligned with its culture and that all Directors lead by example and promote the desired culture.
◾ Enhanced training for Board members and senior executives on UK corporate governance, in particular for those with limited UK plc experience, would be helpful, as would refresher training sessions and more opportunities for site visits.
◾ To enable the Board to spend more time on longer-term and strategic issues, a short set of annual objectives setting out what the Board and Board Committees need to achieve would help to bring further focus on key issues in each forum, and will result in papers and meetings being more effective in terms of length and duration, respectively.
The 2018 Board effectiveness review considered diversity when assessing the effectiveness of the Board.
Board Committee effectiveness The 2018 Board Committee effectiveness review was carried out by IBE. It was noted that this was the first review post-structural reform. The process involved both interviews with the Board Committee members and completion of a questionnaire, following which an effectiveness review report of the findings was provided to the Board Chairman and each Board Committee Chair. The conclusion of the Board Committee effectiveness review is that the Board Committees are working effectively. You can read more about the findings for each Board Committee within each Board Committee Chairs letter.
|
Governance in action Recruiting and appointing a new Chairman |
| ||||
As a result of John McFarlanes wish to serve for a maximum of four years on the Barclays PLC Board, and his anticipated retirement in 2019, Barclays PLC needed to identify and recruit a new Chairman. Whilst the Nominations Committee would normally lead the process for the identification and recommendation of the Chairmans successor, given the importance of the role of Chairman, the Board was keen to involve all of the non-executive Directors in the recruitment process, rather than just those non-executive Directors who were members of the Nominations Committee. The Board asked the Senior Independent Director, Crawford Gillies, to convene a group of non-executive Directors the Chairmans Appointment Oversight Committee (CAOC) to lead the search process for the Chairmans successor, and to identify and recommend one or more candidates for consideration by the Chairmans Appointment Committee (CAC). The CAOC, led by Crawford, comprised Tim Breedon, Mary Francis, and Reuben Jeffery III. The CAC, also chaired by Crawford, comprised all of the non-executive Directors, apart from the Chairman himself. The CAC was responsible for considering the candidate or candidates nominated by the CAOC, and for nominating and recommending a candidate for consideration and approval in principle by the Board, subject both to the relevant candidate being approved by the PRA and the FCA, and terms of appointment being agreed between the candidate and Barclays PLC.
Process It was agreed that the main candidate attributes included excellent chairing skills, sufficient financial services experience such that the individual could hit the ground running, international exposure, experience of UK corporate governance, the ability to think strategically, and willingness to challenge management. With these skills and attributes in mind, Spencer Stuart, an external search consultant, were engaged to support the search and selection process.
Search Spencer Stuart conducted a rigorous global search and identified 160 potential candidates. Over time, and having sought the views of the Directors including John McFarlane on the preferred type of candidate for the role, the long list was
|
reduced. The Nominations Committee and the Board were both provided with regular updates on the status of the search.
Recruitment Following the initial interview process, Nigel Higgins emerged as the preferred candidate on the basis of: his extensive experience in, and understanding of, banking and financial services, gained through a 36-year career at Rothschild; his strong track record in leading and chairing a range of organisations, and in acting as a strategic adviser to multiple major corporations and Governments internationally; and his wealth of experience in the operation of a financial services group, in building teams and culture on an international scale, and in growing businesses. He also demonstrated the strong personal qualities and the understanding of UK corporate governance required to be Chairman of Barclays PLC, including the stature, gravitas, resilience and willingness to challenge management and the rest of the Board, as and when required.
Having confirmed his interest in the role, Nigel undertook a series of further interviews and met with each of Crawford, Tim, Mary, Reuben and the Group Chief Executive. As part of the process, the Remuneration Committee met to consider and approve the financial terms of the letter of appointment to be entered into by Barclays PLC and Nigel. The Board held an additional meeting to specifically discuss the proposed appointment of Nigel as Chairman, and to allow Directors to share their feedback, and the feedback from external references, on him. The Board granted full authority to the Nominations Committee to finalise and agree Nigels terms of appointment, and to undertake any further necessary actions required in respect of his appointment. Ultimately, Nigels appointment was approved by the Board and announced on 2 November 2018. Nigel will join the Board as a non-executive Director of Barclays PLC on 1 March 2019, and will succeed John McFarlane as Chairman with effect from the conclusion of this years AGM. |
|||||
|
|
|
||||
26 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Reputation Committee report
|
The Committee welcomed the launch of Barclays new Purpose, which emphasises that our financial services play an essential role in enabling individuals and businesses to seize their opportunities. | |||
Dear Fellow Shareholders This is my first report to you as Chair of the Board Reputation Committee. I took over from Sir Gerry Grimstone on 1 April 2018, when he was appointed Chair of Barclays Bank PLC. I would like to thank Sir Gerry for all he did during his two years as Chair of the Committee. We welcomed Mike Turner to the Committee on 11 January 2018.
The Committee supports the Board in delivering its vision of Barclays Purpose, Culture and Values, in reviewing the management of conduct and reputation risk, and in overseeing how Barclays meets its corporate and societal obligations. We do this through challenging the leaders of the business at all levels, by examining data and indicators, and through deep dives into specific areas of the bank.
In 2018 the Committee encouraged management to ensure that its objectives for culture and standards of conduct were clearly understood and embedded in each part of the bank. We welcomed the launch of Barclays new Purpose, which emphasises that our financial services play an essential role in enabling individuals and businesses to seize their opportunities. The Purpose is underpinned by the Values of the organisation: respect, integrity, service, excellence and stewardship.
At each of our meetings we reviewed the Culture Dashboard, which provides data on how far the Values are embedded in the organisations actual behaviours and actions. The results showed a sustained and positive trend. The annual survey by the Banking Standards Board (BSB) of the culture in 26 member banks provides an important external lens to complement our internal data. At our December 2018 meeting we discussed the results of their latest survey with Dame Colette Bowe and Alison Cottrell, Chair and CEO of the BSB. We were encouraged to hear that colleagues described Barclays as innovative and were positive about our initiatives to strengthen wellbeing and gender diversity. The Committee agreed with the BSBs comments on areas of focus which were similar for Barclays peers including the need for sensitive management of changes associated with new technology and innovation, reducing organisation bureaucracy and improving employee working environments.
|
Oversight of conduct across the organisation is an essential part of our work. Barclays has a strong framework of conduct risk controls, focussed on preventing harm to customers or markets, or any form of financial crime. The Committee received regular reports on compliance with this framework from the Chief Compliance Officer and the heads of the Financial Crime team, Human Resources, Risk and Internal Audit. We reviewed at each meeting data from the Conduct and Complaints Dashboards and undertook deep dives into actual or potential problem areas. Despite disappointments, such as the problems arising with the introduction of our online investment service, Smart Investor, we welcomed the evidence of strengthening controls and positive trends in conduct breaches and disciplinary cases across the bank.
Following the successful introduction of the dashboards over the past two years, the Committee agreed that they should be developed further so that cultural and conduct indicators are brought more clearly together, are well suited to each individual business entity, and are sufficiently forward looking. Barclays UK, Barclays International, and Barclays Execution Services have all been contributing to the review, and the revised Culture and Conduct dashboards will be an important underpin to our work in 2019.
As our shareholders will know, Barclays has a strong and longstanding commitment to managing the environmental and social impacts of our business, recognising that our success is closely linked to that of the communities in which we live and work. A recurring topic in our discussions has been climate change and the challenges for business in balancing the need to maintain the supply of energy to support economic growth and prosperity while also meeting the goals of the Paris Accord. In 2018 we challenged and discussed with management Barclays approach to financing businesses which operate in sectors that are sensitive because of their relative carbon intensity or local environmental impact. This has resulted in the publication of a policy statement on our approach to energy and climate change, as well as statements on World Heritage Sites and Ramsar Wetlands, all of which can be found on our website. During 2018 the |
Committee also encouraged management in its drive to identify and control reputational risk as clearly as it does conduct risk. We approved a new reputation risk framework in October 2018.
With important changes in the structure of the Barclays Group in 2018, the Committee reviewed the governance framework for oversight of conduct and reputation across the organisation. We were pleased that the Group Chief Executive agreed to attend our meetings regularly at my invitation, so that we continue to focus on strong leadership of the culture and conduct of the Group as a whole. We have established effective relationships with the boards and committees of Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC. We strengthened our interactions with the Risk Committee: it was particularly valuable to share the results of Strategic Risk Assessments by the operational risk team, with recommendations on improving the product risk review and financial crime control processes. We maintained our close relationship with the Remuneration Committee, since performance incentives are integral to conduct and culture.
Committee performance The performance of the Committee was assessed by Independent Board Evaluation, an independent, external corporate governance consultancy as part of the annual effectiveness review. The results confirm that the Committee is operating effectively, and note that it is thorough in its approach. Last years review suggested that further consideration needed to be given to the continued oversight of Conduct and Reputation Risk matters post-structural reform. This is something that is being kept under review by the Committee, and we are considering inviting more business heads to present their views to the Committee in addition to the presentations from function heads we currently receive. You can read more about the outcomes of the review of Board, Board Committee and individual Director effectiveness on page 26. | ||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 27 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Reputation Committee report
The Committees work
The significant matters addressed by the Committee during 2018 are described on the following pages.
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Conduct risk |
Conducting robust reviews of any current and emerging risks arising from the inappropriate provision of financial services |
◾ Discussed updates from management on conduct risk and considered performance against key conduct risk indicators, and the status of initiatives in place to address those risks and further strengthen the culture of the business.
◾ Requested and considered deep dive analyses on conduct risk, including on progress in developing intelligence- led initiatives to combat fraud.
◾ Received reports on internal audit activities relating to conduct, including details of any unsatisfactory audit reports and remediation steps identified.
◾ Received updates on the implementation of the revised Code of Conduct, The Barclays Way.
◾ Reviewed the Compliance functions annual compliance plan.
|
Management was engaged in thorough discussion and challenge on the conduct risk dashboard, and alignment with the Culture Dashboard.
The Committee was particularly pleased with the level of conduct risk insight received from the use of data analytic tools and from the deep dive sessions.
The Committee benefited from the presentation of material conduct structured scenario assessments, described in the Governance in action section of this report on page 30.
The Committee challenged management to align analysis and control of conduct risk with that of other Principal Risks, such as Market and Credit Risk, and approved the revised Conduct Risk Management Framework and the 2019 Annual Compliance Plan.
| |||
28 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Area of focus |
Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Cultural progress |
Reviewing managements progress in embedding a values-based culture across the organisation |
◾ Debated Culture dashboards and the progress being made to embed cultural change across Barclays globally.
◾ Received regular updates on colleague engagement metrics and the results of employee Your View surveys.
◾ Received reports on internal audit activities relating to culture.
◾ Considered and discussed with representatives of the Banking Standards Board the results of their 2017 and 2018 Annual Reviews of Barclays and received periodic updates from management detailing follow up against the 2017 key findings.
◾ Received information on managements initiatives to improve colleague well-being and resilience, including actively encouraging employees to work dynamically and bolstering the supportive environment in which colleagues feel able to talk about the impacts of stress and mental health concerns. |
Following the Committees challenge to improve the use of the Culture Dashboard, it was satisfied with managements progress to evolve and align the culture dashboards with the conduct dashboards
Through consideration of the Your View results in each quarter, the Committee was encouraged by the high colleague engagement scores achieved throughout 2018 and especially in response to launch of the new Purpose, and by improvements made to the perception of colleagues working environments, and in reducing bureaucracy. The Committee appreciated managements acknowledgement that further improvement is still required in these areas and of the need to continue to embed and instil the desired culture Group-wide, and was supportive of the work undertaken by the Group Chief Executive to continue to drive the desired culture across the Barclays Group.
The Committee regularly discussed the importance of an open and honest culture in which colleagues feel able to speak up and raise concerns.
| |||
Reputation and brand |
Ensuring that Reputation risks and issues are identified and managed appropriately. |
◾ Reviewed at each meeting key significant and emerging Reputation risks facing Barclays, receiving specific information on business action to address those issues and the outcomes of horizon scanning.
◾ Regularly evaluated the measures being taken to understand external perceptions of the Bank, including 2018 YouGov Reputation Research.
◾ Considered whether the process for identifying, managing and overseeing reputation risk was functioning effectively.
◾ Reviewed the refreshed Reputation Risk Management Framework.
|
The Committee achieved greater oversight from enhanced Reputation risk reports, and minutes of meetings of Risk Committees of major subsidiaries.
The Committee held significant discussion on and challenged management to, enhance the Reputation Risk framework to better align it to other Principal Risks Frameworks, and approved the refreshed Reputation Risk Management Framework. | |||
Customer satisfaction |
Ensuring fair outcomes for customers by monitoring complaints volumes, the standard and quality of complaints handling processes, root cause analysis of complaints, and other relevant metrics. |
◾ Received bi-annual updates on complaints and challenged the performance against key indicators.
◾ Considered the quality of the processes in place to address and resolve customer complaints.
◾ Monitored trends in the underlying causes of complaints and considered forward looking analysis to identify events (both industry-wide and Barclays-specific) which could influence the volume and timings of complaints.
|
The Committee was pleased to see a general downward trend (excluding PPI) in the overall number of complaints received by Barclays during 2018.
Management was challenged to make, and made, steady progress in refining and aligning complaints management and reporting and the Committee noted that and that further improvement was required. | |||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 29 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Reputation Committee report
Area of focus | Reporting issue | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||||
Environmental and social matters, including Citizenship |
Monitoring progress against Barclays Citizenship plan and considering and approving the approach to future Citizenship strategy. Overseeing Barclays commitment to managing its impact on broader society, including conduct in relation to corporate and societal obligations. |
◾ Received and considered the bi-annual summary Citizenship dashboards, assessing status updates on the Shared Growth Ambition as the plan drew to an end.
◾ Reviewed Barclays ratings and relative peer ranking in external ESG benchmarks and tracked external perceptions on Citizenship through stakeholder and media analysis.
◾ Reviewed updates at each meeting on reputation risk considerations of sensitive sector engagement. |
The Committee was pleased with the strong successes created by Shared Growth Ambition (2016-2018) and it approved managements approach to evolving Barclays Citizenship strategy for 2019, and supported the extension of our community investment initiatives (LifeSkills, Connect with Work and Unreasonable Impact) and ensuring that our public commitments are clear.
The Committee recognised the need for greater clarity in Barclays public social and environmental commitments and challenged management to assess and improve communication on Barclays positioning. The Committee approved the policy statements on Coal, World Heritage Sites and Ramsar Wetlands, published in April 2018 and the comprehensive Energy and Climate Change Statement published in January 2019.
|
In addition, the Committee also covered the following matters:
◾ received and reviewed minutes of Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Bank PLC risk committee meetings
◾ received a report on managements annual review of the effectiveness of compliance with the Volcker Rule (restrictions on proprietary trading and certain fund investments by banks operating in the US)
◾ received a report from management on Barclays Swap Dealer Annual Compliance Report
◾ evaluated the outcomes of the assessment of the Committees performance and any areas of Committee performance that needed to be enhanced
◾ reviewed and updated its terms of reference, recommending them to the Board for approval. |
Governance in action Structured Scenario Assessments |
|||||
Structured Scenario Assessments (SSAs) were developed by the Barclays Group Operational Risk Team. They use scenario analysis to explore the risks in extreme but plausible situations. The results provide the opportunity to understand, assess and manage tail risk as well as contributing to calculations of capital requirements and risk tolerance across the Barclays Group. The SSAs covering operational risk highlight that instances of misconduct - especially arising from mistreatment of customers and markets, and financial crime - are among the most significant tail risks facing most banks today.
The Committee has had sight of all prescribed scenario topics used in the SSAs, and it requested presentations on a number of those which are conduct focused. At its meetings in June, October, and December, the Committee received presentations on:
|
◾ Operational Risk: Conduct Capital Allocation ◾ Retail Mis-selling
◾ Financial Crime
The Committee gained valuable insights from these presentations on the drivers of past cases of misconduct in the banking sector, and ways of strengthening controls to guard against extreme risks in the future, for instance through enhanced product review processes. It is very supportive of the use of SSAs by the business, and the level of technical insight of conduct-related risks they bring to the Committee. They provide an opportunity for the Committee to independently challenge and explore the topics, methodology and results. The Committee will continue to receive presentations on the material conduct-related SSAs during 2019. |
|||||
30 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Risk Committee report
One of the key roles of the Committee is to review and challenge the risk appetite of the bank: its ability to earn an appropriate return while being able to withstand shocks. |
Dear Fellow Shareholders During 2018, the Committee continued to pay careful attention to the potential impact of macro-economic developments and market volatility on the risk profile of the bank. As in 2017, these issues remain challenging and we continue to work with management to position the bank conservatively to deal with political and economic uncertainty. In particular, the Committee has closely examined the impact of uncertainty stemming from the process of UK withdrawal from the European Union (EU), as well as the broader global political and economic landscape. In addition, it has reviewed the operational risk profile of the bank, and its resilience to internal and external threats. Themes that the committee evaluated in 2018 included UK corporate and consumer credit risk, in particular in the context of uncertainty created as a result of the possibility of a disorderly UK withdrawal from the EU in this context the Committee is also monitoring operational resilience in relation to leaving the EU without reaching an agreement, considering issues of operational and broader business continuity. Other key risks that the committee is monitoring with potential for wider contagion include those related to increased market volatility and the impact of a Chinese slowdown, although direct exposure to the latter is limited and of high quality. The Committee also considered updates on risk themes related to US Consumer Credit and European peripheral and redenomination risk, as well as operational risks related to cyber security. These risks are actively monitored and managed and the Committee maintains regular oversight of the risk profile and actions taken.
Credit risk management in 2018 was particularly focused on maintenance of the defensive positioning of our UK portfolios, continuing the approach which has been pursued since the UK Referendum on leaving the EU in June 2016. Following a high profile single-name corporate failure in 2017, the Committee also received a detailed analysis from management on Tall Tree exposures in the Corporate bank, both in the UK and US, to understand the portfolio composition, governance and approval processes, as well as key risks and mitigants. The Committee was satisfied that the portfolio was operating satisfactorily within |
established limits but encouraged management to maintain a high level of vigilance. In addition, based on concerns of a US economic slowdown and wider global trade shocks affecting global growth, the Committee also reviewed with management the Barclays Groups Leveraged Finance portfolio exposure, which was split between direct (portfolio holds) and indirect (underwriting) risk. In terms of consumer credit, debt levels had continued to rise both in the UK and US. However, a steady transition to a higher quality book together with managements conservative approach to lending continued the good progress of previous years to strengthen the Barclays Groups credit risk profile across the consumer portfolio. This continued focus on book quality is evidenced by a significant reduction in impairment for the year.
In relation to risk-taking in the Investment Bank, the Committee monitored the progress across a number of initiatives, and noted that growth had been appropriately controlled in line with stated intentions, and adequate controls through risk frameworks and second-line oversight were in place.
During the year, the Committee continued to monitor the progress being made by management in the identification, assessment and management of operational risk. An essential component is improvement in the Risk and Control Self-Assessments (RCSAs). These are now derived from a process-based approach which will enable management to better identify and manage operational risks. In addition, the Committee was pleased to see progress in the implementation of Structured Scenario Assessments (SSAs). These are used to evaluate operational risk arising from more extreme, but plausible situations. The Committee was able to review outputs from the SSAs related to Critical Application Disruption and Large Scale Data Disruption, both of which are key areas of regulatory focus in relation to operational resilience.
The Committee also evaluated Barclays approach to the management of cyber risk, receiving a briefing on the current cyber threat landscape and Barclays strategy and capability for responding to the threat. This included a detailed briefing on the build-out of transformational improvements to Barclays |
security programme. This work, which is scheduled to complete by 2019, includes a range of actions designed to enable more accurate prediction of cyberattacks and increase the speed of detection of cyber events.
One of the key roles of the Committee is to recommend to the Board the overall risk appetite of the bank: its ability to earn an appropriate return while being able to withstand shocks in the market and economic environment. In this context, as well as reviewing internal stress tests, the Committee monitors closely the assessment of Barclays PLCs performance under a variety of regulatory stress tests including those conducted by the US Federal Reserve (CCAR) and the Bank of England (BoE) in each case meeting the appropriate minimum capital requirments and the biennial European Banking Authority (EBA) stress test.
Given the high level of reliance on model outputs in supporting our stress tests, the Committee continued to evaluate progress made in the improvement of model risk management in the Barclays Group. While recognising that there is further work to do, the Committee is pleased that substantial progress was made through 2018 as evidenced by an increasingly stable model inventory and further improvements in documentation and control.
In late 2017, the Committee commissioned an external third party assessment of the Risk function, which was delivered in 2018. The review concluded that the function meets regulatory expectations, is meeting or exceeding industry standards, evidences effective and independent oversight with good evidence of challenge, with strong stewardship and technical competence. The Committee encouraged management to develop action plans to address the areas highlighted in the assessment where evolution of regulatory expectations or best practice will require focus in 2019 and these plans will be monitored by the Committee.
| ||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 31 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Risk Committee report
32 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
The Committees work
The significant matters addressed by the Committee during 2018 are described on the following pages.
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Risk appetite and stress testing i.e. the level of risk the Barclays Group chooses to take in pursuit of its business objectives, including testing whether the Barclays Groups financial position and risk profile provide sufficient resilience to withstand the impact of severe economic stress. |
The risk context to Medium Term Plan (MTP), the financial parameters and constraints and mandate and scale limits for specific business risk exposures; the Barclays Groups internal stress testing exercises, including scenario selection and financial constraints, stress testing themes and the results and implications of stress tests, including those run by the Bank of England (BoE) and the European Banking Authority (EBA). | ◾ To discuss and agree stress loss and mandate and scale limits, for Credit Risk, Market Risk and Treasury and Capital risk.
◾ To evaluate the BoE annual cyclical stress test results, and the results of a stress test under the EBA biennial stress test submission.
◾ Considered and approve internal stress test themes and the financial constraints and scenarios for stress testing risk appetite for the MTP.
◾ To consider the Federal Reserve Boards feedback of the US Intermediary Holding Companys Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) following the submission of the CCAR stress test results. |
The Committee reviewed proposed enhancements to the Barclays Groups stress testing processes which are designed to improve capabilities in this area.
The Committee reviewed and approved, for recommendation to the Board, the financial results of the MTP internal stress test exercise on the basis that Barclays remained within the Barclays Groups Risk Appetite.
The Committee requested and received an overview of the stress testing principles and objectives which served to provide a helpful framework for the review of the stress test results submissions to the BoE and EBA.
The Committee approved the 2018 annual stress test results for submission to the BoE, including a range of strategic management actions, in addition to the standard BAU management actions designed to mitigate risk impacts.
Similarly, the Committee approved the results of the stress test under the biennial EBA stress test submission.
| |||
Capital and funding i.e. having sufficient capital and financial resources to meet the Barclays Groups regulatory requirements and its obligations as they fall due, to maintain its credit rating, to support growth and strategic options. |
The trajectory to achieving required regulatory and internal targets and capital and leverage ratios. | ◾ To review on a regular basis, capital performance against plan, tracking the capital trajectory, any challenges and opportunities and regulatory policy developments.
◾ To assess on a regular basis liquidity performance against both internal and regulatory requirements.
◾ To monitor capital and funding requirements. |
The Committee examined and supported the forecast capital and funding trajectory and the actions identified by management to manage the Barclays Groups capital position.
The Committee considered and approved the Barclays Group capital adequacy assessment together with the methodologies and results of the reverse stress testing for submission of the 2018 Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) as well as the Barclays Groups 2018 Individual Liquidity Adequacy Assessment Process (ILAAP). Approvals included, for the first time, assessments for Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC on an individual basis, as required by the Regulator.
The Committee also considered and discussed feedback from the Regulator in relation to the ICAAP submission and requested management to provide regular updates on planned improvements to the ICAAP process in response to the feedback.
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 33 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Risk Committee report
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Political and economic risk i.e. the impact on the Barclays Groups risk profile of political and economic developments and macroeconomic conditions. |
The potential impact on the Barclays Groups risk profile of geopolitical developments, as well as continuing to monitor the potential political and economic impact of Brexit scenarios | ◾ To review and discuss plans for the impacts of Brexit under various withdrawal scenarios.
◾ To consider trends in the UK and US economies, including the impact of rate rises.
◾ To assess the transmission effects of a Chinese economic slowdown/ trade war metrics arising from its influence on the world economy.
◾ To review exposures to Emerging Markets as a result of volatility in these markets arising from the impact of global political and economic events
|
In relation to the potential risk impacts of Brexit, considerations were escalated to include operational resilience to the impact risk of an exit with no agreement in place.
Other key material risk themes kept under review by the Committee included stress in US consumer credit and stress in UK property.
A new theme of Italian peripheral and redenomination risk was added as a key risk theme.
The Committee directed management to apply additional focus to monitoring evidence of rising global leverage, credit cycle and geopolitical risks. | |||
Credit risk i.e. the potential for financial loss if customers fail to fulfil their contractual obligations. |
Conditions in the UK housing market, particularly in London and the South East; levels of UK consumer indebtedness, particularly in the context of the risk of inflation and negative real wage growth; and the performance of the UK and US Cards businesses, including levels of impairment. | ◾ To assess conditions in the UK property market and monitor signs of stress.
◾ To monitor how management was tracking and responding to persistent rising levels of consumer indebtedness, particularly unsecured credit in both the UK and US.
◾ To review Leveraged Finance portfolios in order to assess these were within risk appetite and manageable limits.
◾ To review business development activities in the Corporate and Investment Bank.
|
The Committee reiterated to management the need to ensure appropriate credit selection and discipline when selecting business, and the importance of consumer profiling to achieve better risk selection.
The Committee encouraged management to continue with its conservative approach to UK lending and supported pre-emptive measures to de-risk the UK Cards portfolio to guard against any downturn in the UK economy. | |||
Operational risk i.e. costs arising from human factors, inadequate processes and systems or external events. |
The Barclays Groups operational risk capital requirements and any material changes to the Barclays Groups operational risk profile and performance of specific operational risks against agreed risk appetite. | ◾ To track operational risk key indicators.
◾ To consider specific areas of operational risks, including fraud, conduct risk, cyber risk, execution risk, technology and data, including the controls that had been put in place for managing and avoiding such risks.
◾ To review Barclays approach to scenario analyses as a risk management tool and assess a range of Structured Scenario Assessments which had been created to support assessments and management of tail risk within the business, stress testing and risk tolerance.
|
The Committee focused its attention on the financial and capital impacts of operational risk. In relation to cyber risk, the Committee received an update on the transformational improvements to Barclays security posture and associated controls in this area and endorsed management plans to remediate and implement new controls designed to enable more accurate prediction of cyberattacks and increase speed of detection of cyber events in order to minimise impact on Barclays and client/ customers. In relation to Fraud and Transaction Operation risks, the Committee requested and assessed a report on Barclays fraud capabilities to reduce losses in these areas.
The Committee approved the 2018 Operational Risk Tolerance Statement, which proposed a higher tolerance of operational risks, provided these have a Risk Reduction Plan based on approved control improvements.
The Committee reviewed and approved two material outsourcing programmes which supported the roll-out of Barclays Cloud outsourcing. | |||
34 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Area of focus | Matter addressed | Role of the Committee | Conclusion/action taken | |||
Model risk i.e. the risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports. |
Model risk governance. | ◾ To evaluate the appropriateness of the Barclays Model Risk Management framework, and monitor progress on the implementation of an enhanced modelling framework, including receiving updates on findings in relation to specific modelling processes. |
The Committee reviewed and approved the Model Risk Framework and Tolerance Statement.
The Committee maintained oversight of Model risk and in particular monitored planned improvements to Barclays Model Risk Management framework and ongoing upgrade plans. This included reviewing and assessing Barclays material alignment with the PRA Supervisory Statement on stress test models. The Committee agreed an approach towards other Large Model Frameworks such as ICAAP, ILAAP and stress testing and monitored progress to ensure that the scope of Model Risk Management (MRM) implementation was expanded to bring into governance non-modelled methods used in other Large Model Frameworks. The Committee urged management to focus on remediation of models used in financial planning and stress testing where these were currently non-compliant with the regulators guidance.
In relation to progress with MRM implementation, the Committee observed progress with validation of Tier 1 (material) models which had been documented under new enhanced standards, as well as the documentation of Tier 2 and Tier 3 models.
The Committee also maintained oversight of the models used in the CCAR 2018 submission to ensure these were materially brought into governance by management. The substantive completion of this exercise was believed to have been a significant factor in the positive CCAR result.
| |||
Risk framework and governance | The frameworks, policies and talent and tools in place to support effective risk management and oversight. | ◾ To track the progress of significant risk management projects, including progress on achieving compliance with the Basel Committee for Banking Supervision (BCBS239) risk data aggregation principles and reviewed the results of the 2017 Risk and Control Self-Assessment (RCSA) process across the Barclays Group together with an update on the approach to the 2018 RCSA process.
◾ To assess risk management matters raised by Barclays regulators and the actions being taken by management to respond.
◾ To review the design of the Barclays Groups Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF).
|
The Committee assessed during the year the Barclays Groups risk management capability in the form of an independent assessment of the design and effectiveness of the Risk function.
The Committee discussed and approved an annual refresh of the Principal Risk Frameworks under the remit of the Committee.
The annual update to the ERMF was also approved by the Committee. | |||
Remuneration | The scope of any risk adjustments to be taken into account by the Board Remuneration Committee when making remuneration decisions for 2018. | ◾ To debate the Risk functions view of performance, making a recommendation to the Board Remuneration Committee on the financial and operational risk factors to be taken into account in remuneration decisions for 2018.
|
The Committee discussed the report of the Chief Risk Officer and considered the proposal put forward in relation to the impact of relevant risk factors in determining 2018 remuneration. | |||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 35 |
Governance: Directors report
What we did in 2018
Board Risk Committee report
In addition, the Committee also covered the following matters in 2018:
◾ reviewed and assessed Barclays liquidity pool investment portfolio from a perspective of the limit framework defined by Risk
◾ considered and approved a large non- investment grade transaction underwriting commitment on the basis of exposure within distribution activity limits
◾ considered detailed report of Tall Trees exposure in Corporate lending and Leveraged Finance portfolios
◾ considered detailed reports in relation to growth opportunities in the Investment Bank from a risk/activities perspective
◾ considered a report on the effectiveness of the Committee and any areas of the Committees performance that could be improved
◾ reviewed and updated its terms of reference, recommending them to the Board for approval. |
Governance in action Risk of the UKs planned departure from the EU
| |||||
A key focus of the committee in 2018 was the continued oversight of managements actions to respond to the political and economic uncertainty following the UKs decision to leave the EU, above and beyond the Groups intention to continue to serve its customers in the EU through expansion of its banking licence in Ireland. The Committees oversight has evolved as the final date for the UK exit from the EU comes closer, and is summarised below:
◾ Throughout the year, management continued to update the committee on management of UK portfolio risks consistent with the cautious approach recommended in the light of political and economic uncertainty. Relevant risk themes were also monitored by the committee in considering the evolution of the risk profile, in particular those related to UK consumer and corporate risk, UK property price stress and the UK retail sector.
◾ As the potential for a disorderly exit from the EU increased, the Committee encouraged management to further intensify scrutiny over those sectors of the economy most likely to be adversely impacted and received reports highlighting management actions to proactively address these risks.
|
◾ In addition, to provide increased focus on issues of operational resilience associated with a disorderly Brexit, a war room was established by senior management to identify those risks which were most pertinent to continuity of business, and the committee has reviewed and discussed the key risks highlighted and managements risk mitigation approach. The risks considered by the Committee include operational, legal, people, liquidity and capital related risks.
◾ Finally, as the UK parliamentary process nears its conclusion, the Committee has received updates from management as to its monitoring of expected market volatility with additional oversight established to review and assess market behaviour, risk exposure, and operational impacts in the event of abnormal volatility and transaction volumes. |
|||||
36 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 37 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
Board attendance | Independent |
Scheduled to attend |
Scheduled meetings attended |
% attendance |
Additional to attend |
Additional meetings attended | ||||||||||||||
Chairman | ||||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlane | On appointment* | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Executive Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | Executive Director | 15 | 15 | 100 | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||||
Jes Staley | Executive Director | 15 | 15 | 100 | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||||
Tim Breedon CBE | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 5 | ||||||||||||||
Sir Ian Cheshire | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Mary Anne Citrino | Independent | 8 | 8 | 100 | 2 | 2 | ||||||||||||||
Mary Francis CBE | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Crawford Gillies | Senior Independent Director | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Sir Gerry Grimstone | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Matthew Lester | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 5 | ||||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Diane Schueneman | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 4 | ||||||||||||||
Mike Turner CBE | Independent | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 | ||||||||||||||
Secretary | ||||||||||||||||||||
Stephen Shapiro | 15 | 15 | 100 | 6 | 6 |
* As required by The Code, the Chairman was independent on appointment.
38 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 39 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
40 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 41 |
Governance: Directors report
How we comply
Each year we launch a Share Dealing Service aimed at shareholders with relatively small shareholdings for whom it might otherwise be uneconomical to deal. One option open to shareholders is to donate their sale proceeds to ShareGift. As a result of this initiative, £46,957 was donated in 2018, taking the total donated since 2015 to over £345,000.
Our AGM The Board and the senior executive team continue to consider our AGM as a key date for shareholder engagement. The AGM provides us with our main opportunity to engage with shareholders, particularly our private shareholders, on the key issues facing |
the Barclays Group and any questions they may have. A number of Directors, including the Chairman, are available for informal discussion either before or after the meeting.
All resolutions proposed at the 2018 AGM, which were considered on a poll, were passed with votes For ranging from 88.48% to 99.94% of the total votes cast.
The 2019 AGM will be held on Thursday 2 May 2019 at 11:00am at the QEII Conference Centre in London. The Notice of AGM can be found in a separate document, which is sent out at least 20 working days before the AGM and also made available at home.barclays/ agm. Voting on the resolutions will again be |
by poll and the results will be announced via the Regulatory News Service and made available on our website on the same day. We encourage any shareholders who are unable to attend on the day to vote in advance of the meeting via home.barclays/ investorrelations/vote or through Shareview (shareview.co.uk).
| ||
|
||||
Governance reporting for 2019
|
||||
Having reviewed our existing governance arrangements against the requirements of The New Code and The Regulations, and industry best practice, a number of amendments to documentation and certain enhancements to practices have already been implemented. Changes to the Charter of Expectations, the Boards Schedule of Matters Reserved, and each Board Committees terms of reference have been effected. Enhancements to practices, including but not limited to the below, either have been or will be implemented during 2019 and we will report against The New Code in our next Annual Report.
Board composition. As mentioned above, Directors are now obliged to obtain pre-clearance prior to taking on any additional commitments, including but not limited to directorships, and to indicate in the clearance request the likely time commitment involved. This will help to ensure that Directors allocate sufficient time to their role on the Board and discharge their responsibilities effectively.
Culture. Our code of conduct, The Barclays Way, provides a clear path towards achieving a dynamic and positive culture within the Barclays Group, outlining our common purpose Creating Opportunities to Rise and values, which govern our way of working. The Barclays Way, and Barclays Purpose and Values, will be reviewed by the Board annually. The Board already receives regular reports on the alignment of Barclays culture with its purpose, values and strategy, but will also start receiving annual thematic updates as to workforce policies and their alignment with our purpose, values and strategy. To the extent that the Board takes any action with regard to culture during the course of a year, this will be explained in the relevant annual report.
Stakeholder engagement. From next year, the annual report will include disclosures as to how the Directors have discharged their duty under section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 and how the interests of customers and clients, colleagues, suppliers and other stakeholders have informed the Boards decision-making. |
The Barclays Group has a long standing commitment to the importance and value of colleague engagement. It is colleagues that drive our success. You can read more about our commitment to colleagues in the People section on page 47. As part of this long standing commitment, senior management developed an extensive engagement matrix. Consequently, there are a number of existing channels for engagement with colleagues and for ensuring that the Board is made aware of views expressed. This engagement matrix with colleagues includes multi-channel communications, townhalls and question and answer sessions, country and site visits, ex officio committee memberships, Your View surveys, focus groups, mentoring programmes, talent programmes, Diversity and Inclusion programmes, the Wellbeing programme, and workforce change engagement.
We have an established partnership approach to industrial relations. In the UK, we have a formal Partnership with Unite which has been in place for over 18 years. In Europe, we have a consultation forum (European Works Council) known as the Barclays Group European Forum. Through these partnerships, and at individual country level with local recognised trade unions and works councils, we consult regularly on a wide range of topics.
In 2018, an all colleague Your View survey was conducted. The effectiveness of our existing colleague engagement mechanisms was reflected in a 79% sustainable engagement score. The results of the survey were presented to senior management, and used as one of a number of inputs to inform overall colleague engagement and progress with embedding our desired culture.
The Barclays Group has established mechanisms in place to report to the Board. In particular, the Board receives qualitative and quantitative feedback on matters of interest to colleagues through the Culture Dashboard, which measures and tracks our progress in embedding the desired culture, talent and succession updates, Diversity and Inclusion updates, periodic engagement updates and
|
the results of the Your View surveys (including the survey conducted in 2018).
In addition to the Culture Dashboard and Your View, we plan to introduce further qualitative mechanisms including the establishment of regional focus groups, and obtaining formal feedback on core topics from Unite and the Barclays Group European Forum to enhance the information that is already gathered.
In relation to understanding other stakeholders views, the impact of our behaviour and business on customers and clients, colleagues and society is monitored by the Board with support from the Reputation Committee, which tracks key indicators across the areas of culture, citizenship, conduct, and customer and client satisfaction on an ongoing basis. In 2018, we built on conversations started at the AGM to engage in a continual dialogue with NGOs and other interest groups, to improve our understanding of emerging and existing environmental and societal topics. Throughout the year, we regularly engaged with these stakeholders through participation in forums and roundtables and joined industry, sector and topic debates and this will continue in 2019.
Remuneration. Following changes to the Remuneration Committees terms of reference, the Remuneration Committee now has responsibility for reviewing workforce remuneration and related policies, ensuring the alignment of incentives and rewards with culture, and ensuring that these matters are taken into account when considering and approving the remuneration arrangements of the executive Directors. It is proposed that the Remuneration Committee report to the Board on these matters in order to further support the Board in satisfying its obligation to assess and monitor culture. Next years annual report will include an enhanced Directors remuneration report and a summary of any discretion that has been exercised in the award of Director remuneration. |
42 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
Other statutory information
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 43 |
Governance: Directors report
Other statutory information
44 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 45 |
Governance: Directors report
Other statutory information
46 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
People
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 47 |
Governance: Directors report
People
48 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 49 |
Governance: Directors report
People
50 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Directors report
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 51 |
Governance: Directors report
People
52 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual statement from the
Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee
Our focus is on aligning pay with performance, while ensuring we continue to attract and retain the employees critical to delivering our strategy. Our Fair Pay Agenda is a key lens the Committee applies when considering the appropriateness of pay outcomes |
Contents |
Remuneration | |||||||||
Page
|
Committee members | |||||||||
|
||||||||||
|
Annual statement |
53 |
|
Chairman Crawford Gillies
Members Tim Breedon Mary Francis Dambisa Moyo | ||||||
|
||||||||||
At a glance - Group performance and pay for 2018 |
56 |
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
Remuneration policy for all employees |
58 |
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
Directors remuneration policy |
63 |
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
Annual report on Directors remuneration |
66 |
|||||||||
|
||||||||||
|
||||||||||
|
Notes
1 | Excluding litigation and conduct |
2 | Excluding litigation and conduct. The prior year excludes litigation and conduct, Deferred Tax Asset re-measurement and the loss on the sale of 33.7% of BAGLs issued share capital and the impairment of Barclays holding in BAGL. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 53 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual statement from the
Chairman of the Board Remuneration Committee
Note |
3Basis aligned with disclosure in the Results Announcement |
4Excluding litigation and conduct |
54 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 55 |
Governance: Remuneration report
At a glance Group performance and pay for 2018
Group performance and pay
Significant strategic progress was made in 2018 including:
◾ | Strong progress towards 2019 and 2020 financial targets |
◾ | Successful stand-up of the UK ring-fenced bank |
◾ | Full regulatory deconsolidation of BAGL |
◾ | Year of strong strategic performance, including improvements in: |
Customer & Client measures such as Net Promoter Scores®
Colleague measures such as improved engagement scores
Citizenship measures including exceeding carbon emissions target
◾ | Pool increase of 9% aligns with stronger financial performance (PBT2 up 20% and RoTE3 up 2.9%pts) and significant strategic execution |
◾ | Incentive pool has been materially repositioned since 2010 (2018 incentive pool outcome is down 53% on 2010) |
1 | Excluding litigation and conduct |
2 | Excluding litigation and conduct. The prior year excludes litigation and conduct, Deferred Tax Asset re-measurement and the loss on the sale of 33.7% of BAGLs issued share capital and the impairment of Barclays holding in BAGL. |
3 | Basis aligned with disclosure in the Results Announcement. In future the ratio will be disclosed as Group compensation to total income to fully align with the disclosure in the Results Announcement. In this transitional year, both figures are provided: the Group compensation to total income ratio for 2018 is 34.1%, up slightly from 33.8% in 2017. The slight increase is due to insourcing, as seen in the reduced ratio of Group staff costs to income shown above. CIB front-office to total income ratio is broadly flat at 25.6%. |
56 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Executive Directors: Performance outcomes
Executive Directors: Remuneration outcomes |
|
2 Jes Staley was not a participant in the 2015-2017 or 2016-2018 LTIP cycles; the LTIP figures for 2017 and 2018 are therefore zero for him
3 This outcome does not reflect the malus applied to Jes Staleys 2016 variable compensation, which is required to be included in the 2018 single total figure table.
Executive Directors: Share ownership
Shareholding requirement policy:
◾ | minimum of 200% of Total fixed pay (i.e. Fixed Pay plus Pension) within five years from date of appointment |
◾ | shareholding requirement for two years post termination of 100% of Total fixed pay (or pro-rata thereof) introduced from 2017 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 57 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Remuneration policy for all employees
This section sets out Barclays remuneration policy for all employees, explaining the philosophy underlying the structure of remuneration packages, and how this links remuneration to the achievement of sustained high performance and long-term value creation.
|
Remuneration philosophy
In October 2015, the Committee formally adopted a revised, simplified remuneration philosophy which articulates Barclays overarching remuneration approach and is set out below.
Barclays remuneration philosophy
|
||
Attract and retain talent needed to deliver Barclays strategy |
Long-term success depends on the talent of our employees. This means attracting and retaining an appropriate range of talent to deliver against our strategy, and paying the right amount for that talent
| |
Align pay with investor interests |
Ensure employees interests are aligned with those of investors (equity and debt holders), both in structure and the appropriate balance of returns
| |
Reward sustainable performance |
Sustainable performance means making a positive contribution to stakeholders, in both the short and longer term, playing a valuable role in society
| |
Support Barclays Values and culture |
Results must be achieved in a manner consistent with our Values. Our Values and culture should drive the way that business is conducted
| |
Align with risk appetite, risk exposure and conduct expectations |
Designed to reward employees for achieving results in line with the Banks risk appetite and conduct expectations
| |
Be clear, transparent and as simple as possible |
All employees and stakeholders should understand how we reward our employees. Remuneration structures should be as simple as possible so that everyone can understand how they work and the behaviours they reward
| |
Performance and remuneration
Barclays remuneration philosophy links remuneration to achieving sustained high performance and creating long-term value. Our remuneration philosophy applies to all employees globally across Barclays and aims to reinforce our belief that effective performance management is critical to enabling the delivery of our business strategy in line with our Values. Employees who adhere to the Barclays Values and contribute to Barclays success are rewarded accordingly.
This is achieved by basing performance assessment on clear standards of delivery and behaviour, and starts with employees aligning their objectives (what they will deliver) to business and team goals in order to support the delivery of the business strategy and good client/customer outcomes. Behavioural expectations (how people will achieve their objectives) are set in the context of our Values.
Performance is assessed against both financial and non-financial criteria. Other factors are also taken into consideration within the overall performance assessment, including core job responsibilities, behaviours towards risk and control, colleague and stakeholder feedback as well as input from the Risk and Compliance functions, where appropriate.
Through our approach to performance, the equal importance of both what an individual has delivered as well as how the individual has achieved this is emphasised, encouraging balanced consideration of each dimension. Both of these elements are assessed and rated independently of each other. There is no requirement to have an overall rating which allows for more robust and reflective conversations between managers and team members on the individual components of performance.
A key part of the performance philosophy promotes ongoing quality dialogue throughout the year. This helps manage performance messages effectively and allows for more timely recognition as well as appropriate coaching, feedback and support where needed.
By linking individual performance assessment to Barclays strategy and our Values and, in turn, to remuneration decisions, a clear alignment between what we are striving to achieve, how we go about this, and ultimately, how we recognise this in individual financial terms is achieved.
58 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk, conduct and remuneration
Another key feature of our remuneration philosophy is the alignment of remuneration with our risk appetite and with the conduct expectations of Barclays, our regulators and stakeholders. The Committee takes risk and conduct events very seriously and ensures that there are appropriate adjustments to individual remuneration and, where necessary, the incentive pool.
The Remuneration Review Panel, which reports to the Committee, supports the Committee in this process. The Panel is chaired by the Group HR Director and includes the Group Heads of Risk, Compliance, Legal and Internal Audit as well as the CEOs of Barclays UK and Barclays International. It sets the policy and processes for assessing compensation adjustments for risk and conduct events.
We have robust processes for considering risk and conduct as part of individual performance management processes with outcomes reflected in individual remuneration decisions. Line managers have primary accountability for ensuring that risk and conduct issues are considered when assessing performance and making remuneration decisions. In addition, there is a secondary review by the control functions for individuals involved in significant failures of risk management, conduct issues, regulatory actions or other major incidents which impact either the Group or business to ensure these issues are also considered. When considering individual responsibility, a variety of factors are taken into account such as whether an individual was directly responsible or whether the individual, by virtue of seniority, could be deemed indirectly responsible, including staff who drive the Groups culture and set its strategy.
Actions which may be taken where risk management and conduct falls below required standards include:
| ||
Adjustment | Current year annual bonuses are adjusted downwards where individuals are found to be responsible (either directly or indirectly) in a risk or misconduct event.
| |
Malus |
Deferred unvested bonuses from prior years are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil) at its discretion. Events which may lead the Committee to do this include, but are not limited to, employee misconduct or a material failure of risk management.
| |
Clawback |
Clawback applies to any variable remuneration awarded to a Material Risk Taker (MRT) on or after 1 January 2015 in respect of years for which they are a MRT. Barclays may apply clawback if, at any time during the seven-year period from the date on which variable remuneration is awarded to a MRT: (i) there is reasonable evidence of employee misbehaviour or material error, and/or (ii) the firm or the business unit suffers a material failure of risk management, taking account of the individuals proximity to and responsibility for that incident. | |
Clawback may be extended to 10 years for PRA Senior Managers where there are outstanding internal or regulatory investigations at the end of the seven-year clawback period.
|
In addition to reductions to individuals bonuses, the Committee considers and makes collective adjustments to the incentive pool for specific risk and conduct events. For 2018, the impact of these collective adjustments, resulting from both the direct financial impact on performance and the additional adjustments applied by the Committee, is a reduction of c.£290m.
We have also adjusted the incentive pool to take account of an assessment of a wide range of future risks including conduct, non-financial factors that can support the delivery of a strong risk management, control and conduct culture and other factors including reputation, impact on customers, markets and other stakeholders. The Committee was supported in its consideration of this adjustment by the Board Risk Committee and the Board Reputation Committee.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 59 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Remuneration policy for all employees
Remuneration structure
The remuneration structure for employees is closely aligned with that for executive Directors, set out in detail in the DRP which can be found on pages 108 to 120 of the 2016 Annual Report. The primary exception being that the executive Directors participate in the Barclays LTIP and receive part of their Fixed Pay in Barclays PLC shares.
Employees receive salary, pension and other benefits and are eligible to be considered for an annual bonus. Employees in some customer-facing businesses participate in formulaic incentive plans, including plans which have good customer outcomes as the primary performance measure. The plans also recognise how results have been achieved in line with Barclays Values. Some senior employees also receive Role Based Pay (RBP). Remuneration of MRTs is subject to the 2:1 maximum ratio of variable to fixed remuneration. A total of 1,590 (2017: 1,642 or 1,570 excluding BAGL) individuals were MRTs in 2018.
The remuneration of employees engaged in control functions is determined independently from the business they support and within the parameters of the incentive pool allocated to them by the Committee. Remuneration for control function employees is less weighted towards variable remuneration as compared to front-office employees and variable remuneration is typically limited to one times fixed remuneration. This leads to less volatility in overall control function remuneration as compared to front-office outcomes.
Fixed remuneration
|
||||||||||
Salary | Salaries reflect individuals skills and experience and are reviewed annually.
They are increased where justified by role change, increased responsibility or a change in the appropriate market rate. Salaries may also be increased in line with local statutory requirements and in line with union and works council commitments.
| |||||||||
Role Based Pay (RBP)
|
A small number of senior employees receive a class of fixed pay called RBP to recognise the seniority, breadth and depth of their role.
| |||||||||
Pension and benefits | The provision of a competitive package of benefits is important to attracting and retaining the talented staff needed to deliver Barclays strategy. Employees have access to a range of country-specific company-funded benefits, including pension schemes, healthcare, life assurance and Barclays share plans as well as other voluntary employee funded benefits. The cost of providing these benefits is defined and controlled.
| |||||||||
Variable remuneration
|
||||||||||
Annual bonus |
Annual bonuses incentivise and reward the achievement of Group, business and individual objectives, and reward employees for demonstrating individual behaviours in line with Barclays Values. | |||||||||
The ability to recognise performance through variable remuneration enables the Group to control its cost base flexibly and to react to events and market circumstances. Bonuses remain a key feature of remuneration practice in the highly competitive and mobile market for talent in the financial services sector. The Committee is careful to control the proportion of variable to fixed remuneration paid to individuals and also to ensure an appropriate amount is deferred to future years. | ||||||||||
The typical deferral structures are:
|
||||||||||
|
| |||||||||
For MRTs: | For non-MRTs: | |||||||||
Incentive award | Amount deferred | Incentive award | Amount deferred | |||||||
|
| |||||||||
< £500,000 | 40% of total award | Up to £65,000 | 0% | |||||||
|
| |||||||||
£500,000 to £1,000,000 | 60% of total award | > £65,000 | Graduated level of deferral | |||||||
|
||||||||||
³ £1,000,000 | 60% up to £1,000,000 | |||||||||
100% above £1,000,000
|
||||||||||
| ||||||||||
Deferred bonuses are generally delivered in equal portions as deferred cash and deferred shares subject to the rules of the deferred cash and share plans (as amended from time to time) and continued service. Deferred bonuses are subject to either a 3, 5 or 7-year deferral period in line with regulatory requirements. | ||||||||||
Where dividend equivalents cannot be delivered on deferred bonus shares, the number of deferred bonus shares awarded will be calculated using a share price discounted to reflect the absence of dividend equivalents during the vesting period.
| ||||||||||
Share plans | Alignment of senior employees with shareholders is achieved through deferral of incentive pay. We also encourage wider employee shareholding through the all-employee share plans. 98% of the global employee population is eligible to participate (up from 86% in 2017).
|
60 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Fair Pay Agenda
The principles and policies that govern our approach to pay have evolved over many years. Through five broad themes, our Fair Pay Agenda brings that approach together in one place; to explain clearly how we think about pay, and how it sits alongside the other support we provide to help our people succeed both in and outside of work. We are committed to ensuring that pay is not only fair, but simple and transparent to all of our stakeholders. We have published a standalone Fair Pay Report for the first time this year.
The following sets out some highlights. We encourage you to read the full Fair Pay Report, which can be found on home.barclays/annualreport.
Pay for our lowest-paid employees is sufficient, simple and transparent, appropriately rewarding all of our people for their work. It is important to us that all of our employees feel fulfilled and can bring the best version of themselves to work, which means that they must be paid in a way that supports a decent quality of living.
Barclays was the first major financial services institution to become an accredited UK living wage employer in 2013, with all UK permanent employees and those who provide services at our sites being paid at least the current National Living Wage (and London Living Wage in London) as set by the Living Wage Foundation.
For our lower-paid employees, more of their remuneration is delivered in fixed pay, which means that their total compensation is less volatile and less at risk.
In difficult years, where budgets are most constrained, pay increases are focused on more junior populations.
Bonuses are a smaller part of the overall package for lower-paid employees but are available for people that really deliver for our customers and clients.
To begin to extend our living wage commitment beyond the UK, and will use the Fight for $15 as a reference point in the US. We have plans for enhanced pension arrangements for our most junior employees in the UK, and are reviewing the pay structures for our branch and contact centre staff.
We believe that diverse organisations perform better, and that diverse perspectives across the leadership of our organisation lead to better decisions. We are an equal opportunities employer. This means that we hire diverse people from all backgrounds, and that all of our employees have the same opportunity to progress.
We have a number of initiatives in place to support employees in reaching their full potential, and in balancing their life commitments and their work commitments. These are described in more detail in the People section on pages 47 to 52 and are intended to support all of our employees.
As part of our review of our progress in our Gender Pay Gap disclosure, we have tested our initiatives against best practice for closing Gender Pay Gaps as set out by the Government Equalities Office and the Behavioural Insights Team, and are pleased that a number of initiatives in place should be effective over the long-term. This assessment can be reviewed in our Fair Pay Report.
We still have more to do, and continue to develop our Diversity and Inclusion programmes and initiatives as part of our key agendas on gender, multicultural, LGBT+, disability & mental health and multigenerational.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 61 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Remuneration policy for all employees
We take specific steps to ensure that employees are paid equally for doing the same job, which means ensuring they are rewarded fairly, with regard to their specific role, responsibilities and the other factors that appropriately affect pay. We have formalised this commitment to Equal Pay for the first time in our Fair Pay Report.
Our Equal Pay Commitment sets out the steps we take, including:
◾ | Being explicit with those who make pay decisions through clear guidance and training, that those decisions must reflect the individuals role and contribution |
◾ | Requiring that pay decisions must not, directly or indirectly, take into account an individuals gender, age, ethnicity, religion, sexual orientation, marital status, pregnancy, maternity, shared parental, paternity or parental leave, veteran status, disability or any other protected characteristic |
◾ | Subjecting our annual pay review to a rigorous check and challenge process internally |
◾ | Working closely with Unite in the UK to evaluate the fairness of performance management and pay distribution concerning the union-recognised population |
◾ | Communicating more with our staff and other stakeholders about pay, and increasing the transparency of our Fair Pay Agenda |
◾ | Continuing to look for opportunities to simplify our pay structures where appropriate |
We continue to develop our processes to manage Equal Pay, and to review pay outcomes for all of our employees
We make sure that employees are appropriately represented in remuneration decision-making.
It is important to us that there is engagement between employees and the Board on a broad range of issues, including remuneration. This helps the Board to ensure that Barclays is run for the benefit of all stakeholders.
Management listens to employees through a wide range of different channels, and reports its views to the Board. This includes through senior management dialogue with the Remuneration Committee and through the year-end performance and pay review processes.
In addition, several of our jurisdictions are covered by unions or works councils, with approximately 83% of the UK workforce being represented by Unite, our recognised trade union in the UK.
We also report employee views to the Board through the annual employee opinion survey and a dedicated culture dashboard. Additionally, the Board receives the CEOs monthly Barclays PLC report which covers engagement and diversity.
We ensure that both executive pay and employee pay are linked to sustainable business performance.
We reward sustainable performance. This means making a positive contribution to stakeholders, in both the short and longer term. To do this, we review performance through financial and non-financial lenses, and assess individual performance both on what is achieved and how it is achieved.
In line with our commitment to fair pay for the lowest paid, we ensure that employees at the most junior levels are not significantly exposed to fluctuations in business performance. This helps to plan and manage income more effectively.
Our Fair Pay Report includes illustrations of our approaches to pay for individuals at different levels of the organisation. It shows that as employees progress through the organisation and become more senior, a greater proportion of their remuneration is linked to individual and business performance, and is therefore at risk. Pay at the most senior levels is most heavily weighted towards performance-related incentives. A significant proportion of remuneration for senior employees is also delivered in deferred shares, ensuring longer-term alignment with company performance. The shares are deferred over 3, 5 or 7 years depending on level of pay and seniority.
62 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Governance: Remuneration report
Directors remuneration policy
This section sets out a summary of the Barclays forward-looking DRP and is provided for information only. The DRP was approved at the 2017 AGM held on 10 May 2017 and applies for three years from that date. The full DRP can be found on pages 108 to 120 of the 2016 Annual Report or at home.barclays/annualreport.
Remuneration policy summary executive Directors
Element and purpose | Operation | Implementation in 2019 | ||||
Fixed Pay To reward skills and experience appropriate for the breadth and depth of the role and to provide the basis for a competitive remuneration package |
Fixed Pay is determined with reference to market practice and historical market data (on which the Committee receives independent advice), and reflects the individuals experience and role.
Total compensation is benchmarked against comparable roles in banks. 50% of Fixed Pay is delivered in cash (paid monthly), and 50% is delivered in shares. The shares are delivered quarterly and are subject to a holding period with restrictions lifting over five years (20% each year). As the executive Directors beneficially own the shares, they will be entitled to any dividends paid on those shares. There are no performance measures.
Malus and clawback provisions do not apply to Fixed Pay.
|
No change from 2018.
◾ Jes Staley: £2,350,000
◾ Tushar Morzaria: £1,650,000
These amounts are fixed and will not change during the policy period for these individuals. | ||||
Pension To enable executive Directors to build long-term retirement savings |
Executive Directors receive an annual cash allowance in lieu of participation in a pension arrangement.
For new hires, the pension allowance is limited to 10% of Fixed Pay. |
No change from 2018.
◾ Jes Staley: £396,000
(Equivalent to 17% of Fixed Pay)
◾ Tushar Morzaria: £200,000
(Equivalent to 12% of Fixed Pay)
These amounts are fixed and will not change during the policy period for these individuals.
| ||||
Benefits To provide a competitive and cost effective benefits package appropriate to the role and location |
Executive Directors benefits provision includes, but is not restricted to, private medical cover, annual health check, life and ill health income protection, car cash allowance, and use of a Company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
In addition to the above, if an executive Director were to relocate, additional support would be provided for a defined and limited period of time in line with Barclays general employee mobility policy. Barclays will pay the tax on relocation costs but will not tax equalise and will also not pay tax on any other employment income.
|
No change from 2018. | ||||
Annual bonus To reward delivery of short- term financial targets set each year, the individual performance of the executive Directors in achieving those targets, and their contribution to delivering Barclays strategic objectives
Delivery in part in shares with a holding period increases alignment with shareholders. Deferred bonuses encourage longer term focus and retention |
The maximum annual bonus opportunity is 80% of Total fixed pay. For these purposes Total fixed pay is Fixed Pay plus Pension.
The performance measures include financial and non-financial measures, including risk related measures and other personal objectives. Financial measures will be at least 60% of the bonus opportunity. The Committee has discretion to vary the measures and their respective weighting within each category.
Annual bonuses are delivered as a combination of cash and shares, a proportion of which may be deferred and/or subject to a holding period. Deferral proportions and vesting profiles will be structured so that, in combination with any LTIP award, the proportion of variable pay that is deferred is no less than that required by regulations.
Dividend equivalents are payable on vested deferred bonus shares. If dividend equivalents are not permissible during the vesting period under regulations, the number of shares to be awarded will be determined using a share price discounted by reference to the expected dividend yield.
A notional discount may be applied to deferred bonuses for the purposes of calculating the 2:1 cap to the extent permitted by regulations.
Awards are subject to malus during the vesting period and clawback for a period of seven years (10 years in specific circumstances) from the date of award.
|
Details of performance measures are set out on page 74.
Shares issued are subject to a holding period of one year after vesting.
As dividend equivalents are not permissible under regulations, the number of shares to be awarded will be calculated using a share price discounted to reflect the absence of dividend equivalents during the vesting period. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 63 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Directors remuneration policy
Element and purpose | Operation | Implementation in 2019 | ||||
Annual bonus continued |
Non-deferred cash components of any bonus are paid following the performance year to which they relate, normally in March. Non-deferred share bonuses are also awarded normally in March and are subject to a holding period (after the payment of tax) in line with regulations.
Deferred share bonuses are structured so that no deferred shares vest faster than permitted by regulations. Any shares that vest are subject to an additional holding period (after payment of tax) in line with regulations.
|
|||||
Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) award To reward execution of Barclays strategy over a multi-year period
Long-term performance measurement, deferral and holding periods encourage a long-term view and align executive Directors interests with those of shareholders. Malus and clawback provisions discourage excessive risk-taking and inappropriate behaviours |
The maximum annual LTIP award is 120% of Total fixed pay. For these purposes Total fixed pay is Fixed Pay plus Pension.
Forward-looking performance measures will be based on financial performance and other long-term strategic measures. Financial measures will be at least 70% of the total opportunity. Straight-line vesting applies between threshold and maximum for the financial measures with no more than 25% vesting at threshold performance.
LTIP awards are structured so that when combined with the annual bonus the proportion of variable pay that is deferred is no less than that required by regulations.
The Committee has discretion to vary the measures year on year and their respective weighting within each category. The Committee also has discretion to amend targets, measures and the number of awards in exceptional circumstances and to reduce the vesting of any award, including to nil, if it deems that the outcome is not consistent with performance.
Dividend equivalents are payable on vested deferred shares. If dividend equivalents are not permissible during the vesting period under the regulations, the number of shares to be awarded will be determined using a share price discounted by reference to the expected dividend yield.
A notional discount may be applied to LTIP awards for the purposes of calculating the 2:1 cap to the extent permitted by regulations.
Awards are subject to malus during the vesting period and clawback for a period of seven years (10 years in specific circumstances) from the date of award.
No LTIP award vests before the third anniversary of grant and an award vests no faster than permitted by regulations (currently in five equal tranches with the first tranche vesting on or around the third anniversary of grant and the last tranche vesting on or around the seventh anniversary of the grant date). Any shares that vest are subject to an additional holding period (after payment of tax) in line with regulations.
|
Details of performance measures and targets for awards to be made in 2019 (in respect of 2018) are set out on page 73.
For awards to be made in respect of 2019, the measures and targets will be determined at the end of 2019 for the performance period commencing on 1 January 2020.
On vesting, the award is subject to a holding period of one year.
As dividend equivalents are not permissible under regulations, the number of shares to be awarded will be calculated using a share price discounted to reflect the absence of dividend equivalents during the vesting period. | ||||
Shareholding requirement To further enhance the alignment of shareholders and executive Directors interests in long-term value creation |
Executive Directors must build up a shareholding of 200% of Total fixed pay (i.e. Fixed Pay plus Pension) within five years from the date of appointment as executive Director.
Executive Directors must also continue to hold a shareholding of 100% of Total fixed pay (or pro-rata thereof ) for two years post-termination.
|
No change from 2018.
(Equivalent to 457% of Salary for the Group Chief Executive under the previous DRP.) |
64 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Remuneration policy summary non-executive Directors
Element and purpose |
Operation | Implementation in 2019a | ||
Fees Reflect individual responsibilities and membership of Board Committees and are set to attract non-executive Directors who have relevant skills and experience to oversee the implementation of our strategy
Fees are set at a level which reflects the role, responsibilities and time commitment which are expected from the Chairman and non-executive Directors
|
The Chairman is paid an all-inclusive fee for all Board responsibilities. The Chairman has a minimum time commitment equivalent to at least 80% of a full-time role. The other non-executive Directors receive a basic Board fee, with additional fees payable where individuals serve as a member or Chairman of a Committee of the Board.
Fees are reviewed each year by the Board as a whole. Other than in exceptional circumstances, fees will not increase by more than 20% above the current fee levels during this policy period (basic fees last increased in 2011).
£30,000 (Chairman: £100,000) after tax and national insurance contributions per annum of each non-executive Directors basic fee is used to purchase Barclays shares which are retained on the non-executive Directors behalf until they retire from the Board.
Some non-executive Directors may also receive fees as directors of subsidiary companies of Barclays PLC
|
No change from 2018. | ||
Benefits |
The Chairman is provided with private medical cover subject to the terms of the Barclays scheme rules from time to time, and is provided with the use of a Company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
Benefits which are minor in nature and do not exceed a cost of £500 may be provided to non-executive Directors in specific circumstances
|
No change from 2018. | ||
Expenses |
The Chairman and non-executive Directors are reimbursed for any reasonable and appropriate expenses incurred for business reasons. Any tax that arises on these reimbursed expenses is paid by Barclays
|
No change from 2018. |
a | Nigel Higgins joins the Board as a non-executive Director on 1 March 2019 and will assume the role of Chairman with effect from the conclusion of the Barclays AGM on 2 May 2019. Nigel Higgins will be appointed for an initial term of three years, subject to re-election by shareholders. Prior to expiry of the initial term Nigel Higgins may be invited to serve a further three-year term. In accordance with the Directors remuneration policy, Nigel Higgins will be paid an annual fee of £80,000 for so long as he is a non-executive Director, and an all-inclusive annual fee of £800,000 (the same rate as the current Chairman) with effect from his assuming the Chairman role and will be provided with private medical cover and the use of a Company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes. While he is Chairman, Nigel Higgins will be required to use £100,000 per annum of his fee after tax and national insurance contributions to purchase Barclays shares. Nigel Higgins will be expected to commit up to 4 days a week to the role and it will be his principal working commitment. Nigel Higgins notice period shall be 6 months from the Company and 6 months from the Chairman. |
Service contracts and letters of appointment
All executive Directors have a service contract whereas all non-executive Directors have a letter of appointment. Copies of the service contracts and letters of appointment are available for inspection at the Companys registered office. The effective dates of the current Directors appointments disclosed in their service contracts or letters of appointment are shown in the table below.
As stated in the letters of appointment, Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial term of three years and are subject to the annual re-election by shareholders. On expiry of the initial term and subject to the needs of the Board, Non-executive Directors may be invited to serve a further three years. Non-executive Directors appointed beyond six years will be at the discretion of the Board Nominations Committee. All Directors are subject to annual re-election by shareholders.
Effective date of appointment | ||
Chairman |
||
John McFarlane |
1 January 2015 (non-executive Director), 24 April 2015 (Chairman) | |
Executive Directors |
||
Jes Staley |
1 December 2015 | |
Tushar Morzaria |
15 October 2013 | |
Non-executive Directors |
||
Mike Ashley |
18 September 2013 | |
Tim Breedon |
1 November 2012 | |
Sir Ian Cheshire |
3 April 2017 | |
Mary Anne Citrino |
25 July 2018 | |
Mary Francis |
1 October 2016 | |
Crawford Gillies |
1 May 2014 | |
Sir Gerry Grimstone |
1 January 2016 | |
Reuben Jeffery III |
16 July 2009 | |
Matthew Lester |
1 September 2017 | |
Dambisa Moyo |
1 May 2010 | |
Diane Schueneman |
25 June 2015 | |
Mike Turner |
1 January 2018 |
Notes
a | With effect from 1 April 2018, the Company issued all Non-executive Directors with updated letters of appointment to address the change in corporate structure post Structural Reform. Where Non-executive Directors have other appointments to Barclays subsidiaries additional letters of appointment have been issued as appropriate. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 65 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
This section explains how our Directors remuneration policy was implemented during 2018.
Executive Directors
Executive Directors: Single total figure for 2018 remuneration
The following table shows a single total figure for 2018 remuneration in respect of qualifying service for each executive Director together with comparative figures for 2017.
Fixed Pay £000 |
Pension £000 |
Taxable benefits £000 |
Annual bonus £000 |
LTIP £000 |
Reduction
of £000 |
Total £000 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Jes Staley |
2,350 | 2,350 | 396 | 396 | 55 | 62 | 1,061 | 1,065 | | | (500) | d | | 3,362 | 3,873 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria |
1,650 | 1,614 | 200 | 200 | 49 | 44 | 729 | 747 | 851a | 982b,c | | | 3,479 | 3,587 |
Notes
a No significant movement in share price between grant and vest (based on Q4 2018 average price), no discretion applied
b The LTIP amount includes a reduction of c£200k attributable to 17% share price depreciation between date of grant and vesting date; no discretion applied
c LTIP and dividend equivalent figures for 2017 have been adjusted to reflect the share price on the date of vesting (211 pence) rather than the Q4 2017 average price.
d This represents malus applied to Jes Staleys 2016 variable compensation, following consideration by the Committee of the findings of the FCA and PRA investigations into Jes Staley matter in 2016.
Additional information in respect of each element of pay for the executive Directors
Fixed Pay
Fixed Pay is delivered 50% in cash and 50% in shares (subject to a five-year holding period lifting pro-rata).
Pension
Executive Directors are paid cash in lieu of pension contributions. The cash allowance in 2018 was £396,000 for Jes Staley and £200,000 for Tushar Morzaria. No other benefits were received by the executive Directors from any Barclays pension plan.
Taxable benefits
Taxable benefits include private medical cover, life and ill health income protection, tax advice, relocation, car allowance, the use of a Company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes and other benefits that are considered minor in nature.
Annual bonus
Annual bonuses are typically awarded in Q1 following the financial year to which they relate. The Committee considered the executive Directors performance against the financial (60% weighting) and strategic non-financial (20% weighting) performance measures which had been set to reflect company priorities for 2018. Performance against their individual personal objectives (20% weighting) was assessed on an individual basis.
Financial (60% weighting)
The approach taken to assessing financial performance against each of the financial measures was based on a straight-line outcome between 20% for threshold performance and 100% applicable to each measure for achievement of maximum performance. The PBT measure is also subject to a CET1 underpin. The CET1 ratio reached a temporary low point in Q1 of 12.7%, driven primarily by the settlement of a historical litigation and conduct case. As the CET1 recovered to 13.0% in Q2, the Committee determined to pay out the PBT measure fully in line with the formulaic outcome.
The formulaic outcome against the financial measures set at the beginning of the year gave a total of 14.8% out of 60% being payable attributable to those measures. A summary of the assessment is provided in the following table.
Financial performance measure | Weighting | Threshold 20% |
Maximum 100% |
2018 Actual |
2018 Outcome |
|||||||||||||||
Profit before tax excluding material itemsa with CET1 ratio underpin |
40% | £5.00bn | £6.50bn | £5.32bn | 14.8% | |||||||||||||||
Cost: income ratio excluding material itemsa |
20% | 66.5% | 62.0% | 68.2% | 0% | |||||||||||||||
Total Financial |
60% | 14.8% |
Note
a Material items consist of charges for PPI and settlement with regard to residential mortgage-backed securities (RMBS)
Strategic (20% weighting)
Progress in relation to each of the strategic measures, organised around three main categories, was assessed by the Committee. The Committee used the following scale in relation to each measure: 0% to 1% firmly below performance expectations, 1.5% to 3% slightly below performance expectations, 3.5% to 5.5% meeting or slightly exceeding performance expectations, and 6% to 7% clearly above performance expectations. Based on this approach to assessing performance against the 2018 Performance Measurement Framework milestones, the Committee agreed a 16.5% outcome out of a maximum of 20%. The assessment is provided in the following table.
66 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Category and key outcomes | Measure | Performance | Outcome | |||
Customer and Client:
Building trust with customers and clients so they are happy to recommend us
Successfully innovating and developing products and services that meet their needs
Offering suitable products and services in an accessible way, ensuring excellent customer and client experience |
Net Promoter Scores® (NPS) | ◾ The NPS across our brands provide a view of how willing customers are to recommend our products and services to others
◾ Barclays UK relationship NPS has increased to +17 (2017: +14)
◾ Barclaycard UK relationship NPS stayed flat over the year closing at +9 at year-end (2017: +9)
◾ The Relationship NPS of the US Consumer Bank increased further to +38 (2017: +36) supported by our customer centric culture and improvements in our products and digital experience. |
5% | |||
Client rankings and market shares | ◾ Our Markets franchise delivered strong performance as it increased market sharea in each asset class and delivered 5 consecutive quarters of outperformance vs peers, and maintained its 4th place ranking in Global Fixed Income market share (Greenwich). Banking maintained its 6th rank by fee share in our UK and US home market and retained top 3 position in the UK (Dealogic)
◾ 95% of largest UK corporate clients considered service to be good, very good or excellent, up from 88% in 2017 (Charterhouse) |
|||||
Complaints performance | ◾ Total Barclays UK complaint volumes (including PPI) down 1% from 2017. Underlying UK complaint volumes reduced by 9% year-on-year excluding PPI. However, PPI complaints were up 2% |
|||||
Lending volumes provided to customers and clients | ◾ We provided new lending of £2.8bn to SMEs in the UK, 3% more than last year, despite overall volumes 6% down as we continued to exert high levels of discipline in capital allocation to strengthen long-term sustainability
◾ We also completed over 110,000 mortgage applications worth c.£23bn (up 1.5% from 2017) |
|||||
Digital engagement | ◾ Over 10.8m customers and clients in the UK were using our digital services on a regular basis, 6% more than in 2017, with Barclays Mobile Banking user base up from 5.5m to nearly 6.2m
◾ 69% of US Consumer Bank customers now digitally active, up from 66% in 2017
◾ Barclays Mobile Banking is the most used mobile banking app in UK (eBenchmarkers). It was also the first core app from a major UK high street bank to enable account aggregation through Open Banking technology. |
|||||
Conduct indicators | ◾ Conduct Risk has been effectively managed using Key Indicators reported to the Board Reputation Committee as part of the Conduct Dashboard. Further information is provided in the Risk Review section. |
|||||
Colleague:
A diverse and inclusive workforce in which employees of all backgrounds are treated equally and have the opportunity to be successful and achieve their potential
Engaged and enabled colleagues
A positive conduct and values-based culture |
Diversity and Inclusion statistics | ◾ In our Your View employee opinion survey, 91% of our employees agreed that we provide the right environment to bring their whole selves to work.
◾ We were also proud to be recognised through a number of external awards in 2018 including, The Times Top 50 Employers for Women, Stonewall Top Global Employer for LGBT+ employees, Working Families UK Best for Embedded flexibility for Dynamic Working, UK Top 10 employer for Working Families, Department of Work and Pensions Disability Confident Leader, Business in the Community Best Employer for Race.
◾ Our gender diversity, particularly at senior leadership levels within the organisation, remains a focus: the percentage of women Directors and Managing Directors has improved to 24% (23% in 2017), but there is still progress to be made. We increased our activities on the development of our senior female leadership population and expanded our Encore! Programme to attract more women returners. |
5.5% | |||
Employee sustainable engagement survey scores | ◾ Sustainable engagement scores increased to 79%, up 4 points from 2016 (last all colleague survey)
◾ Our scores around Energise and Engage were also up 5 and 4 points to 83% and 88% respectively, both above Financial Services Companies norms, and our Enable score was up 5% to 65% |
|||||
Conduct and Culture measures | ◾ Encouragingly, our Values results have improved since Q4 2017. We saw a notable increase on the question, Is it safe to speak up at Barclays, which went from 77% to 86%
◾ A similar increase is noted on the question Barclays is focused on achieving good customer and client outcomes (92% favourable, 2016: 83%) |
Note |
a | All markets ranks and shares; Coalition, FY18 Preliminary Competitor Analysis based on the Coalition Index and Barclays internal business structure. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 67 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Category and key outcomes | Measure | Performance | Outcome | |||
Citizenship:
Making decisions and doing business in a way that provides our clients, customers, shareholders, colleagues and the communities which we serve with access to a prosperous future
Proactively managing the environmental and societal impacts of our business |
Delivery against our Shared Growth Ambition | ◾ Target exceeded on against our annual internal milestones for a focus area of Access to financing
◾ Access to digital and financial empowerment also exceeded target
◾ Target exceeded on against our annual internal milestones for a focus area of Access to employment.
◾ Volumes for selected social and environmental segments: facilitated £27.3bn in social and environmental financing. We expanded our green product portfolio, including the launch of the first Green Mortgage for retail customers by a mainstream UK institution
◾ We helped support around 260,000 people with access to financial and digital empowerment in 2018 (2017: 205,000)
◾ We helped improve the skills of over 2.4 million people in 2018 (2017: 2.1 million), driven by a range of employability partnerships around the world |
6% | |||
Proactively managing environmental and societal impacts | ◾ We exceeded target on carbon emissions: reduced emissions by 38% against the 2015 baseline (target 30%)
◾ We released statements on our approach to Ramsar Wetlands and World Heritage Sites, as well as a comprehensive statement on energy and climate (which strengthened and replaced our previous coal statement)
◾ On-time payment by value to our suppliers was 82%, falling short of our target of 85%. Given that this KPI is reported as a three-month rolling average, it was disproportionately affected by a systems transformation in late October 2018. |
|||||
Colleague engagement in citizenship activities | ◾ We celebrate our colleague engagement and participation through our annual Citizenship Awards. 2018 was the 21st anniversary of the Awards, which saw almost 1,500 employees nominated.
◾ 87% of colleagues who responded to the annual Your View employee survey are proud of Barclays contribution to the community and society, above the global Financial Services Companies norm. |
|||||
External benchmarks and surveys | ◾ Our performance was broadly stable across a set of ratings. Institutional Shareholder Services (ISS) released new environmental and social quality scores to assess corporate disclosures. On a 1-10 scale (1 highest), Barclays was rated 1 for social reporting and 2 for environmental reporting
◾ The FTSE4Good ESG rating remained flat at 4.3/5. Barclays was rated as A- in the 2018 Carbon Disclosure Project climate disclosure survey, up from B in 2017. |
|||||
16.5% out of 20% |
Individual outcomes including assessment of personal objectives
Individual performance against each of the executive Directors personal objectives (20% weighting overall) was assessed by the Committee (objectives as set out on page 109 of the 2017 Annual Report).
The below summarises their performance against the shared personal objectives.
Shared objectives for Jes Staley and Tushar Morzaria | Outcomes | |
Deliver on 2018 financial goals such that we remain on track to achieve our returns targets | ◾ Financial goals delivered and on track to achieve external returns targets in 2019 and 2020 ◾ Strong financial improvements in PBT and RoTE and maintenance of CET1 in end-state range. 2018 RoTE close to 2019 target of greater than 9% | |
Seek opportunities for further cost savings and optimise the capital allocation within the Group | ◾ 2018 cost target of £13.9bn achieved
◾ Capital allocation optimised and deployed to key strategic areas | |
Complete the Structural Reform programme successfully, ensuring the UK ring-fenced bank is fully operational | ◾ Structural Reform programme largely completed, including the stand-up of the ring-fenced bank in the UK. This was completed in April and is recognised as one of the biggest technological shifts carried out in financial services, requiring a huge coordinated effort from teams across the bank | |
Finalise the implementation plan for an effective Brexit outcome | ◾ The Group is operationally prepared for the UK to leave the EU, with an extended licence for Barclays Bank Ireland in place and the entity prepared to be fully operational by the end of March 2019 | |
Continue to drive strategic initiatives to enhance growth in shareholder value in the medium term | ◾ The Committee noted the strategic initiatives to improve returns to shareholders, both within the businesses and also through our state of the art operating platform, Barclays Execution Services ◾ In 2018, based on strong capital position, the restoration of the dividend to 6.5 pence, and the redemption of the expensive preference shares dating from the financial crisis, saw us deploy around £1.8 billion of capital. While this represents progress, we acknowledge that it is not yet sufficient | |
Manage risk and control effectively and make continued progress in resolving outstanding conduct matters | ◾ Significant improvements in the control environment resulting from the wide-ranging BICEP (Barclays Improved Controls Enhancement Programme) work ◾ Major outstanding legacy conduct matters resolved, including reaching a reasonable settlement with the US Department of Justice in relation to RMBS, and having the UK SFO charges relating to the 2008 fundraising against the bank dismissed |
In addition to the shared personal objectives described above, the below summarises Jes Staleys performance against the objectives specific to him.
68 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Jes Staleys objectives | Outcomes | |
Continue to strengthen the Banks cyber readiness, operational and financial controls |
◾ Significant progress to strengthen controls in relation to cyber readiness, operations and financial reporting, including through the BICEP (Barclays Internal Controls Enhancement Programme) work ◾ Cyber security enhanced with a second joint operation centre opened in Whippany, New Jersey to enhance our ability to monitor and address incidents on a global basis ◾ Both operational issues and risk events have reduced significantly during 2018 | |
Further improve customer and client satisfaction, with a particular focus on reducing the number of overall complaints | ◾ Jes Staley has been instrumental in upgrading key talent that has led to strong performance in the Markets business which has increased market sharea in each asset class and delivered 5 consecutive quarters of outperformance vs peers. Banking maintained its 6th rank in UK and US and remained top 3 in UK ◾ Similarly, within customer satisfaction, Barclays UK Net Promoter Score (NPS) increased to +17 from +14 in 2017 ◾ Jes Staley has driven a focus on customer outcomes across the bank with his senior executive teams, reducing the number of overall complaints in Barclays UK (including PPI) 1% from 2017, while underlying UK complaint volumes reduced by 9% year-on-year excluding PPI (PPI complaints were up 2%). | |
As part of the ongoing succession planning for Group and Business Unit/ Functional Executive Committees, continue the focus on improving the percentage of women in senior leader positions | ◾ While the percentage of females in senior leadership positions is increasing slowly, Jes Staley has personally taken accountability for trying to redress the historic gender imbalance at our most senior levels ◾ In 2018, key initiatives included the work of the Global Gender Taskforce, responsible for the Womens Managing Director Forum, as well as the extension of the ex officio role (a rotating position on senior management committees providing opportunities for talented individuals to contribute) from the Group Executive Committee down through the organisation ◾ Jes Staley also personally launched a set of 2019 specific initiatives which are aiming to make the biggest difference most quickly to the proportion of women in senior leadership positions |
Recognising his very strong performance against both his individual and shared personal objectives during 2018, the Committee judged that 17% of a maximum of 20% attributable to individual objectives was appropriate.
The below summarises Tushar Morzarias performance against the objectives specific to him.
Tushar Morzarias objectives | Outcomes | |
Demonstrate effective management of external relationships and reputation | ◾ Feedback from the Board, regulators and investors continues to show that Tushar Morzaria is extremely well respected internally and externally, and that the management of external relationships and reputation of the Group remains strong | |
Continue to strengthen team performance (especially following the creation of the Group Service Company), talent base and employee engagement in Group Finance, Tax and Treasury | ◾ The performance of the Finance function has continued to strengthen, with a diverse and experienced management team in place and good sustainable engagement scores |
The Committee also recognised Tushar Morzarias very strong performance (against both his individual and shared personal objectives) during 2018, and judged that 18% out of a maximum of 20% attributable to individual objectives was appropriate.
(i) Jes Staley
A summary of the assessment for Jes Staley is provided in the following table.
Performance measure | Weighting | 2018 Outcome |
||||||||||||||||||
Financial | See table on page 66 | 60% | 14.8% | |||||||||||||||||
Strategic | See table on page 67 | 20% | 16.5% | |||||||||||||||||
Personal objectives | Judgemental assessment | 20% | 17.0% | |||||||||||||||||
Total | 100% | 48.3% | ||||||||||||||||||
Final outcome approved by the Remuneration Committee | 48.3% |
In aggregate, the performance assessment for Jes Staley resulted in an overall formulaic outcome of 48.3% of maximum bonus opportunity being achieved. The Committee considered the outcome and noted that a 2018 annual bonus of £1,061,000 (of which 62% is deferred under the Share Value Plan) is slightly down against his 2017 annual bonus outcome, and therefore is not reflective of the improved performance observed. The Committee reflected on the disconnect between the positive financial and strategic performance across the Group and the relatively low outcomes against the financial measures given the extremely stretching financial targets in the annual bonus plan. Based on a balanced assessment across all of the relevant factors, including recognising share price performance (while not solely attributable to the executive Directors), the Committee decided that the outcome would remain at £1,061,000.
(ii) Tushar Morzaria
A summary of the assessment for Tushar Morzaria is provided in the following table.
Performance measure |
|
Weighting |
2018 Outcome |
|||||||||||||||||
Financial | See table on page 66 | 60% | 14.8% | |||||||||||||||||
Strategic | See table on page 67 | 20% | 16.5% | |||||||||||||||||
Personal objectives | Judgemental assessment | 20% | 18.0% | |||||||||||||||||
Total | 100% | 49.3% | ||||||||||||||||||
Final outcome approved by the Remuneration Committee | 49.3% |
Notes |
a | All markets ranks and shares; Coalition, FY18 Preliminary Competitor Analysis based on the Coalition Index and Barclays internal business structure. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 69 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
In aggregate, the performance assessment for Tushar Morzaria resulted in an overall formulaic outcome of 49.3% of maximum bonus opportunity being achieved. The Committee considered the outcome and again noted that a 2018 annual bonus of £729,000 (of which 45% is deferred under the Share Value Plan) was slightly down against his 2017 annual bonus outcome despite stronger Group performance (financial and non-financial). Similar to the assessment for Jes Staley, it decided that the outcome would remain at £729,000.
In line with the DRP, and due to the regulations prohibiting dividend equivalents being paid on unvested deferred share awards, the number of shares awarded to each executive Director under the Share Value Plan will be calculated using a share price at the date of award, discounted to reflect the absence of dividend equivalents during the vesting period. The valuation will be aligned to IFRS 2, with the market expectations of dividends during the deferral period being assessed by an independent adviser. These shares will vest in two equal tranches on the first and second anniversary (subject to the rules of the Share Value Plan as amended from time to time). All shares (whether deferred or not) are subject to a further one-year holding period from the point of release. 2018 bonuses are subject to clawback provisions and, additionally, unvested deferred 2018 bonuses are subject to malus provisions which enable the Committee to reduce the vesting level of deferred bonuses (including to nil).
LTIP
The LTIP amount included in Tushar Morzarias 2018 single total figure is the value of the amount scheduled to be released in relation to the LTIP award granted in 2016 in respect of the performance period 20162018 (by reference to Q4 2018 average share price). As Jes Staley was not a participant in this cycle, the LTIP figure in the single figure table is zero for him. Release is dependent on, among other things, performance over the period from 1 January 2016 to 31 December 2018 with straight-line vesting applied between the threshold and maximum points. The performance achieved against the performance targets is as follows:
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | Actual | % of award vesting | |||||
Average return on tangible equity (RoTE) excluding material itemsa |
25% | 6.25% of award vests for RoTE of 7.5% | RoTE of 10.0% | 5.6% | 0% | |||||
CET1 ratio must remain at or above an acceptable level for any of this element to vest. The threshold will be reviewed and set annually based on market conditions and regulatory requirements (11.3% in 2018) | ||||||||||
CET1 ratio as at 31 December 2018 |
25% | 6.25% of award vests for CET1 ratio of 11.6% | CET1 ratio of 12.7% | 13.2% | 25% | |||||
Cost: income ratio excluding material itemsa |
20% | 5% of award vests for average cost: income ratio of 66% | Average cost: income ratio of 58% | 70% | 0% | |||||
Risk Scorecard | 15% | Performance against the Risk Scorecard is assessed by the Committee, with input from the Group Risk function, Board Risk Committee and Board Reputation Committee as appropriate, to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 15%. Since its introduction in 2016, the Risk Scorecard has been aligned by the Committee to the annual incentive risk alignment framework reviewed with the regulators. Following this alignment, the current framework measures performance against three broad categories Capital and Liquidity, Control Environment and Conduct using a combination of quantitative and qualitative metrics. | 10% | |||||||
Balanced Scorecard | 15% | Performance against the Balanced Scorecard is assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 15%. Each of the 5Cs in the Balanced Scorecard has equal weighting. Assessment was made against the Balanced Scorecard targets established at the beginning of the performance period. | 4% | |||||||
Total | 39% | |||||||||
Final outcome approved by the Remuneration Committee | 39% |
Note
a | Material items include PPI, gain on disposal or Barclays share of Visa Europe Limited and own credit in 2016; PPI, losses relating to the sell down of BAGL and a one-off net charge due to the re-measurement of US deferred tax assets in 2017; PPI and settlement with regard to RMBS in 2018. |
A summary of the Committees assessment against the Risk Scorecard performance measure over the three year performance period is provided below.
Category |
Weighting | Performance | Outcome | |||
Capital & Liquidity | 5% | ◾ Stress test results showed improvement over the period. Although Barclays did not meet its CET1 systemic reference points in 2016, no revised capital plans were required in light of the steps already taken. In 2017, the Bank of England recognised that the increases in CET1 capital and in Tier 1 leverage ratios over the year were sufficient for it to meet the systemic reference points in the test. Barclays passed the 2018 test. ◾ Group CET1% grew from 11.4% to 13.2% over the period, and remained comfortably above the regulatory minimum throughout. ◾ Our liquidity risk appetite measure and the Liquidity Coverage Ratio remained above targets. |
4% | |||
Controls | 5% | ◾ The Control Environment is monitored by senior management and the Board via various reports, dashboards, and deep dives. Summary ratings are also used to track improvement and remediation plans. ◾ These summary ratings improved over the period, notably following the completion of the Barclays Internal Controls Enhancement Programme (BICEP). This programme facilitated the resolution of the most material control issues, and implemented a system of tracking and reporting risk events and controls issues against a new Controls Maturity Model. |
3% |
70 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Conduct | 5% | ◾ The Conduct category focuses on two internal forward-looking tools: ◾ The Conduct dashboard showed a downward trend in conduct issues and complaints alongside an upward trend in confidence with respect to speaking up about potential conduct risks and issues, although a need for continued focus remains. ◾ The occurrence of conduct breaches among senior leaders is referenced, in particular as a leading cultural indicator reflecting tone from the top. The number of occurrences remained negligible throughout the year. |
3% | |||
Total | 15% | 10% | ||||
A summary of the Committees assessment against the Balanced Scorecard performance measures over the three year performance period is provided below.
| ||||||
Category | Weighting | Performance | Outcome | |||
Customer and Client | 3% | ◾ While positive progress has been made, with Barclays UK relationship NPS up to +17 (2017: +14; 2016: +10), the very ambitious target of ranking 1st against peers has not been achieved ◾ Similarly, Client Franchise Rank performance was at 5th and 6th over the period, below the plan target of top 3 |
0% | |||
Colleague | 3% | ◾ Good progress has been made in colleague engagement, increasing from 75% in 2016 to 78% in 2017 and to 79% in 2018. However this fell below the very stretching plan target of 87%-91% ◾ Continued improvement of +1% per year in the percentage of women in senior leadership roles to 24% at the end of 2018. This falls below the plan target of 26% (calibrated including the BAGL business). Had BAGL continued to have been included, the outcome would have been c2% higher and the target would have been achieved |
1% | |||
Citizenship | 3% | ◾ The plan targets were exceeded on 4 measures (access to financing, financial and digital empowerment, access to employment and carbon emissions reduction) ◾ Barclays Way training was on track ◾ On-time payment to our suppliers is behind track, but in H2 2018 only, for the first time since it was introduced in 2015 |
2% | |||
Conduct | 3% | ◾ Conduct Reputation, as measured by the YouGov survey, remained at 5.2 - 5.4 over the period and below our plan target of 6.5 |
0% | |||
Company | 3% | ◾ RoE and RoTE targets established to deliver greater than cost of equity in 2018. While there has been positive trajectory towards the 2019 and 2020 external commitments, the timeframe was ambitious and returns are not yet at that level ◾ Cost:income ratio plan target of below 60%. This has improved but there is still further progress required to achieve a ratio below 60% ◾ Significant strengthening in the CET1 ratio over the period, with the ratio now within our end-state target range of c13% and exceeding 100-150 basis points above the regulatory minimum |
1% | |||
Total | 15% | 4% | ||||
The LTIP award is also subject to a discretionary underpin whereby the Committee must be satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Group. The Committee was satisfied that this underpin was met, and accordingly determined that the award should be considered for release at 39% of the maximum number of shares under the total award. The shares are scheduled to be released in March 2019. After release, the shares are subject to an additional two year holding period.
(i) LTIP awards granted during 2017 The performance measures for the awards made under the 20172019 LTIP cycle are as follows:
|
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | |||
Average return on tangible equity (RoTE) |
25% | 6.25% of award vests for RoTE excluding material items of 7.5% |
RoTE excluding material items of 9.5% | |||
excluding material items | CET1 ratio must remain at or above an acceptable level for any of this element to vest. The threshold will be reviewed and set annually based on market conditions and regulatory requirements (11.7% on 31 December 2019) | |||||
CET1 ratio as at 31 December 2019 |
25% | 6.25% of award vests for CET1 ratio 100 basis points above the mandatory distribution restrictions (MDR) hurdle (currently 11.7%) | CET1 ratio 200 basis points above the MDR hurdle | |||
Cost: income ratio excluding material items |
20% | 5% of award vests for average cost: income ratio of 63% |
Average cost: income ratio of 58% | |||
Risk Scorecard | 15% | The Risk Scorecard captures a range of risks and is aligned with the annual incentive risk alignment framework reviewed with the regulators. The current framework measures performance against three broad categories Capital and Liquidity, Control Environment and Conduct using a combination of quantitative and qualitative metrics. The framework may be updated from time to time in line with the Groups risk strategy. Specific targets within each of the categories are deemed to be commercially sensitive. Retrospective disclosure will be made in the 2019 Remuneration report. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 71 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | |||
Strategic non-financial | 15% | The evaluation will focus on key performance measures from the Performance Measurement Framework, with a detailed retrospective narrative on progress throughout the period against each category. Performance against the strategic non-financial measures will be assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 15%. The measures are organised around three main categories: Customer and Client, Colleague and Citizenship. Each of the three main categories has equal weighting. Measures will likely include, but will not be limited to, the following:
◾ Customer and Client: NPS for consumer businesses, Client rankings and market shares for the Corporate and Investment Bank, complaints performance and volume of lending provided to customers and clients. ◾ Colleague: Diversity and Inclusion statistics (including women in senior leadership), Employee sustainable engagement survey scores and conduct and culture measures. ◾ Citizenship: Delivery against our Shared Growth Ambition, Colleague engagement in Citizenship activities and external benchmarks and surveys.
|
Straight-line vesting applies between the threshold and maximum points in respect of the financial measures.
The award is subject to a discretionary underpin by which the Committee must be satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Group.
(ii) LTIP awards granted during 2018
An award was made to Jes Staley and Tushar Morzaria on 8 March 2018 under the 20182020 LTIP at a share price of £1.7775, which has been discounted to reflect the absence of dividend equivalents during the vesting period, in accordance with our DRP. This is the price used to calculate the face value below.
%
of Total fixed pay |
Number of shares |
Face value at grant |
Performance period |
|||||||||||||
Jes Staley | 120% | 1,853,891 | 3,295,200 | 20182020 | ||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | 120% | 1,248,980 | 2,220,000 | 20182020 |
The performance measures for the 20182020 LTIP awards are as follows:
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | |||
Average return on tangible equity (RoTE) excluding material items |
50% | 10% of award vests for RoTE of 7.75% (based on an assumed CET1 ratio of c.13%) | RoTE of 10.25% | |||
Vesting of this element will depend on CET1 levels during the performance period:
◾ if CET1 goes below the MDR hurdle (currently 11.7%) in any year of the period, no part of the RoTE element will vest ◾ if CET1 goes below the MDR hurdle +150bps but remains above the hurdle during the period, the Committee will exercise its discretion to determine what portion of the RoTE element should vest, based on the causes of the CET1 reduction | ||||||
Average cost: income ratio excluding material items | 20% | 4% of award vests for average cost: income ratio of 62.5% | Average cost: income ratio of 58% | |||
Risk Scorecard | 15% | The Risk Scorecard captures a range of risks and is aligned with the annual incentive risk alignment framework reviewed with the regulators. The current framework measures performance against three broad categories Capital and Liquidity, Control Environment and Conduct using a combination of quantitative and qualitative metrics. The framework may be updated from time to time in line with the Groups risk strategy. Specific targets within each of the categories are deemed to be commercially sensitive. Retrospective disclosure will be made in the 2020 Remuneration report, subject to commercial sensitivity no longer remaining. | ||||
Strategic non- financial | 15% | The evaluation will focus on key performance measures from the Performance Measurement Framework, with a detailed retrospective narrative on progress throughout the period against each category. Performance against the strategic non-financial measures will be assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 15%. The measures are organised around three main categories: Customer and Client, Colleague and Citizenship. Each of the three main categories has equal weighting. Measures will likely include, but will not be limited to, the following:
◾ Customer and Client: NPS for consumer businesses, client rankings and market shares for the CIB, complaints performance and volume of lending provided to customers and clients.
◾ Colleague: Diversity and Inclusion statistics (including women in senior leadership), Employee sustainable engagement survey scores and conduct and culture measures.
◾ Citizenship: Delivery against our Shared Growth Ambition, Colleague engagement in Citizenship activities and external benchmarks and surveys.
|
Straight-line vesting applies between the threshold and maximum points in respect of the financial measures.
The award is subject to a discretionary underpin by which the Committee must be satisfied with the underlying financial health of the Group.
72 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
LTIP awards to be granted during 2019
The Committee decided to make an award under the 20192021 LTIP cycle to Jes Staley and Tushar Morzaria (based on their performance in 2018) with a face value at grant of 120% of their respective Total fixed pay at 31 December 2018.
The 20192021 LTIP award will be subject to the following forward-looking performance measures.
Performance measure | Weighting | Threshold | Maximum vesting | |||
Average return on tangible equity ex litigation and conduct and other material items |
50% | 10% of award vests for RoTE of 8.5% (based on an assumed CET1 ratio of c.13%) | RoTE of 10.5% | |||
| ||||||
Vesting of this element will depend on CET1 levels during the performance period:
◾ If CET1 goes below the MDR hurdle (currently 11.7%) in any year of the performance period, no part of the RoTE element will vest
◾ If CET1 goes below the end-state target (c.13%) but remains above the hurdle during the year, the Committee will exercise its discretion to determine what portion of the RoTE element should vest, based on the causes of the CET1 reduction | ||||||
2021 Cost: income ratio ex litigation and conduct and other material items |
20% | 4% of award vests for cost: income ratio of 60% | Cost: income ratio of 58.5% | |||
Risk Scorecard |
15% | The Risk Scorecard captures a range of risks and is aligned with the annual incentive risk alignment framework shared with the regulators. The current framework measures performance against three broad categories - Capital and Liquidity, Control Environment and Conduct - using a combination of quantitative and qualitative metrics. The framework may be updated from time to time in line with the Groups risk strategy. Specific targets within each of the categories are deemed to be commercially sensitive. Retrospective disclosure will be made in the 2021 Remuneration report, subject to commercial sensitivity no longer remaining. | ||||
Strategic non-financial |
15% | The evaluation will focus on key performance measures from the Performance Measurement framework, with a detailed retrospective narrative on progress throughout the period against each category. Performance against the strategic non-financial measures will be assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 15%. The measures are organised around three main categories: Customer and Client, Colleague and Citizenship. Each of the three main categories has equal weighting. Measures will likely include, but not be limited to, the following:
◾ Customer and Client: NPS for consumer businesses, Client rankings and market shares for the Corporate and Investment Bank, complaints performance and volume of lending provided to customers and clients.
◾ Colleague: Diversity and Inclusion statistics (including women in senior leadership), Employee sustainable engagement survey scores and conduct and culture measures.
◾ Citizenship: Delivery against our Shared Growth Ambition, Colleague engagement in Citizenship activities and external benchmarks and surveys. |
Matters for which the Committee has exercised discretion
As previously announced, malus has been applied to Jes Staleys 2016 variable compensation. Following the conclusion of the FCA and PRA investigations into Jes Staley the Committee determined to reduce the awarded value of his 2016 variable compensation by £500,000.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 73 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Executive Directors: Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2019
The following chart provides an illustrative indication of how 2019 remuneration will be delivered to the executive Directors.
* This assumes an LTIP award made in 2020 in line with the current Policy.
2019 Annual bonus performance measures
Performance measures with appropriately stretching targets have been selected to cover a range of financial and non-financial goals that support the key strategic objectives of the Company. The performance measures and weightings are shown below.
Financial (60% weighting)
A performance target range has been set for each financial measure. |
◾ Profit before tax excluding litigation and conduct and other material items (50% weighting) Payout of this element will depend on the CET1 ratio during the performance year:
if CET1 goes below the MDR hurdle (currently 11.7%) during the performance year, no part of the PBT element will pay out.
if CET1 goes below the end-state target (c.13%) but remains above the hurdle during the year, the Committee will exercise its discretion to determine what portion of the PBT element should pay out, based on the causes of the CET1 reduction.
◾ Cost: income ratio excluding litigation and conduct and other material items (10% weighting). | |
Strategic non-financial (20% weighting) |
The evaluation will focus on key performance measures from the Performance Measurement Framework, with a detailed retrospective narrative on progress during the year against each category. Performance against the strategic non-financial measures will be assessed by the Committee to determine the percentage of the award that may vest between 0% and 20%. The measures are organised around three main categories: Customer and Client, Colleague and Citizenship. Each of the three main categories has equal weighting. Measures will likely include, but will not be limited to, the following:
◾ Customer and Client: NPS for consumer businesses, Client rankings and market shares for the Corporate and Investment Bank, complaints performance and volume of lending provided to customers and clients
◾ Colleague: Diversity and Inclusion statistics (including women in senior leadership), Employee sustainable engagement survey scores and conduct and culture measures
◾ Citizenship: Delivery against our Shared Growth Ambition, Colleague engagement in Citizenship activities and external benchmarks and surveys. |
74 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Personal (20% weighting) |
The executive Directors have the following joint personal objectives for 2019:
◾ Deliver on 2019 external market targets, whilst also remaining on track for delivery of 2020 commitments. In doing so, continue to focus on the profitability and returns of the CIB
◾ Identify opportunities for further cost efficiencies, enabling re-investment into strategic priorities.
◾ Leverage the new Barclays Execution Services platform to drive our technology agenda across both trading entities to improve customer and client experience and enhance value.
◾ Respond to emerging Brexit decisions, managing risks appropriately for the Group, while continuing to support our customers and clients in the UK.
| |
In addition, individual personal objectives for 2019 are as follows:
| ||
Jes Staley | ||
◾ Oversee the effective management of the risk and controls agenda, including cyber risks.
| ||
◾ Further improve customer and client satisfaction, with continued focus on complaint reduction.
| ||
◾ Develop further a high performing culture in line with our Values, continuing to focus on employee engagement; the talent pipeline for Group, Business and Functional Executive Committees with a particular emphasis on improving the percentage of women in senior leadership roles.
| ||
◾ Effectively manage relationships with key external stakeholders and society more broadly.
| ||
Tushar Morzaria | ||
◾ Demonstrate effective management of external relationships, particularly regulators and investors.
| ||
◾ Oversee the effective management of the risk and controls agenda in Group Finance, Tax and Treasury Progress Finance Transformation Programme and drive benefits across Group Finance, Tax and Treasury.
| ||
◾ Continue to develop talent base, employee engagement and gender diversity in Group Finance, Tax and Treasury.
|
Illustrative scenarios for executive Directors remuneration
The charts below show the potential value of the current executive Directors 2019 total remuneration in three main scenarios: Minimum (i.e. Fixed Pay, Pension and benefits), Mid-point (i.e. Fixed Pay, Pension, benefits and 50% of the maximum variable pay that may be awarded) and Maximum (i.e. Fixed Pay, Pension, benefits and the maximum variable pay that may be awarded). For the purposes of these charts, the value of benefits is based on an estimated annual value for 2019 regular contractual benefits. Additional ad hoc benefits may arise, for example, overseas relocation of executive Directors, but will always be provided in line with the DRP.
A significant proportion of the potential remuneration of the executive Directors is variable and is therefore performance-related. It is also subject to deferral, additional holding periods, malus and clawback. Ahead of the new reporting requirements, we have also provided an indication of the maximum remuneration receivable, assuming share price appreciation of 50% on the LTIP.
Performance graph and table
The performance graph below illustrates the performance of Barclays over the financial years from 2009 to 2018 in terms of total shareholder return compared with that of the companies comprising the FTSE 100 index. The index has been selected because it represents a cross-section of leading UK companies.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 75 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
The table below provides pay ratios of the Group Chief Executives total remuneration (as disclosed in the single total remuneration figure table) to the remuneration of UK employees. The ratio varies from year to year primarily due to variations in the CEO total remuneration figures, e.g. where there are changes in CEO, or variations in LTIP payouts (in some years, the Group Chief Executive may not be a participant in a vesting LTIP).
The ratio of CEO remuneration for each reference point (LQ, median and UQ) has decreased from 2016 (the first full year of service for the correct CEO) to 2018, primarily due to lower bonus outcomes for the CEO. The CEO was not a participant in any LTIP that vested during this period. Over the same period, the figures for the LQ UK employee has risen 10%. It should be noted that these ratios may increase in 2019, as this will be the first year an LTIP, in which the CEO is a participant reaches the end of its performance period and may therefore result in a vesting outcome for the CEO.
Year | 2009 | 2010 | 2011 | 2012a | 2013 | 2014 | 2015a | 2016 | 2017 | 2018 | ||||||||||||||||
Group Chief Executive | John Varley |
John Varley |
Bob Diamond |
Bob Diamondb |
Antony Jenkinsc |
Antony Jenkins |
Antony Jenkins |
Antony Jenkinsc |
John McFarlaned |
Jes Staleye |
Jes Staley |
Jes Staley |
Jes Staley | |||||||||||||
Single total remuneration figure CEO | 2,050 | 4,567 | 11,070f | 1,892 | 529 | 1,602 | 5,467g | 3,399 | 305 | 277 | 4,233 | 3,873 | 3,362i | |||||||||||||
Annual bonus award as a % of max | 0% | 100% | 80% | 0% | 0% | 0% | 57% | 48% | N/A | N/A | 60% | 48.5% | 48.3% | |||||||||||||
Long-term incentive plan vesting as a % of max | 50% | 16% | N/Ah | 0% | N/Ah | N/Ah | 30% | 39% | N/Ah | N/Ah | N/Ah | N/Ah | N/Ah | |||||||||||||
UK employee LQ | 106 x | 232 x | 552 x | 118 x | 77 x | 254 x | 183 x | 195 x | 173 x | 141 x | ||||||||||||||||
UK employee median | 75 x | 165 x | 391 x | 84 x | 54 x | 175 x | 126 x | 137 x | 119 x | 96 x | ||||||||||||||||
UK employee UQ | 40 x | 87 x | 206 x | 44 x | 28 x | 92 x | 66 x | 70 x | 61 x | 51 x |
Notes
a | Where there was more than one Group Chief Executive in a year, the pay ratio references the sum of the Group Chief Executive single total figures for that year |
b | Bob Diamond left the Board on 3 July 2012. |
c | Antony Jenkins became Group Chief Executive on 30 August 2012 and left the Board on 16 July 2015. |
d | John McFarlane was Executive Chairman from 17 July 2015 to 30 November 2015. His fees, which remained unchanged, have been pro-rated for his time in the position. He was not eligible to receive a bonus or LTIP. |
e | Jes Staley became Group Chief Executive on 1 December 2015. |
f | This figure includes £5,745k tax equalisation as set out in the 2011 Remuneration report. Bob Diamond was tax equalised on tax above the UK rate where that could not be offset by a double tax treaty. |
g | Antony Jenkins 2014 pay is higher than in earlier years since he declined a bonus in 2012 and 2013 and did not have LTIP vesting in those years. |
h | Not a participant in a long-term incentive award which vested in the period. |
i | As required, the single total remuneration figure includes an adjustment made to Jes Staleys 2016 variable compensation in 2018. 2018 outcome excluding the malus adjustment is £3,862k and the ratios would be LQ: 162x, Median: 110x, UQ: 58x |
Percentage change in Group Chief Executives remuneration
The table below shows how the percentage change in the Group Chief Executives salary, benefits and bonus between 2017 and 2018 compared with the percentage change in the average of each of those components of pay for UK based employees.
We have chosen UK based employees as the comparator group as it is the most representative for pay structure comparisons.
Fixed Pay |
Benefits | Annual bonus | ||||||||||
Group Chief Executive | 0% | -11% | 0% | |||||||||
Average based on UK employeesa | 2% | 0% | 10% | |||||||||
Note a Certain populations were excluded to enable a meaningful like for like comparison.
Total remuneration of the employees in the Barclays Group The table below shows the number of employees in the Barclays Group as at 31 December 2017 and 2018 in bands by reference to total remuneration. Total remuneration comprises salary, RBP, other allowances, bonus and the value at award of LTIP awards.
Total remuneration of the employees in the Barclays Group
|
| |||||||||||
Number of employees | ||||||||||||
Remuneration band | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||
£0 to £25,000 | 31,846 | 31,406 | ||||||||||
£25,001 to £50,000 | 25,770 | 24,280 | ||||||||||
£50,001 to £100,000 | 18,478 | 17,604 | ||||||||||
£100,001 to £250,000 | 10,804 | 9,818 | ||||||||||
£250,001 to £500,000 | 2,197 | 2,113 | ||||||||||
£500,001 to £1,000,000 | 916 | 811 | ||||||||||
£1,000,001 to £2,000,000 | 306 | 262 | ||||||||||
£2,000,001 to £3,000,000 | 82 | 70 | ||||||||||
£3,000,001 to £4,000,000 | 19 | 21 | ||||||||||
£4,000,001 to £5,000,000 | 6 | 5 | ||||||||||
£5,000,001 to £6,000,000 | 11 | 7 | ||||||||||
Above £6,000,000 | 6 | 4 |
Barclays is a global business. Of those employees earning above £1m in total remuneration for 2018 in the table above, 56% are based in the US, 36% in the UK, and 8% in the rest of the world.
76 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Relative importance of spend on pay
A year on year comparison of Group compensation costs and distributions to shareholders are shown below.
Total incentive awards granted - current year
Barclays Group | ||||||||||||
Year ended 31.12.18 £m |
Year ended 31.12.17 £m |
% Change | ||||||||||
Incentive awards granted |
||||||||||||
Bonus pool |
1,582 | 1,432 | (10) | |||||||||
Commissions and other incentives |
67 | 74 | ||||||||||
Total incentive awards granted |
1,649 | 1,506 | (9) | |||||||||
Reconciliation of incentive awards granted to income statement charge: |
||||||||||||
Less: deferred bonuses granted but not charged in current year |
(359) | (302) | (19) | |||||||||
Add: current year charges for deferred bonuses from previous years |
299 | 457 | 35 | |||||||||
Other |
(33) | 29 | ||||||||||
Income statement charge for performance costs |
1,556 | 1,690 | 8 | |||||||||
Proportion of bonus pool that is deferred |
33% | 31% |
Chairman and non-executive Directors
Remuneration for non-executive Directors reflects their responsibilities and time commitment and the level of fees paid to non-executive Directors of comparable major UK companies.
Non-executive Directors are reimbursed expenses that are incurred for business reasons. Any tax that arises on these reimbursed expenses is paid by Barclays. The Chairman is provided with private medical cover and the use of a Company vehicle and driver when required for business purposes.
Chairman and non-executive Directors: Single total figure for 2018 fees
Fees | Benefits | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 £000 |
2017 £000 |
2018 £000 |
2017 £000 |
2018 £000 |
2017 £000 |
|||||||||||||||||||
Chairman |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlane |
800 | 800 | 1 | 2 | 801 | 802 | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley |
215 | 215 | - | - | 215 | 215 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tim Breedon |
225 | 225 | - | - | 225 | 225 | ||||||||||||||||||
Sir Ian Cheshirea |
480 | 360 | - | - | 480 | 360 | ||||||||||||||||||
Mary Anne Citrinob |
39 | - | - | - | 39 | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Mary Francisc |
154 | 135 | - | - | 154 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||
Crawford Gilliesd |
222 | 195 | - | - | 222 | 195 | ||||||||||||||||||
Sir Gerry Grimstonee |
498 | 375 | - | - | 498 | 375 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III |
120 | 120 | - | - | 120 | 120 | ||||||||||||||||||
Matthew Lesterf |
135 | 45 | - | - | 135 | 45 | ||||||||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo |
135 | 135 | - | - | 135 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diane Schuenemang |
337 | 308 | - | - | 337 | 308 | ||||||||||||||||||
Mike Turnerh |
105 | - | - | - | 105 | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Diane de Saint Victori |
- | 38 | - | - | - | 38 | ||||||||||||||||||
Steve Thiekej |
- | 87 | - | - | - | 87 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total |
3,465 | 3,038 | 1 | 2 | 3,466 | 3,040 |
Notes
a. | Sir Ian Cheshires 2018 figure includes fees of £400,000 for his role as Chairman of Barclays Bank UK PLC. |
b. | Mary Anne Citrino joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 25 July 2018. Her fees are therefore pro-rated for the period of her appointment. |
c. | Mary Francis succeeded Sir Gerry Grimstone as Chair of the Board Reputation Committee with effect from 1 April 2018. |
d. | Crawford Gillies was appointed Senior Independent Director with effect from 1 April 2018 and the 2018 figures includes the pro-rated amount for the period of his appointment. |
e. | Sir Gerry Grimstone was appointed Chairman of Barclays Bank PLC with effect from 1 April 2018 and subsequently stepped down as Deputy Chairman, Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Board Reputation Committee. The 2018 figure reflects this and also includes fees of £400,000 for his role as Chairman of Barclays Bank PLC Board and his previous appointment as Chairman of the BI Divisional Board for the period 1 January 31 March 2018. |
f. | Matthew Lester joined the Board a non-executive Director with effect from 1 September 2017. |
g. | Diane Schueneman was appointed Chair of Barclays Services Limited (the Group Service Company) with effect from 1 September 2017 and is a member of the Barclays US LLC (the US Intermediate Holding Company) Board. The 2018 figure includes fees of £70,000 for her role on the Barclays Services Limited Board and $177k (£132k) for her role on the Barclays US LLC Board. |
h. | Mike Turner joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2018. |
i. | Diane de Saint Victor retired from the Board with effect from 10 May 2017. |
j. | Steve Thieke retired from the Board with effect from 10 May 2017. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 77 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Chairman and non-executive Directors: Statement of implementation of remuneration policy in 2019
2019 fees, subject to annual review in line with policy, for the Chairman and non-executive Directors are shown below.
1 January
2019 £000 |
1 January 2018 £000 |
|||||||
Chairmana | 800 | 800 | ||||||
Deputy Chairmanb | 250 | 250 | ||||||
Board member | 80 | 80 | ||||||
Additional responsibilities | ||||||||
Senior Independent Directorc | 36 | 30 | ||||||
Chairman of Board Audit, Remuneration or Risk Committee | 70 | 70 | ||||||
Chairman of Board Reputation Committee | 50 | 50 | ||||||
Membership of Board Audit or Board Remuneration Committee | 30 | 30 | ||||||
Membership of Board Reputation or Board Risk Committee | 25 | 25 | ||||||
Membership of Board Nominations Committee | 15 | 15 |
Notes
a. | The Chairman does not receive any other additional responsibilities fees in addition to the Chairman fees. |
b. | Following the appointment of Sir Gerry Grimstone as Chairman of Barclays Bank PLC with effect from 1 April 2018, it was deemed not necessary to fill the position of Deputy Chairman. However, the position remains available should Barclays consider it necessary and beneficial to the Company to appoint a Deputy Chairman in the future. |
c. | The Board approved an increase to the Senior Independent Director fees effective 1 April 2018. The increase in fees was approved in line with the Directors Remuneration Policy and took account of comparable market data and the Senior Independent Director role being performed independently of the Deputy Chairman role. |
Payments to former Directors
Former Group Finance Director: Chris Lucas
In 2018, Chris Lucas continued to be eligible to receive life assurance cover, private medical cover and payments under the Executive Income Protection Plan (EIPP). Full details of his eligibility under the EIPP were disclosed in the 2013 Directors remuneration report (page 115 of the 2013 Annual Report). Chris Lucas did not receive any other payment or benefit in 2018.
Directors shareholdings and share interests
Executive Directors shareholdings and share interests
The chart below shows the value of Barclays shares held beneficially by Jes Staley and Tushar Morzaria as at 19 February 2019 that count towards the shareholding requirement of, as a minimum, Barclays shares worth 200% of Total fixed pay (i.e. Fixed Pay plus Pension). The current executive Directors have five years from their respective date of appointment to meet this requirement. At close of business on 19 February 2019, the market value of Barclays ordinary shares was £1.59.
Interests in Barclays PLC shares
The table below shows shares owned beneficially by all the Directors and shares over which executive Directors hold awards which are subject to either deferral terms and/or performance measures. The shares shown below that are subject to performance measures are the maximum number of shares that may be released.
Unvested | Total as at | |||||||||||||||||||
Owned outright | Subject
to performance measures |
Not subject to
performance measures |
31 December 2018 (or date of retirement |
Total as
at 18 February 2019 |
||||||||||||||||
Executive Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Jes Staleya | 4,860,720 | 3,539,846 | 555,540 | 8,956,106 | ||||||||||||||||
Tushar Morzaria | 2,845,752 | 3,593,456 | 502,392 | 6,941,600 | ||||||||||||||||
Chairman | ||||||||||||||||||||
John McFarlane | 99,139 | | | 99,139 | ||||||||||||||||
Non-executive Directors | ||||||||||||||||||||
Mike Ashley | 115,706 | | | 115,706 | ||||||||||||||||
Tim Breedon | 45,342 | | | 45,342 | ||||||||||||||||
Sir Ian Cheshire | 91,202 | | | 91,202 | ||||||||||||||||
Mary Anne Citrinob | 2,000 | | | 2,000 | ||||||||||||||||
Mary Francis | 22,030 | | | 22,030 | ||||||||||||||||
Crawford Gillies | 85,975 | | | 85,975 | ||||||||||||||||
Sir Gerry Grimstone | 119,311 | | | 119,311 | ||||||||||||||||
Reuben Jeffery III | 301,963 | | | 301,963 | ||||||||||||||||
Matthew Lester | 17,703 | | | 17,703 | ||||||||||||||||
Dambisa Moyo | 67,606 | | | 67,606 | ||||||||||||||||
Diane Schueneman | 39,462 | | | 39,462 | ||||||||||||||||
Mike Turnerc | 65,334 | | | 65,334 |
Notes
a | Jes Staleys shareholding was reduced by 216,997 shares as a result of application of malus. |
b. | Mary Anne Citrino joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 25 July 2018. |
c | Mike Turner joined the Board as a non-executive Director with effect from 1 January 2018. |
78 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays Board Remuneration Committee
The Board Remuneration Committee is responsible for overseeing Barclays remuneration as described in more detail below.
Terms of Reference
The role of the Committee is to:
◾ | set the overarching principles and parameters of remuneration policy across the Group |
◾ | consider and approve the remuneration arrangements of (i) the Chairman, (ii) the executive Directors, (iii) members of the Barclays Group Executive Committee and any other senior executives specified by the Committee from time to time, and (iv) all other Group employees whose total annual compensation exceeds an amount determined by the Committee from time to time (currently £2m) |
◾ | exercise oversight for remuneration issues. |
The Committee considers the over-arching objectives, principles and parameters of remuneration policy across the Group to ensure it is adopting a coherent approach in respect of all employees. In discharging this responsibility the Committee seeks to ensure that the policy is transparent, avoids complexity and assesses, among other things, the impact of pay arrangements in supporting the Groups culture, values and strategy and on all elements of risk management. The Committee also approves incentive pools for each of the Group, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Bank UK PLC and operations and functions, periodically reviews at least annually all material matters of retirement benefit design and governance, and ensures that the remuneration policy promotes the alignment of the long-term interests of shareholders and employees. The Committee and its members work as necessary with other Board Committees, and is authorised to select and appoint its own advisers as required.
The Terms of Reference can be found at home.barclays/corporategovernance
Chairman and members
The Chairman and members of the Committee are as follows:
◾ | Crawford Gillies, Committee member since 1 May 2014 and Chairman since 24 April 2015 |
◾ | Tim Breedon, Committee member since 1 December 2012 |
◾ | Mary Francis, Committee member since 1 November 2016 |
◾ | Dambisa Moyo, Committee member since 1 September 2015. |
All current members are considered independent by the Board.
Remuneration committee attendance in 2018 |
Meetings attended/eligible to attend |
|||
Crawford Gillies | 5/5 | |||
Tim Breedon | 5/5 | |||
Mary Francis | 5/5 | |||
Dambisa Moyo | 4/5 | a |
a | Dambisa Moyo was unable to attend one meeting due to a conflicting commitment, but her views and comments were made available to, and considered by the committee |
The performance of the Committee is reviewed each year as part of the Board Effectiveness Review. The results of the review were positive and concluded that the Committee is composed of the right level of experience and skills.
Advisers to the Remuneration Committee
PricewaterhouseCoopers (PwC) was appointed as the independent adviser to the Committee in October 2017. The Committee is satisfied that the advice provided by PwC to the Committee is independent and objective. PwC is a signatory to the voluntary UK Code of Conduct for executive remuneration consultants.
PwC was paid £85,000 (excluding VAT) for their advice to the Committee in 2018 relating to the executive Directors (either exclusively or along with other employees within the Committees Terms of Reference). In addition to advising the Committee, PwC provided unrelated consulting advice to the Group in respect of strategic advice on business, operational models and cost, corporate taxation, climate-related financial disclosures, data strategy, technology consulting and internal audit.
Throughout 2018, Willis Towers Watson (WTW) continued to provide the Committee with market data on compensation when considering incentive levels, remuneration packages. WTW were paid £65,500 (excluding VAT) in fees for their services. In addition the services provided to the Committee, WTW also provides pensions advice, advice on health and benefits provision, assistance and technology support for employee surveys for the Group and pensions advice and administration services to the Barclays Bank UK Retirement Fund.
In the course of its deliberations, the Committee also considers the views of the Group Chief Executive, the Group Human Resources Director and the Group Reward and Performance Director. The Group Finance Director and the Chief Risk Officer provide regular updates on Group and business financial performance and risk profile respectively.
No Barclays employee or Director participates in discussions with, or decisions of, the Committee relating to his or her own remuneration. No other advisers provided services to the Committee in the year.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 79 |
Governance: Remuneration report
Annual report on Directors remuneration
Remuneration Committee activity in 2018
The following provides a summary of the Committees activity during 2018 and at the January and February 2019 meetings at which 2018 remuneration decisions were finalised.
Meeting | Fixed and variable pay issues | Governance, risk and other mattersa | ||
January 2018 |
◾ 2017 incentive funding proposals, including risk adjustments |
◾ Non-executive Directors fees for subsidiary boards | ||
◾ 2017 bonus proposals for senior executives
|
||||
February 2018 |
◾ Approved final 2017 incentive funding, including risk adjustments
◾ Approved proposals for executive Directors and senior executives 2017 bonuses and 20182020 LTIP awards for executive Directors |
◾ Approved 2017 Reward communications approach
◾ Review of Committee effectiveness | ||
◾ Group fixed pay budgets for 2018 |
||||
◾ Approved executive Directors and senior executives 2018 Fixed Pay |
||||
◾ Approved executive Directors annual bonus performance measures for 2018 |
||||
July 2018 |
◾ 2018 ex ante risk adjustment methodology
◾ 2018 incentive funding framework |
◾ Barclays Fair Pay Agenda
◾ Update on the establishment of subsidiary Remuneration Committees | ||
October 2018 |
◾ 2018 incentive funding projections, including risk adjustments |
◾ Barclays Fair Pay Agenda
◾ Amendments to the rules of the Barclays Group Deferred Share Value Plan and Cash Value Plan | ||
◾ Annual review of Group Chairmans remuneration | ||||
◾ Update on Barclays UK remuneration approach | ||||
December 2018 |
◾ Initial consideration on executive Directors and senior executives 2018 bonuses and 2019 Fixed Pay |
◾ Annual review of Committee activity, Terms of Reference and Control Framework
◾ Non-executive Directors fees for subsidiary boards | ||
◾ 2019 bonus approach for executive Directors | ||||
◾ 2019-2021 LTIP performance measures | ||||
◾ 2018 incentive funding proposals, including risk adjustments | ||||
◾ Update on Barclays UK remuneration approach | ||||
January 2019 |
◾ 2018 incentive funding proposals, including risk adjustments |
|||
◾ 2018 bonus proposals for senior executives |
||||
February 2019 |
◾ Approved final 2018 incentive funding, including risk adjustments |
◾ Review of Board Remuneration Committee Effectiveness
◾ Approved 2018 Reward communications approach | ||
◾ Approved proposals for executive Directors and senior executives 2018 bonuses and 2019-2021 LTIP awards for executive Directors | ||||
◾ Group fixed pay budgets for 2019 | ||||
◾ Approved 2019 executive Directors annual bonus performance measures |
Notes
a | The Committee is also provided with updates at each scheduled meeting on: regulatory and stakeholder matters, Finance and Risk, Remuneration Review Panel meetings, operation of the Committees Control Framework on hiring, retention and termination, headcount and employee attrition, and extant LTIP performance. |
There were also two additional Remuneration Committee meetings during the course of 2018. The Committee met on 10 May 2018 to consider remuneration consequences of the investigation into Jes Staleys involvement in the whistleblowing incident. On 26 October 2018 the Committee met in respect of remuneration arrangements for the Group Chairman-designate.
Statement of shareholder voting at Annual General Meeting
The table below shows the voting result in respect of our remuneration report at the AGM held on 1 May 2018 and the last policy vote at the AGM on 10 May 2017:
For % of votes cast |
Against % of votes cast Number |
Withheld Number |
||||||||||
Advisory vote on the 2017 remuneration report |
95.96% | 4.04 | ||||||||||
12,059,206,433 | 507,845,058 | 104,289,376 | ||||||||||
Binding vote on the Directors remuneration policy |
97.91% | 2.09% | ||||||||||
12,062,616,141 | 257,416,828 | 51,369,054 |
At the AGM held on 24 April 2014, shareholders of Barclays PLC voted 96.02% (10,364,453,159 votes) for the resolution in respect of a fixed to variable remuneration ratio of 1:2 for Remuneration Code Staff (now known as MRTs). On 14 December 2017, the Board of Barclays PLC as shareholder of Barclays Bank PLC approved the resolution that Barclays Bank PLC and any of its current and future subsidiaries be authorised to apply a ratio of the fixed to variable components of total remuneration of their MRTs that exceeds 1:1, provided the ratio does not exceed 1:2. On 15 November 2018, the Board of Barclays PLC as shareholder of Barclays Bank UK PLC approved an equivalent resolution in relation to MRTs within Barclays Bank UK PLC and any of its subsidiaries.
80 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Contents
The management of risk is a critical underpinning to the execution of Barclays strategy. The material risks and uncertainties the Barclays Group faces across its business and portfolios are key areas of management focus.
|
Risk management
|
|
Annual Report |
| |||
Overview of Barclays approach to risk management. A detailed overview together with more specific information on policies that Barclays Group determines to be of particular significance in the current operating environment can be found in Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2018 or at Barclays.com. |
◾ Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) ◾ Principal risks |
|
83 83 |
| ||
◾ Risk appetite for the principal risks |
83 | |||||
◾ Roles and responsibilities in the management of risk |
83 | |||||
◾ Frameworks, policies and standards |
n/a | |||||
◾ Assurance |
n/a | |||||
◾ Effectiveness of risk management arrangements | n/a | |||||
◾ Learning from our mistakes |
n/a | |||||
◾ Barclays risk culture |
84 | |||||
◾ Barclays Group-wide risk management tools | n/a | |||||
◾ Risk management in the setting of strategy
|
|
n/a
|
| |||
Material existing and emerging risks
|
| |||||
Insight into the level of risk across our business and portfolios, the material existing and emerging risks and uncertainties we face and the key areas of management focus. |
◾ Material existing and emerging risks potentially impacting more than one principal risk |
85 | ||||
◾ Credit risk |
87 | |||||
◾ Market risk |
88 | |||||
◾ Treasury and capital risk |
88 | |||||
◾ Operational risk | 88 |
|||||
◾ Model risk | 89 |
|||||
◾ Conduct risk | 89 |
|||||
◾ Reputation risk | 90 |
|||||
◾ Legal risk and legal, competition and
regulatory matters
|
90
|
|||||
Principal risk management |
| |||||
Barclays approach to risk management for each principal risk with focus on organisation and structure and roles and responsibilities. |
◾ Credit risk management |
91 | ||||
◾ Management of credit risk mitigation techniques and counterparty credit risk |
n/a | |||||
◾ Market risk management |
93 | |||||
◾ Management of securitisation exposures | n/a | |||||
◾ Treasury and capital risk management | 94 |
|||||
◾ Operational risk management | 97 |
|||||
◾ Model risk management | 99 |
|||||
◾ Conduct risk management | 100 |
|||||
◾ Reputation risk management | 101 |
|||||
◾ Legal risk management
|
102
|
|||||
Risk performance |
| |||||
Credit risk: The risk of loss to the firm from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully honour their obligations to the firm, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other receivables. |
◾ Credit risk overview and summary of performance |
104 | ||||
◾ Maximum exposure and effects of netting, collateral and risk transfer |
104 | |||||
◾ Expected Credit Losses |
107 | |||||
◾ Movements in gross exposure and impairment allowance including provisions for loan commitments and financial guarantees |
110 | |||||
◾ Management adjustments to models for impairment |
112 | |||||
◾ Modification of financial assets | 112 |
|||||
◾ Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis | 113 |
|||||
◾ Analysis of the concentration of credit risk | 118 |
|||||
◾ Barclays Groups approach to management and representation of credit quality | 120 |
|||||
◾ Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types | 123 | |||||
◾ Forbearance | 125 |
|||||
◾ Analysis of debt securities | 128 |
|||||
◾ Analysis of derivatives
|
129
|
|||||
Market risk: The risk of a loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the firms assets and liabilities from fluctuation in market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and asset correlations. |
◾ Market risk overview and summary of performance |
131 | ||||
◾ Balance sheet view of trading and banking books |
132 | |||||
◾ Review of management measures |
133 | |||||
◾ Review of regulatory measures
|
134 | |||||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 81 |
Risk review
Contents
Risk performance continued |
|
Annual Report |
| |||
Treasury and capital risk Liquidity: The risk that the firm is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets. |
◾ Liquidity risk overview and summary of performance ◾ Liquidity risk stress testing |
|
137 137 |
| ||
◾ Liquidity pool |
139 | |||||
◾ Funding structure and funding relationships |
140 | |||||
◾ Encumbrance |
142 | |||||
◾ Credit ratings |
146 | |||||
◾ Contractual maturity of financial assets and
liabilities
|
147 | |||||
Treasury and capital risk Capital: The risk that the firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This includes the risk from the firms pension plans. |
◾ Capital risk overview and summary of performance ◾ Regulatory minimum capital and leverage requirements |
|
151 152 |
| ||
◾ Analysis of capital resources |
153 | |||||
◾ Analysis of risk weighted assets |
154 | |||||
◾ Analysis of leverage ratio and exposures |
155 | |||||
◾ Foreign exchange risk |
156 | |||||
◾ Pension risk review | 157 | |||||
◾ Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities |
158 | |||||
Treasury and capital risk Interest rate risk in the banking book: The risk that the firm is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities. |
◾ Interest rate risk in the banking book overview and summary of performance ◾ Net interest income sensitivity ◾ Analysis of equity sensitivity ◾ Volatility of the FVOCI portfolio in the liquidity pool
|
|
159 160 160 161 |
| ||
Operational risk: The risk of loss to the firm from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events (for example fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks.
|
◾ Operational risk overview and summary of performance ◾ Operational risk profile |
|
162 163 |
| ||
Model risk: The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports. |
◾ Model risk overview and summary of performance |
165 | ||||
Conduct risk: The risk of detriment to customers, clients, market integrity, competition or Barclays from the inappropriate supply of financial services, including instances of wilful or negligent misconduct.
|
◾ Conduct risk overview and summary of performance |
166 | ||||
Reputation risk: The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the firms integrity and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
|
◾ Reputation risk overview and summary of performance |
167 | ||||
Legal risk: The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the firm to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements. |
◾ Legal risk overview and summary of performance |
168 | ||||
Supervision and regulation |
||||||
Barclays Groups operations, including its overseas offices, subsidiaries and associates, are subject to a significant body of rules and regulations. |
◾ Supervision of Barclays Group ◾ Global regulatory developments ◾ Financial regulatory framework
|
|
170 170 171 |
| ||
82 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Risk management
Barclays Groups risk management strategy
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 83 |
Risk review
Risk management
Barclays Groups risk management strategy
84 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 85 |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
86 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 87 |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
88 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 89 |
Risk review
Material existing and emerging risks
90 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Credit risk management
Organisation and structure
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 91 |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Credit risk management
92 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Market risk management
Organisation and structure
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 93 |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Treasury and capital risk management
Organisation and structure
94 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Organisation and structure
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 95 |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Treasury and capital risk management
96 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Operational risk management
Organisation and structure
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 97 |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Operational risk management
98 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Model risk management
Organisation and structure
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 99 |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Conduct risk management
Organisation and structure
100 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Reputation risk management
Reputation risk
The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the firms integrity and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public
Organisation and structure
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 101 |
Risk review
Principal Risk management
Legal risk management
Legal risk
The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the firm to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements.
Organisation and structure
102 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Summary of contents | Page | |||||
Credit risk represents a significant risk and mainly arises from exposure to wholesale and retail loans and advances together with the counterparty credit risk arising from derivative contracts entered into with clients.
|
◾ Credit risk overview and summary of performance |
104 | ||||
◾ Maximum exposure and effects of netting, collateral and risk transfer | 104 | |||||
This section outlines the expected credit loss allowances, the movements in allowances during the period, material management adjustments to model output and measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis. |
◾ Expected Credit Losses |
107 | ||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost by stage |
107 | |||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product |
109 | |||||
Movement in gross exposure and impairment allowance including provisions for loan commitments and financial guarantees |
110 | |||||
Stage 2 decomposition |
111 | |||||
◾ Management adjustments to models for impairment | 112 | |||||
◾ Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity
analysis
|
113 | |||||
Barclays Group reviews and monitors risk concentrations in a variety of ways. This section outlines performance against key concentration risks. |
◾ Analysis of the concentration of credit risk |
118 | ||||
Geographic concentrations |
118 | |||||
Industry concentrations |
119 | |||||
◾ Approach to management and representation of credit quality | 120 | |||||
Asset credit quality |
120 | |||||
Debt securities |
121 | |||||
Balance sheet credit quality |
121 | |||||
Credit exposures by internal PD grade
|
123 | |||||
Credit Risk monitors exposure performance across a range of significant portfolios. |
◾ Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types |
123 | ||||
Secured home loans |
123 | |||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending
|
124 | |||||
Barclays Group monitors exposures to assets where there is a heightened likelihood of default and assets where an actual default has occurred. From time to time, suspension of certain aspects of client credit agreements are agreed, generally during temporary periods of financial difficulties where Barclays Group is confident that the client will be able to remedy the suspension. This section outlines the current exposure to assets with this treatment.
|
◾ Forbearance Retail forbearance programmes Wholesale forbearance programmes |
|
125 126 127 |
| ||
This section provides an analysis of credit risk on debt securities and derivatives.
|
◾ Analysis of debt securities |
128 | ||||
◾ Analysis of derivatives
|
129
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 103 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
104 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
This and subsequent analyses of credit risk exclude other financial assets not subject to credit risk, mainly equity securities.
The Barclays Group mitigates the credit risk to which it is exposed through netting and set-off, collateral and risk transfer.
Overview
As at 31 December 2018, the Barclays Groups net exposure to credit risk, after taking into account credit risk mitigation, increased 2% to £807.4bn. Overall, the extent to which the Barclays Group holds mitigation against its total exposure remains unchanged at 43% (2017: 43%).
Of the unmitigated on balance sheet exposure, a significant portion relates to cash held at central banks, cash collateral and settlement balances, and debt securities issued by governments all of which are considered to be lower risk. Increases in trading portfolio assets and financial assets at fair value through the income statement have driven the increase in the Barclays Groups net exposure to credit risk. Trading portfolio liability positions, which to a significant extent economically hedge trading portfolio assets but which are not held specifically for risk management purposes, are excluded from the analysis. The credit quality of counterparties to derivatives, financial investments and wholesale loan assets are predominantly investment grade and there are no significant changes from prior year. Further analysis on the credit quality of assets is presented on pages 120 to 123.
Where collateral has been obtained in the event of default, the Barclays Group does not, ordinarily, use such assets for its own operations and they are usually sold on a timely basis. The carrying value of assets held by the Barclays Group as at 31 December 2018, as a result of the enforcement of collateral, was £6m (2017: £nil).
Maximum exposure and effects of netting, collateral and risk transfer (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | |
Maximum exposure £m |
|
|
Netting and set-off £m |
|
|
Cash collateral £m |
|
|
Non-cash collateral £m |
|
|
Risk transfer £m |
|
|
Net exposure £m |
| ||||||
On-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 177,069 | | | | | 177,069 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 77,222 | | | | | 77,222 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 150,284 | | (295 | ) | (149,679 | ) | (132 | ) | 178 | |||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending | 56,431 | | (725 | ) | (5,608 | ) | (451 | ) | 49,647 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate loans | 119,691 | (7,550 | ) | (65 | ) | (41,042 | ) | (4,454 | ) | 66,580 | ||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 326,406 | (7,550 | ) | (1,085 | ) | (196,329 | ) | (5,037 | ) | 116,405 | ||||||||||||||
Of which credit-impaired (Stage 3): | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 2,125 | | (3 | ) | (2,083 | ) | (31 | ) | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending | 1,249 | | (6 | ) | (232 | ) | (38 | ) | 973 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate loans | 1,762 | | | (895 | ) | (17 | ) | 850 | ||||||||||||||||
Total credit-impaired loans and advances at amortised cost | 5,136 | | (9 | ) | (3,210 | ) | (86 | ) | 1,831 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 2,308 | | (17 | ) | (2,261 | ) | | 30 | ||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 57,283 | | | (451 | ) | | 56,832 | |||||||||||||||||
Traded loans | 7,234 | | | (154 | ) | | 7,080 | |||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets | 64,517 | | | (605 | ) | | 63,912 | |||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances | 19,524 | | (11 | ) | (11,782 | ) | (89 | ) | 7,642 | |||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 4,522 | | | (445 | ) | | 4,077 | |||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | 119,041 | | (2,996 | ) | (115,601 | ) | | 444 | ||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets | 542 | | | | | 542 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 143,629 | | (3,007 | ) | (127,828 | ) | (89 | ) | 12,705 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 222,538 | (172,001 | ) | (31,402 | ) | (5,502 | ) | (4,712 | ) | 8,921 | ||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 51,694 | | | | (399 | ) | 51,295 | |||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 1,006 | | | | | 1,006 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | 1,066,389 | (179,551 | ) | (35,511 | ) | (332,525 | ) | (10,237 | ) | 508,565 | ||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 20,303 | | (399 | ) | (1,418 | ) | (190 | ) | 18,296 | |||||||||||||||
Loan commitments | 324,223 | | (124 | ) | (42,117 | ) | (1,395 | ) | 280,587 | |||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet | 344,526 | | (523 | ) | (43,535 | ) | (1,585 | ) | 298,883 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 1,410,915 | (179,551 | ) | (36,034 | ) | (376,060 | ) | (11,822 | ) | 807,448 |
Off-balance sheet exposures are shown gross of provisions of £271m (2017: £79m). See Note 26 for further details.
In addition to the above, Barclays Group holds forward starting reverse repos with notional contract amounts of £35.5bn (2017: £31.4bn). The balances are fully collateralised.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 105 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Maximum exposure and effects of netting, collateral and risk transfer (audited) |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | |
Maximum exposure £m |
|
|
Netting and set-off £m |
|
|
Cash collateral £m |
|
|
Non-cash collateral £m |
|
|
Risk transfer £m |
|
|
Net exposure £m |
| ||||||
On-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 171,082 | | | | | 171,082 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 77,168 | | | | | 77,168 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 147,002 | | (158 | ) | (146,554 | ) | | 290 | ||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending | 55,767 | | (241 | ) | (3,995 | ) | (16 | ) | 51,515 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate loans | 121,279 | (6,617 | ) | (230 | ) | (46,402 | ) | (4,378 | ) | 63,652 | ||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 324,048 | (6,617 | ) | (629 | ) | (196,951 | ) | (4,394 | ) | 115,457 | ||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 12,546 | | | (12,226 | ) | | 320 | |||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 51,200 | | | | | 51,200 | ||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans | 3,140 | | | (128 | ) | | 3,012 | |||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets | 54,340 | | | (128 | ) | | 54,212 | |||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances | 11,037 | | (440 | ) | (5,497 | ) | (344 | ) | 4,756 | |||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 15 | | | | | 15 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | 100,040 | | (426 | ) | (99,428 | ) | | 186 | ||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets | 519 | | | | | 519 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 111,611 | | (866 | ) | (104,925 | ) | (344 | ) | 5,476 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 237,669 | (184,265 | ) | (33,092 | ) | (6,170 | ) | (5,885 | ) | 8,257 | ||||||||||||||
Financial investments debt securities | 57,128 | | | (463 | ) | (853 | ) | 55,812 | ||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 3,022 | | | | | 3,022 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | 1,048,614 | (190,882 | ) | (34,587 | ) | (320,863 | ) | (11,476 | ) | 490,806 | ||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 19,012 | | (318 | ) | (1,482 | ) | (228 | ) | 16,984 | |||||||||||||||
Loan commitments | 315,573 | | (73 | ) | (31,069 | ) | (1,757 | ) | 282,674 | |||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet | 334,585 | | (391 | ) | (32,551 | ) | (1,985 | ) | 299,658 | |||||||||||||||
Total | 1,383,199 | (190,882 | ) | (34,978 | ) | (353,414 | ) | (13,461 | ) | 790,464 |
106 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Expected Credit Losses
Loans and advances at amortised cost by stage
The table below presents an analysis of loans and advances at amortised cost by gross exposure, impairment allowance, coverage ratio and impairment charge by stage allocation and business segment as at 31 December 2018. Also included are off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts by gross exposure and impairment allowance and coverage ratio by stage allocation as at 31 December 2018. Barclays does not hold any material purchased or originated credit impaired assets as at year-end.
Loans and advances at amortised cost by stage (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross exposure | Impairment allowance | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
Net £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 134,911 | 25,279 | 3,040 | 163,230 | 183 | 1,389 | 1,152 | 2,724 | 160,506 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 26,714 | 4,634 | 1,830 | 33,178 | 352 | 965 | 1,315 | 2,632 | 30,546 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office | 6,510 | 636 | 938 | 8,084 | 9 | 47 | 306 | 362 | 7,722 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group retail | 168,135 | 30,549 | 5,808 | 204,492 | 544 | 2,401 | 2,773 | 5,718 | 198,774 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 22,824 | 4,144 | 1,272 | 28,240 | 16 | 70 | 117 | 203 | 28,037 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 87,344 | 8,754 | 1,382 | 97,480 | 128 | 244 | 439 | 811 | 96,669 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office | 2,923 | | 41 | 2,964 | | | 38 | 38 | 2,926 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group wholesale | 113,091 | 12,898 | 2,695 | 128,684 | 144 | 314 | 594 | 1,052 | 127,632 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 281,226 | 43,447 | 8,503 | 333,176 | 688 | 2,715 | 3,367 | 6,770 | 326,406 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contractsa |
309,989 | 22,126 | 684 | 332,799 | 99 | 150 | 22 | 271 | 332,528 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Totalb | 591,215 | 65,573 | 9,187 | 665,975 | 787 | 2,865 | 3,389 | 7,041 | 658,934 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loan impairment charge and loan loss rate |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loan impair- ment charge |
Loan loss rate |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Coverage ratio | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
Stage 1 % |
Stage 2 % |
Stage 3 % |
Total % |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 0.1 | 5.5 | 37.9 | 1.7 | 830 | 51 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 1.3 | 20.8 | 71.9 | 7.9 | 844 | 254 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office | 0.1 | 7.4 | 32.6 | 4.5 | 15 | 19 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group retail | 0.3 | 7.9 | 47.7 | 2.8 | 1,689 | 83 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 0.1 | 1.7 | 9.2 | 0.7 | 74 | 26 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 0.1 | 2.8 | 31.8 | 0.8 | (142 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office | | | 92.7 | 1.3 | (31 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group wholesale | 0.1 | 2.4 | 22.0 | 0.8 | (99 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 0.2 | 6.2 | 39.6 | 2.0 | 1,590 | 48 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contractsa |
| 0.7 | 3.2 | 0.1 | (125 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets subject to impairment | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 0.1 | 4.4 | 36.9 | 1.1 | 1,468 |
Notes
a | Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £11.7bn carried at fair value. |
b | Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £129.9bn and impairment allowance of £12m (1 January 2018: £9m). This comprises £10m ECL on £129.3bn Stage 1 assets and £2m on £0.6bn Stage 2 fair value through other comprehensive income assets. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 107 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Loans and advances at amortised cost by stage (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross exposure | Impairment allowance | Net exposure |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
129,837 | 25,798 | 3,152 | 158,787 | 142 | 1,310 | 1,142 | 2,594 | 156,193 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International |
22,427 | 7,051 | 1,466 | 30,944 | 292 | 1,298 | 1,080 | 2,670 | 28,274 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office |
6,498 | 1,596 | 952 | 9,046 | 8 | 62 | 294 | 364 | 8,682 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group retail |
158,762 | 34,445 | 5,570 | 198,777 | 442 | 2,670 | 2,516 | 5,628 | 193,149 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
22,835 | 3,880 | 1,092 | 27,807 | 25 | 88 | 114 | 227 | 27,580 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International |
75,331 | 11,128 | 2,345 | 88,804 | 139 | 349 | 694 | 1,182 | 87,622 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office |
8,689 | 139 | 74 | 8,902 | 2 | 5 | 58 | 65 | 8,837 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group wholesale |
106,855 | 15,147 | 3,511 | 125,513 | 166 | 442 | 866 | 1,474 | 124,039 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost |
265,617 | 49,592 | 9,081 | 324,290 | 608 | 3,112 | 3,382 | 7,102 | 317,188 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contractsa |
275,364 | 38,867 | 1,442 | 315,673 | 133 | 259 | 28 | 420 | 315,253 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Totalb |
540,981 | 88,459 | 10,523 | 639,963 | 741 | 3,371 | 3,410 | 7,522 | 632,441 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Coverage ratio | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 |
Stage 1 % |
Stage 2 % |
Stage 3 % |
Total % |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
0.1 | 5.1 | 36.2 | 1.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International |
1.3 | 18.4 | 73.7 | 8.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office |
0.1 | 3.9 | 30.9 | 4.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group retail |
0.3 | 7.8 | 45.2 | 2.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
0.1 | 2.3 | 10.4 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International |
0.2 | 3.1 | 29.6 | 1.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office |
| 3.6 | 78.4 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays Group wholesale |
0.2 | 2.9 | 24.7 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost |
0.2 | 6.3 | 37.2 | 2.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contractsa |
| 0.7 | 1.9 | 0.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
0.1 | 3.8 | 32.4 | 1.2 |
Notes
a | Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £18.9bn carried at fair value. |
b | Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £128.1bn and impairment allowance of £9m. |
108 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product
The table below presents a breakdown of loans and advances at amortised cost and the impairment allowance with stage allocation by asset classification.
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stage 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 Gross exposure |
Stage 1 £m |
Not past due £m |
<=30 days past due £m |
>30 days past due £m |
Total £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
130,066 | 15,672 | 1,672 | 862 | 18,206 | 2,476 | 150,748 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
45,785 | 11,262 | 530 | 437 | 12,229 | 3,760 | 61,774 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
105,375 | 12,177 | 360 | 475 | 13,012 | 2,267 | 120,654 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
281,226 | 39,111 | 2,562 | 1,774 | 43,447 | 8,503 | 333,176 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment allowance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
31 | 56 | 13 | 13 | 82 | 351 | 464 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
528 | 1,895 | 169 | 240 | 2,304 | 2,511 | 5,343 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
129 | 300 | 16 | 13 | 329 | 505 | 963 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
688 | 2,251 | 198 | 266 | 2,715 | 3,367 | 6,770 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net exposure |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
130,035 | 15,616 | 1,659 | 849 | 18,124 | 2,125 | 150,284 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
45,257 | 9,367 | 361 | 197 | 9,925 | 1,249 | 56,431 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
105,246 | 11,877 | 344 | 462 | 12,683 | 1,762 | 119,691 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
280,538 | 36,860 | 2,364 | 1,508 | 40,732 | 5,136 | 326,406 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Coverage ratio |
% | % | % | % | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
| 0.4 | 0.8 | 1.5 | 0.5 | 14.2 | 0.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
1.2 | 16.8 | 31.9 | 54.9 | 18.8 | 66.8 | 8.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
0.1 | 2.5 | 4.4 | 2.7 | 2.5 | 22.3 | 0.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
0.2 | 5.8 | 7.7 | 15.0 | 6.2 | 39.6 | 2.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 Gross exposure |
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
125,224 | 17,108 | 1,612 | 604 | 19,324 | 2,425 | 146,973 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
40,482 | 13,562 | 702 | 502 | 14,766 | 3,544 | 58,792 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
99,911 | 14,534 | 407 | 561 | 15,502 | 3,112 | 118,525 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
265,617 | 45,204 | 2,721 | 1,667 | 49,592 | 9,081 | 324,290 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment allowance |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
38 | 77 | 10 | 13 | 100 | 326 | 464 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
441 | 2,086 | 203 | 245 | 2,534 | 2,291 | 5,266 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
129 | 444 | 22 | 12 | 478 | 765 | 1,372 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
608 | 2,607 | 235 | 270 | 3,112 | 3,382 | 7,102 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Net exposure |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
125,186 | 17,031 | 1,602 | 591 | 19,224 | 2,099 | 146,509 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
40,041 | 11,476 | 499 | 257 | 12,232 | 1,253 | 53,526 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
99,782 | 14,090 | 385 | 549 | 15,024 | 2,347 | 117,153 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
265,009 | 42,597 | 2,486 | 1,397 | 46,480 | 5,699 | 317,188 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Coverage ratio |
% | % | % | % | % | % | % | |||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
| 0.5 | 0.6 | 2.2 | 0.5 | 13.4 | 0.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
1.1 | 15.4 | 28.9 | 48.8 | 17.2 | 64.6 | 9.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
0.1 | 3.1 | 5.4 | 2.1 | 3.1 | 24.6 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
0.2 | 5.8 | 8.6 | 16.2 | 6.3 | 37.2 | 2.2 |
The overall coverage ratio reduced from 2.2% to 2.0% driven predominantly by the reduction of Stage 3 single name exposures within Corporate loans.
The credit card, unsecured loans and other retail lending coverage ratio decreased to 8.6% from 9.0% due to the increase in Stage 1 balances which carry lower levels of ECL, with the Stage 2 increase including an adjustment for the anticipated UK economic uncertainty.
There are relatively low coverage ratios for Stage 3 Home loans and Corporate loans reflecting the secured nature of these exposures.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 109 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Movement in gross exposures and impairment allowance including provisions for loan commitments and financial guarantees (audited)
The following tables present a reconciliation of the opening to the closing balance of the exposure and impairment allowance. An explanation of the terms 12-month ECL, lifetime ECL and credit-impaired is included on page 223.
Gross exposure for loans and advances at amortised cost (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | 265,617 | 49,592 | 9,081 | 324,290 | ||||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | 1,385 | (3,602 | ) | 2,217 | | |||||||||||
Business activity in the year | 74,419 | 2,680 | 374 | 77,473 | ||||||||||||
of which: Barclays UK | 29,467 | 1,493 | 326 | 31,286 | ||||||||||||
of which: Barclays International | 42,346 | 1,164 | 44 | 43,554 | ||||||||||||
Net drawdowns and repayments | (13,140 | ) | 136 | 162 | (12,842 | ) | ||||||||||
of which: Barclays UK | (10,269 | ) | (980 | ) | (322 | ) | (11,571 | ) | ||||||||
of which: Barclays International | (1,305 | ) | 1,348 | 561 | 604 | |||||||||||
Final repayments | (41,946 | ) | (5,359 | ) | (1,071 | ) | (48,376 | ) | ||||||||
of which: Barclays UK | (11,728 | ) | (1,753 | ) | (478 | ) | (13,959 | ) | ||||||||
of which: Barclays International | (29,421 | ) | (3,520 | ) | (549 | ) | (33,490 | ) | ||||||||
Disposals | (5,109 | ) | | (369 | ) | (5,478 | ) | |||||||||
Write-offs | | | (1,891 | ) | (1,891 | ) | ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018a | 281,226 | 43,447 | 8,503 | 333,176 | ||||||||||||
Impairment allowance on loans and advances at amortised cost (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | 608 | 3,112 | 3,382 | 7,102 | ||||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | 798 | (1,182 | ) | 384 | | |||||||||||
Business activity in the year | 223 | 173 | 95 | 491 | ||||||||||||
Net remeasurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | (865 | ) | 638 | 1,918 | 1,691 | |||||||||||
UK economic uncertainty adjustment | | 150 | | 150 | ||||||||||||
Final repayments | (76 | ) | (176 | ) | (152 | ) | (404 | ) | ||||||||
Disposals | | | (369 | ) | (369 | ) | ||||||||||
Write-offs | | | (1,891 | ) | (1,891 | ) | ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018a | 688 | 2,715 | 3,367 | 6,770 | ||||||||||||
Reconciliation of ECL movement to impairment charge/(release) for the period | ||||||||||||||||
ECL movement excluding assets derecognised due to disposals and write-offs | 1,928 | |||||||||||||||
Net recoveries post write-offs | (195 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Exchange and other adjustments | (143 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Impairment release on loan commitments and financial guaranteesb | (125 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Impairment charge on other financial assetsa | 3 | |||||||||||||||
Income statement charge/(release) for the period | 1,468 |
Note
a | Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets. These have a total gross exposure of £129.9bn (1 January 2018: £128.1bn) and impairment allowance of £12m (1 January 2018: £9m). This comprises £10m ECL on £129.3bn Stage 1 assets and £2m on £0.6bn Stage 2 fair value through other comprehensive income assets. |
b | Impairment release of £125m on loan commitments and financial guarantees represents a reduction in impairment allowance of £149m partially offset by exchange and other adjustments of £24m. |
Gross exposure on loans and advances at amortised cost has increased by £8.9bn in 2018 driven by Stage 1 increases due to:
◾ | Growth in Barclays UK Home Loans portfolio of £4.6bn |
◾ | Increased lending in Portfolio Management, Equity derivatives and Equity financing in Barclays International of £6.6bn |
◾ | Balance sheet growth and currency exchange movements in US Cards of £2.5bn |
◾ | New securities for the BX liquidity asset buffer of £2.3bn and £1.0bn of Italian bonds in Barclays International, offset by the disposal of a long dated liquidity buffer portfolio of UK gilts totalling £5.1bn, reduction in Corporate lending of £2.5bn and continued repayments on Italian Mortgages of £1.0bn. |
Net transfers between stages represents the movements of positions from, for example, Stage 1 to Stage 2 following a Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) or to Stage 3 as positions move into default. Equally, improvement in credit quality will result in positions moving to lower stages. These are the primary driver for the changes in impairment allowance and the income statement charge. The improvement in PDs and macroeconomic variables during 2018 resulted in net exposures moving from Stage 2 into Stage 1. The transfers into Stage 3 was from defaulted assets moving mainly from Stage 2.
Disposals includes the sale of a long dated liquidity buffer portfolio of UK gilts and debt sale activity. Write-offs represent the gross asset write-down during the period.
The impairment allowance decreased by £332m in the period. This is due to a net reduction in Barclays International predominantly from write-offs and a positive impact of macroeconomic variables changes during the year, offset by a £150m charge in UK Cards and UK Corporate loans from anticipated economic uncertainty in the UK. Credit quality across wholesale portfolios and underlying arrears rates in the retail portfolio have been relatively stable over the period.
110 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Gross exposure for loan commitments and financial guarantees (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | 275,364 | 38,867 | 1,442 | 315,673 | ||||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | 13,521 | (13,552 | ) | 31 | | |||||||||||
Business activity in the year | 65,404 | 811 | | 66,215 | ||||||||||||
Net drawdowns and repayments | (14,491 | ) | 4,298 | (473 | ) | (10,666 | ) | |||||||||
Final repayments | (29,809 | ) | (8,298 | ) | (316 | ) | (38,423 | ) | ||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | 309,989 | 22,126 | 684 | 332,799 | ||||||||||||
Provision on loan commitments and financial guarantees (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 £m |
Stage 2 £m |
Stage 3 £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | 133 | 259 | 28 | 420 | ||||||||||||
Net transfers between stages | 42 | (43 | ) | 1 | | |||||||||||
Business activity in the year | 18 | | | 18 | ||||||||||||
Net remeasurement and movement due to exposure and risk parameter changes | (79 | ) | (22 | ) | 44 | (57 | ) | |||||||||
Final repayments | (15 | ) | (44 | ) | (51 | ) | (110 | ) | ||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | 99 | 150 | 22 | 271 | ||||||||||||
Stage 2 decomposition
|
||||||||||||||||
Stage 2 decompositiona | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | Net exposure £m |
Impairment allowance £m |
||||||||||||||
Quantitative test | 28,159 | 2,506 | ||||||||||||||
Qualitative test | 12,023 | 183 | ||||||||||||||
30 dpd backstop | 550 | 26 | ||||||||||||||
Total Stage 2 | 40,732 | 2,715 |
Note
a | Where balances satisfy more than one of the above three criteria for determining a significant increase in credit risk, the corresponding net exposure and ECL has been assigned in order of categories presented. |
Stage 2 exposures are predominantly identified using quantitative tests where the lifetime PD has deteriorated more than a pre-determined amount since origination. This is augmented by inclusion of accounts meeting the designated high risk criteria (including watchlist) for the portfolio under the qualitative test. A small number of other accounts (1% of impairment allowances and 1% of net exposure) are included in Stage 2. These accounts are not otherwise identified by the quantitative or qualitative tests but are more than 30 days past due. The percentage triggered by this backstop criteria is a measure of the effectiveness of the Stage 2 criteria in identifying deterioration prior to delinquency.
For further detail on the three criteria for determining a significant increase in credit risk required for Stage 2 classification, refer to Note 7 on page 223.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 111 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Management adjustments to models for impairment (audited)
Management adjustments to impairment models are applied in order to factor in certain conditions or changes in policy that are not fully incorporated into the impairment models, or to reflect additional facts and circumstances at the period end. Management adjustments are reviewed and incorporated into future model development where applicable.
Adjustments in portfolios that have total management adjustments to impairment allowance of greater than £10m are presented by product below. Information as at 31 December 2018 is prepared on an IFRS 9 basis and information as at 31 December 2017 is prepared on an IAS 39 basis.
During 2018, models have continued to develop and a number of adjustments that were required on IFRS 9 adoption have been incorporated in impairment modelling.
Management adjustments to models for impairmenta (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | Management adjustments to impairment allowances, including forbearance £m |
Proportion of total impairment allowances % |
Management adjustments to impairment allowances, including forbearance £m |
Proportion of total impairment allowances % |
||||||||||||
Home loans | 54 | 11.6 | 71 | 15.5 | ||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending | 370 | 6.9 | 80 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||
Corporate loans | (7 | ) | (0.7 | ) | 138 | 12.1 |
Note
a | Positive values relate to an increase in impairment allowance. |
Home loans: Due to the high quality nature of the UK Home Loans portfolio, ECL estimates are low in all but the most severe scenarios. An adjustment is held to maintain an appropriate level of ECL.
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending: Model related adjustments to maintain adequacy of Loss Given Default estimates and retail staging criteria updates were applied during the year. This also includes a £100m ECL adjustment held in UK Cards for the anticipated impact of economic uncertainty in the UK.
Corporate loans: Includes a £50m ECL adjustment held in Corporate Bank for the anticipated economic uncertainty in the UK, offset by a release in the Investment Bank to reduce inappropriate ECL sensitivity to a macroeconomic variable.
112 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Measurement uncertainty and sensitivity analysis
The measurement of ECL involves increased complexity and judgement, including estimation of probabilities of default (PD), loss given default (LGD), a range of unbiased future economic scenarios, estimation of expected lives, estimation of exposures at default (EAD) and assessing significant increases in credit risk. Impairment charges will tend to be more volatile than under IAS 39 and will be recognised earlier. Unsecured products with longer expected lives, such as revolving credit cards, are the most impacted.
Barclays Group uses a five-scenario model to calculate ECL. An external consensus forecast is assembled from key sources, including HM
Treasury, Bloomberg and the Urban Land Institute, which forms the baseline scenario. In addition, two adverse scenarios (Downside 1 and
Downside 2) and two favourable scenarios (Upside 1 and Upside 2) are derived, with associated probability weightings. The adverse scenarios are calibrated to a similar severity to internal stress tests, whilst also considering IFRS 9 specific sensitivities and non-linearity. Downside 2 is benchmarked to the Bank of Englands annual cyclical scenarios and to the most severe scenario from Moodys inventory, but is not designed to be the same. The favourable scenarios are calibrated to be symmetric to the adverse scenarios, subject to a ceiling calibrated to relevant recent favourable benchmark scenarios. The scenarios include six economic core variables, (GDP, unemployment and House Price Index (HPI) in both the UK and US markets), and expanded variables using statistical models based on historical correlations. All five scenarios converge to a steady state after eight years.
Scenario weights (audited)
The methodology for estimating probability weights for each of the scenarios involves a comparison of the distribution of key historic UK and US macroeconomic variables against the forecast paths of the five scenarios. The methodology works such that the baseline (reflecting current consensus outlook) has the highest weight and the weights of adverse and favourable scenarios depend on the deviation from the baseline; the further from the baseline, the smaller the weight. The probability weights of the scenarios as of 31 December 2018 are shown below. A single set of five scenarios is used across all portfolios and all five weights are normalised to equate to 100%. The same scenarios and weights that are used in the estimation of expected credit losses are also used for Barclays internal planning purposes. The impacts across the portfolios are different because of the sensitivities of each of the portfolios to specific macroeconomic variables, for example, mortgages are highly sensitive to house prices and base rates, credit cards and unsecured consumer loans are highly sensitive to unemployment.
The table below shows the core macroeconomic variables for each scenario and the respective scenario weights.
Scenario probability weighting (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
|
Upside 2 % |
|
|
Upside 1 % |
|
|
Baseline % |
|
|
Downside 1 % |
|
|
Downside 2 % |
| |||||
Scenario probability weighting | 9 | 24 | 41 | 23 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
Macroeconomic variables (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
|
Upside 2 % |
|
|
Upside 1 % |
|
|
Baseline % |
|
|
Downside 1 % |
|
|
Downside 2 % |
| |||||
UK GDPa | 4.5 | 3.1 | 1.7 | 0.3 | (4.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||
UK unemploymentb | 3.4 | 3.9 | 4.3 | 5.7 | 8.8 | |||||||||||||||
UK HPIc | 46.4 | 32.6 | 3.2 | (0.5 | ) | (32.1 | ) | |||||||||||||
US GDPa | 4.8 | 3.7 | 2.1 | 0.4 | (3.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||
US unemploymentb | 3.0 | 3.4 | 3.7 | 5.2 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||||
US HPIc | 36.9 | 30.2 | 4.1 | | (17.4 | ) |
Notes
a | Highest annual growth in Upside scenarios; 5-year average in Baseline; lowest annual growth in Downside scenarios. |
b | Lowest point in Upside scenarios; 5-year average in Baseline; highest point in Downside scenarios. |
c | 5-year cumulative growth in Upside scenarios; 5-year average in Baseline; cumulative fall (peak-to-trough) in Downside scenarios. |
Over the year, the macroeconomic baseline variables improved in the US economic outlook, notably HPI. The UK macroeconomic baseline variables improved slightly overall.
ECL under 100% weighted scenarios for key principal portfolios (audited)
The table on the next page shows the ECL for key principal portfolios assuming scenarios have been 100% weighted. Gross exposures are allocated to a stage based on the individual scenario rather than through a probability-weighted approach as is required for Barclays reported impairment allowances. As a result, it is not possible to back solve the weighted ECL from the individual scenarios as a balance may be assigned to a different stage dependent on the scenario.
Material post-model adjustments have been excluded from the below analysis so that the scenario specific results are comparable. Management adjustments of greater than £10m can be found on page 112.
The key principal portfolios included in the product split below account for circa 80% of total loans and advances at amortised cost and circa 80% of total impairment allowance (including off-balance sheet loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts). Portfolios excluded are those where the risk resides outside of the UK or the US; certain less material portfolios; and exposures where ECL estimation methods are based on benchmark approaches or assigned proxy coverage ratios.
Balances allocated to Stage 3 do not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on observable evidence of default as at
31 December 2018 and not on macroeconomic scenarios.
The Downside 2 scenario represents a severe global recession with substantial falls in both UK and US GDP. Unemployment in both markets rises towards 9% and there are substantial falls in asset prices including housing.
Under the Downside 2 scenario, balances move between stages as the economic environment weakens. This can be seen in the movement of £19.0bn of gross exposure into Stage 2 between the Weighted and Downside 2 scenario. ECL increases in Stage 2 predominantly due to unsecured portfolios as economic conditions deteriorate.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 113 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Scenarios |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
Weighted
|
Upside 2
|
Upside 1
|
Baseline
|
Downside 1
|
Downside 2 |
||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 Gross Exposure (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
115,573 | 116,814 | 116,402 | 115,924 | 114,858 | 109,305 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
30,494 | 32,104 | 31,082 | 30,536 | 29,846 | 24,884 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
80,835 | 81,346 | 81,180 | 80,941 | 80,517 | 73,715 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 ECL (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
1 | | | | 1 | 9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
355 | 304 | 343 | 351 | 365 | 388 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
175 | 161 | 163 | 162 | 203 | 242 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 Coverage (%) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
1.2 | 0.9 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 1.2 | 1.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.3 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 2 Gross Exposure (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
17,455 | 16,214 | 16,627 | 17,105 | 18,170 | 23,724 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
10,943 | 9,334 | 10,355 | 10,902 | 11,591 | 16,553 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
11,377 | 10,866 | 11,031 | 11,271 | 11,694 | 18,496 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 2 ECL (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
7 | 1 | 1 | 3 | 7 | 172 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
2,013 | 1,569 | 1,779 | 1,969 | 2,331 | 4,366 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
323 | 277 | 290 | 302 | 397 | 813 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 2 Coverage (%) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
| | | | | 0.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
18.4 | 16.8 | 17.2 | 18.1 | 20.1 | 26.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
2.8 | 2.5 | 2.6 | 2.7 | 3.4 | 4.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 3 Gross Exposure (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
1,104 | 1,104 | 1,104 | 1,104 | 1,104 | 1,104 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
2,999 | 2,999 | 2,999 | 2,999 | 2,999 | 2,999 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loansa |
1,165 | n/a | n/a | 1,165 | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 3 ECL (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
6 | 3 | 4 | 5 | 7 | 27 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
2,200 | 2,154 | 2,174 | 2,199 | 2,234 | 2,297 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loansa |
333 | n/a | n/a | 323 | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||||||
Stage 3 Coverage (%) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
0.5 | 0.3 | 0.4 | 0.5 | 0.7 | 2.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
73.4 | 71.8 | 72.5 | 73.3 | 74.5 | 76.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loansa |
28.6 | n/a | n/a | 27.7 | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||||||
Total ECL (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
14 | 4 | 5 | 8 | 15 | 208 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
4,568 | 4,027 | 4,296 | 4,519 | 4,930 | 7,051 | ||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loansa |
831 | n/a | n/a | 787 | n/a | n/a |
Note |
a | Material corporate loan defaults are individually assessed across different recovery strategies which are impacted by the macroeconomic variables. As a result, only the Baseline scenario is shown together with the weighted estimate which reflects alternative recovery paths. |
For portfolios in scope, the total weighted ECL represents a 2% uplift from the Baseline ECL, largely driven by credit card losses which have more linear loss profiles than home loans and corporate loan positions.
Home loans: Total ECL and coverage ratios remain steady across the Upside scenarios, Baseline and Downside 1 scenario. However, total ECL increases significantly in the Downside 2 scenario to £208m, driven by a significant fall in HPI (32.1%) reflecting the non-linearity of the portfolio. The average LTV of the home loans portfolio remains low and as such can withstand a Downside 1 scenario (0.5% fall in HPI) without a significant increase in ECL. Total weighted ECL excludes a £54m model adjustment that is held to maintain appropriate level of ECL.
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending: Total weighted ECL of £4,568m represents a 1% increase over the Baseline ECL (£4,519m) reflecting the range of economic scenarios used. Total ECL increases to £7,051m under Downside 2 scenario, mainly driven by Stage 2, where coverage rates increase by 800bps to 26.4% from a weighted scenario approach (18.4%) and a £5,610m increase in gross exposure that meets the
SICR criteria and transition from Stage 1 to Stage 2. Total weighted ECL excludes model adjustments, including the £100m adjustment for the anticipated economic uncertainty in the UK.
Corporate loans: Total weighted ECL of £831m represents a 6% increase over the Baseline ECL (£787m) reflecting the range of economic scenarios used, with exposures in the Investment Bank particularly sensitive to Downside 2 scenario. Cases in Stage 3 are assessed on an individual basis and cases where the Baseline ECL is greater than £10m are also assessed against a less favourable and a more favourable scenario, based on alternative recovery outcomes in addition to macroeconomic scenarios. Total weighted ECL excludes model adjustments, including the £50m adjustment for the anticipated economic uncertainty in the UK.
114 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Staging sensitivity (audited)
An increase of 1% (£3,332m) of total gross exposure into Stage 2 (from Stage 1), would result in an increase in ECL impairment allowance of £200m based on applying the difference in Stage 2 and Stage 1 average impairment coverage ratios to the movement in gross exposure (refer to
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product on page 190).
ECL sensitivity analysis
The tables on pages 116 and 117 show the estimated ECL impact on key principal portfolios in the event that the UK/US consensus was instead for i) positive growth (Upward scenario); and ii) a mild downturn (Downward scenario). These scenarios assume a moderate upturn and downturn for the UK and the US respectively but with no contagion or headwinds in other economies.
The gross exposures in scope are aligned to those presented in the ECL under 100% weighted scenarios sensitivity analysis but based on portfolio positions as at 30 September 2018 due to operational complexity in scenario regeneration. The portfolios included in the scenario remained broadly stable during Q4 2018 and therefore the scenario results are considered representative of the year end position. Material post-model adjustments have been excluded from the below analysis to allow the scenario specific results to be comparable. Further detail on management adjustments to impairment allowances can be found on page 112.
Gross exposures allocated to Stage 3 do not change in any of the scenarios as the transition criteria relies only on observable evidence of default and not on macroeconomic scenarios. For individual cases with ECL greater than £10m, three scenarios are assessed taking into account the macroeconomic scenarios and alternative recovery strategies. For these specific cases, the less favourable scenario is assumed to occur in the UK/ US Downward scenario (and the more favourable scenario is assumed to occur in the UK/US Upward scenario) which is a conservative upper estimate as certain recovery strategies are idiosyncratic in nature and independent of the macroeconomic economy. Changes to coverage ratios are expressed against the exposures in scope of the sensitivity analysis and not the entire portfolio.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 115 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
ECL sensitivity analysis to UK economic forecasts for key principal portfolios
The table below shows the estimated ECL impact on key principal portfolios for both a positive growth (Upward scenario) and a downturn (Downward scenario) of UK consensus macroeconomic variables. The inputs for the Downward scenario have been modelled by replacing the Baseline macroeconomic variables by the Downside 1 variables (with no changes to US and other non-UK macroeconomic variables, as highlighted below). Similarly, the Upward scenario uses Upside 1 UK macroeconomic variables for the Baseline scenario. The Downside 2, Downside 1, Upside 1 and Upside 2 macroeconomic variables are held constant but the probability weights have been re-calibrated.
Barclays impairment as at 31 December 2018 includes an adjustment of £150m representing a charge for the estimated impact of anticipated economic uncertainty in the UK. This adjustment was estimated broadly on the output of the UK Downward scenario below.
Scenario probability weighting | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Upside 2 % |
Upside 1 % |
Baseline % |
Downside 1 % |
Downside 2 % |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK Upward scenario |
18 | 33 | 36 | 11 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK Downward scenario |
8 | 18 | 40 | 28 | 6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Macroeconomic variables | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | Upside 2 % |
Upside 1 % |
Baseline % |
Downside 1 % |
Downside 2 % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK Upward scenario |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK GDP |
4.5 | 3.1 | 3.1 | 0.3 | (4.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK unemployment |
3.4 | 3.9 | 3.9 | 5.7 | 8.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK HPI |
46.4 | 32.6 | 32.6 | (0.5 | ) | (32.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
US GDP |
4.8 | 3.7 | 2.1 | 0.4 | (3.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US unemployment |
3.0 | 3.4 | 3.7 | 5.2 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US HPI |
36.9 | 30.2 | 4.1 | | (17.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK Downward scenario |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK GDP |
4.5 | 3.1 | 0.3 | 0.3 | (4.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK unemployment |
3.4 | 3.9 | 5.7 | 5.7 | 8.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK HPI |
46.4 | 32.6 | (0.5 | ) | (0.5 | ) | (32.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
US GDP |
4.8 | 3.7 | 2.1 | 0.4 | (3.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US unemployment |
3.0 | 3.4 | 3.7 | 5.2 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US HPI |
36.9 | 30.2 | 4.1 | | (17.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sensitivity to UK economic forecasts | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
D UK Upward scenario |
D UK Downward scenario |
D UK Upward scenario |
D UK Downward scenario |
D UK Upward scenario |
D UK Downward scenario |
D UK Upward scenario |
D
UK Downward scenario |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross Exposure (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
506 | (889 | ) | (506 | ) | 889 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
294 | (252 | ) | (294 | ) | 252 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
79 | (13 | ) | (79 | ) | 13 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
ECL (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
| | (3 | ) | 6 | (1 | ) | 2 | (4 | ) | 8 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
(4 | ) | 4 | (102 | ) | 104 | (15 | ) | 15 | (121 | ) | 123 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
1 | 7 | (4 | ) | 13 | (46 | ) | 28 | (49 | ) | 48 |
Home loans: Total ECL increases by £8m in the Downward scenario, driven by the increase in the probability weight attributed to the Downside 2 scenario. This represents a greater likelihood of the UK economy entering into a severe downturn than under the current consensus.
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending: Total ECL decreases by £121m in the Upward scenario driven by £294m of balance migration as assets transition from Stage 2 to Stage 1 and lower coverage on Stage 2 assets driven by the more favourable consensus forecast. Total ECL increases by £123m in the Downward scenario, mainly driven by the UK cards portfolio.
Corporate loans: Total ECL decreases by £49m in the Upward scenario predominately driven by more favourable recovery outcomes for large single names in Stage 3. The Downward scenario results in total ECL impact of £48m, driven by higher coverage in Stage 2 and less favourable recovery outcomes for large single names in Stage 3.
116 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
ECL sensitivity analysis to US economic forecasts for key principal portfolios
The table below shows the estimated ECL impact on key principal portfolios for both a positive growth (Upward scenario) and a downturn (Downward scenario) of US consensus macroeconomic variables. The inputs for the Downward scenario have been modelled by replacing the Baseline macroeconomic variables by the Downside 1 variables (with no changes to UK and other non-US macroeconomic variables, as highlighted below). Similarly, the Upward scenario uses Upside 1 US macroeconomic variables for the Baseline scenario. The Downside 2, Downside 1, Upside 1 and Upside 2 macroeconomic variables are held constant but the probability weights have been re-calibrated.
Scenario probability weighting | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Upside 2 % |
Upside 1 % |
Baseline % |
Downside 1 % |
Downside 2 % |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US Upward scenario |
18 | 33 | 36 | 11 | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US Downward scenario |
5 | 14 | 40 | 34 | 7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Macroeconomic variables | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | Upside 2 % |
Upside 1 % |
Baseline % |
Downside 1 % |
Downside 2 % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US Upward scenario |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK GDP |
4.5 | 3.1 | 1.7 | 0.3 | (4.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK unemployment |
3.4 | 3.9 | 4.3 | 5.7 | 8.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK HPI |
46.4 | 32.6 | 3.2 | (0.5 | ) | (32.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
US GDP |
4.8 | 3.7 | 3.7 | 0.4 | (3.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US unemployment |
3.0 | 3.4 | 3.4 | 5.2 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US HPI |
36.9 | 30.2 | 30.2 | | (17.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US Downward scenario |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK GDP |
4.5 | 3.1 | 1.7 | 0.3 | (4.1 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK unemployment |
3.4 | 3.9 | 4.3 | 5.7 | 8.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK HPI |
46.4 | 32.6 | 3.2 | (0.5 | ) | (32.1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
US GDP |
4.8 | 3.7 | 0.4 | 0.4 | (3.3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US unemployment |
3.0 | 3.4 | 5.2 | 5.2 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US HPI |
36.9 | 30.2 | | | (17.4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Sensitivity to US economic forecasts | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
D
US Upward scenario |
D US Downward scenario |
D US Upward scenario |
D US Downward scenario |
D US Upward scenario |
D US Downward scenario |
D US Upward scenario |
D US Downward scenario |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross Exposure (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
214 | (312 | ) | (214 | ) | 312 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
83 | (46 | ) | (83 | ) | 46 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
ECL (£m) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending |
(4 | ) | 6 | (76 | ) | 144 | (6 | ) | 7 | (86 | ) | 157 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
(3 | ) | 10 | (15 | ) | 34 | (35 | ) | 54 | (53 | ) | 98 |
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending: Total ECL decreases by £86m in Upward scenario driven by £214m of balance migration as assets transition from Stage 2 to Stage 1 and lower coverage on Stage 2 assets driven by the more favourable consensus forecast. Total ECL impact of £157m in Downward scenario, greater than the Upward scenario, driven by non-linearity effects and the relative severity of the Downward scenario.
Corporate loans: Total ECL increases by £98m in the Downward scenario driven by a less favourable recovery outcome for one large single name in Stage 3, where Barclays estimated additional losses of £39m in addition to the loss estimated under the Baseline scenario, and higher coverage in Stage 2 assets driven by the less favourable consensus forecast. There is a greater impact on coverage ratios (Stage 2 in particular) than the UK scenarios driven largely by the underlying portfolio quality, with the US portfolio possessing a higher proportion of unsecured leveraged lending.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 117 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Analysis of the concentration of credit risk
A concentration of credit risk exists when a number of counterparties are located in a common geographical region or are engaged in similar activities and have similar economic characteristics that would cause their ability to meet contractual obligations to be similarly affected by changes in economic or other conditions. Barclays Group implements limits on concentrations in order to mitigate the risk. The analyses of credit risk concentrations presented below are based on the location of the counterparty or customer or the industry in which they are engaged.
Geographic concentrations
As at 31 December 2018, the geographic concentration of Barclays Groups assets remained broadly consistent with 2017. Exposure is concentrated in the UK 41% (2017: 42%), in the Americas 34% (2017: 33%) and Europe 21% (2017: 21%).
Credit risk concentrations by geography (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | United Kingdom £m |
Europe £m |
Americas £m |
Africa and Middle East £m |
Asia £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 64,343 | 66,887 | 36,045 | 718 | 9,076 | 177,069 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 27,418 | 22,316 | 22,184 | 376 | 4,928 | 77,222 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 240,116 | 27,913 | 49,592 | 3,414 | 5,371 | 326,406 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 724 | 113 | 68 | 1,320 | 83 | 2,308 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 12,444 | 13,375 | 34,369 | 713 | 3,616 | 64,517 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 33,842 | 20,984 | 73,489 | 1,758 | 13,556 | 143,629 | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 69,798 | 80,003 | 58,699 | 1,866 | 12,172 | 222,538 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 11,494 | 23,298 | 13,953 | 163 | 2,786 | 51,694 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 780 | 125 | 100 | 1 | | 1,006 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | 460,959 | 255,014 | 288,499 | 10,329 | 51,588 | 1,066,389 | ||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 5,910 | 3,572 | 8,996 | 536 | 1,289 | 20,303 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loan commitments | 108,506 | 34,524 | 175,995 | 1,852 | 3,346 | 324,223 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet | 114,416 | 38,096 | 184,991 | 2,388 | 4,635 | 344,526 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 575,375 | 293,110 | 473,490 | 12,717 | 56,223 | 1,410,915 |
Credit risk concentrations by geography (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | United Kingdom £m |
Europe £m |
Americas £m |
Africa and Middle East £m |
Asia £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 53,068 | 57,179 | 56,034 | 63 | 4,738 | 171,082 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 23,852 | 24,311 | 23,440 | 870 | 4,695 | 77,168 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 240,102 | 27,223 | 47,850 | 3,385 | 5,488 | 324,048 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 203 | 375 | 10,521 | 32 | 1,415 | 12,546 | ||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 10,603 | 13,620 | 25,680 | 473 | 3,964 | 54,340 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 33,922 | 23,725 | 46,288 | 1,611 | 6,065 | 111,611 | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 81,656 | 81,566 | 57,858 | 2,792 | 13,797 | 237,669 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments debt securities | 17,470 | 23,598 | 14,110 | 114 | 1,836 | 57,128 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 1,579 | 1,179 | 148 | 33 | 83 | 3,022 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | 462,455 | 252,776 | 281,929 | 9,373 | 42,081 | 1,048,614 | ||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities | 7,603 | 3,039 | 6,708 | 529 | 1,133 | 19,012 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loan commitments | 105,912 | 36,084 | 168,003 | 1,608 | 3,966 | 315,573 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet | 113,515 | 39,123 | 174,711 | 2,137 | 5,099 | 334,585 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 575,970 | 291,899 | 456,640 | 11,510 | 47,180 | 1,383,199 |
118 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Industry concentrations
The concentration of Barclays Groups assets by industry remained broadly consistent year on year. As at 31 December 2018, total assets concentrated in banks and other financial institutions was 36% (2017: 36%), predominantly within derivative financial instruments. The proportion of the overall balance concentrated in governments and central banks was 20% (2017: 20%), cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending was 13% (2017: 13%) and in home loans remained stable at 11% (2017: 11%).
Credit risk concentrations by industry (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
Banks £m |
Other financial insti- tutions £m |
Manu- facturing £m |
Con- struction and property £m |
Govern- £m |
Energy and water £m |
Wholesale £m |
Business and other services £m |
Home £m |
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
| | | | 177,069 | | | | | | | 177,069 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
17,341 | 48,398 | 498 | 75 | 9,235 | 386 | 223 | 717 | | | 349 | 77,222 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
9,478 | 18,653 | 8,775 | 23,565 | 12,764 | 5,515 | 11,609 | 19,716 | 150,284 | 55,298 | 10,749 | 326,406 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
1,368 | 865 | | 37 | 38 | | | | | | | 2,308 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
3,500 | 9,550 | 3,825 | 897 | 34,968 | 4,202 | 1,202 | 3,481 | | | 2,892 | 64,517 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
30,374 | 96,378 | | 8,914 | 5,331 | 32 | 13 | 2,178 | 405 | | 4 | 143,629 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
123,769 | 80,376 | 2,390 | 1,993 | 5,987 | 2,791 | 486 | 2,004 | | | 2,742 | 222,538 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
12,135 | 2,250 | | 200 | 36,973 | | | 136 | | | | 51,694 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
580 | 426 | | | | | | | | | | 1,006 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
198,545 | 256,896 | 15,488 | 35,681 | 282,365 | 12,926 | 13,533 | 28,232 | 150,689 | 55,298 | 16,736 | 1,066,389 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
939 | 3,840 | 3,470 | 626 | 1,890 | 3,491 | 952 | 3,455 | | 116 | 1,524 | 20,303 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loan commitments |
1,267 | 42,890 | 39,978 | 14,362 | 1,629 | 26,519 | 14,566 | 22,142 | 8,900 | 126,640 | 25,330 | 324,223 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet |
2,206 | 46,730 | 43,448 | 14,988 | 3,519 | 30,010 | 15,518 | 25,597 | 8,900 | 126,756 | 26,854 | 344,526 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
200,751 | 303,626 | 58,936 | 50,669 | 285,884 | 42,936 | 29,051 | 53,829 | 159,589 | 182,054 | 43,590 | 1,410,915 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 119 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Credit risk concentrations by industry (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
Banks £m |
Other financial insti- tutions £m |
Manu- facturing £m |
Con- struction and property £m |
Govern- £m |
Energy and water £m |
Wholesale £m |
Business and other services £m |
Home £m |
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
| | | | 171,082 | | | | | | | 171,082 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
18,395 | 48,611 | 124 | 233 | 8,219 | 585 | 75 | 577 | | | 349 | 77,168 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
9,386 | 26,312 | 9,125 | 23,473 | 9,097 | 5,519 | 12,375 | 19,906 | 147,002 | 54,205 | 7,648 | 324,048 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
7,241 | 4,844 | | 153 | 307 | | | 1 | | | | 12,546 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
4,682 | 10,672 | 3,311 | 807 | 26,030 | 3,900 | 598 | 3,324 | 128 | | 888 | 54,340 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
21,468 | 78,506 | 38 | 4,666 | 4,812 | 2 | 3 | 2,083 | 28 | | 5 | 111,611 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
126,248 | 87,272 | 2,383 | 2,103 | 5,811 | 8,179 | 576 | 2,972 | | | 2,125 | 237,669 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments debt securities |
10,145 | 1,379 | | | 44,827 | 103 | | 674 | | | | 57,128 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
2,300 | 701 | | | 21 | | | | | | | 3,022 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
199,865 | 258,297 | 14,981 | 31,435 | 270,206 | 18,288 | 13,627 | 29,537 | 147,158 | 54,205 | 11,015 | 1,048,614 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
1,572 | 3,556 | 3,236 | 675 | 8 | 2,605 | 969 | 4,947 | 4 | 389 | 1,051 | 19,012 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loan commitments |
1,550 | 31,427 | 38,105 | 12,956 | 384 | 31,702 | 14,507 | 34,415 | 10,785 | 126,169 | 13,573 | 315,573 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet |
3,122 | 34,983 | 41,341 | 13,631 | 392 | 34,307 | 15,476 | 39,362 | 10,789 | 126,558 | 14,624 | 334,585 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
202,987 | 293,280 | 56,322 | 45,066 | 270,598 | 52,595 | 29,103 | 68,899 | 157,947 | 180,763 | 25,639 | 1,383,199 |
The approach to management and representation of credit quality
Asset credit quality
The credit quality distribution is based on the IFRS 9 12-month probability of default (PD) at the reporting date. Comparatives are based on the regulatory capital point in time probability of default (PD).
The following internal measures are used to determine credit quality for loans:
Default Grade | Retail and Wholesale lending Probability of default |
Credit Quality Description |
||||
1-3 |
0.0 to <0.05% | Strong | ||||
4-5 |
0.05 to <0.15% | |||||
6-8 |
0.15 to <0.30% | |||||
9-11 |
0.30 to <0.60% | |||||
12-14 |
0.60 to <2.15% | Satisfactory | ||||
15-19 |
2.15 to <11.35% | |||||
20-21 |
11.35 to <100% | Higher Risk | ||||
22 |
100% | Credit Impaired |
For retail clients, a range of analytical tools is used to derive the probability of default of clients at inception and on an ongoing basis.
For loans that are not past due, these descriptions can be summarised as follows:
Strong: there is a very high likelihood of the asset being recovered in full.
Satisfactory: while there is a high likelihood that the asset will be recovered and therefore, of no cause for concern to the Barclays Group, the asset may not be collateralised, or may relate to unsecured retail facilities. At the lower end of this grade there are customers that are being more carefully monitored, for example, corporate customers which are indicating some evidence of deterioration, mortgages with a high loan to value, and unsecured retail loans operating outside normal product guidelines.
Higher risk: there is concern over the obligors ability to make payments when due. However, these have not yet converted to actual delinquency.
There may also be doubts over the value of collateral or security provided. However, the borrower or counterparty is continuing to make payments when due and is expected to settle all outstanding amounts of principal and interest.
Loans that are past due are monitored closely, with impairment allowances raised as appropriate and in line with the Barclays Groups impairment policies. These loans are all considered higher risk for the purpose of this analysis of credit quality.
120 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Debt securities
For assets held at fair value, the carrying value on the balance sheet will include, among other things, the credit risk of the issuer. Most listed and some unlisted securities are rated by external rating agencies. The Barclays Group mainly uses external credit ratings provided by Standard & Poors, Fitch or Moodys. Where such ratings are not available or are not current, the Barclays Group will use its own internal ratings for the securities.
Balance sheet credit quality
The following tables present the credit quality of Barclays Group assets exposed to credit risk.
Overview
As at 31 December 2018, the ratio of the Barclays Groups on-balance sheet assets classified as strong (0.0 to <0.60%) remained stable at 86% (2017: 87%) of total assets exposed to credit risk.
Further analysis of debt securities by issuer and issuer type and netting and collateral arrangements on derivative financial instruments is presented on pages 128 and 129 respectively.
Balance sheet credit quality (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PD range | PD range | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | 0.0 to <0.60% £m |
0.60 to <11.35% £m |
11.35 to 100% £m |
Total £m |
0.0 to <0.60% % |
0.60 to <11.35% % |
11.35 to 100% % |
Total % |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
177,069 | | | 177,069 | 100 | | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
70,455 | 6,763 | 4 | 77,222 | 91 | 9 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
137,449 | 9,701 | 3,134 | 150,284 | 92 | 6 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
21,786 | 31,664 | 2,981 | 56,431 | 39 | 56 | 5 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
86,271 | 30,108 | 3,312 | 119,691 | 72 | 25 | 3 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost |
245,506 | 71,473 | 9,427 | 326,406 | 75 | 22 | 3 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
1,820 | 444 | 44 | 2,308 | 79 | 19 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
51,896 | 4,998 | 389 | 57,283 | 90 | 9 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
1,903 | 4,368 | 963 | 7,234 | 27 | 60 | 13 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets |
53,799 | 9,366 | 1,352 | 64,517 | 83 | 15 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances |
13,177 | 6,295 | 52 | 19,524 | 68 | 32 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
4,380 | 81 | 61 | 4,522 | 97 | 2 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
85,887 | 31,813 | 1,341 | 119,041 | 72 | 27 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
524 | 18 | | 542 | 97 | 3 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
103,968 | 38,207 | 1,454 | 143,629 | 72 | 27 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
211,695 | 10,791 | 52 | 222,538 | 95 | 5 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
51,546 | 148 | | 51,694 | 100 | | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
723 | 283 | | 1,006 | 72 | 28 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
916,581 | 137,475 | 12,333 | 1,066,389 | 86 | 13 | 1 | 100 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 121 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Balance sheet credit quality (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PD range | PD range | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | 0.0 to <0.60% £m |
0.60 to <11.35% £m |
11.35 to 100% £m |
Total £m |
0.0 to <0.60% % |
0.60 to <11.35% % |
11.35 to 100% % |
Total % |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
171,082 | | | 171,082 | 100 | | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
72,277 | 4,619 | 272 | 77,168 | 94 | 6 | 100 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
135,576 | 5,781 | 5,645 | 147,002 | 92 | 4 | 4 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lendinga |
13,195 | 34,897 | 7,675 | 55,767 | 24 | 63 | 13 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
75,819 | 33,093 | 12,367 | 121,279 | 63 | 27 | 10 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost |
224,590 | 73,771 | 25,687 | 324,048 | 69 | 23 | 8 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
11,430 | 1,101 | 15 | 12,546 | 91 | 9 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
48,489 | 2,085 | 626 | 51,200 | 95 | 4 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Traded loans |
1,432 | 1,189 | 519 | 3,140 | 45 | 38 | 17 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total trading portfolio assets |
49,921 | 3,274 | 1,145 | 54,340 | 92 | 6 | 2 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances |
9,457 | 817 | 763 | 11,037 | 86 | 7 | 7 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
| 15 | | 15 | | 100 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
82,263 | 17,692 | 85 | 100,040 | 82 | 18 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
482 | 37 | | 519 | 93 | 7 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets designated at fair value |
92,202 | 18,561 | 848 | 111,611 | 82 | 17 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
229,262 | 7,863 | 544 | 237,669 | 96 | 4 | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments debt securities |
57,106 | 18 | 4 | 57,128 | 100 | | | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
2,570 | 411 | 41 | 3,022 | 85 | 14 | 1 | 100 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
910,440 | 109,618 | 28,556 | 1,048,614 | 87 | 10 | 3 | 100 |
Note
a | 2017 figures have been restated to more accurately reflect the credit quality distribution within credit cards, unsecured and retail lending. |
122 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Credit exposures by internal PD grade |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for loans and advances at amortised cost (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure £m |
ECL coverage % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PD range | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit quality description | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strong | 0.0 to <0.60% | 232,163 | 13,556 | | 245,719 | 146 | 67 | | 213 | 245,506 | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Satisfactory | 0.60 to <11.35% | 48,730 | 24,768 | | 73,498 | 508 | 1,517 | | 2,025 | 71,473 | 2.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Higher Risk | 11.35 to <100% | 333 | 5,123 | | 5,456 | 34 | 1,131 | | 1,165 | 4,291 | 21.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit Impaired | 100% | | | 8,503 | 8,503 | | | 3,367 | 3,367 | 5,136 | 39.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 281,226 | 43,447 | 8,503 | 333,176 | 688 | 2,715 | 3,367 | 6,770 | 326,406 | 2.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for contingent liabilities (audited)a | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure £m |
ECL coverage % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PD range | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit quality description | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strong | 0.0 to <0.60% | 15,000 | 443 | | 15,443 | 6 | 3 | | 9 | 15,434 | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Satisfactory | 0.60 to <11.35% | 3,541 | 964 | | 4,505 | 10 | 14 | | 24 | 4,481 | 0.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Higher Risk | 11.35 to <100% | 49 | 228 | | 277 | | 10 | | 10 | 267 | 3.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit Impaired | 100% | | | 74 | 74 | | | 2 | 2 | 72 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 18,590 | 1,635 | 74 | 20,299 | 16 | 27 | 2 | 45 | 20,254 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk profile by internal PD grade for loan commitments (audited)a | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross carrying amount | Allowance for ECL | Net exposure £m |
ECL coverage % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
PD range | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | Stage 1 | Stage 2 | Stage 3 | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit quality description | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Strong | 0.0 to <0.60% | 206,511 | 5,440 | | 211,951 | 21 | 5 | | 26 | 211,925 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Satisfactory | 0.60 to <11.35% | 84,141 | 11,806 | | 95,947 | 59 | 80 | | 139 | 95,808 | 0.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Higher Risk | 11.35 to <100% | 747 | 3,245 | | 3,992 | 3 | 38 | | 41 | 3,951 | 1.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit Impaired | 100% | | | 610 | 610 | | | 20 | 20 | 590 | 3.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 291,399 | 20,491 | 610 | 312,500 | 83 | 123 | 20 | 226 | 312,274 | 0.1 |
Note
a Excludes loan commitments and financial guarantees of £11.7bn carried at fair value.
Stage 1 higher risk assets, presented gross of associated collateral held, are of weaker credit quality but have not significantly deteriorated since origination. Examples would include leveraged corporate loans or non-prime credit cards.
IFRS 9 Stage 1 and Stage 2 classification is not dependent solely on the absolute probability of default but on elements that determine a Significant Increase in Credit Risk (see Note 7 on page 223), including relative movement in probability of default since initial recognition. There is therefore no direct relationship between credit quality and IFRS 9 stage classification.
Analysis of specific portfolios and asset types
This section provides an analysis of principal portfolios and businesses, in particular, home loans, credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending.
Secured home loans
The UK home loans portfolio comprises first lien home loans and accounts for 91% (2017: 90%) of Barclays Groups total home loan balances.
Home loans principal portfolios | ||||||||||
Barclays UK | ||||||||||
As at 31 December | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||
Gross loans and advances (£m) | 136,517 | 132,132 | ||||||||
30-day arrears rate, excluding recovery book (%) | 0.4 | 0.4 | ||||||||
90-day arrears rate, excluding recovery book (%) | 0.1 | 0.1 | ||||||||
Annualised gross charge-off rates 180 days past due (%) | 0.3 | 0.2 | ||||||||
Recovery book proportion of outstanding balances (%) | 0.2 | 0.3 | ||||||||
Recovery book impairment coverage ratio (%) | 7.1 | 11.2 |
Despite the proposed UK withdrawal from the European Union creating large levels of uncertainty in the housing market and competitor pricing putting pressure on new flow, portfolio stock has increased year on year. However, delinquencies remain very low and stable and recovery stock has reduced. Recovery book coverage rate reduced to 7.1% (2017: 11.2%) reflecting the new impairment methodology following the transition to IFRS 9.
Within the UK home loans portfolio:
◾ | Owner-occupied interest-only home loans comprised 26% (2017: 28%) of total balances. The average balance weighted LTV on these loans decreased to 38.8% (2017: 39.7%). The 90-day arrears rate excluding recovery book remained steady at 0.3% (2017: 0.3%) |
◾ | Buy to Let (BTL) home loans comprised 12% (2017: 11%) of total balances. The average balance weighted LTV increased to 55.4% (2017: 53.7%) driven by the volume of new business written. Whilst the average balance weighted LTV of new business remained stable during 2018, it is higher than for the existing book and increased the total book average figure as a result. This increase was partially offset by increases in house prices applied during the second half of the year with positive movements in HPI reported. The BTL 90-day arrears rate excluding recovery book remained steady at 0.1% (2017: 0.1%). |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 123 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Home loans principal portfolios distribution of balances by LTVa | ||||||||||||
Distribution of balances |
Distribution of impairment allowance |
Coverage ratio |
||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | % | % | % | |||||||||
Barclays UK |
||||||||||||
<=75% |
90.6 | 50.9 | | |||||||||
>75% and <=90% |
8.6 | 22.1 | 0.1 | |||||||||
>90% and <=100% |
0.7 | 7.7 | 0.5 | |||||||||
>100% |
0.1 | 19.3 | 10.8 |
Note
a | Portfolio mark to market based on the most updated valuation including recovery book balances. Updated valuations reflect the application of the latest HPI available as at 31 December 2018. |
Home loans principal portfolios average LTV | ||||||||
Barclays UK | ||||||||
As at 31 December | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||
Overall portfolio LTV (%): |
||||||||
Balance weighted |
48.9 | 47.6 | ||||||
Valuation weighted |
35.8 | 35.2 | ||||||
>100% LTVs: |
||||||||
Balances (£m) |
147 | 215 | ||||||
Mark to market collateral (£m) |
130 | 188 | ||||||
Average LTV: balance weighted (%) |
134.0 | 127.7 | ||||||
Average LTV: valuation weighted (%) |
119.1 | 118.6 | ||||||
Balances in recovery book (%) |
5.5 | 5.9 |
The reduction in home loans that have LTV >100% to £147m (2017: £215m) was driven by increases in HPI through the second half of the year.
Home loans principal portfolios new lending | ||||||||
Barclays UK | ||||||||
As at 31 December | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||
New bookings (£m) |
23,008 | 22,665 | ||||||
New home loan proportion above 90% LTV (%) |
1.8 | 2.1 | ||||||
Average LTV on new home loans: balance weighted (%) |
65.4 | 63.8 | ||||||
Average LTV on new home loans: valuation weighted (%) |
57.4 | 56.0 |
Head Office: Italian home loans and advances at amortised cost reduced to £7.9bn (1 January 2018: £8.8bn) and continue to run-off since new bookings ceased in 2016. The portfolio is secured on residential property with an average balance weighted mark to market LTV of 61.8% (2017: 61.0%). 90-day arrears and gross charge-off rates remained stable at 1.4% (2017: 1.4%) and 0.8% (2017: 0.8%) respectively.
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending
The principal portfolios listed below accounted for 87% (2017: 87%) of Barclays Groups total credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending.
Credit cards, unsecured loans and other retail lending principal portfolios | ||||||||||||||||
|
Gross loans and advances £m |
|
|
30-day arrears, excluding recovery book % |
|
|
90-day arrears, excluding recovery book % |
|
|
Annualised gross charge-off rate % |
| |||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
||||||||||||||||
UK cards |
17,285 | 1.8 | 0.9 | 4.7 | ||||||||||||
UK personal loans |
6,335 | 2.3 | 1.1 | 3.7 | ||||||||||||
Barclays International |
||||||||||||||||
US cards |
22,178 | 2.7 | 1.4 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||
Barclays partner finance |
4,216 | 1.1 | 0.4 | 2.3 | ||||||||||||
Germany consumer lending |
3,545 | 1.9 | 0.8 | 2.9 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
||||||||||||||||
UK cards |
17,686 | 1.8 | 0.8 | 5.0 | ||||||||||||
UK personal loans |
6,255 | 2.5 | 1.2 | 3.3 | ||||||||||||
Barclays International |
||||||||||||||||
US cards |
21,350 | 2.6 | 1.3 | 5.0 | ||||||||||||
Barclays partner finance |
3,814 | 1.3 | 0.5 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||
Germany consumer lending |
3,384 | 2.3 | 1.0 | 3.2 |
124 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
UK cards: 30- and 90-day arrears rates remained stable. The annualised gross charge-off rate reduced to 4.7% (2017: 5.0%) as a result of charge-offs returning to stabilised levels in 2018 following one-off accelerated charge-offs in 2017.
UK personal loans: 30- and 90-day arrears rates reduced slightly, whilst the annualised charge-off rate increased. These movements were as a result of accounts that had remained in collections longer than expected in 2017 being moved to charge-off following resolution of collections performance issues.
US cards: The annualised gross charge-off rate increased to 5.7% (2017: 5.0%) broadly in line with trends across the industry and change in portfolio mix reflecting a one-off asset sale benefiting 2017.
Barclays partner finance: 30- and 90-day arrear rates reduced driven by improved quality of new business and better arrears management.
Germany consumer lending: Arrears and charge-off rates reduced due to improved performance in collections along with booking lower risk business.
Forbearance
Forbearance measures consist of concessions towards a debtor that is experiencing or about to experience difficulties in meeting their financial commitments (financial difficulties).
Analysis of forbearance programmes | ||||||||
Balances | Impairment Allowances |
|||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | ||||||||
Barclays UK | 647 | 172 | ||||||
Barclays International | 233 | 190 | ||||||
Head Office | 165 | 10 | ||||||
Total retail | 1,045 | 372 | ||||||
Barclays UK | 671 | 45 | ||||||
Barclays International | 2,284 | 241 | ||||||
Head Office | | | ||||||
Total wholesale | 2,955 | 286 | ||||||
Group total | 4,000 | 658 | ||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | ||||||||
Barclays UK | 847 | 226 | ||||||
Barclays International | 210 | 86 | ||||||
Head Office | 186 | 11 | ||||||
Total retail | 1,243 | 323 | ||||||
Barclays UK | 606 | 31 | ||||||
Barclays International | 2,347 | 519 | ||||||
Head Office | | | ||||||
Total wholesale | 2,953 | 550 | ||||||
Group total | 4,196 | 873 |
Balances on forbearance programmes decreased 5% driven by better portfolio performance.
Retail balances on forbearance reduced 16% to £1.0bn, reflecting a decrease in Barclays UK partially offset by an increase in Barclays International portfolios.
◾ | Barclays UK: continued to reduce reflecting the ongoing improvements in operational effectiveness over the past two years along with improving arrears rates and accounts completing and exiting plans. |
◾ | Barclays International: US cards forbearance balances increased to £177m (2017: £148m) in line with book size but as a percentage of total balance remained low (<1%). |
Wholesale balances on forbearance remained stable at £3.0bn (2017: £3.0bn) with a reduction in CIB of £280m offset by an increase in Wealth BI of £211m. Impairment allowance reduced to £286m (2017: £550m) reflecting significant write-offs and single name releases within CIB. Barclays International accounted for 77% of Wholesale forbearance with corporate cases representing 72% of all forborne balances.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 125 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Retail forbearance programmes
Forbearance on Barclays Groups principal retail portfolios is presented below. The principal portfolios account for 84% (2017: 75%) of total retail forbearance balances.
Analysis of key portfolios in forbearance programmes | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances on forbearance |
Mark to market forbearance % |
Mark to market forbearance % |
Impairment allowances against |
Total forbearance % |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total £m |
% of gross % |
|||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK home loans | 296 | 0.2 | 41.6 | 29.8 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
UK cards | 289 | 1.7 | n/a | n/a | 121 | 41.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
UK personal loans | 62 | 1.0 | n/a | n/a | 51 | 82.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
US cards | 177 | 0.8 | n/a | n/a | 131 | 74.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays partner finance | 6 | 0.1 | n/a | n/a | 4 | 66.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Germany consumer lending | 46 | 1.3 | n/a | n/a | 28 | 60.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK home loans | 355 | 0.3 | 43.2 | 31.0 | 4 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
UK cards | 302 | 1.7 | n/a | n/a | 179 | 59.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
UK personal loans | 77 | 1.2 | n/a | n/a | 30 | 39.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
US cards | 148 | 0.7 | n/a | n/a | 58 | 39.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays partner finance | 9 | 0.2 | n/a | n/a | 7 | 77.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Germany consumer lending | 47 | 1.4 | n/a | n/a | 17 | 36.2 |
UK home loans: Forbearance stock reduced to £296m (2017: £355m), due to operational effectiveness and accounts successfully exiting plans.
UK cards: Forbearance balances reduced due to tightening of entry criteria. The coverage ratio reduction was driven by the transition to IFRS 9 model which removed some conservatism and updates to debt sale parameters.
UK personal loans: Forbearance reduced to £62m (2017: £77m), predominantly as a result of tightening criteria for short-term plans. Longer-term forbearance plans remained the preferred offering and maintained a steady trend across 2018. Term extensions increased, albeit remained low at £9m.
US cards: Forbearance balances increased to £177m (2017: £148m) reflecting book growth, but remain low (<1%) as a percentage of total balance.
Barclays partner finance: Forbearance plan reduction was primarily driven by operational process changes introduced in 2018 whereby customers on long-term plans with two missed payments and experiencing financial difficulty were placed on alternative plans and impaired appropriately.
Germany consumer lending: The increase in coverage ratios was primarily driven by transition to IFRS 9 methodology.
Forbearance by type | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
Barclays International | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
UK home loans | UK cards | UK personal loans | US cards | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | 2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Payment concession |
80 | 94 | 69 | 84 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-only conversion |
60 | 75 | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Term extension |
154 | 184 | | | 9 | 8 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fully amortising |
| | | | 52 | 54 | 160 | 135 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repayment plana |
| | 89 | 96 | 1 | 15 | 17 | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate concession |
2 | 2 | 131 | 122 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
296 | 355 | 289 | 302 | 62 | 77 | 177 | 148 |
Note
a | Repayment plan represents a reduction to the minimum payment due requirements and interest rate. |
126 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Wholesale forbearance programmes
The tables below detail balance information for wholesale forbearance cases.
Analysis of wholesale balances in forbearance programmes | ||||||||||||||||
Balances on forbearance programmes |
Impairment marked |
Total balances on ratio % |
||||||||||||||
Total balances £m |
% of gross % |
|||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
671 | 2.4 | 45 | 6.7 | ||||||||||||
Barclays International |
2,284 | 2.3 | 241 | 10.6 | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,955 | 2.3 | 286 | 9.7 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
606 | 2.1 | 31 | 5.1 | ||||||||||||
Barclays International |
2,347 | 1.4 | 519 | 22.1 | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,953 | 1.4 | 550 | 18.6 | ||||||||||||
Wholesale forbearance reporting split by exposure class | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate £m |
Personal and trusts £m |
Other £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
3 | | | 3 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
286 | 186 | 2 | 474 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
450 | 31 | | 481 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
18 | | | 18 | ||||||||||||
Change in security |
10 | 3 | | 13 | ||||||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcement of covenants |
1,040 | 177 | 1 | 1,218 | ||||||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
452 | 295 | 1 | 748 | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,259 | 692 | 4 | 2,955 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
5 | | | 5 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
373 | 26 | | 399 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
297 | | | 297 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
16 | | | 16 | ||||||||||||
Change in security |
9 | | | 9 | ||||||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcement of covenants |
1,477 | 101 | 1 | 1,579 | ||||||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
474 | 174 | | 648 | ||||||||||||
Total |
2,651 | 301 | 1 | 2,953 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 127 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Credit risk
Wholesale forbearance reporting split by business unit | ||||||||||||
Barclays UK £m |
Barclays International £m |
Total £m | ||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
1 | 2 | 3 | |||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
129 | 345 | 474 | |||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
286 | 195 | 481 | |||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
| 18 | 18 | |||||||||
Change in security |
3 | 10 | 13 | |||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcements of covenants |
132 | 1,086 | 1,218 | |||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
120 | 628 | 748 | |||||||||
Total |
671 | 2,284 | 2,955 | |||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | ||||||||||||
Restructure: reduced contractual cash flows |
3 | 2 | 5 | |||||||||
Restructure: maturity date extension |
90 | 309 | 399 | |||||||||
Restructure: changed cash flow profile (other than extension) |
199 | 98 | 297 | |||||||||
Restructure: payment other than cash |
| 16 | 16 | |||||||||
Change in security |
| 9 | 9 | |||||||||
Adjustments or non-enforcements of covenants |
223 | 1,356 | 1,579 | |||||||||
Other (e.g. capital repayment holiday; restructure pending) |
91 | 557 | 648 | |||||||||
Total |
606 | 2,347 | 2,953 |
Wholesale forbearance flows in 2018 | ||||
£m | ||||
As at 1 January 2018 |
2,953 | |||
Added to forbearance |
2,082 | |||
Removed from forbearance (credit improvement) |
(1,126 | ) | ||
Fully or partially repaid and other movements |
(679 | ) | ||
Written off/moved to recovery book |
(275 | ) | ||
As at 31 December 2018 |
2,955 |
Analysis of debt securities
Debt securities include government securities held as part of the Barclays Groups treasury management portfolio for liquidity and regulatory purposes, and are for use on a continuing basis in the activities of the Barclays Group.
The following tables provide an analysis of debt securities held by the Barclays Group for trading and investment purposes by issuer type, and where the Barclays Group held government securities exceeding 10% of shareholders equity.
Further information on the credit quality of debt securities is presented on pages 121 to 122.
Debt securities | ||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | % | £m | % | ||||||||||||
Of which issued by: |
||||||||||||||||
Governments and other public bodies |
76,646 | 64.6 | 69,981 | 64.5 | ||||||||||||
Corporate and other issuers |
30,767 | 26.0 | 27,976 | 25.9 | ||||||||||||
US agency |
7,014 | 5.9 | 7,868 | 7.3 | ||||||||||||
Mortgage and asset backed securities |
4,143 | 3.5 | 2,520 | 2.3 | ||||||||||||
Total |
118,570 | 100.0 | 108,345 | 100.0 |
Government securities | ||||||||
As at 31 December | 2018 Fair value £m |
2017 £m |
||||||
United States |
31,199 | 21,570 | ||||||
United Kingdom |
19,555 | 19,475 |
128 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Analysis of derivatives
The tables below set out the fair values of the derivative assets together with the value of those assets subject to enforceable counterparty netting arrangements for which the Barclays Group holds offsetting liabilities and eligible collateral.
Derivative assets (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
Balance sheet |
Counterparty £m |
Net exposure £m |
Balance sheet assets £m |
Counterparty £m |
Net exposure £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
64,188 | 50,189 | 13,999 | 54,943 | 42,117 | 12,826 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
125,272 | 95,572 | 29,700 | 153,043 | 117,559 | 35,484 | ||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
10,755 | 8,450 | 2,305 | 12,549 | 9,952 | 2,597 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
20,882 | 16,653 | 4,229 | 14,698 | 12,702 | 1,996 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
1,441 | 1,137 | 304 | 2,436 | 1,935 | 501 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total derivative assets |
222,538 | 172,001 | 50,537 | 237,669 | 184,265 | 53,404 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral held |
31,402 | 33,092 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Net exposure less collateral |
19,135 | 20,312 |
Derivative asset exposures would be £203bn (2017: £217bn) lower than reported under IFRS if netting were permitted for assets and liabilities with the same counterparty or for which the Group holds cash collateral. Similarly, derivative liabilities would be £202bn (2017: £217bn) lower reflecting counterparty netting and collateral placed. In addition, non-cash collateral of £6bn (2017: £6bn) was held in respect of derivative assets. The Group received collateral from clients in support of over the counter derivative transactions. These transactions are generally undertaken under International Swaps and Derivative Association (ISDA) agreements governed by either UK or New York law.
The table below sets out the fair value and notional amounts of OTC derivative instruments by type of collateral arrangement.
Derivatives by collateral arrangement | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional | Fair value | Notional | Fair value | |||||||||||||||||||||
contract £m |
Assets £m |
Liabilities £m |
contract £m |
Assets £m |
Liabilities £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Unilateral in favour of Barclays |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
22,639 | 473 | (369 | ) | 18,280 | 484 | (345 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
4,762 | 769 | (25 | ) | 5,495 | 868 | (26 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
54 | 1 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
107 | 17 | | 6 | 3 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
| | | 243 | | (9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Total unilateral in favour of Barclays |
27,562 | 1,260 | (394 | ) | 24,024 | 1,355 | (380 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Unilateral in favour of counterparty |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
14,221 | 530 | (1,641 | ) | 21,052 | 720 | (1,851 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
64,504 | 2,925 | (4,090 | ) | 74,412 | 8,458 | (9,934 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
78 | 1 | (3 | ) | 283 | 6 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
714 | 242 | (31 | ) | 1,030 | 432 | (53 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
| | | 515 | 4 | (6 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Total unilateral in favour of counterparty |
79,517 | 3,698 | (5,765 | ) | 97,292 | 9,620 | (11,847 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Bilateral arrangement |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
4,788,711 | 58,772 | (56,392 | ) | 4,318,754 | 48,660 | (46,403 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
9,699,149 | 116,712 | (114,091 | ) | 8,060,574 | 135,465 | (131,334 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
380,546 | 6,339 | (5,002 | ) | 404,069 | 7,337 | (5,903 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
177,496 | 7,984 | (8,494 | ) | 144,255 | 6,178 | (9,099 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
9,635 | 492 | (330 | ) | 11,801 | 630 | (575 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total bilateral arrangement |
15,055,537 | 190,299 | (184,309 | ) | 12,939,453 | 198,270 | (193,314 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Uncollateralised derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange |
371,158 | 4,243 | (5,495 | ) | 380,823 | 4,442 | (4,256 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate |
205,050 | 3,454 | (1,138 | ) | 202,053 | 4,215 | (1,715 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
5,830 | 234 | (234 | ) | 6,808 | 252 | (327 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index |
12,179 | 1,468 | (3,305 | ) | 16,448 | 884 | (5,917 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
121 | 29 | (78 | ) | 4,661 | 60 | (266 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total uncollateralised derivatives |
594,338 | 9,428 | (10,250 | ) | 610,793 | 9,853 | (12,481 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total OTC derivative assets/(liabilities) |
15,756,954 | 204,685 | (200,718 | ) | 13,671,562 | 219,098 | (218,022 | ) |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 129 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Summary of contents
|
Page
| |||
Outlines key measures used to summarise the market risk profile of the bank such as value at risk (VaR). A distinction is made between management and regulatory measures.
|
◾ Market risk overview and summary of performance |
131 | ||
Provides a Barclays Group-wide overview of where assets and liabilities on Barclays Groups balance sheet are managed within regulatory traded and non-traded books.
|
◾ Balance sheet view of trading and banking books |
132 | ||
Barclays Group discloses details on management measures of market risk. Total management VaR includes all trading positions and is presented on a diversified basis by risk factor.
This section also outlines the macroeconomic conditions modelled as part of Barclays Groups risk management framework. |
◾ Traded market risk |
133 | ||
◾ Review of management measures |
133 | |||
The daily average, maximum and minimum values of management VaR |
133 | |||
Business scenario stresses |
133 | |||
◾ Review of regulatory measures |
134 | |||
Analysis of regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and Comprehensive Risk Measure |
134 | |||
Breakdown of the major regulatory risk measures by portfolio |
134 | |||
Barclays Groups regulatory measures of market risk under the approved internal models approach are also disclosed.
|
130 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 131 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Balance sheet view of trading and banking books
As defined by regulatory rules, a trading book consists of positions held for trading intent or to hedge elements of the trading book. Trading intent must be evidenced in the basis of the strategies, policies and procedures set up by the firm to manage the position or portfolio. The table below provides a Group-wide overview of where assets and liabilities on the Barclays Groups balance sheet are managed within regulatory traded and non-traded books.
The balance sheet split by trading book and banking books is shown on an IFRS accounting scope of consolidation.
Balance sheet split by trading and banking books | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
Banking booka £m |
Trading £m |
Total £m | |||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 177,069 | | 177,069 | |||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 60,309 | 16,913 | 77,222 | |||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 326,406 | | 326,406 | |||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 2,260 | 48 | 2,308 | |||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 6,479 | 97,708 | 104,187 | |||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value | 12,656 | 136,992 | 149,648 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 688 | 221,850 | 222,538 | |||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 52,816 | | 52,816 | |||||||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures | 762 | | 762 | |||||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets | 7,973 | | 7,973 | |||||||||
Property, plant and equipment | 2,535 | | 2,535 | |||||||||
Current tax assets | 798 | | 798 | |||||||||
Deferred tax assets | 3,828 | | 3,828 | |||||||||
Retirement benefit assets | 1,768 | | 1,768 | |||||||||
Other assets | 3,425 | | 3,425 | |||||||||
Total assets | 659,772 | 473,511 | 1,133,283 | |||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | 393,492 | 1,346 | 394,838 | |||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | 43,883 | 23,639 | 67,522 | |||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 17,009 | 1,569 | 18,578 | |||||||||
Debt securities in issue | 82,286 | | 82,286 | |||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | 20,559 | | 20,559 | |||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | | 37,882 | 37,882 | |||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 7,592 | 209,242 | 216,834 | |||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 734 | 218,909 | 219,643 | |||||||||
Current tax liabilities | 628 | | 628 | |||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities | 51 | | 51 | |||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities | 315 | | 315 | |||||||||
Other liabilities | 7,716 | | 7,716 | |||||||||
Provisions | 2,652 | | 2,652 | |||||||||
Total liabilities | 576,917 | 492,587 | 1,069,504 |
Note
a | The primary risk factors for banking book assets and liabilities are interest rates and to a lesser extent, foreign exchange rates. Credit spreads and equity prices will also be factors where Barclays Group holds debt and equity securities respectively, either as financial assets designated at fair value (see Note 13) or as financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (see Note 13) of the financial statements. |
Included within the trading book are assets and liabilities which are included in the market risk regulatory measures.
132 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Traded market risk review
Review of management measures
The following disclosures provide details on management measures of market risk.
The table below shows the total management VaR on a diversified basis by risk factor. Total management VaR includes all trading positions in CIB and Head Office.
Limits are applied against each risk factor VaR as well as total Management VaR, which are then cascaded further by risk managers to each business.
The daily average, maximum and minimum values of management VaR |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Management VaR (95%, one day) (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 Decembera | Average £m |
Highb £m |
Lowb £m |
Average £m |
Highb £m |
Lowb £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk |
11 | 16 | 8 | 12 | 18 | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate risk |
8 | 19 | 3 | 8 | 15 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity risk |
7 | 14 | 4 | 8 | 14 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Basis risk |
6 | 8 | 4 | 5 | 6 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Spread risk |
6 | 9 | 3 | 5 | 8 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange risk |
3 | 7 | 2 | 3 | 7 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Commodity risk |
1 | 2 | | 2 | 3 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Inflation risk |
3 | 4 | 2 | 2 | 4 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Diversification effectb |
(24 | ) | n/a | n/a | (26 | ) | n/a | n/a | ||||||||||||||||
Total management VaR |
21 | 27 | 15 | 19 | 26 | 14 |
Notes
a | Excludes BAGL from 23 July 2018. |
b | Diversification effects recognise that forecast losses from different assets or businesses are unlikely to occur concurrently, hence the expected aggregate loss is lower than the sum of the expected losses from each area. Historical correlations between losses are taken into account in making these assessments. The high and low VaR figures reported for each category did not necessarily occur on the same day as the high and low VaR reported as a whole. Consequently, a diversification effect balance for the high and low VaR figures would not be meaningful and is therefore omitted from the above table. |
Management VaR remained relatively stable yearonyear. The marginal increase in average management VaR in 2018 was due to a higher volatility environment compared to 2017.
Barclays Group Management VaRa (£m)
Note
a | Excludes BAGL from 23 July 2018. |
Business scenario stresses
As part of Barclays Groups risk management framework, on a regular basis the performance of the trading business in hypothetical scenarios characterised by severe macroeconomic conditions is modelled. Up to seven global scenarios are modelled on a regular basis, for example, a sharp deterioration in liquidity, a slowdown in the global economy, global recession, and a sharp increase in economic growth.
In 2018, the scenario analyses showed that the largest market risk related impacts would be due to a severe deterioration in financial liquidity and global recession.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 133 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Market risk
Review of regulatory measures
The following disclosures provide details on regulatory measures of market risk.
Barclays Groups market risk capital requirement comprises of two elements:
◾ | the market risk of trading book positions booked to legal entities are measured under a PRA approved internal models approach, including Regulatory VaR, Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR), Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) and Comprehensive Risk Measure (CRM) as required |
◾ | the trading book positions that do not meet the conditions for inclusion within the approved internal models approach are calculated using standardised rules. |
The table below summarises the regulatory market risk measures, under the internal models approach.
Analysis of Regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and Comprehensive Risk Measurea | ||||||||||||||||
Year-end £m |
Avg. £m |
Max £m |
Min £m |
|||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (1-day) |
24 | 27 | 41 | 19 | ||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (10-day)b |
76 | 87 | 129 | 61 | ||||||||||||
SVaR (1-day) |
83 | 67 | 112 | 41 | ||||||||||||
SVaR (10-day)b |
262 | 211 | 355 | 130 | ||||||||||||
IRC |
146 | 126 | 219 | 52 | ||||||||||||
CRM |
| | | | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (1-day) |
28 | 27 | 39 | 19 | ||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (10-day)b |
90 | 85 | 123 | 60 | ||||||||||||
SVaR (1-day) |
59 | 63 | 105 | 41 | ||||||||||||
SVaR (10-day)b |
186 | 200 | 331 | 130 | ||||||||||||
IRC |
188 | 202 | 326 | 142 | ||||||||||||
CRM |
| 1 | 2 | |
Notes
a | Excludes BAGL from 23 July 2018. |
b | The 10 day VaR is based on scaling of 1-day VaR model output since VaR is currently not modelled for a 10-day holding period. |
Overall, there was an increase in SVaR and a decrease in IRC in 2018, with no significant movements in other internal model components:
◾ | Regulatory VaR: Average VaR was broadly unchanged compared to the previous year |
◾ | SVaR: Average SVaR increase was due to the date range selected for the one-year stressed period changing |
◾ | IRC: Decrease mainly driven by decrease in Rates and Fixed Income Financing, offset by the Foreign Exchange business |
◾ | CRM: Remained at zero throughout the year. |
Breakdown of the major regulatory risk measures by portfolioa | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Macro £m |
Equities £m |
Credit £m |
Barclays £m |
Banking £m |
Barclays Group Treasury £m |
Financial Managementb |
Investing Lendingb |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (1-day) |
10 | 19 | 14 | | 10 | 5 | 10 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (10-day) |
31 | 60 | 45 | 1 | 30 | 17 | 31 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVaR (1-day) |
64 | 59 | 30 | 1 | 20 | 13 | 20 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVaR (10-day) |
203 | 187 | 95 | 2 | 63 | 40 | 64 | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRC |
154 | 7 | 209 | | 14 | 9 | 84 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
CRM |
| | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (1-day) |
13 | 6 | 19 | | 5 | 6 | 8 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Regulatory VaR (10-day) |
42 | 20 | 59 | | 16 | 18 | 25 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVaR (1-day) |
23 | 11 | 41 | | 10 | 11 | 20 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVaR (10-day) |
72 | 35 | 130 | 1 | 30 | 35 | 64 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
IRC |
203 | 5 | 270 | | 1 | 10 | 65 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
CRM |
| | | | | | | |
Notes
a | Excludes BAGL. |
b | A hierarchy change affecting Financial Resource Management resulted in the creation of the new Investing and Lending portfolio during 2018. |
The table above shows the primary portfolios which are driving the trading businesses modelled capital requirement as at 2018 year-end. The standalone portfolio results diversify at the total level and are not additive. Regulatory VaR, SVaR, IRC and CRM in the prior table show the diversified results at a Barclays Group level.
134 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Summary of contents |
Page
| |||
Liquidity risk performance
|
||||
The risk that the firm is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets.
|
◾ Liquidity overview and summary of performance |
137 | ||
◾ Liquidity risk stress testing |
137 | |||
Liquidity risk appetite | 138 | |||
Liquidity regulation | 138 | |||
Liquidity coverage ratio | 139 | |||
This section provides an overview of Barclays Groups liquidity risk.
|
||||
The liquidity pool is held unencumbered and is not used to support payment or clearing requirements. The liquidity pool is intended to offset stress outflows, and comprises the following cash and unencumbered assets.
|
◾ Liquidity pool |
139 | ||
Composition of the liquidity pool | 139 | |||
Liquidity pool by currency | 139 | |||
Management of the liquidity pool | 139 | |||
Contingent liquidity
|
140
| |||
The basis for sound liquidity risk management is a solid funding structure that reduces the probability of a liquidity stress leading to an inability to meet funding obligations as they fall due.
|
◾ Funding structure and funding relationships |
140 | ||
Deposit funding | 140 | |||
Wholesale funding | 141 | |||
Asset encumbrance arises from collateral pledged against secured funding and other collateralised obligations. Barclays funds a portion of trading portfolio assets and other securities via repurchase agreements and other similar borrowing, and pledges a portion of loans and advances as collateral in securitisation, covered bond and other similar secured structures.
|
◾ Encumbrance On-balance sheet Off-balance sheet Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements |
142 143 143 144 | ||
In addition to monitoring and managing key metrics related to the financial strength of Barclays Group, Barclays Group solicits independent credit ratings. |
◾ Credit ratings |
146 | ||
These ratings assess the creditworthiness of Barclays Group, its subsidiaries and branches and are based on reviews of a broad range of business and financial attributes including risk management processes and procedures, capital strength, earnings, funding, asset quality, liquidity, accounting and governance.
|
||||
Provides details on the contractual maturity of all financial instruments and other assets and liabilities.
|
◾ Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities |
147 | ||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 135 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Page | ||||
Capital risk performance
|
||||
Capital risk is the risk that the firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This also includes the risk from the firms pension plans.
|
◾ Capital risk overview and summary of performance |
151 | ||
◾ Regulatory minimum capital and leverage requirements |
152 | |||
Capital | ||||
Leverage
|
||||
This section details Barclays Groups capital position providing information on both capital resources and capital requirements. It also provides details of the leverage ratios and exposures.
|
||||
This section outlines Barclays Groups capital ratios, capital composition, and provides information on significant movements in CET1 capital during the year.
|
◾ Analysis of capital resources |
152 | ||
Capital ratios | 152 | |||
Capital resources | 153 | |||
Movement in CET1 capital
|
153
| |||
This section outlines risk weighted assets by risk type, business and macro drivers. |
◾ Analysis of risk weighted assets |
154 | ||
Risk weighted assets by risk type and business | 154 | |||
Movement analysis of risk weighted assets
|
154
| |||
This section outlines Barclays Groups leverage ratios, leverage exposure composition, and provides information on significant movements in the IFRS and leverage balance sheet.
|
◾ Analysis of leverage ratios and exposures |
155 | ||
Leverage ratios and exposures
|
155 | |||
Barclays Group discloses the two sources of foreign exchange risk that it is exposed to. |
◾ Foreign exchange risk |
156 | ||
Transactional foreign currency exposure | ||||
Translational foreign exchange exposure | ||||
Functional currency of operations
|
||||
A review focusing on the UK retirement fund, which represents the majority of Barclays Groups total retirement benefit obligation. requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL) position and ratios.
|
◾ Pension risk review |
157 | ||
Assets and liabilities | 157 | |||
IAS19 position | 157 | |||
Risk measurement
|
157
| |||
This section outlines Barclays Groups Minimum |
◾ Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities |
158 | ||
Interest rate risk in the banking book performance
|
||||
A description of the non-traded market risk framework is provided.
Barclays Group discloses a sensitivity analysis on pre-tax net interest income for non-trading financial assets and liabilities. The analysis is carried out by business unit and currency.
Barclays Group discloses the overall impact of a parallel shift in interest rates on other comprehensive income and cash flow hedges.
Barclays Group measures the volatility of the value of the FVOCI instruments in the liquidity pool through non-traded market risk VaR. |
◾ Interest rate risk in the banking book overview and summary of performance |
159 | ||
◾ Net interest income sensitivity |
160 | |||
by business unit | 160 | |||
by currency | 160 | |||
◾ Analysis of equity sensitivity |
||||
◾ Volatility of the FVOCI portfolio in the liquidity pool |
160 | |||
161 | ||||
136 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 137 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Liquidity risk appetite
The liquidity risk assessment measures the potential contractual and contingent stress outflows under a range of stress scenarios, which are then used to determine the size of the liquidity pool that is immediately available to meet anticipated outflows if a stress occurs.
As part of the LRA, the Barclays Group runs three short-term liquidity stress scenarios, aligned to the PRAs prescribed stresses:
◾ | 90 day market-wide stress event |
◾ | 30 day Barclays-specific stress event |
◾ | combined 30 day market-wide and Barclays-specific stress event |
Key LRA assumptions
For the year ended 31 December 2018
Drivers of Liquidity Risk | LRA Combined stress key assumptions | |
Wholesale Secured and Unsecured |
◾ Zero rollover of maturing wholesale unsecured funding | |
Funding Risk |
◾ Loss of repo capacity on non-extremely liquid repos at contractual maturity date | |
◾ Roll of repo for extremely liquid repo at wider haircut at contractual maturity date | ||
◾ Withdrawal of contractual buyback obligations, excess client futures margin, Prime Brokerage (PB) client cash and overlifts | ||
◾ Haircuts applied to the market value of marketable assets held in the liquidity buffer
| ||
Retail and Corporate Funding Risk
|
◾ Retail and Corporate deposit outflows as counterparties seek to diversify their deposit balances
| |
Intraday Liquidity Risk
|
◾ Liquidity held against intraday requirements for the settlement of cash and securities under a stress
| |
Intra-Group Liquidity Risk
|
◾ Liquidity support for material subsidiaries. Surplus liquidity held within certain subsidiaries is not taken as a benefit to the wider Group.
| |
Cross-Currency Liquidity Risk
|
◾ Currency liquidity cash flows at contractual maturity for physically settled FX forwards and cross currency swaps
| |
Off-Balance Sheet Liquidity Risk |
◾ Drawdown on committed facilities based on facility and counterparty type | |
◾ Collateral outflows due to a two-notch credit rating downgrade | ||
◾ Increase in the Barclays Groups initial margin requirement across all major exchanges | ||
◾ Variation margin outflows from collateralised risk positions | ||
◾ Outflow of collateral owing but not called | ||
◾ Loss of internal sources of funding within the PB synthetics business
| ||
Franchise-Viability Risk
|
◾ Liquidity held in order to meet outflows that are non-contractual in nature, but are necessary in order to support the firms ongoing franchise (e.g. debt buybacks)
| |
Funding Concentration Risk
|
◾ Liquidity held against largest wholesale funding counterparty refusing to roll
|
As at 31 December 2018, the Barclays Group held eligible liquid assets well in excess of 100% of net stress outflows of the 30 day combined scenario, which has the highest net outflows of the three short-term liquidity stress scenarios.
The Barclays Group also runs a long-term liquidity stress test, which measures the anticipated outflows over a 12-month market-wide scenario. As at 31 December 2018, the Barclays Group remained compliant to this internal metric.
Liquidity regulation
The Barclays Group monitors its position against the CRD IV Delegated Act Liquidity Coverage Ratio and the Basel III Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR).
The LCR is designed to promote short-term resilience of a banks liquidity risk profile by holding sufficient High Quality Liquid Assets to survive an acute stress scenario lasting for 30 days. The NSFR has a time horizon of 12 months and has been developed to promote a sustainable maturity structure of assets and liabilities.
In October 2014, the BCBS published a standard defining the minimum requirements for the Net Stable Funding Ration (NSFR). The EU is implementing the NSFR regulations as part of the Risk Reduction Measures package, on which political agreement was reached in December 2018. The regulations are expected to enter into force two years after they are published, which is likely to be around Q2 2021. Barclays continues to assess the impact of these measures on its NSFR ratio, which remains above the 100% requirement, based on a conservative interpretation of the regulations.
138 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Liquidity coverage ratio
The external LCR requirement is prescribed by the regulator taking into account the relative stability of different sources of funding and potential incremental funding requirements in a stress.
As at 31 December | |
2018 |
|
|
2017 £bn |
| ||
Eligible liquidity buffer | 219 | 215 | ||||||
Net stress outflows | (129 | ) | (140 | ) | ||||
Surplus | 90 | 75 | ||||||
Liquidity coverage ratio | 169% | 154% |
As part of the LRA, Barclays also establishes the minimum LCR limit. The Barclays Group plans to maintain its surplus to the internal and regulatory stress requirements at an efficient level, while considering risks to market funding conditions and its liquidity position. The continuous reassessment of these risks may lead to management actions to resize the liquidity pool.
Liquidity pool
The Group liquidity pool as at 31 December 2018 was £227bn (2017: £220bn). During 2018, the month-end liquidity pool ranged from £207bn to £243bn (2017: £165bn to £232bn), and the month-end average balance was £225bn (2017: £202bn). The liquidity pool is held unencumbered and is not used to support payment or clearing requirements. Such requirements are treated as part of our regular business funding. The liquidity pool is intended to offset stress outflows, and comprises the following cash and unencumbered assets.
Composition of the Group liquidity pool as at 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Liquidity pool £bn |
Liquidity pool of which CRD IV LCR eligiblec |
2017 Liquidity pool |
||||||||||||||||||
Cash £bn |
Level 1 £bn |
Level 2A £bn |
||||||||||||||||||
Cash and deposits with central banksa | 181 | 176 | | | 173 | |||||||||||||||
Government bondsb | ||||||||||||||||||||
AAA to AA- | 27 | | 23 | | 31 | |||||||||||||||
BBB+ to BBB- | 4 | | 4 | | 2 | |||||||||||||||
Other LCR Ineligible Government bonds | 1 | | | | 1 | |||||||||||||||
Total government bonds | 32 | | 27 | | 34 | |||||||||||||||
Other | ||||||||||||||||||||
Government Guaranteed Issuers, PSEs and GSEs | 6 | | 5 | 1 | 6 | |||||||||||||||
International Organisations and MDBs | 5 | | 5 | | 4 | |||||||||||||||
Covered bonds | 3 | | 3 | | 2 | |||||||||||||||
Other | | | | | 1 | |||||||||||||||
Total other | 14 | | 13 | 1 | 13 | |||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2018 | 227 | 176 | 40 | 1 | ||||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2017 | 220 | 169 | 43 | 2 |
Notes
a | Includes cash held at central banks and surplus cash at central banks related to payment schemes. Of which over 99% (2017: over 99%) was placed with the Bank of England, US Federal Reserve, European Central Bank, Bank of Japan and Swiss National Bank. |
b | Of which over 71% (2017: over 84%) comprised of UK, US, French, German, Swiss and Dutch securities. |
c | The LCR eligible liquidity pool is adjusted for trapped liquidity and other regulatory deductions. It also incorporates other CRD IV qualifying assets that are not eligible under Barclays internal risk appetite. |
The Group liquidity pool is well diversified by major currency and the Barclays Group monitors LRA stress scenarios for major currencies.
Liquidity pool by currency | ||||||||||||||||||||
USD | EUR | GBP | Other | Total | ||||||||||||||||
£bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | £bn | ||||||||||||||||
Liquidity pool as at 31 December 2018 | 57 | 64 | 76 | 30 | 227 | |||||||||||||||
Liquidity pool as at 31 December 2017 | 70 | 55 | 71 | 24 | 220 |
Management of the liquidity pool
The composition of the liquidity pool is subject to limits set by the Board and the independent liquidity risk, credit risk and market risk functions. In addition, the investment of the liquidity pool is monitored for concentration risk by issuer, currency and asset type. Given the incremental returns generated by these highly liquid assets, the risk and reward profile is continuously managed.
As at 31 December 2018, 90% (2017: 93%) of the liquidity pool was located in Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC. The residual portion of the liquidity pool is held outside of these entities, predominantly in the US subsidiaries, to meet entity-specific stress outflows and regulatory requirements. To the extent the use of this portion of the liquidity pool is restricted due to regulatory requirements, it is assumed to be unavailable to the rest of the Barclays Group in calculating the LCR.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 139 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Contingent liquidity
In addition to the Group liquidity pool, the Barclays Group has access to other unencumbered assets which provide a source of contingent liquidity. While these are not relied on in the Groups LRA, a portion of these assets may be monetised in a stress to generate liquidity through use as collateral for secured funding or through outright sale.
In a Barclays-specific, market-wide or combined liquidity stress, liquidity available via market sources could be severely disrupted. In circumstances where market liquidity is unavailable or available only at heavily discounted prices, the Barclays Group could generate liquidity via central bank facilities. The Barclays Group maintains a significant amount of collateral positioned at central banks and available to raise funding.
For more detail on the Barclays Groups other unencumbered assets, see pages 142 to 144.
Funding structure and funding relationships
The basis for sound liquidity risk management is a solid funding structure that reduces the probability of a liquidity stress leading to an inability to meet funding obligations as they fall due. The Barclays Groups overall funding strategy is to develop a diversified funding base (geographically, by type and by counterparty) and maintain access to a variety of alternative funding sources, to provide protection against unexpected fluctuations, while minimising the cost of funding.
Within this, the Barclays Group aims to align the sources and uses of funding. As such, retail and corporate loans and advances are largely funded by customer deposits in the relevant entities, with the surplus primarily funding the liquidity pool. Other assets, together with other loans and advances, are funded by wholesale debt and equity. The majority of reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements. Derivative liabilities and assets are largely matched. A substantial proportion of balance sheet derivative positions qualify for counterparty netting and the remaining portions are largely offset once netted against cash collateral received and paid.
These funding relationships are summarised below:
Assets | 2018 £bn |
2017b £bn |
Liabilities | 2018 £bn |
2017b £bn |
|||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
327 | 324 | Deposits at amortised cost | 395 | 399 | |||||||||||||||
Group liquidity pool |
227 | 220 | < 1 Year wholesale funding | 47 | 45 | |||||||||||||||
> 1 Year wholesale funding | 107 | 99 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other assetsa |
53 | 47 | Equity and other liabilities | 102 | 79 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements, trading |
303 | 304 | Repurchase agreements, trading portfolio liabilities, cash collateral and settlement balances |
262 | 273 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
223 | 238 | Derivative financial instruments | 220 | 238 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,133 | 1,133 | Total liabilities | 1,133 | 1,133 |
Notes
a | Other assets include fair value assets that are not part of reverse repurchase agreements or trading portfolio assets, and other asset categories. |
b | December 2017 comparatives have been updated for balance sheet presentation changes. |
Deposit funding (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||
Funding of loans and advances As at 31 December 2018 |
Loans and £bn |
Deposits at £bn |
Loan: % |
Loan to % |
||||||||||||
Barclays UK |
189 | 197 | 96% | 95% | ||||||||||||
Barclays International |
127 | 197 | 65% | 68% | ||||||||||||
Head Office |
11 | | ||||||||||||||
Barclays Group |
326 | 395 | 83% | 81% |
Note
a | The loan: deposit ratio is calculated as loans and advances at amortised cost divided by deposits at amortised cost. Comparatives have been updated based on this approach. |
As at 31 December 2018, £172bn (2017: £175bn) of total customer deposits were insured through the UK Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) and other similar schemes. In addition to these customer deposits £5bn (2017: £4bn) of other liabilities are insured by other governments.
Contractually current accounts are repayable on demand and savings accounts at short notice. In practise, their observed maturity is typically longer than their contractual maturity. Similarly, repayment profiles of certain types of assets e.g. mortgages, overdrafts and credit card lending, differ from their contractual profiles. The Barclays Group therefore assesses the behavioural maturity of both customer assets and liabilities to identify structural balance sheet funding gaps. In doing so, it applies quantitative modelling and qualitative assessments which take into account historical experience, current customer composition, and macroeconomic projections.
The Barclays Groups broad base of customers, numerically and by depositor type, helps protect against unexpected fluctuations in balances and hence provide a stable funding base for the Barclays Groups operations and liquidity needs.
140 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Wholesale funding
Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank UK Group maintain access to a variety of sources of wholesale funds in major currencies, including those available from term investors across a variety of distribution channels and geographies, short-term funding markets and repo markets.
Barclays Bank Group has direct access to US, European and Asian capital markets through its global investment banking operations and to long-term investors through its clients worldwide. Key sources of wholesale funding include money markets, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, medium term issuances (including structured notes) and securitisations.
Key sources of wholesale funding for Barclays Bank UK Group include money markets, certificates of deposit, commercial paper, covered bonds and other securitisations.
Barclays Group expects to continue issuing public wholesale debt from Barclays PLC (the Parent company), in order to maintain compliance with indicative MREL requirements and maintain a stable and diverse funding base by type, currency and market.
As at 31 December 2018, Barclays Groups total wholesale funding outstanding (excluding repurchase agreements) was £154.0bn (2017: £143.7bn), of which £22.5bn (2017: £20.3bn) was secured funding and £131.5bn (2017: £123.4bn) unsecured funding. Unsecured funding includes £47.3bn (2017: £44.8bn) of privately placed senior unsecured notes issued through a variety of distribution channels including intermediaries and private banks.
During the year, Barclays Group issued £12.2bn of minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) instruments from Barclays PLC (the Parent company) in a range of different currencies and tenors. Barclays Bank PLC continued to issue in the shorter-term markets and Barclays Bank UK PLC issued in the shorter-term and secured markets, helping to maintain their stable and diversified funding bases.
As at 31 December 2018, wholesale funding of £46.7bn (2017: £44.9bn) matures in less than one year, of which £19.1bn (2017: £13.8bn) relates to term funding. Although not a requirement, the liquidity pool exceeded the wholesale funding maturing in less than one year by £180bn (2017: £163bn).
Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank UK Group also support various central bank monetary initiatives including participation in the Bank of Englands Term Funding Scheme. These are reported under repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing on the balance sheet.
Maturity profile of wholesale fundinga,b | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
<1 month £bn |
1-3 months £bn |
3-6 months £bn |
6-12 months £bn |
<1 year £bn |
1-2
years £bn |
2-3
years £bn |
3-4
years £bn |
4-5
years £bn |
>5 years £bn |
Total £bn |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays PLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(the Parent company) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Public benchmark) | | | | 1.6 | 1.6 | 1.1 | 4.4 | 1.3 | 6.7 | 16.3 | 31.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Privately placed) | | | | | | | 0.2 | | 0.2 | 0.5 | 0.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | | | | | | | | | | 6.8 | 6.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(including subsidiaries) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | 0.1 | 7.8 | 3.5 | 8.0 | 19.4 | 1.2 | 0.8 | 0.5 | 0.1 | | 22.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed commercial paper | 2.0 | 3.7 | 1.1 | | 6.8 | | | | | | 6.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Public benchmark) | | 0.3 | 1.1 | 1.1 | 2.5 | 3.0 | 0.4 | | | 1.2 | 7.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Privately placed)c | 0.1 | 3.0 | 2.3 | 5.6 | 11.0 | 7.7 | 4.6 | 2.6 | 4.0 | 16.5 | 46.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities | | | | 1.0 | 1.0 | 1.2 | 0.2 | 0.2 | 0.6 | 2.6 | 5.8 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | 0.2 | 0.1 | | 0.1 | 0.4 | 0.9 | 5.2 | 3.4 | | 4.1 | 14.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other | 0.1 | | | | 0.1 | 0.1 | | | 0.3 | 1.1 | 1.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Bank UK PLC | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
(including subsidiaries) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper | | 1.0 | 0.2 | 0.1 | 1.3 | | | | | | 1.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Covered bonds | | | | 1.8 | 1.8 | 1.0 | 1.0 | 2.4 | 1.3 | 1.1 | 8.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities | | | | 0.8 | 0.8 | 0.5 | | | | | 1.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2018 | 2.5 | 15.9 | 8.2 | 20.1 | 46.7 | 16.7 | 16.8 | 10.4 | 13.2 | 50.2 | 154.0 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which secured | 2.0 | 3.7 | 1.1 | 3.6 | 10.4 | 2.7 | 1.2 | 2.6 | 1.9 | 3.7 | 22.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which unsecured | 0.5 | 12.2 | 7.1 | 16.5 | 36.3 | 14.0 | 15.6 | 7.8 | 11.3 | 46.5 | 131.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2017 | 7.2 | 14.9 | 12.5 | 10.3 | 44.9 | 18.7 | 12.0 | 13.6 | 10.8 | 43.7 | 143.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which secured | 1.9 | 5.1 | 1.0 | 0.2 | 8.2 | 3.5 | 2.0 | 1.0 | 2.5 | 3.1 | 20.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which unsecured | 5.3 | 9.8 | 11.5 | 10.1 | 36.7 | 15.2 | 10.0 | 12.6 | 8.3 | 40.6 | 123.4 |
Notes
a The composition of wholesale funding principally comprises of debt securities and subordinated liabilities.
b Term funding comprises public benchmark and privately placed senior unsecured notes, covered bonds, asset backed securities (ABS) and subordinated debt where the original maturity of the instrument was more than one year.
c Includes structured notes of £35.7bn, £6.2bn of which matures within one year.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 141 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Currency composition of wholesale debt
As at 31 December 2018, the proportion of wholesale funding by major currencies was as follows:
Currency composition of wholesale funding | ||||||||||||||||
USD % |
EUR % |
GBP % |
Other % |
|||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit and commercial paper |
48 | 49 | 3 | | ||||||||||||
Asset backed commercial paper |
86 | 9 | 5 | | ||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Public benchmark) |
61 | 19 | 12 | 8 | ||||||||||||
Senior unsecured (Privately placed) |
54 | 24 | 9 | 13 | ||||||||||||
Covered bonds/Asset backed securities |
33 | 35 | 32 | | ||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
46 | 24 | 28 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2018 |
53 | 27 | 13 | 7 | ||||||||||||
Total as at 31 December 2017 |
50 | 28 | 10 | 12 |
To manage cross currency refinancing risk, the Barclays Group manages to foreign exchange cash flow limits, which limit risk at specific maturities.
Encumbrance
Asset encumbrance arises from collateral pledged against secured funding and other collateralised obligations. Barclays funds a portion of trading portfolio assets and other securities via repurchase agreements and other similar borrowing, and pledges a portion of loans and advances as collateral in securitisation, covered bond and other similar secured structures. Barclays monitors the mix of secured and unsecured funding sources and seeks to efficiently utilise available collateral to raise secured funding and meet other collateral requirements.
Encumbered assets have been defined consistently with the Barclays Groups reporting requirements under Article 100 of the CRR. Securities and commodities assets are considered encumbered when they have been pledged or used to secure, collateralise or credit enhance a transaction which impacts their transferability and free use. This includes external repurchase or other similar agreements with market counterparties.
Excluding assets positioned at central banks, as at 31 December 2018, £165.9bn (2017: £193.2bn) of the Barclays Groups assets were encumbered, primarily due to firm financing of trading portfolio assets, posting of cash collateral, funding secured against loans and advances, and other assets at fair value.
Assets may also be encumbered under secured funding arrangements with central banks. In advance of such encumbrance, assets are often positioned with central banks to facilitate efficient future draw down. £78.6bn (2017: £70.0bn) of on-balance sheet assets were positioned at the central banks, consisting of encumbered assets and collateral available for use in secured financing transactions.
£350.6bn (2017: £341.9bn) of on and off balance sheet assets not positioned at the central bank were identified as readily available assets for use in secured financing transactions. Additionally, they include cash and securities held in the Barclays Groups liquidity pool as well as unencumbered assets which provide a source of contingent liquidity. While these additional assets are not relied upon in the Barclays Groups liquidity pool, a portion of these assets may be monetised to generate liquidity through use as collateral for secured funding or through outright sale. Loans and advances to customers are only classified as readily available if they are already in a form, such that, they can be used to raise funding without further management actions. This includes excess collateral already in secured funding vehicles.
£216.3bn (2017: £198.0bn) of assets not positioned at the central banks were identified as available as collateral. These assets are not subject to any restrictions on their ability to secure funding, to be offered as collateral, or to be sold to reduce potential future funding requirements, but are not immediately available in the normal course of business in their current form. They primarily consist of loans and advances which would be suitable for use in secured funding structures but are conservatively classified as not readily available because they are not in a transferable form.
Not available as collateral consists of assets that cannot be pledged or used as security for funding due to restrictions that prevent their pledge or use as security for funding in the normal course of business.
Derivatives and reverse repos are shown separately as these on-balance sheet assets cannot be pledged. However, these assets can give rise to the receipt of non-cash assets which are held off-balance sheet, and can be used to raise secured funding or meet additional funding requirements.
In addition, £529.0bn (2017: £547.6bn) of the total £598.3bn (2017: £608.4bn) securities accepted as collateral, and held off-balance sheet, were on-pledged, the significant majority of which related to matched-book activity where reverse repurchase agreements are matched by repurchase agreements entered into to facilitate client activity. The remainder relates primarily to reverse repurchase agreements used to settle trading portfolio liabilities as well as collateral posted against derivatives margin requirements.
142 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset encumbrance | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets encumbered as a result of transactions with counterparties other than central banks |
Other assets (comprising assets encumbered at the central bank and unencumbered assets) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets positioned £bn |
Assets not positioned at the central bank | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet As at 31 December 2018 |
Assets £bn |
As a result of covered bonds £bn |
As a result of £bn |
Other £bn |
Total £bn | Readily available assets £bn |
Available as collateral £bn |
Not available as collateral £bn |
Derivatives and Reverse repos £bn |
Total £bn |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
177.1 | | | | | | 177.1 | | | | 177.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral |
59.1 | | | 55.5 | 55.5 | | 3.6 | | | | 3.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement balances |
18.1 | | | | | | | | 18.1 | | 18.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
326.4 | 11.6 | 9.7 | 8.2 | 29.5 | 78.1 | 19.2 | 197.1 | 2.5 | | 296.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
2.3 | | | | | | | | | 2.3 | 2.3 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
104.2 | | | 63.1 | 63.1 | | 41.1 | | | | 41.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
149.6 | | | 7.4 | 7.4 | 0.5 | 4.2 | 18.5 | | 119.0 | 142.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
222.5 | | | | | | | | | 222.5 | 222.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
52.8 | | | 10.4 | 10.4 | | 41.7 | 0.7 | | | 42.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
21.2 | | | | | | | | 21.2 | | 21.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
1,133.3 | 11.6 | 9.7 | 144.6 | 165.9 | 78.6 | 286.9 | 216.3 | 41.8 | 343.8 | 967.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Collateral received £bn |
Collateral received of which on- pledged £bn |
Readily available assets £bn |
Available as collateral £bn |
Not available as collateral £bn |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral |
598.3 | 529.0 | 63.7 | | 5.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total unencumbered collateral |
| | 350.6 | 216.3 | 47.5 |
Note
a | Includes both encumbered and unencumbered assets. Assets within this category that have been encumbered are disclosed as assets pledged in Note 38 to the financial statements on page 292. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 143 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset encumbrance | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets encumbered as a result of transactions with counterparties other than central banks |
Other assets (comprising assets encumbered at the central bank and unencumbered assets) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets positioned |
Assets not positioned at the central bank | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On-balance sheet As at 31 December 2017 |
Assets £bn |
As a result of covered bonds £bn |
As a result of £bn |
Other £bn |
Total £bn |
Readily available assets £bn |
Available as collateral £bn |
Not available as collateral £bn |
Derivatives and Reverse repos £bn |
Total £bn |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 171.1 | | | | | | 171.1 | | | | 171.1 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral | 58.6 | | | 56.4 | 56.4 | | 2.2 | | | | 2.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Settlement balances | 18.6 | | | | | | | | 18.6 | | 18.6 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 324.0 | 11.2 | 18.4 | 13.0 | 42.6 | 70.0 | 24.1 | 186.4 | 0.9 | | 281.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | 12.5 | | | | | | | | | 12.5 | 12.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 113.8 | | | 73.9 | 73.9 | | 39.9 | | | | 39.9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value | 116.3 | | | 4.8 | 4.8 | | 1.5 | 10.0 | | 100.0 | 111.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 237.7 | | | | | | | | | 237.7 | 237.7 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial Investments | 58.9 | | | 15.5 | 15.5 | | 43.0 | 0.4 | | | 43.4 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets | 20.5 | | | | | | | | 20.5 | | 20.5 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
1.2 | | | | | | | 1.2 | | | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet | 1,133.2 | 11.2 | 18.4 | 163.6 | 193.2 | 70.0 | 281.8 | 198.0 | 40.0 | 350.2 | 940.0 |
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||||||
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Collateral received £bn |
Collateral received of which on- pledged £bn |
Readily available assets £bn |
Available as collateral £bn |
Not available as collateral £bn |
||||||||||||||||
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral |
608.4 | 547.6 | 60.1 | | 0.7 | |||||||||||||||
Total unencumbered collateral | | | 341.9 | 198.0 | 40.7 |
Note
a | Includes both encumbered and unencumbered assets. Assets within this category that have been encumbered are disclosed as assets pledged in Note 38 to the financial statements on page 292. |
Repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements
Barclays enters into repurchase and other similar secured borrowing agreements to finance its trading portfolio assets. The majority of reverse repurchase agreements are matched by offsetting repurchase agreements entered into to facilitate client activity. The remainder are used to settle trading portfolio liabilities.
Due to the high quality of collateral provided against secured financing transactions, the liquidity risk associated with this activity is significantly lower than unsecured financing transactions. Nonetheless, Barclays manages to gross and net secured mismatch limits to limit refinancing risk under a severe stress scenario and a portion of the Barclays Groups liquidity pool is held against stress outflows on these positions. The Barclays Group secured mismatch limits are calibrated based on market capacity, liquidity characteristics of the collateral and risk appetite of the Barclays Group.
The cash value of repurchase and reverse repurchase transactions will typically differ from the market value of the collateral against which these transactions are secured by an amount referred to as a haircut (or overcollateralisation). Typical haircut levels vary depending on the quality of the collateral that underlies these transactions. For transactions secured against extremely liquid fixed income collateral, lenders demand relatively small haircuts (typically ranging from 0-2%). For transactions secured against less liquid collateral, haircuts vary by asset class (typically ranging from 5-10% for corporate bonds and other less liquid collateral).
As at 31 December 2018, the significant majority of repurchase activity related to matched-book activity. The Barclays Group may face refinancing risk on the net maturity mismatch for matched-book activity.
144 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Net matched-book activitya,b | ||||||||||||
Net match-book repurchase agreements/(Reverse repurchase agreements) | Less than one month £bn |
One month to three months £bn |
Over three months £bn |
|||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed incomec |
32.4 | (19.6 | ) | (11.3 | ) | |||||||
Liquid fixed income |
(0.4 | ) | 0.5 | 0.7 | ||||||||
Equities |
(10.9 | ) | 7.7 | 6.4 | ||||||||
Less liquid |
(1.4 | ) | 1.5 | 1.9 | ||||||||
Total |
19.7 | (9.9 | ) | (2.3 | ) | |||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed incomec |
36.4 | (18.1 | ) | (16.1 | ) | |||||||
Liquid fixed income |
0.9 | (1.5 | ) | 1.4 | ||||||||
Equities |
(9.7 | ) | 5.6 | 8.8 | ||||||||
Less liquid |
(1.7 | ) | 0.7 | 2.2 | ||||||||
Total |
25.9 | (13.3 | ) | (3.7 | ) |
The residual repurchase agreement activity is the firm-financing component and reflects Barclays funding of a portion of its trading portfolio assets. The primary risk related to firm-financing activity is the inability to roll-over transactions as they mature.
Firm financing repurchase agreementsa,b,d | ||||||||||||||||
Less than one month £bn |
One month £bn |
Over three £bn |
Total £bn |
|||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed incomec |
43.6 | 5.1 | 1.6 | 50.3 | ||||||||||||
Liquid fixed income |
3.2 | 3.3 | 5.8 | 12.3 | ||||||||||||
Equities |
15.9 | 15.1 | 9.0 | 40.0 | ||||||||||||
Less liquid |
7.8 | 1.6 | 13.8 | 23.2 | ||||||||||||
Total |
70.5 | 25.1 | 30.2 | 125.8 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||
Extremely liquid fixed incomec |
37.2 | 10.3 | 1.4 | 48.9 | ||||||||||||
Liquid fixed income |
4.1 | 1.5 | 2.5 | 8.1 | ||||||||||||
Equities |
17.4 | 21.4 | 15.7 | 54.5 | ||||||||||||
Less liquid |
2.1 | 1.9 | 12.6 | 16.6 | ||||||||||||
Total |
60.8 | 35.1 | 32.2 | 128.1 |
Notes
a Includes collateral swaps, financing positions for prime brokerage clients which reported as loans and advances or deposits on the balance sheet.
b Values are reported on a cash value basis.
c Extremely liquid fixed income is defined as very highly rated sovereigns and agencies, typically rated AA+ or better. It excludes liquid fixed income, equities and other less liquid collateral.
d Includes participation in central bank monetary initiatives e.g. Bank of Englands Term Funding Scheme.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 145 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Credit ratings
In addition to monitoring and managing key metrics related to the financial strength of the Barclays Group, Barclays also solicits independent credit ratings from Standard & Poors Global (S&P), Moodys, Fitch and Rating and Investment Information (R&I). These ratings assess the creditworthiness of the Barclays Group, its subsidiaries and branches and are based on reviews of a broad range of business and financial attributes including capital strength, profitability, funding, liquidity, asset quality, strategy and governance.
Credit ratings | ||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | Standard & Poors | Moodys | Fitch | |||
Barclays Bank PLC |
||||||
Long-term |
A | A2 | A+ | |||
Short-term |
A-1 | P-1 | F1 | |||
Outlook |
Stable | Stable | Stable | |||
Barclays Bank UK PLC |
||||||
Long-term |
A | A1 | A+ | |||
Short-term |
A-1 | P-1 | F1 | |||
Outlook |
Stable | Stable | Stable | |||
Barclays PLC |
||||||
Long-term |
BBB | Baa3 | A | |||
Short-term |
A-2 | P-3 | F1 | |||
Outlook |
Stable | Stable | Stable |
All credit rating agencies took rating actions during the year to convert their respective initial ratings of Barclays Bank UK PLC to final ratings in April 2018, following the setting up of the ring-fenced bank.
In March 2018, S&P finalised their rating of Barclays Bank UK PLC, aligning it to Barclays Bank PLCs rating of A. Both entities are on stable outlooks. Barclays PLC continues to be rated BBB with a stable outlook.
In April 2018, Moodys assigned a rating to Barclays Bank UK PLC of A1, whilst Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays PLCs ratings were downgraded by one notch to A2 and Baa3 respectively due to their assessment of the entities profitability and, for Barclays Bank PLC, the impact of ring-fencing. All entities carry stable outlooks.
Fitch assigned a rating to Barclays Bank UK PLC of A, aligning it to Barclays Bank PLCs rating in April 2018. In December 2018, both entities were upgraded by one notch to A+ due to the sufficient amount of junior debt both entities hold, referred to as qualifying junior debt (QJD). Barclays PLC continues to be rated A on stable outlook.
Barclays also solicits issuer ratings from R&I and the ratings of A- for Barclays PLC and A for Barclays Bank PLC were affirmed in July 2018 with stable outlooks.
A credit rating downgrade could result in outflows to meet collateral requirements on existing contracts. Outflows related to credit rating downgrades are included in the LRA stress scenarios and a portion of the liquidity pool is held against this risk. Credit ratings downgrades could also result in reduced funding capacity and increased funding costs.
The contractual collateral requirement following one- and two-notch long-term and associated short-term downgrades across all credit rating agencies, would result in outflows of £5bn and £6bn respectively, and are fully reserved for in the liquidity pool. These numbers do not assume any management or restructuring actions that could be taken to reduce posting requirements. These outflows do not include the potential liquidity impact from loss of unsecured funding, such as from money market funds, or loss of secured funding capacity. However, unsecured and secured funding stresses are included in the LRA stress scenarios and a portion of the liquidity pool is held against these risks.
146 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities
The table below provides detail on the contractual maturity of all financial instruments and other assets and liabilities. Derivatives (other than those designated in a hedging relationship) and trading portfolio assets and liabilities are included in the on demand column at their fair value. Liquidity risk on these items is not managed on the basis of contractual maturity since they are not held for settlement according to such maturity and will frequently be settled before contractual maturity at fair value. Derivatives designated in a hedging relationship are included according to their contractual maturity.
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As
at 31 December 2018 |
On demand £m |
Not more than three months £m |
Over three not more |
Over
six £m |
Over
nine not more £m |
Over
one but not |
Over
two years £m |
Over three £m |
Over five £m |
Over
ten £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
175,534 | 1,353 | 118 | | 64 | | | | | | 177,069 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
2,389 | 74,786 | 19 | | 22 | 2 | | 4 | | | 77,222 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
12,506 | 11,171 | 7,938 | 5,416 | 7,072 | 26,336 | 25,559 | 39,604 | 48,606 | 142,198 | 326,406 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
31 | 1,245 | | | | 586 | 446 | | | | 2,308 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
104,187 | | | | | | | | | | 104,187 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
13,606 | 112,297 | 7,174 | 3,124 | 2,312 | 4,677 | 165 | 311 | 829 | 5,153 | 149,648 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
222,384 | | 6 | 1 | 4 | 14 | 11 | 11 | 86 | 21 | 222,538 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
| | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
11 | 3,120 | 2,784 | 1,696 | 2,719 | 6,080 | 2,765 | 7,818 | 18,659 | 7,164 | 52,816 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
761 | 182 | 56 | | 7 | | | | | | 1,006 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets |
531,409 | 204,154 | 18,095 | 10,237 | 12,200 | 37,695 | 28,946 | 47,748 | 68,180 | 154,536 | 1,113,200 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assetsa |
20,083 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,133,283 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
342,967 | 30,029 | 7,282 | 3,672 | 3,237 | 3,983 | 2,053 | 520 | 349 | 746 | 394,838 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
3,542 | 63,973 | 5 | 2 | | | | | | | 67,522 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
1,331 | 5,542 | | | | 3 | 10,017 | 1,201 | 484 | | 18,578 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
26 | 14,779 | 5,937 | 5,159 | 7,686 | 6,984 | 6,248 | 12,988 | 15,812 | 6,667 | 82,286 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
| 306 | | 78 | 45 | 860 | 5,156 | 3,387 | 6,968 | 3,759 | 20,559 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
37,882 | | | | | | | | | | 37,882 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
14,280 | 143,635 | 6,809 | 9,051 | 3,577 | 10,383 | 5,689 | 7,116 | 4,415 | 11,879 | 216,834 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
219,578 | 9 | | | | 3 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 44 | 219,643 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities |
277 | 2,984 | | | | 554 | | | | | 3,815 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities |
619,883 | 261,257 | 20,033 | 17,962 | 14,545 | 22,770 | 29,166 | 25,215 | 28,031 | 23,095 | 1,061,957 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
7,547 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,069,504 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative liquidity gap |
(88,474 | ) | (145,577 | ) | (147,515 | ) | (155,240 | ) | (157,585 | ) | (142,660 | ) | (142,880 | ) | (120,347 | ) | (80,198 | ) | 51,243 | 63,779 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 147 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Contractual maturity of financial assets and liabilities (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As
at 31 December 2017 |
On demand £m |
Not more than three months £m |
Over three not more |
Over
six months £m |
Over
nine not more £m |
Over
one but not £m |
Over
two than three £m |
Over three £m |
Over five £m |
Over
ten £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
170,236 | 846 | | | | | | | | | 171,082 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
1,794 | 75,323 | 32 | 2 | 14 | 3 | | | | | 77,168 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
13,667 | 25,720 | 9,735 | 5,594 | 7,733 | 36,213 | 26,244 | 39,446 | 48,382 | 111,314 | 324,048 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
7,522 | 4,446 | 578 | | | | | | | | 12,546 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
113,760 | | | | | | | | | | 113,760 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
14,800 | 77,288 | 8,828 | 4,570 | 1,252 | 2,095 | 160 | 196 | 557 | 6,535 | 116,281 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
237,504 | 41 | | | | 71 | 22 | 15 | 1 | 15 | 237,669 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
30 | 2,378 | 2,717 | 97 | 504 | 5,675 | 3,928 | 16,162 | 17,059 | 10,365 | 58,915 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
| | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial assets |
2,153 | 759 | | | | 110 | | | | | 3,022 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets |
561,466 | 186,801 | 21,890 | 10,263 | 9,503 | 44,167 | 30,354 | 55,819 | 65,999 | 128,229 | 1,114,491 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assetsa |
18,757 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,133,248 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
337,881 | 39,586 | 8,083 | 3,820 | 3,823 | 2,754 | 634 | 1,198 | 266 | 656 | 398,701 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
2,047 | 66,052 | 16 | 4 | 19 | 4 | 1 | | | | 68,143 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
3,550 | 17,841 | 4,516 | 2,136 | 1,396 | 310 | 93 | 10,006 | 490 | | 40,338 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
907 | 17,120 | 8,395 | 5,107 | 1,562 | 8,136 | 3,883 | 12,819 | 10,983 | 4,402 | 73,314 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
| 2,402 | 791 | 7 | 23 | 57 | 1,959 | 8,751 | 5,466 | 4,370 | 23,826 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
37,351 | | | | | | | | | | 37,351 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
13,298 | 102,860 | 10,570 | 5,918 | 3,139 | 10,515 | 7,281 | 5,879 | 4,923 | 9,335 | 173,718 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
237,235 | 10 | 3 | | | 10 | 5 | 4 | 41 | 1,037 | 238,345 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities |
446 | 3,793 | | | | 781 | | | | | 5,020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities |
632,715 | 249,664 | 32,374 | 16,992 | 9,962 | 22,567 | 13,856 | 38,657 | 22,169 | 19,800 | 1,058,756 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
8,476 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,067,232 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cumulative liquidity gap |
(71,249 | ) | (134,112 | ) | (144,596 | ) | (151,325 | ) | (151,784 | ) | (130,184 | ) | (113,686 | ) | (96,524 | ) | (52,694 | ) | 55,735 | 66,016 |
Expected maturity dates may differ from the contract dates, to account for:
◾ | trading portfolio assets and liabilities and derivative financial instruments, which may not be held to maturity as part of Barclays Groups trading strategies |
◾ | corporate and retail deposits, which are included within deposits at amortised cost, are repayable on demand or at short notice on a contractual basis. In practice, these instruments form a stable base for Barclays Groups operations and liquidity needs because of the broad base of customers, both numerically and by depositor type |
◾ | loans to corporate and retail customers, which are included within loans and advances at amortised cost and financial assets at fair value, may be repaid earlier in line with terms and conditions of the contract |
◾ | debt securities in issue, subordinated liabilities, and financial liabilities designated at fair value, may include early redemption features. |
148 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities on an undiscounted basis
The table below presents the cash flows payable by the Barclays Group under financial liabilities by remaining contractual maturities at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the contractual undiscounted cash flows of all financial liabilities (i.e. nominal values).
The balances in the below table do not agree directly to the balances in the consolidated balance sheet as the table incorporates all cash flows, on an undiscounted basis, related to both principal as well as those associated with all future coupon payments.
Derivative financial instruments held for trading and trading portfolio liabilities are included in the on demand column at their fair value.
Contractual maturity of financial liabilities undiscounted (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On demand £m |
Not more than three months £m |
Over three £m |
Over six months but not more than one year £m |
Over one but not |
Over three £m |
Over five £m |
Over ten £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
342,967 | 30,047 | 7,295 | 6,924 | 6,069 | 546 | 412 | 816 | 395,076 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
3,542 | 63,985 | 5 | 2 | | | | | 67,534 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
1,331 | 5,542 | | | 10,238 | 1,243 | 486 | | 18,840 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
26 | 14,810 | 5,976 | 12,914 | 13,849 | 13,351 | 17,639 | 10,254 | 88,819 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
| 306 | | 123 | 6,147 | 3,568 | 7,917 | 4,413 | 22,474 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
37,882 | | | | | | | | 37,882 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
14,280 | 143,766 | 6,948 | 12,732 | 16,546 | 7,679 | 5,008 | 17,621 | 224,580 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
219,578 | 12 | | | 6 | 3 | 4 | 59 | 219,662 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities |
277 | 2,984 | | | 554 | | | | 3,815 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities |
619,883 | 261,452 | 20,224 | 32,695 | 53,409 | 26,390 | 31,466 | 33,163 | 1,078,682 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
337,881 | 39,602 | 8,087 | 7,650 | 3,405 | 1,200 | 267 | 725 | 398,817 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
2,047 | 66,059 | 16 | 24 | 5 | | | | 68,151 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
3,550 | 17,847 | 4,526 | 3,557 | 410 | 10,259 | 490 | | 40,639 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
907 | 17,614 | 8,565 | 7,025 | 13,786 | 13,928 | 12,687 | 6,734 | 81,246 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
| 2,822 | 1,816 | 685 | 5,501 | 10,232 | 6,243 | 6,231 | 33,530 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
37,351 | | | | | | | | 37,351 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
13,298 | 102,983 | 10,609 | 9,118 | 18,142 | 6,177 | 5,490 | 12,834 | 178,651 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
237,235 | 9 | 3 | | 15 | 5 | 48 | 1,755 | 239,070 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities |
446 | 3,793 | | | 781 | | | | 5,020 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities |
632,715 | 250,729 | 33,622 | 28,059 | 42,045 | 41,801 | 25,225 | 28,279 | 1,082,475 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 149 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Maturity of off-balance sheet commitments received and given
The table below presents the maturity split of the Barclays Groups off-balance sheet commitments received and given at the balance sheet date. The amounts disclosed in the table are the undiscounted cash flows (i.e. nominal values) on the basis of earliest opportunity at which they are available.
Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments received (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On demand £m |
Not more than three months £m |
Over three not more |
Over six not more |
Over nine not more £m |
Over one year but not more than two years £m |
Over two £m |
Over three £m |
Over five £m |
Over ten years £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Guarantees, letters of credit and credit insurance |
6,288 | 110 | 20 | 13 | 16 | 65 | 10 | 33 | 10 | 5 | 6,570 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other commitments received |
93 | 42 | | | | | | | | | 135 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments received |
6,381 | 152 | 20 | 13 | 16 | 65 | 10 | 33 | 10 | 5 | 6,705 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Guarantees, letters of credit and credit insurance |
6,373 | 5 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 8 | 7 | 5 | 3 | 4 | 6,411 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other commitments received |
| 29 | | | | | | | | | 29 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments received |
6,373 | 34 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 8 | 7 | 5 | 3 | 4 | 6,440 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturity analysis of off-balance sheet commitments given (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On demand £m |
Not more than three months £m |
Over
three not more |
Over
six not more |
Over
nine not more £m |
Over one year but not more than two years £m |
Over
two £m |
Over
three £m |
Over
five £m |
Over ten years £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
16,344 | 1,102 | 553 | 145 | 170 | 415 | 435 | 641 | 319 | 179 | 20,303 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions |
70 | 1,263 | 325 | 55 | 14 | 11 | 3 | | | | 1,741 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
317,257 | 1,734 | 1,311 | 397 | 667 | 311 | 257 | 424 | 19 | 105 | 322,482 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments given |
333,671 | 4,099 | 2,189 | 597 | 851 | 737 | 695 | 1,065 | 338 | 284 | 344,526 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
16,047 | 1,085 | 560 | 92 | 242 | 346 | 80 | 59 | 245 | 256 | 19,012 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions |
34 | 593 | 147 | 26 | 6 | 5 | 1 | | | | 812 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
311,481 | 1,144 | 883 | 77 | 778 | 44 | 47 | 259 | 2 | 46 | 314,761 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet commitments given |
327,562 | 2,822 | 1,590 | 195 | 1,026 | 395 | 128 | 318 | 247 | 302 | 334,585 |
150 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 151 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Regulatory minimum capital requirements
Barclays fully loaded CET1 regulatory requirement is 11.7% comprising a 4.5% Pillar 1 minimum, a 2.5% Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB), a 1.5% Global Systemically Important Institution (G-SII) buffer, a 2.7% Pillar 2A requirement applicable from 1 January 2019, and a 0.5% Countercyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB).
The CCB and the G-SII buffer, determined by the PRA in line with guidance from the Financial Stability Board (FSB), are subject to phased implementation at 25% per annum from 2016 with full effect from 2019. The CCB has been set at 2.5% with 1.9% applicable for 2018. The G-SII buffer for 2018 has been set at 1.5% with 1.1% applicable for 2018. The FSB confirmed that the G-SII buffer will remain at 1.5% applicable for 2019 and 2020.
The Barclays CCyB is based on the buffer rate applicable for each jurisdiction in which Barclays has exposures. On 28 November 2018, the Financial Policy Committee (FPC) increased the CCyB rate for UK exposures from 0.5% to 1%. The buffer rates set by other national authorities for our non-UK exposures are not currently material. Overall, this results in a 0.5% CCyB for Barclays for Q418.
Barclays Pillar 2A requirement as per the PRAs Individual Capital Requirement for 2018 is 4.3% of which at least 56.25% needs to be met in CET1 form, equating to approximately 2.4% of RWAs. Certain elements of the Pillar 2A requirement are a fixed quantum whilst others are a proportion of RWAs and are based on a point in time assessment. The Pillar 2A requirement is subject to at least annual review.
The CET1 transitional minimum capital requirement for December 2018 was 10.4% comprising a 4.5% Pillar 1 minimum, a 1.9% CCB, a 1.1% G-SII buffer, a 0.5% CCyB and a 2.4% Pillar 2A requirement.
Regulatory minimum leverage requirements
Barclays is subject to a leverage ratio requirement that is implemented on a phased basis, with a transitional requirement of 3.8% as at 31 December 2018; this comprised the 3.25% minimum requirement, a transitional G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB) of 0.39% and a countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB) of 0.2%. Although the leverage ratio is expressed in terms of T1 capital, 75% of the minimum requirement, equating to 2.4375%, needs to be met with CET1 capital. In addition, the G-SII ALRB and CCLB must be covered solely with CET1 capital. The CET1 capital held against the 0.39% transitional G-SII ALRB was £4.4bn and the 0.2% CCLB was £2.2bn. The fully loaded UK leverage requirement is expected to be 4.0%.
Capital resources
The CRR and Capital Requirements Directive (CRD) implemented Basel III within the EU (collectively known as CRD IV) on 1 January 2014. The rules are supplemented by Regulatory Technical Standards and the PRAs rulebook, including the implementation of transitional rules. However, rules and guidance are still subject to change as certain aspects of CRD IV are dependent on final technical standards and clarifications to be issued by the EBA and adopted by the European Commission and the PRA.
Capital ratiosa,b,c | ||||||||
As at 31 December | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||
CET1 | 13.2% | 13.3% | ||||||
Tier 1 (T1) | 17.0% | 17.2% | ||||||
Total regulatory capital | 20.7% | 21.5% |
Notes
a | CET1, T1 and T2 capital, and RWAs are calculated applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR. This includes IFRS 9 transitional arrangements and the grandfathering of CRR non-compliant capital instruments. |
b | The fully loaded CET1 ratio, as is relevant for assessing against the conversion trigger in Barclays PLC additional tier 1 (AT1) securities, was 12.8%, with £39.8bn of CET1 capital and £311.8bn of RWAs calculated without applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR. |
c | The Barclays PLC CET1 ratio, as is relevant for assessing against the conversion trigger in Barclays Bank PLC T2 Contingent Capital Notes, was 13.2%. For this calculation CET1 capital and RWAs are calculated applying the transitional arrangements under the CRR, including the IFRS 9 transitional arrangements. The benefit of the Financial Services Authority (FSA) October 2012 interpretation of the transitional provisions, relating to the implementation of CRD IV, expired in December 2017. |
152 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Capital resources (audited) | ||||||||
As at 31 December |
2018 £bn |
2017 £bn |
||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests per the balance sheet |
62.6 | 63.9 | ||||||
Less: other equity instruments (recognised as AT1 capital) |
(9.6 | ) | (8.9 | ) | ||||
Adjustment to retained earnings for foreseeable dividends |
(0.7 | ) | (0.4 | ) | ||||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
||||||||
Additional value adjustments (PVA) |
(1.7 | ) | (1.4 | ) | ||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
(8.0 | ) | (7.9 | ) | ||||
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding temporary differences |
(0.5 | ) | (0.6 | ) | ||||
Fair value reserves related to gains or losses on cash flow hedges |
(0.7 | ) | (1.2 | ) | ||||
Excess of expected losses over impairment |
| (1.2 | ) | |||||
Gains or losses on liabilities at fair value resulting from own credit |
(0.1 | ) | 0.1 | |||||
Defined benefit pension fund assets |
(1.3 | ) | (0.7 | ) | ||||
Direct and indirect holdings by an institution of own CET1 instruments |
(0.1 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements |
1.3 | | ||||||
CET1 capital |
41.1 | 41.6 | ||||||
AT1 capital |
||||||||
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts |
9.6 | 8.9 | ||||||
Qualifying AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
2.4 | 3.5 | ||||||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(0.1 | ) | (0.1 | ) | ||||
AT1 capital
|
|
11.9
|
|
|
12.3
|
| ||
T1 capital |
53.0 | 53.9 | ||||||
T2 capital |
||||||||
Capital instruments and related share premium accounts |
6.6 | 6.5 | ||||||
Qualifying T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiaries |
5.3 | 7.0 | ||||||
Other regulatory adjustments and deductions |
(0.3 | ) | (0.3 | ) | ||||
Total regulatory capital |
64.6 | 67.2 |
Movement in CET1 capital | ||||
2018 £bn |
||||
Opening balance as at 1 January |
41.6 | |||
Effects of changes in accounting policies |
(2.2 | ) | ||
Profit/Loss for the period attributable to equity holders |
2.1 | |||
Own credit relating to derivative liabilities |
(0.1 | ) | ||
Dividends paid and foreseen |
(1.7 | ) | ||
Increase in retained regulatory capital generated from earnings |
0.4 | |||
Net impact of share schemes |
0.1 | |||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve |
(0.5 | ) | ||
Currency translation reserve |
0.8 | |||
Other reserves |
(1.0 | ) | ||
Decrease in other qualifying reserves |
(0.6 | ) | ||
Pension remeasurements within reserves |
0.3 | |||
Defined benefit pension fund asset deduction |
(0.6 | ) | ||
Net impact of pensions |
(0.3 | ) | ||
Additional value adjustments (PVA) |
(0.4 | ) | ||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
(0.1 | ) | ||
Deferred tax assets that rely on future profitability excluding those arising from temporary differences |
0.1 | |||
Excess of expected loss over impairment |
1.2 | |||
Adjustment under IFRS 9 transitional arrangements |
1.3 | |||
Increase in regulatory capital due to adjustments and deductions |
2.2 | |||
Closing balance as at 31 December |
41.1 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 153 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
CET1 capital decreased £0.5bn to £41.1bn (December 2017: £41.6bn).
£4.2bn of organic capital generated from profits was more than offset by £2.1bn of litigation and conduct charges, as the Barclays Group resolved legacy matters, as well as the following significant items:
◾ | £1.7bn of dividends paid and foreseen for ordinary dividends and AT1 coupons |
◾ | A £1bn decrease in other qualifying reserves following the redemption of the legacy $2.65bn 8.125% Series Non-Cumulative Callable Dollar Preference Shares and $2bn 8.25% AT1 securities due to these instruments being held on the balance sheet at historical FX rates |
◾ | A £0.3bn decrease as a result of movements relating to pensions, largely due to deficit contribution payments of £0.25bn in April 2018 and £0.25bn in September 2018. |
The implementation of IFRS 9 resulted in a net increase in CET1 capital as the initial decrease in shareholders equity of £2.2bn on implementation was more than offset by the transitional relief of £1.3bn and the removal of £1.2bn of regulatory deduction for the excess of expected loss over impairment.
Risk weighted assets
Risk weighted assets (RWAs) by risk type and business | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit risk | Counterparty credit risk | Market risk | Operational risk |
Total RWAs | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | Std £bn |
IRB £bn |
Std £bn |
IRB £bn |
Settlement £bn |
CVA £bn |
Std £bn |
IMA £bn |
£bn | £bn | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 3.3 | 59.7 | 0.2 | | | 0.1 | 0.1 | | 11.8 | 75.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 55.6 | 67.0 | 9.9 | 15.0 | 0.2 | 3.3 | 13.9 | 16.8 | 29.0 | 210.7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office | 4.3 | 5.8 | | | | | | | 15.9 | 26.0 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Group | 63.2 | 132.5 | 10.1 | 15.0 | 0.2 | 3.4 | 14.0 | 16.8 | 56.7 | 311.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 3.8 | 55.0 | | | | | | | 12.2 | 70.9 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 49.1 | 69.5 | 17.0 | 17.2 | 0.1 | 2.8 | 13.3 | 13.5 | 27.7 | 210.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Head Office | 2.9 | 9.8 | 0.1 | 0.6 | | 0.2 | 0.1 | 1.4 | 16.8 | 31.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Group | 55.8 | 134.2 | 17.1 | 17.9 | 0.1 | 3.0 | 13.4 | 14.9 | 56.7 | 313.0 |
Movement analysis of risk weighted assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
Risk weighted assets | Credit £bn |
Counterparty credit riska £bn |
Market risk £bn |
Operational £bn |
Total RWAs £bn |
|||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | 190.0 | 38.0 | 28.3 | 56.7 | 313.0 | |||||||||||||||
Book size | 6.8 | (0.6 | ) | 2.2 | | 8.4 | ||||||||||||||
Acquisitions and disposals | (3.6 | ) | (0.3 | ) | (0.2 | ) | | (4.1 | ) | |||||||||||
Book quality | (2.9 | ) | (0.5 | ) | | | (3.4 | ) | ||||||||||||
Model updates | | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Methodology and policy | 2.2 | (7.8 | ) | 0.5 | | (5.1 | ) | |||||||||||||
Foreign exchange movementa | 3.1 | | | | 3.1 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | 195.6 | 28.8 | 30.8 | 56.7 | 311.9 |
Note
a Foreign exchange movement does not include FX for modelled counterparty risk or modelled market risk.
RWAs decreased £1.1bn to £311.9bn:
◾ | Book size increased RWAs £8.4bn primarily due to increased lending activity within the Investment Banking and Consumer, Cards & Payments businesses |
◾ | Acquisitions and disposals decreased RWAs £4.1bn primarily due to the regulatory deconsolidation of BAGL |
◾ | Book quality decreased RWAs £3.4bn primarily due to changes in the risk profile in Barclays International |
◾ | Methodology and policy decreased RWAs £5.1bn primarily due to an extended regulatory permission to use the modelled exposure measurement approach |
◾ | Foreign exchange movements increased RWAs £3.1bn primarily due to appreciation of period end USD against GBP. |
154 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Leverage ratios and exposures
From 1 January 2018, following the end of the transitional period Barclays is required to disclose an average UK leverage ratio which is based on capital on the last day of each month in the quarter and an exposure measure for each day in the quarter. During the transitional period, the exposure measure was based on the last day of each month in the quarter. Barclays is also required to disclose a UK leverage ratio based on capital and exposure on the last day of the quarter. Both approaches exclude qualifying claims on central banks from the leverage exposures.
Leverage ratiosa,b | ||||||||
As at 31 December |
2018 £bn |
2017 £bn |
||||||
UK leverage ratio | 5.1% | 5.1% | ||||||
CET1 capital | 41.1 | 41.6 | ||||||
AT1 capital | 9.5 | 8.8 | ||||||
T1 capitalc | 50.6 | 50.4 | ||||||
UK leverage exposure | 999 | 985 | ||||||
Average UK leverage ratio | 4.5% | 4.9% | ||||||
Average T1 capitalc | 50.5 | 51.2 | ||||||
Average UK leverage exposured | 1,110 | 1,045 | ||||||
UK leverage exposure | ||||||||
As at 31 December | 2018 £bn |
2017 £bn |
||||||
Accounting assets | ||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 223 | 238 | ||||||
Derivative cash collateral | 48 | 53 | ||||||
Securities financing transactions (SFTs) | 121 | 113 | ||||||
Loans and advances and other assets | 741 | 729 | ||||||
Total IFRS assets | 1,133 | 1,133 | ||||||
Regulatory consolidation adjustments | (2 | ) | 8 | |||||
Derivatives adjustments | ||||||||
Derivatives netting | (202 | ) | (217 | ) | ||||
Adjustments to cash collateral | (42 | ) | (42 | ) | ||||
Net written credit protection | 19 | 14 | ||||||
Potential Future Exposure (PFE) on derivatives | 123 | 120 | ||||||
Total derivatives adjustments | (102 | ) | (125 | ) | ||||
SFTs adjustments | 17 | 19 | ||||||
Regulatory deductions and other adjustments | (11 | ) | (13 | ) | ||||
Weighted off-balance sheet commitments | 108 | 103 | ||||||
Qualifying central bank claims | (144 | ) | (140 | ) | ||||
UK leverage exposureb | 999 | 985 |
Notes
a The fully loaded UK leverage ratio was 4.9%, with £49.3bn of T1 capital and £997bn of leverage exposure calculated without applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR.
b Capital and leverage measures are calculated applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR.
c The T1 capital is calculated in line with the PRA Handbook, which excludes grandfathered AT1 instruments allowed under the CRR.
d The average UK leverage exposure as at 31 December 2017 was calculated based on the last day of each month in the quarter.
The UK leverage ratio remained flat at 5.1% (December 2017: 5.1%). The leverage exposure increased marginally to £999bn (December 2017: £985bn). The leverage exposure movements included:
◾ | loans and advances and other assets increased £12bn to £741bn primarily driven by growth in the UK mortgage portfolio |
◾ | SFTs increased £8bn to £121bn primarily driven by the CIB utilising leverage balance sheet more efficiently within high returning financing business |
◾ | regulatory consolidation adjustments decreased £10bn primarily driven by the regulatory deconsolidation of BAGL. |
The average UK leverage ratio decreased to 4.5% (December 2017: 4.9%) partially driven by the change to the daily exposure measure. Average UK leverage exposures increased due to higher trading activity in SFTs and trading portfolio assets, as well as a decrease in average Tier 1 capital.
The difference between the average UK leverage ratio and the UK leverage ratio was primarily driven by lower trading portfolio assets, settlement exposures and SFT exposures at quarter end.
Barclays is required to disclose a CRR leverage ratio. This is included in the additional Barclays regulatory disclosures, prepared in accordance with European Banking Authority (EBA) guidelines on disclosure requirements under Part Eight of Regulation (EU) No 575/2013 (see the Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2018 (unaudited)), due to bepublished by 21 February 2019, available at home.barclays/annual report.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 155 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Foreign exchange risk (audited)
The Barclays Group is exposed to two sources of foreign exchange risk.
a) Transactional foreign currency exposure
Transactional foreign currency exposures represent exposure on banking assets and liabilities, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the transacting entity.
The Barclays Groups risk management policies prevent the holding of significant open positions in foreign currencies outside the trading portfolio managed by Barclays International which is monitored through VaR.
Banking book transactional foreign exchange risk outside of Barclays International is monitored on a daily basis by the market risk function and minimised by the businesses.
b) Translational foreign exchange exposure
The Barclays Groups investments in overseas subsidiaries and branches create capital resources denominated in foreign currencies, principally USD and EUR. Changes in the GBP value of the net investments due to foreign currency movements are captured in the currency translation reserve, resulting in a movement in CET1 capital.
The Barclays Groups strategy is to minimise the volatility of the capital ratios caused by foreign exchange movements, by matching the CET1 capital movements to the revaluation of the Barclays Groups foreign currency RWA exposures.
Functional currency of operations (audited) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign currency net investments £m |
Borrowings which hedge the net investments £m |
Derivatives which hedge the net investments £m |
Structural currency exposures pre- economic hedges £m |
Economic hedges £m |
Remaining structural currency exposures £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD |
28,857 | (12,322 | ) | (2,931 | ) | 13,604 | (4,827 | ) | 8,777 | |||||||||||||||
EUR |
2,672 | (3 | ) | | 2,669 | (2,146 | ) | 523 | ||||||||||||||||
ZAR |
5 | | | 5 | | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||
JPY |
489 | | | 489 | | 489 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other |
2,021 | | (37 | ) | 1,984 | | 1,984 | |||||||||||||||||
Total |
34,044 | (12,325 | ) | (2,968 | ) | 18,751 | (6,973 | ) | 11,778 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD |
27,848 | (12,404 | ) | (540 | ) | 14,904 | (6,153 | ) | 8,751 | |||||||||||||||
EUR |
2,489 | (3 | ) | | 2,486 | (2,127 | ) | 359 | ||||||||||||||||
ZAR |
8 | | | 8 | | 8 | ||||||||||||||||||
JPY |
467 | (152 | ) | (301 | ) | 14 | | 14 | ||||||||||||||||
Other |
2,475 | | (1,299 | ) | 1,176 | | 1,176 | |||||||||||||||||
Total |
33,287 | (12,559 | ) | (2,140 | ) | 18,588 | (8,280 | ) | 10,308 |
The economic hedges primarily represent the USD and EUR preference shares and Additional Tier 1 (AT1) instruments that are held as equity. These are accounted for at historical cost under IFRS and do not qualify as hedges for accounting purposes.
During 2018, total structural currency exposure net of hedging instruments increased by £1.5bn to £11.8n (2017: £10.3bn). Foreign currency net investments increased by £0.76bn to £34bn (2017: £33.3bn) driven predominantly by a £1bn increase in US Dollars and a £0.2bn increase in Euro offset by a £0.5bn decrease in other currencies. The hedges associated with these investments increased by £0.6n to £15.3bn (2017: £14.7bn).
156 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Pension risk review
The UK Retirement Fund (UKRF) represents approximately 97% (2017: 96%) of Barclays Groups total retirement benefit obligations globally. As such this risk review section focuses exclusively on the UKRF. The UKRF is closed to new entrants and there is no new final salary benefit being accrued. Existing active members accrue a combination of a cash balance benefit and a defined contribution element. Pension risk arises as the market value of the pension fund assets may decline, investment returns may reduce or the estimated value of the pension liabilities may increase.
Assets
The Trustee Board of the UKRF defines its overall long-term investment strategy with investments across a broad range of asset classes. This results in an appropriate mix of return seeking assets as well as liability matching assets to better match future pension obligations. The main market risks within the asset portfolio are interest rates and equities. The split of scheme assets is shown within Note 33. The fair value of the UKRF assets was £29.0bn as at 31 December 2018 (2017: £30.1bn).
Liabilities
The UKRF retirement benefit obligations are a series of future cash flows with relatively long duration. On an IAS 19 basis these cash flows are sensitive to changes in the expected long-term price inflation rate (RPI) and the discount rate (AA corporate bond yield):
◾ | an increase in long-term expected inflation corresponds to an increase in liabilities; |
◾ | a decrease in the discount rate corresponds to an increase in liabilities. |
Pension risk is generated through Barclays Groups defined benefit schemes and this risk is set to reduce over time as the main defined benefit scheme is closed to new entrants. The chart below outlines the shape of the UKRFs liability cash flow profile as at 31 December 2018 that takes account of the future inflation indexing of payments to beneficiaries. The majority of the cash flows (approximately 92%) fall between 0 and 40 years, peaking between 11 and 20 years and reducing thereafter. The shape may vary depending on changes to inflation and longevity expectations and any members who elect to transfer out. Transfers out will bring forward the liability cash flows.
For more detail on the UKRFs financial and demographic assumptions see Note 33 to the financial statements.
Proportion of liability cash flows
|
IAS 19 pension position in 2018
| |
The graph above shows the UKRFs net IAS 19 pension position at each month-end for the past two years. During 2017 and 2018 the net improvement in the IAS 19 position was largely driven by bank contributions and credit spreads widening. Changes from other market levels, in particular equity prices and interest rates, were offset by updates to demographic assumptions.
Refer to Note 33 for the sensitivity of the UKRF to changes in key assumptions.
Risk measurement
In line with Barclays risk management framework the assets and liabilities of the UKRF are modelled within a VaR framework to show the volatility of the pension position at a total portfolio level. This enables the risks, diversification and liability matching characteristics of the UKRF obligations and investments to be adequately captured. VaR is measured and monitored on a monthly basis. Risks are reviewed and reported regularly at forums including the Board Risk Committee, the Group Risk Committee, the Pensions Management Group and the Pension Executive Board. The VaR model takes into account the valuation of the liabilities on an IAS 19 basis (see Note 33). The Trustee receives quarterly VaR measures on a funding basis.
The pension liability is also sensitive to post-retirement mortality assumptions which are reviewed regularly. See Note 33 for more details.
In addition, the impact of pension risk to Barclays Group is taken into account as part of the stress testing process. Stress testing is performed internally on at least an annual basis. The UKRF exposure is also included as part of regulatory stress tests.
Barclays defined benefit pension schemes affects capital in two ways:
◾ | An IAS 19 deficit is treated as a liability on Barclays Groups balance sheet. Movement in a deficit due to remeasurements, including actuarial losses, are recognised immediately through Other Comprehensive Income and as such reduces shareholders equity and CET1 capital. An IAS 19 surplus is treated as an asset on the balance sheet and increases shareholders equity; however, it is deducted for the purposes of determining CET1 capital. |
◾ | In Barclays Groups statutory balance sheet an IAS 19 surplus or deficit is partially offset by a deferred tax liability or asset respectively. These may or may not be recognised for calculating CET1 capital depending on the overall deferred tax position of Barclays Group at the particular time. |
Pension risk is taken into account in the Pillar 2A capital assessment undertaken by the PRA at least annually. The Pillar 2A requirement forms part of Barclays Groups overall regulatory minimum requirement for CET1 capital, Tier 1 capital and total capital.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 157 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Minimum Requirement for own funds and Eligible Liabilities (MREL)
Under the Bank of Englands statement of policy on MREL, the Bank of England will set MREL for UK Global Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs) as necessary to implement the total loss-absorbing capacity (TLAC) standard. Institution or group-specific MREL requirements will depend on the preferred resolution strategy for that institution or group.
The MREL requirements will be phased in from 1 January 2019 and will be fully implemented by 1 January 2022, at which time G-SIBs with resolution entities incorporated in the UK, including Barclays, will be required to meet an MREL equivalent to the higher of either: (i) two times the sum of its Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A requirements or; (ii) the higher of two times its leverage ratio requirement or 6.75% of leverage exposures. However, the PRA will review the MREL calibration by the end of 2020, including assessing the proposal for Pillar 2A recapitalisation which may drive a different 1 January 2022 MREL requirement than currently proposed. In addition, it is proposed that CET1 capital cannot be counted towards both MREL and the combined buffer requirement (CBR), meaning that the CBR will effectively be applied above both the Pillar 1 and Pillar 2A requirements relating to own funds and MREL.
Barclays indicative MREL requirement is currently expected to be 30.0% of RWAs from 1 January 2022 consisting of the following components:
◾ | Loss absorption and recapitalisation amounts consisting of 8% Pillar 1 and 4.7% Pillar 2A buffers respectively |
◾ | Regulatory buffers including a 1.5% G-SII buffer, 2.5% CCB and 0.5% from the planned introduction of a 1% CCyB for the UKa. |
MREL position and ratios | ||||||||
MREL ratios | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||
CET1 capitalb |
13.2% | 13.3% | ||||||
Additional tier 1 (AT1) capital instruments and related share premium accounts |
3.1% | 2.9% | ||||||
Tier 2 (T2) capital instruments and related share premium accounts |
2.1% | 2.1% | ||||||
Term senior unsecured funding |
9.7% | 6.8% | ||||||
Total Barclays PLC (the Parent company) MREL ratio |
28.1% | 25.0% | ||||||
Qualifying AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiariesc |
0.7% | 1.1% | ||||||
Qualifying T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiariesc |
1.6% | 2.2% | ||||||
Total MREL ratio, including eligible Barclays Bank PLC instruments |
30.5% | 28.2% | ||||||
MREL position | £bn | £bn | ||||||
CET1 capitalb |
41.1 | 41.6 | ||||||
AT1 capital instruments and related share premium accounts |
9.6 | 8.9 | ||||||
T2 capital instruments and related share premium accounts |
6.6 | 6.5 | ||||||
Term senior unsecured funding |
30.4 | 21.2 | ||||||
Total Barclays PLC (the Parent company) MREL position |
87.7 | 78.2 | ||||||
Qualifying AT1 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiariesc |
2.3 | 3.4 | ||||||
Qualifying T2 capital (including minority interests) issued by subsidiariesc |
5.1 | 6.8 | ||||||
Total MREL position, including eligible Barclays Bank PLC instruments |
95.1 | 88.4 | ||||||
Total RWAs | 311.9 | 313.0 |
Notes
a | 2022 requirements subject to Bank of England review by the end of 2020. |
b | CET1 capital and RWAs are calculated applying the transitional arrangements of the CRR. This includes IFRS 9 transitional arrangements and the grandfathering of CRR non-compliant capital instruments. |
c | Includes other AT1 capital regulatory adjustments and deductions of £0.1bn (December 2017: £0.1bn), and other T2 credit risk adjustments and deductions of £0.3bn (December 2017: £0.3bn). |
158 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 159 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Treasury and capital risk
Net interest income sensitivity
The table below shows a sensitivity analysis on pre-tax net interest income for non-trading financial assets and financial liabilities, including the effect of any hedging. The sensitivity has been measured using the Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR) methodology. Note that this metric assumes an instantaneous parallel change to interest rate forward curves. The model floors shocked market rates at zero; changes in Net Interest Income (NII) sensitivity are only observed where forward rates are greater than zero. The main model assumptions are: (i) one-year time horizon; (ii) balance sheet is held constant; (iii) balances are adjusted for assumed behavioural profiles (i.e. considers that customers may remortgage before the contractual maturity); and (iv) behavioural assumptions are kept unchanged in all rate scenarios.
Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by business unitabc (audited) | ||||||||||||
Barclays UK £m |
Barclays International £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||
+100bps |
124 | 89 | 213 | |||||||||
+25bps |
30 | 23 | 53 | |||||||||
-25bps |
(73 | ) | (35 | ) | (108 | ) | ||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||
+100bps |
45 | 31 | 76 | |||||||||
+25bps |
11 | 9 | 20 | |||||||||
-25bps |
(61 | ) | (22 | ) | (83 | ) |
Notes
a | Excludes investment banking business. |
b | Excludes Treasury operations, which are driven by the firms investments in the liquidity pool, which are risk managed using value-based risk measures. Treasurys NII (AEaR) sensitivity to a +25/-25bps move is +£23m / -£29m respectively. |
c | Expected fixed rate mortgage pipeline completions in Barclays UK assumed to be consistent with level and timing of pipeline hedging. |
NII asymmetry arises due to the current low level of interest rates. Modelled NII sensitivity to a -25bps shock to rates has increased year on year as a result of maturity of hedging which provided an offset to the exposure to falling interest rates. Modelled NII sensitivity to +25bps and +100bps shocks to rates also increased as a result.
Net interest income sensitivity (AEaR) by currencya | ||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
+25 basis £m |
-25 basis £m |
+25 basis £m |
-25 basis £m |
||||||||||||
GBP |
43 | (99 | ) | 12 | (76 | ) | ||||||||||
USD |
1 | (1 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
EUR |
6 | (3 | ) | 4 | (1 | ) | ||||||||||
Other currencies |
3 | (5 | ) | 3 | (5 | ) | ||||||||||
Total |
53 | (108 | ) | 20 | (83 | ) | ||||||||||
As percentage of net interest income |
0.58% | (1.19% | ) | 0.20% | (0.84% | ) |
Note
a | Barclays UK and Barclays International sensitivity (excluding Investment Banking business and Treasury). |
Analysis of equity sensitivity
Equity sensitivity table measures the overall impact of a +/- 25bps movement in interest rates on retained earnings, fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) and cash flow hedge reserves. This data is captured using DV01 metric which is an indicator of the shift in value for a 1 basis point in the yield curve.
Analysis of equity sensitivity (audited) | ||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | +25 basis £m |
-25 basis points £m |
+25 basis points £m |
-25 basis points £m |
||||||||||||
Net interest income |
53 | (108 | ) | 20 | (83 | ) | ||||||||||
Taxation effects on the above |
(13 | ) | 27 | (6 | ) | 25 | ||||||||||
Effect on profit for the year |
40 | (81 | ) | 14 | (58 | ) | ||||||||||
As percentage of net profit after tax |
1.69% | (3.41% | ) | (1.57% | ) | 6.52% | ||||||||||
Effect on profit for the year (per above) |
40 | (81 | ) | 14 | (58 | ) | ||||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve |
(143 | ) | 256 | (164 | ) | 219 | ||||||||||
Cash flow hedge reserve |
(574 | ) | 544 | (616 | ) | 598 | ||||||||||
Taxation effects on the above |
179 | (200 | ) | 195 | (204 | ) | ||||||||||
Effect on equity |
(498 | ) | 519 | (571 | ) | 555 | ||||||||||
As percentage of equity |
(0.78% | ) | 0.81% | (0.87% | ) | 0.84% |
160 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
As discussed in relation to the net interest income sensitivity table on page 160, the increase in impact of a 25bps movement in rates as a result of maturity of hedging.
Movements in the FVOCI reserve would impact CET1 capital, however the movement in the cash flow hedge reserve would not impact CET1 capital.
Volatility of the FVOCI portfolio in the liquidity pool
Changes in value of FVOCI exposures flow directly through capital via the FVOCI reserve. The volatility of the value of the FVOCI investments in the liquidity pool is captured and managed through a value measure rather than an earning measure, i.e. the non-traded market risk VaR.
Although the underlying methodology to calculate the non-traded VaR is identical to the one used in traded management VaR, the two measures are not directly comparable. The non-traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the FVOCI exposures. These exposures are in the banking book and do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment.
Non-traded value at risk (£m)
Analysis of volatility of the FVOCI portfolio in the liquidity pool | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December | Average £m |
High £m |
Low £m |
Average £m |
High £m |
Low £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Non-traded market value at risk (daily, 95%) |
45 | 61 | 32 | 36 | 50 | 27 |
The volatility in the FVOCI portfolio is primarily driven by changes in interest rate risk exposure taken in the liquid asset buffer.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 161 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Operational risk
162 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 163 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Operational risk
Note
a | The data disclosed includes operational risk losses for reportable events (excluding BAGL) having impact of > £10,000 and excludes events that are conduct or legal risk, aggregate and boundary events. A boundary event is an operational risk event that results in a credit risk impact. Due to the nature of risk events that keep evolving, prior year losses are updated. |
164 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Risk performance
Model risk
Model risk
|
||
The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports.
All disclosures in this section are unaudited unless otherwise stated. |
||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 165 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Conduct risk
Conduct risk
|
||
The risk of detriment to customers, clients, market integrity, effective competition or Barclays from the inappropriate supply of financial services, including instances of wilful or negligent misconduct
All disclosures in this section are unaudited unless otherwise stated. |
||
166 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Risk performance
Reputation risk
The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the firms integrity and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
All disclosures in this section are unaudited unless otherwise stated. |
||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 167 |
Risk review
Risk performance
Legal risk
Legal risk
|
||
The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the firm to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements.
All disclosures in this section are unaudited unless otherwise stated. |
||
168 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 169 |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
170 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 171 |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
172 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 173 |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
174 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 175 |
Risk review
Supervision and regulation
176 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Financial review
A review of the performance of Barclays, including the key performance indicators, and the contribution of each of our businesses to the overall performance of the Barclays Group.
|
Financial review | Page | |||||
|
||||||
◾ Key performance indicators |
178 | |||||
◾ Consolidated summary income statement |
180 | |||||
◾ Income statement commentary |
181 | |||||
◾ Consolidated summary balance sheet |
182 | |||||
◾ Balance sheet commentary |
183 | |||||
◾ Analysis of results by business |
184 | |||||
◾ Margins and balances |
194 | |||||
◾ Non-IFRS performance measures |
195 | |||||
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 177 |
Financial review
Key performance indicators
In assessing the financial performance of the Group, management uses a range of KPIs which focus on the Groups financial strength, the delivery of sustainable returns and cost management. Barclays is on track in the execution of its strategy and continues to target RoTE of greater than 9% in 2019 and greater than 10% in 2020, excluding litigation and conduct, based on a CET1 ratio of c.13%, and operating expenses guidance in the range of £13.613.9bn in 2019, excluding litigation and conduct.
|
||||
Non-IFRS performance measures Barclays management believes that the non-IFRS performance measures included in this document provide valuable information to the readers of the financial statements as they enable the reader to identify a more consistent basis for comparing the businesses performance between financial periods, and provide more detail concerning the elements |
of performance which the managers of these businesses are most directly able to influence or are relevant for an assessment of the Barclays Group. They also reflect an important aspect of the way in which operating targets are defined and performance is monitored by Barclays management. However, any non-IFRS performance measures in this document are not a substitute for IFRS | measures and readers should consider the IFRS measures as well. Refer to pages 195 to 200 for further information and calculations of non-IFRS performance measures included throughout this section, and the most directly comparable IFRS measures. | ||
Definition | Why is it important and how the Group performed | |||
Common equity tier 1 (CET1) ratio Capital requirements are part of the regulatory framework governing how banks and depository institutions are supervised. Capital ratios express a banks capital as a percentage of its RWAs as defined by the PRA.
CET1 ratio is a measure of capital that is predominantly common equity as defined by the CRR. |
The Barclays Groups capital management objective is to maximise shareholder value by prudently managing the level and mix of its capital to: ensure the Barclays Group and all of its subsidiaries are appropriately capitalised relative to their regulatory minimum and stressed capital requirements, support the Barclays Groups risk appetite, growth and strategic options, while seeking to maintain a robust credit proposition for Barclays Group and its subsidiaries.
The Barclays Groups CET1 ratio continued to be at the end-state target of c.13%. The ratio decreased to 13.2% (2017: 13.3%), as CET1 capital decreased to £41.1bn and RWAs remained broadly stable at £311.9bn, as underlying profit generation of £4.2bn, was more than offset by £2.1bn of litigation and conduct charges, as Barclays Group resolved legacy matters, £1.7bn for ordinary dividends and AT1 coupons paid and foreseen, £1.0bn from the redemption of capital instruments.
Barclays Group target: CET1 ratio of c.13%.
|
CET1 ratio 13.2% 2017: 13.3% 2016: 12.4% | ||
| ||||
Average UK leverage ratio The ratio is calculated as the average transitional Tier 1 capital divided by average UK leverage exposure. The average exposure measure excludes qualifying central bank claims. |
The leverage ratio is non-risk based and is intended to act as a supplementary measure to the risk-based capital metrics such as the CET1 ratio.
The average UK leverage ratio decreased to 4.5% (2017: 4.9%) driven by an increase in average UK leverage exposure to £1,110bn (2017: £1,045bn) and a decrease in average Tier 1 capital to £50.5bn (2017: £51.2bn).
The average UK leverage exposure increased including securities financing transactions due to the efficient use of leverage balance sheet within high returning financing businesses, Tier 1 capital reduced for the same reasons as CET1 capital.
Barclays Group target: maintaining the UK leverage ratio above the expected end point minimum requirement.
|
Average UK leverage ratio 4.5% 2017: 4.9% 2016: 4.5% | ||
|
178 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Definition | Why is it important and how the Group performed | |||
Return on average shareholders equity RoE is calculated as profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders, including an adjustment for the tax credit recorded in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments. |
This measure indicates the return generated by the management of the business based on shareholders equity. RoE for the Barclays Group was positive 3.1% (2017: negative 3.1%) reflecting an attributable profit of £1,394m (2017: loss of £1,922m) which included charges for litigation and conduct of £2.1bn, relating to RMBS settlement and PPI provisions.
|
Barclays Group RoE 3.1% 2017: (3.1%) 2016: 3.0%
| ||
| ||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity RoTE is calculated as profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders, including an adjustment for the tax credit recorded in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill. |
This measure indicates the return generated by the management of the business based on shareholders tangible equity. Achieving a target RoTE demonstrates the organisations ability to execute its strategy and align managements interests with the shareholders. RoTE lies at the heart of the Barclays Groups capital allocation and performance management process.
RoTE for the Barclays Group excluding litigation and conduct, was 8.5%. Based on a CET1 ratio of 13% this would have been 8.3%.
RoTE for the Barclays Group was positive 3.6% (2017: negative 3.6%) reflecting an attributable profit of £1,394m (2017: loss of £1,922m) which included charges for litigation and conduct of £2.1bn, relating to RMBS settlement and PPI provisions.
Barclays Group target: Barclays Group RoTE, excluding litigation and conduct, of greater than 9% in 2019 and greater than 10% in 2020, based on a CET1 ratio of c.13%.
|
Barclays Group RoTE excluding litigation and conduct 8.5% 2017: (1.2%) 2016: 6.2%
Barclays Group RoTE 3.6% 2017: (3.6%) 2016: 3.6% | ||
| ||||
Operating expensesa Operating expenses excluding litigation and conduct. |
Barclays views operating expenses as a key strategic area for banks; those who actively manage costs and control them effectively will gain a strong competitive advantage.
Barclays Group operating expenses were £13.9bn, in line with 2018 guidance, after excluding a charge for GMP while total operating expenses were £16.2bn (2017: £15.5bn).
Barclays Group target: operating expenses, excluding litigation and conduct, of £13.6 to 13.9bn in 2019.
|
Statutory operating expenses £16.2bn 2017: £15.5bn 2016: £16.3bn
Operating expensesa £13.9bn 2017: £14.2bn 2016: £15.0bn
| ||
| ||||
Cost: income ratio Total operating expenses divided by total income. |
This is a measure management uses to assess the productivity of the business operations. Managing the cost base is a key execution priority for management and includes a review of all categories of discretionary spending and an analysis of how we can run the business to ensure that costs increase at a slower rate than income.
The Barclays Group cost: income ratio including litigation and conduct increased to 77% (2017: 73%) due to stable income and a 5% increase in total operating expenses, which included charges for RMBS settlement and PPI provisions.
Excluding litigation and conduct the Barclays Group cost: income ratio decreased to 66% (2017: 68%) as continued investment to grow the business and improve future operating efficiency was more than offset by elimination of legacy costs, productivity savings and a lower bank levy charge.
Barclays Group target: a cost: income ratio of below 60% over time.
|
Cost: income ratio 77% 2017: 73% 2016: 76%
Cost: income ratio excluding litigation and conduct 66% 2017: 68% 2016: 70% | ||
|
Note
a | Group operating expenses, excluding litigation and conduct, and a GMP charge of £140m. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 179 |
Financial review
Consolidated summary income statement
For the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
2015 £m |
2014 £m |
|||||||||||||||
Continuing operations | ||||||||||||||||||||
Net interest income | 9,062 | 9,845 | 10,537 | 10,608 | 10,086 | |||||||||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | 12,074 | 11,231 | 10,914 | 11,432 | 11,677 | |||||||||||||||
Total income | 21,136 | 21,076 | 21,451 | 22,040 | 21,763 | |||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | (1,468 | ) | (2,336 | ) | (2,373 | ) | (1,762 | ) | (1,821 | ) | ||||||||||
Operating costs | (13,627 | ) | (13,884 | ) | (14,565 | ) | (13,723 | ) | (14,959 | ) | ||||||||||
UK bank levy | (269 | ) | (365 | ) | (410 | ) | (426 | ) | (418 | ) | ||||||||||
Operating expenses | (13,896 | ) | (14,249 | ) | (14,975 | ) | (14,149 | ) | (15,377 | ) | ||||||||||
GMP charge | (140 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||
Litigation and conduct | (2,207 | ) | (1,207 | ) | (1,363 | ) | (4,387 | ) | (2,807 | ) | ||||||||||
Total operating expenses | (16,243 | ) | (15,456 | ) | (16,338 | ) | (18,536 | ) | (18,184 | ) | ||||||||||
Other net income/(expenses) | 69 | 257 | 490 | (596 | ) | (445 | ) | |||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 3,494 | 3,541 | 3,230 | 1,146 | 1,313 | |||||||||||||||
Tax charge | (1,122 | ) | (2,240 | ) | (993 | ) | (1,149 | ) | (1,121 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit/(loss) after tax in respect of continuing operations | 2,372 | 1,301 | 2,237 | (3 | ) | 192 | ||||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit after tax in respect of discontinued operation | | (2,195 | ) | 591 | 626 | 653 | ||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests in respect of continuing operations | (226 | ) | (249 | ) | (346 | ) | (348 | ) | (449 | ) | ||||||||||
Non-controlling interests in respect of discontinued operation | | (140 | ) | (402 | ) | (324 | ) | (320 | ) | |||||||||||
Other equity instrument holdersa | (752 | ) | (639 | ) | (457 | ) | (345 | ) | (250 | ) | ||||||||||
Attributable profit/(loss) | 1,394 | (1,922 | ) | 1,623 | (394 | ) | (174 | ) | ||||||||||||
Selected financial statistics | ||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings/(loss) per sharea | 9.4p | (10.3p | ) | 10.4p | (1.9p | ) | (0.7p | ) | ||||||||||||
Diluted earnings/(loss) per sharea | 9.2p | (10.1p | ) | 10.3p | (1.9p | ) | (0.7p | ) | ||||||||||||
Dividend per ordinary share | 6.5p | 3.0p | 4.5p | 6.5p | 6.5p | |||||||||||||||
Return on average shareholders equity | 3.1% | (3.1% | ) | 3.0% | (0.6% | ) | (0.2% | ) | ||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equitya | 3.6% | (3.6% | ) | 3.6% | (0.7% | ) | (0.3% | ) | ||||||||||||
Cost: income ratio | 77% | 73% | 76% | 84% | 84% | |||||||||||||||
Performance measures excluding litigation and conductb | ||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 5,701 | 4,748 | 4,593 | 5,533 | 4,120 | |||||||||||||||
Attributable profit/(loss) | 3,530 | (772 | ) | 2,908 | 3,570 | 2,326 | ||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity | 8.5% | (1.2% | ) | 6.2% | 7.6% | 4.9% | ||||||||||||||
Cost: income ratio | 66% | 68% | 70% | 64% | 71% |
Notes
a | The profit after tax attributable to other equity instrument holders of £752m (2017: £639m) is offset by a tax credit recorded in reserves of £203m (2017: £174m). The net amount of £549m (2017: £465m), along with non-controlling interests, is deducted from profit after tax in order to calculate earnings per share and return on average tangible shareholders equity |
b | Refer to pages 197 to 200 for further information and calculations of performance measures excluding litigation and conduct. |
The financial information above is extracted from the published accounts. This information should be read together with the information included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.
180 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Financial review
Income statement commentary
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 181 |
Financial review
Consolidated summary balance sheet
As at 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017a £m |
2016a £m |
2015a £m |
2014a £m |
|||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
177,069 | 171,082 | 102,353 | 49,711 | 39,695 | |||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
77,222 | 77,168 | 90,135 | 82,980 | 103,403 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
326,406 | 324,048 | 345,900 | 357,586 | 366,475 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
2,308 | 12,546 | 13,454 | 28,187 | 131,753 | |||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
104,187 | 113,760 | 80,240 | 77,348 | 114,717 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
149,648 | 116,281 | 78,608 | 76,830 | 38,300 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
222,538 | 237,669 | 346,626 | 327,709 | 439,909 | |||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
| 58,915 | 63,317 | 90,267 | 86,066 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
52,816 | | | | | |||||||||||||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
| 1,193 | 71,454 | 7,364 | | |||||||||||||||
Other assets |
21,089 | 20,586 | 21,039 | 22,030 | 37,588 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,133,283 | 1,133,248 | 1,213,126 | 1,120,012 | 1,357,906 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
394,838 | 398,701 | 390,744 | 390,307 | 384,105 | |||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
67,522 | 68,143 | 80,648 | 75,015 | 101,989 | |||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowings |
18,578 | 40,338 | 19,760 | 25,035 | 124,479 | |||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issueb |
82,286 | 73,314 | 75,932 | 69,150 | 86,099 | |||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
20,559 | 23,826 | 23,383 | 21,467 | 21,153 | |||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
37,882 | 37,351 | 34,687 | 33,967 | 45,124 | |||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
216,834 | 173,718 | 96,031 | 91,745 | 56,972 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
219,643 | 238,345 | 340,487 | 324,252 | 439,320 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
| | 65,292 | 5,997 | | |||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
11,362 | 13,496 | 14,797 | 17,213 | 32,707 | |||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,069,504 | 1,067,232 | 1,141,761 | 1,054,148 | 1,291,948 | |||||||||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital and share premium |
4,311 | 22,045 | 21,842 | 21,586 | 20,809 | |||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments |
9,632 | 8,941 | 6,449 | 5,305 | 4,322 | |||||||||||||||
Other reserves |
5,153 | 5,383 | 6,051 | 1,898 | 2,724 | |||||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
43,460 | 27,536 | 30,531 | 31,021 | 31,712 | |||||||||||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
62,556 | 63,905 | 64,873 | 59,810 | 59,567 | |||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
1,223 | 2,111 | 6,492 | 6,054 | 6,391 | |||||||||||||||
Total equity |
63,779 | 66,016 | 71,365 | 65,864 | 65,958 | |||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
1,133,283 | 1,133,248 | 1,213,126 | 1,120,012 | 1,357,906 | |||||||||||||||
Net asset value per ordinary share |
309p | 322p | 344p | 324p | 335p | |||||||||||||||
Tangible net asset value per share |
262p | 276p | 290p | 275p | 285p | |||||||||||||||
Number of ordinary shares of Barclays PLC (in millions) |
17,133 | 17,060 | 16,963 | 16,805 | 16,498 | |||||||||||||||
Year-end USD exchange rate |
1.28 | 1.35 | 1.23 | 1.48 | 1.56 | |||||||||||||||
Year-end EUR exchange rate |
1.12 | 1.13 | 1.17 | 1.36 | 1.28 |
Notes
a | Barclays introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. The comparatives for the prior years have been updated to reflect this presentation change. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1 on page 216 to 218, Note 42 on page 297 to 304 and the Credit risk disclosures on pages 103 to 129. |
b | Debt securities in issue include covered bonds of £8.5bn (2017: £12.4bn). |
182 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Financial review
Balance sheet commentary
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 183 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
Barclays UK |
||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Income statement information |
||||||||||||
Net interest income |
6,028 | 6,086 | 6,048 | |||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income |
1,355 | 1,297 | 1,469 | |||||||||
Total income |
7,383 | 7,383 | 7,517 | |||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(826 | ) | (783 | ) | (896 | ) | ||||||
Net operating income |
6,557 | 6,600 | 6,621 | |||||||||
Operating costs |
(4,075 | ) | (4,030 | ) | (3,792 | ) | ||||||
UK bank levy |
(46 | ) | (59 | ) | (48 | ) | ||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(483 | ) | (759 | ) | (1,042 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses |
(4,604 | ) | (4,848 | ) | (4,882 | ) | ||||||
Other net income/(expenses) |
3 | (5 | ) | (1 | ) | |||||||
Profit before tax |
1,956 | 1,747 | 1,738 | |||||||||
Attributable profit |
1,158 | 853 | 828 | |||||||||
Balance sheet information |
||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers at amortised cost |
£187.6bn | £183.8bn | £166.4bn | |||||||||
Total assets |
£249.7bn | £237.4bn | £209.6bn | |||||||||
Customer deposits at amortised cost |
£197.3bn | £193.4bn | £189.0bn | |||||||||
Loan: deposit ratio |
96% | 95% | 89% | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets |
£75.2bn | £70.9bn | £67.5bn | |||||||||
Key facts |
||||||||||||
Average LTV of mortgage portfolio |
48% | 48% | 48% | |||||||||
Average LTV of new mortgage lending |
65% | 64% | 63% | |||||||||
Number of branches |
1,058 | 1,208 | 1,305 | |||||||||
Mobile banking active customers |
7.3m | 6.4m | 5.4m | |||||||||
30 day arrears rate - Barclaycard Consumer UK |
1.8% | 1.8% | 1.9% | |||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent)a |
22,600 | 22,800 | 36,000 | |||||||||
Performance measures |
||||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity |
8.8% | 6.6% | 6.4% | |||||||||
Average allocated equity |
£13.6bn | £13.6bn | £13.4bn | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity |
11.9% | 9.8% | 9.6% | |||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity |
£10.0bn | £9.1bn | £8.9bn | |||||||||
Cost: income ratio |
62% | 66% | 65% | |||||||||
Loan loss rate (bps)b |
43 | 42 | 52 | |||||||||
Net interest margin |
3.23% | 3.49% | 3.62% | |||||||||
Performance measures excluding litigation and conductc |
||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
2,439 | 2,506 | 2,780 | |||||||||
Attributable profit |
1,630 | 1,586 | 1,862 | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity |
16.7% | 17.8% | 21.3% | |||||||||
Cost: income ratio |
56% | 55% | 51% |
Notes
a | As a result of the establishment of Barclays Execution Services in September 2017, employees who are now employed by Barclays Execution Services and who were previously allocated to, or were within, Barclays UK and Barclays International are now reported in Head Office. |
b | Comparatives calculated based on gross loans and advances at amortised cost prior to the balance sheet presentation change and IAS 39 impairment charge. |
c | Refer to pages 197 to 200 for further information and calculations of performance measures excluding litigation and conduct. |
184 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Analysis of Barclays UK | ||||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Analysis of total income |
||||||||||||
Personal Bankinga |
4,006 | 4,214 | 4,334 | |||||||||
Barclaycard Consumer UK |
2,104 | 1,977 | 2,022 | |||||||||
Business Bankinga |
1,273 | 1,192 | 1,161 | |||||||||
Total income |
7,383 | 7,383 | 7,517 | |||||||||
Analysis of credit impairment charges and other provisions |
||||||||||||
Personal Bankinga |
(173 | ) | (221 | ) | (200 | ) | ||||||
Barclaycard Consumer UK |
(590 | ) | (541 | ) | (683 | ) | ||||||
Business Bankinga |
(63 | ) | (21 | ) | (13 | ) | ||||||
Total credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(826 | ) | (783 | ) | (896 | ) | ||||||
Analysis of loans and advances to customers at amortised cost |
||||||||||||
Personal Bankinga |
£146.0bn | £141.3bn | £138.5bn | |||||||||
Barclaycard Consumer UK |
£15.3bn | £16.4bn | £16.5bn | |||||||||
Business Bankinga |
£26.3bn | £26.1bn | £11.4bn | |||||||||
Total loans and advances to customers at amortised cost |
£187.6bn | £183.8bn | £166.4bn | |||||||||
Analysis of customer deposits at amortised cost |
||||||||||||
Personal Bankinga |
£154.0bn | £153.1bn | £156.3bn | |||||||||
Barclaycard Consumer UK |
| | | |||||||||
Business Bankinga |
£43.3bn | £40.3bn | £32.7bn | |||||||||
Total customer deposits at amortised cost |
£197.3bn | £193.4bn | £189.0bn |
Note
a | In Q218, Wealth was reclassified from Wealth, Entrepreneurs & Business Banking (now named Business banking) to Personal Banking. Comparatives have been restated. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 185 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
186 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Barclays International |
||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | 3,815 | 4,307 | 4,512 | |||||||||
Net trading income | 4,450 | 3,971 | 4,580 | |||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | 5,761 | 6,104 | 5,903 | |||||||||
Total income | 14,026 | 14,382 | 14,995 | |||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | (658 | ) | (1,506 | ) | (1,355 | ) | ||||||
Net operating income | 13,368 | 12,876 | 13,640 | |||||||||
Operating costs | (9,324 | ) | (9,321 | ) | (9,129 | ) | ||||||
UK bank levy | (210 | ) | (265 | ) | (284 | ) | ||||||
Litigation and conduct | (127 | ) | (269 | ) | (48 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses | (9,661 | ) | (9,855 | ) | (9,461 | ) | ||||||
Other net income | 68 | 254 | 32 | |||||||||
Profit before tax | 3,775 | 3,275 | 4,211 | |||||||||
Attributable profit | 2,441 | 847 | 2,412 | |||||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | £ | 127.2bn | £ | 126.8bn | £ | 153.7bn | ||||||
Trading portfolio assets | £ | 104.0bn | £ | 113.0bn | £ | 73.2bn | ||||||
Derivative financial instrument assets | £ | 222.1bn | £ | 236.2bn | £ | 156.2bn | ||||||
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | £ | 219.6bn | £ | 237.8bn | £ | 160.6bn | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | £ | 144.7bn | £ | 104.1bn | £ | 62.3bn | ||||||
Total assets | £ | 862.1bn | £ | 856.1bn | £ | 648.5bn | ||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | £ | 197.2bn | £ | 187.3bn | £ | 184.7bn | ||||||
Loan: deposit ratio | 65% | 68% | 83% | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £ | 210.7bn | £ | 210.3bn | £ | 212.7bn | ||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent)a | 12,400 | 11,500 | 36,900 | |||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 8.1% | 3.2% | 8.8% | |||||||||
Average allocated equity | £32.3bn | £30.5bn | £28.2bn | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 8.4% | 3.4% | 9.8% | |||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £31.0bn | £28.1bn | £25.5bn | |||||||||
Cost: income ratio | 69% | 69% | 63% | |||||||||
Loan loss rate (bps)b | 50 | 75 | 63 | |||||||||
Net interest margin | 4.11% | 4.16% | 3.98% | |||||||||
Performance measures excluding litigation and conductc | ||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 3,902 | 3,544 | 4,259 | |||||||||
Attributable profit | 2,547 | 1,107 | 2,457 | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 8.7% | 4.4% | 9.9% | |||||||||
Cost: income ratio | 68% | 67% | 63% |
Notes
a | As a result of the establishment of Barclays Execution Services in September 2017, employees who are now employed by Barclays Execution Services and who were previously allocated to, or were within, Barclays UK and Barclays International are now reported in Head Office. |
b | Comparatives calculated based on gross loans and advances at amortised cost prior to the balance sheet presentation change and IAS 39 impairment charge. |
c | Refer to pages 197 to 200 for further information and calculations of performance measures excluding litigation and conduct. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 187 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
Analysis of Barclays International | ||||||||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank | 2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
FICCa | 2,863 | 2,875 | 3,489 | |||||||||
Equities | 2,037 | 1,629 | 1,790 | |||||||||
Markets | 4,900 | 4,504 | 5,279 | |||||||||
Banking fees | 2,531 | 2,612 | 2,397 | |||||||||
Corporate lending | 878 | 1,093 | 1,195 | |||||||||
Transaction banking | 1,627 | 1,629 | 1,657 | |||||||||
Banking | 5,036 | 5,334 | 5,249 | |||||||||
Other | (171 | ) | 40 | 5 | ||||||||
Total income | 9,765 | 9,878 | 10,533 | |||||||||
Credit impairment releases/(charges) and other provisions | 150 | (213 | ) | (260 | ) | |||||||
Net operating income | 9,915 | 9,665 | 10,273 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | (7,281 | ) | (7,475 | ) | (7,579 | ) | ||||||
Litigation and conduct | (68 | ) | (267 | ) | (45 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses | (7,349 | ) | (7,742 | ) | (7,624 | ) | ||||||
Other net income | 27 | 133 | 1 | |||||||||
Profit before tax | 2,593 | 2,056 | 2,650 | |||||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | £86.4bn | £88.2bn | £114.0bn | |||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | £136.3bn | £128.0bn | £134.0bn | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £170.9bn | £176.2bn | £178.6bn | |||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 6.8% | 1.1% | 5.8% | |||||||||
Average allocated equity | £26.2bn | £24.9bn | £23.2bn | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 6.9% | 1.1% | 6.1% | |||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £26.0bn | £24.0bn | £21.9bn | |||||||||
Performance measures excluding litigation and conductb | ||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 2,661 | 2,323 | 2,695 | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 7.1% | 2.2% | 6.3% | |||||||||
Consumer, Cards and Payments | ||||||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Total income | 4,261 | 4,504 | 4,462 | |||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | (808 | ) | (1,293 | ) | (1,095 | ) | ||||||
Net operating income | 3,453 | 3,211 | 3,367 | |||||||||
Operating expenses | (2,253 | ) | (2,111 | ) | (1,834 | ) | ||||||
Litigation and conduct | (59 | ) | (2 | ) | (3 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses | (2,312 | ) | (2,113 | ) | (1,837 | ) | ||||||
Other net income | 41 | 121 | 31 | |||||||||
Profit before tax | 1,182 | 1,219 | 1,561 | |||||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | £40.8bn | £38.6bn | £39.7bn | |||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | £60.9bn | £59.3bn | £50.7bn | |||||||||
Risk weighted assets | £39.8bn | £34.1bn | £34.1bn | |||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
30 day arrears rates - Barclaycard US | 2.7% | 2.6% | 2.6% | |||||||||
Total number of Barclaycard business clients | 374,000 | 366,000 | 355,000 | |||||||||
Value of payments processed | £344bn | £322bn | £296bn | |||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||
Return on average allocated equity | 13.5% | 12.5% | 23.1% | |||||||||
Average allocated equity | £6.1bn | £5.6bn | £5.0bn | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 16.5% | 16.7% | 31.4% | |||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £5.0bn | £4.2bn | £3.6bn | |||||||||
Performance measures excluding litigation and conductb | ||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 1,241 | 1,221 | 1,564 | |||||||||
Return on average allocated tangible equity | 17.3% | 16.8% | 31.5% |
Notes |
a | Fixed income, currencies and commodities (FICC) is composed of Credit and Macro income. |
b | Refer to pages 197 to 200 for more information and calculations of performance measures excluding litigation and conduct. |
188 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Note |
a | All markets ranks and shares; Coalition, FY18 Preliminary Competitor Analysis based on the Coalition Index and Barclays internal business structure. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 189 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
190 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Head Office
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | (781 | ) | (435 | ) | (183 | ) | ||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | 508 | 276 | 286 | |||||||||
Total income | (273 | ) | (159 | ) | 103 | |||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | 16 | (17 | ) | | ||||||||
Net operating (expenses)/income | (257 | ) | (176 | ) | 103 | |||||||
Operating costs | (228 | ) | (277 | ) | (135 | ) | ||||||
UK bank levy | (13 | ) | (41 | ) | (2 | ) | ||||||
GMP charge | (140 | ) | | | ||||||||
Litigation and conduct | (1,597 | ) | (151 | ) | (27 | ) | ||||||
Total operating expenses | (1,978 | ) | (469 | ) | (164 | ) | ||||||
Other net (expenses)/income | (2 | ) | (189 | ) | 128 | |||||||
(Loss)/profit before tax | (2,237 | ) | (834 | ) | 67 | |||||||
Attributable (loss)/profit | (2,205 | ) | (868 | ) | 110 | |||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Total assets | £ | 21.5bn | £39.7bn | £ | 75.2bn | |||||||
Risk weighted assets | £ | 26.0bn | £31.8bn | £ | 53.3bn | |||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent)a | 48,500 | 45,600 | 100 | |||||||||
Performance measures | ||||||||||||
Average allocated equity | £6.2bn | £10.6bn | £8.0bn | |||||||||
Average allocated tangible equity | £3.1bn | £9.3bn | £6.5bn | |||||||||
Performance measures excluding litigation and conductb | ||||||||||||
Profit before tax | (640 | ) | (683 | ) | 94 | |||||||
Attributable profit | (647 | ) | (731 | ) | 133 |
Notes
a | As a result of the establishment of Barclays Execution Services in September 2017, employees who are now employed by Barclays Execution Services and who were previously allocated to, or were within, Barclays UK and Barclays International are now reported in Head Office. |
b | Refer to pages 197 to 200 for more information and calculations of performance measures excluding litigation and conduct. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 191 |
Financial review
Analysis of results by business
Barclays Non-Core
2018 £m |
2017a £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | | (112 | ) | 160 | ||||||||
Net trading income | | (488 | ) | (1,703 | ) | |||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | | 70 | 379 | |||||||||
Total income | | (530 | ) | (1,164 | ) | |||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | | (30 | ) | (122 | ) | |||||||
Net operating expenses | | (560 | ) | (1,286 | ) | |||||||
Operating costs | | (256 | ) | (1,509 | ) | |||||||
UK bank levy | | | (76 | ) | ||||||||
Litigation and conduct | | (28 | ) | (246 | ) | |||||||
Total operating expenses | | (284 | ) | (1,831 | ) | |||||||
Other net income | | 197 | 331 | |||||||||
Loss before tax | | (647 | ) | (2,786 | ) | |||||||
Attributable loss | | (419 | ) | (1,916 | ) | |||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks and customers at amortised cost | | | £ | 51.1bn | ||||||||
Derivative financial instrument assets | | | £ | 188.7bn | ||||||||
Derivative financial instrument liabilities | | | £ | 178.6bn | ||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value | | | £ | 14.5bn | ||||||||
Total assets | | | £ | 279.7bn | ||||||||
Customer deposits | | | £ | 12.5bn | ||||||||
Risk weighted assets | | | £ | 32.1bn | ||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | | | 5,500 |
Note
a | Represents financial results for the six months ended 30 June 2017. |
192 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Discontinued Operation: Africa Banking
2018 £m |
2017a £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Income statement information | ||||||||||||
Net interest income | | 1,024 | 2,169 | |||||||||
Net fee, commission and other income | | 762 | 1,577 | |||||||||
Total income | | 1,786 | 3,746 | |||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions | | (177 | ) | (445 | ) | |||||||
Net operating income | | 1,609 | 3,301 | |||||||||
Operating expenses excluding UK bank levy and impairment of Barclays holding in BAGL | | (1,130 | ) | (2,345 | ) | |||||||
UK bank levy | | | (65 | ) | ||||||||
Other net income excluding loss on sale of BAGL | | 5 | 6 | |||||||||
Profit before tax excluding impairment of Barclays holding in BAGL and loss on sale of BAGL | | 484 | 897 | |||||||||
Impairment of Barclays holding in BAGL | | (1,090 | ) | | ||||||||
Loss on sale of BAGL | | (1,435 | ) | | ||||||||
(Loss)/profit before tax | | (2,041 | ) | 897 | ||||||||
Tax charge | | (154 | ) | (306 | ) | |||||||
(Loss)/profit after tax | | (2,195 | ) | 591 | ||||||||
Attributable (loss)/profit | | (2,335 | ) | 189 | ||||||||
Balance sheet information | ||||||||||||
Total assets | | | £ | 65.1bn | ||||||||
Risk weighted assets | | | £ | 42.3bn | ||||||||
Key facts | ||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent) | | | 40,800 |
Note
a | The Africa Banking income statement represents five months of results as a discontinued operation to 31 May 2017. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 193 |
Financial review
Margins and balances
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
Net interest £m |
Average £m |
Net interest % |
Net interest £m |
Average £m |
Net interest % |
||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 6,028 | 186,881 | 3.23 | 6,086 | 174,484 | 3.49 | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Internationala | 3,966 | 96,434 | 4.11 | 4,326 | 104,039 | 4.16 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total Barclays UK and Barclays International | 9,994 | 283,315 | 3.53 | 10,412 | 278,523 | 3.74 | ||||||||||||||||||
Otherb | (932 | ) | (567 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total net interest income | 9,062 | 9,845 |
Notes
a | Barclays International margins include interest earning lending balances within the investment banking business. |
b | Other includes Head Office and non-interest earning lending balances within the investment banking business. Barclays Non-Core is included in the first six months of the comparative period. |
194 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Financial review
Non-IFRS performance measures
Non-IFRS performance measures glossary
Measure | Definition | |
Loan: deposit ratio | Loans and advances at amortised cost divided by deposits at amortised cost. The components of the calculation have been included on page 140.
| |
Period end allocated tangible equity | Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 13.0% (2017: 12.0%) of RWAs for each business, adjusted for capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting the assumptions the Barclays Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office allocated tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays Groups tangible shareholders equity and the amounts allocated to businesses.
| |
Average tangible shareholders equity | Calculated as the average of the previous months period end tangible equity and the current months period end tangible equity. The average tangible shareholders equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
| |
Average allocated tangible equity | Calculated as the average of the previous months period end allocated tangible equity and the current months period end allocated tangible equity. The average allocated tangible equity for the period is the average of the monthly averages within that period.
| |
Return on average tangible shareholders equity | Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill. The components of the calculation have been included on page 196.
| |
Return on average allocated tangible equity | Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average allocated tangible equity. The components of the calculation have been included on pages 196.
| |
Cost: income ratio
|
Total operating expenses divided by total income.
| |
Loan loss rate | Quoted in basis points and represents total impairment charges divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date. The components of the calculation have been included on page 107.
| |
Net interest margin | Net interest income divided by the sum of average customer assets. The components of the calculation have been included on page 194.
| |
Tangible net asset value per share | Calculated by dividing shareholders equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares. The components of the calculation have been included on page 199.
| |
Performance measures excluding litigation and conduct
|
Calculated by excluding litigation and conduct charges from performance measures. The components of the calculations have been included on pages 197 to 200.
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 195 |
Financial review
Non-IFRS performance measures
Attributable |
Tax credit in respect of interest |
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent £m |
Average tangible equity £bn |
Return on % |
||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 1,158 | 40 | 1,198 | 10.0 | 11.9 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank |
1,641 | 140 | 1,781 | 26.0 | 6.9 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer, Cards and Payments |
800 | 18 | 818 | 5.0 | 16.5 | |||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 2,441 | 158 | 2,599 | 31.0 | 8.4 | |||||||||||||||
Head Office | (2,205 | ) | 5 | (2,200 | ) | 3.1 | n/m | |||||||||||||
Barclays Group | 1,394 | 203 | 1,597 | 44.1 | 3.6 | |||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 853 | 40 | 893 | 9.1 | 9.8 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank |
167 | 102 | 269 | 24.0 | 1.1 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer, Cards and Payments |
680 | 18 | 698 | 4.2 | 16.7 | |||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 847 | 120 | 967 | 28.1 | 3.4 | |||||||||||||||
Head Officea | (868 | ) | 4 | (864 | ) | 9.3 | n/m | |||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | (419 | ) | 10 | (409 | ) | 2.4 | n/m | |||||||||||||
Africa Banking discontinued operationa | (2,335 | ) | | (2,335 | ) | n/m | n/m | |||||||||||||
Barclays Group | (1,922 | ) | 174 | (1,748 | ) | 48.9 | (3.6 | ) | ||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2016 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | 828 | 29 | 857 | 8.9 | 9.6 | |||||||||||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank |
1,270 | 72 | 1,342 | 21.9 | 6.1 | |||||||||||||||
Consumer, Cards and Payments |
1,142 | 11 | 1,153 | 3.6 | 31.4 | |||||||||||||||
Barclays International | 2,412 | 83 | 2,495 | 25.5 | 9.8 | |||||||||||||||
Head Officea | 110 | (1 | ) | 109 | 6.5 | n/m | ||||||||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | (1,916 | ) | 17 | (1,899 | ) | 7.8 | n/m | |||||||||||||
Africa Banking discontinued operationa | 189 | | 189 | n/m | n/m | |||||||||||||||
Barclays Group | 1,623 | 128 | 1,751 | 48.7 | 3.6 |
Note
a | Average allocated tangible equity for Africa Banking is included within Head Office. |
196 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Performance measures excluding litigation and conduct
For the year ended 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost: income ratio | Barclays UK £m |
Corporate and Investment Bank £m |
Consumer, Cards and Payments £m |
Barclays International £m |
Head Office £m |
Barclays Group £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(4,604 | ) | (7,349 | ) | (2,312 | ) | (9,661 | ) | (1,978 | ) | (16,243 | ) | ||||||||||||
Impact of litigation and conduct |
483 | 68 | 59 | 127 | 1,597 | 2,207 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses
|
|
(4,121
|
)
|
|
(7,281
|
)
|
|
(2,253
|
)
|
|
(9,534
|
)
|
|
(381
|
)
|
|
(14,036
|
)
| ||||||
Total income
|
|
7,383
|
|
|
9,765
|
|
|
4,261
|
|
|
14,026
|
|
|
(273
|
)
|
|
21,136
|
| ||||||
Cost: income ratio excluding litigation and conduct |
56% | 75% | 53% | 68% | n/m | 66% | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax |
1,956 | 2,593 | 1,182 | 3,775 | (2,237 | ) | 3,494 | |||||||||||||||||
Impact of litigation and conduct |
483 | 68 | 59 | 127 | 1,597 | 2,207 | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax excluding litigation and conduct |
2,439 | 2,661 | 1,241 | 3,902 | (640 | ) | 5,701 | |||||||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Attributable profit/(loss) |
1,158 | 1,641 | 800 | 2,441 | (2,205 | ) | 1,394 | |||||||||||||||||
Post-tax impact of litigation and conduct |
472 | 62 | 44 | 106 | 1,558 | 2,136 | ||||||||||||||||||
Attributable profit/(loss) excluding litigation and conduct |
1,630 | 1,703 | 844 | 2,547 | (647 | ) | 3,530 | |||||||||||||||||
Tax credit in respect of interest payments on other equity instruments |
40 | 140 | 18 | 158 | 5 | 203 | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent excluding litigation and conduct |
1,670 | 1,843 | 862 | 2,705 | (642 | ) | 3,733 | |||||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average shareholders equity |
£13.6bn | £26.2bn | £6.1bn | £32.3bn | £6.2bn | £52.1bn | ||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangibles |
(£3.6bn | ) | (£0.2bn | ) | (£1.1bn | ) | (£1.3bn | ) | (£3.1bn | ) | (£8.0bn | ) | ||||||||||||
Average tangible shareholders equity |
£10.0bn | £26.0bn | £5.0bn | £31.0bn | £3.1bn | £44.1bn | ||||||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity excluding litigation and conduct |
16.7% | 7.1% | 17.3% | 8.7% | n/m | 8.5% | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Group average tangible shareholders equity based on a CET1 ratio of 13% |
£45.0bn | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Group return on average tangible shareholders equity excluding litigation and conduct based on a CET1 ratio of 13% |
8.3% | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per ordinary share |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares |
17,075m | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per ordinary share excluding litigation and conduct |
21.9p |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 197 |
Financial review
Non-IFRS performance measures
For the year ended 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost: income ratio | Barclays UK £m |
Corporate £m |
Consumer, Cards and Payments £m |
Barclays International £m |
Head Officea £m |
Barclays £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(4,848 | ) | (7,742 | ) | (2,113 | ) | (9,855 | ) | (469 | ) | (15,456 | ) | ||||||||||||
Impact of litigation and conduct |
759 | 267 | 2 | 269 | 151 | 1,207 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses
|
|
(4,089
|
)
|
|
(7,475
|
)
|
|
(2,111
|
)
|
|
(9,586
|
)
|
|
(318
|
)
|
|
(14,249
|
)
| ||||||
Total income
|
|
7,383
|
|
|
9,878
|
|
|
4,504
|
|
|
14,382
|
|
|
(159
|
)
|
|
21,076
|
| ||||||
Cost: income ratio excluding litigation and conduct |
55% | 76% | 47% | 67% | n/m | 68% | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax |
1,747 | 2,056 | 1,219 | 3,275 | (834 | ) | 3,541 | |||||||||||||||||
Impact of litigation and conduct |
759 | 267 | 2 | 269 | 151 | 1,207 | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax excluding litigation and conduct |
2,506 | 2,323 | 1,221 | 3,544 | (683 | ) | 4,748 | |||||||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Attributable profit/(loss) |
853 | 167 | 680 | 847 | (868 | ) | (1,922 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Post-tax impact of litigation and conduct |
733 | 259 | 1 | 260 | 137 | 1,150 | ||||||||||||||||||
Attributable profit/(loss) excluding litigation and conduct |
1,586 | 426 | 681 | 1,107 | (731 | ) | (772 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Tax credit in respect of interest payments on other equity instruments |
40 | 102 | 18 | 120 | 4 | 174 | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent excluding litigation and conduct |
1,626 | 528 | 699 | 1,227 | (727 | ) | (598 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average shareholders equity |
£13.6bn | £24.9bn | £5.6bn | £30.5bn | £10.6bn | £57.1bn | ||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangibles |
(£4.4bn | ) | (£1.0bn | ) | (£1.4bn | ) | (£2.4bn | ) | (£1.4bn | ) | (£8.2bn | ) | ||||||||||||
Average tangible shareholders equity |
£9.1bn | £24.0bn | £4.2bn | £28.1bn | £9.3bn | £48.9bn | ||||||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity excluding litigation and conduct |
17.8% | 2.2% | 16.8% | 4.4% | n/m | (1.2% | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per ordinary share |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares
|
|
16,996m
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Basic loss per ordinary share excluding litigation and conduct |
(3.5p | ) |
Notes
a | Average tangible shareholders equity for Africa is included within Head Office. |
b | Barclays Group results also included Barclays Non-Core and the Africa Banking discontinued operation. |
198 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
For the year ended 31 December 2016 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost: income ratio | Barclays UK £m |
Corporate £m |
Consumer, Cards and Payments £m |
Barclays International £m |
Head Officea £m |
Barclays £m |
||||||||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(4,882 | ) | (7,624 | ) | (1,837 | ) | (9,461 | ) | (164 | ) | (16,338 | ) | ||||||||||||
Impact of litigation and conduct |
1,042 | 45 | 3 | 48 | 27 | 1,363 | ||||||||||||||||||
Operating expenses
|
|
(3,840
|
)
|
|
(7,579
|
)
|
|
(1,834
|
)
|
|
(9,413
|
)
|
|
(137
|
)
|
|
(14,975
|
)
| ||||||
Total income
|
|
7,517
|
|
|
10,533
|
|
|
4,462
|
|
|
14,995
|
|
|
103
|
|
|
21,451
|
| ||||||
Cost: income ratio excluding litigation and conduct |
51% | 72% | 41% | 63% | n/m | 70% | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
1,738 | 2,650 | 1,561 | 4,211 | 67 | 3,230 | ||||||||||||||||||
Impact of litigation and conduct |
1,042 | 45 | 3 | 48 | 27 | 1,363 | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax excluding litigation and conduct |
2,780 | 2,695 | 1,564 | 4,259 | 94 | 4,593 | ||||||||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Attributable profit |
828 | 1,270 | 1,142 | 2,412 | 110 | 1,623 | ||||||||||||||||||
Post-tax impact of litigation and conduct |
1,034 | 44 | 1 | 45 | 23 | 1,285 | ||||||||||||||||||
Attributable profit excluding litigation and conduct |
1,862 | 1,314 | 1,143 | 2,457 | 133 | 2,908 | ||||||||||||||||||
Tax credit in respect of interest payments on other equity instruments |
29 | 72 | 11 | 83 | (1 | ) | 128 | |||||||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent excluding litigation and conduct |
1,891 | 1,386 | 1,154 | 2,540 | 132 | 3,036 | ||||||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average shareholders equity |
£13.4bn | £23.2bn | £5.0bn | £28.2bn | £8.0bn | £57.4bn | ||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangibles |
(£4.5bn | ) | (£1.4bn | ) | (£1.3bn | ) | (£2.7bn | ) | (£1.4bn | ) | (£8.7bn | ) | ||||||||||||
Average tangible shareholders equity | £8.9bn | £21.9bn | £3.6bn | £25.5bn | £6.5bn | £48.7bn | ||||||||||||||||||
Return on average tangible shareholders equity excluding litigation and conduct |
21.3% | 6.3% | 31.5% | 9.9% | n/m | 6.2% | ||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per ordinary share |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares
|
|
16,860m
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per ordinary share excluding litigation and conduct |
18.0p |
Notes
a | Average tangible shareholders equity for Africa is included within Head Office. |
b | Barclays Group results also included Barclays Non-Core and the Africa Banking discontinued operation. |
Tangible net asset value
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
62,556 | 63,905 | 64,873 | |||||||||
Other equity instruments |
(9,632 | ) | (8,941 | ) | (6,449 | ) | ||||||
Shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent |
52,924 | 54,964 | 58,424 | |||||||||
Goodwill and intangiblesa |
(7,973 | ) | (7,849 | ) | (9,245 | ) | ||||||
Tangible shareholders equity attributable to ordinary shareholders of the parent |
44,951 | 47,115 | 49,179 | |||||||||
Shares in issue |
17,133m | 17,060m | 16,963m | |||||||||
Net asset value per share |
309p | 322p | 334p | |||||||||
Tangible net asset value per share |
262p | 276p | 290p |
Note
a | Comparative figures for 2016 include goodwill and intangibles in relation to Africa Banking. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 199 |
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent |
2018 |
2017 |
2016 |
|||||||||
£m
|
£m
|
£m
|
||||||||||
Barclays UK | 1,198 | 893 | 857 | |||||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank |
1,781 | 269 | 1,342 | |||||||||
Consumer, Cards and Payments
|
|
818
|
|
|
698
|
|
|
1,153
|
| |||
Barclays International | 2,599 | 967 | 2,495 | |||||||||
Head Office | (2,200) | (864) | 109 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core | - | (409) | (1,899) | |||||||||
Africa Banking discontinued operation
|
|
-
|
|
|
(2,335)
|
|
|
189
|
| |||
Barclays Group
|
|
1,597
|
|
|
(1,748)
|
|
|
1,751
|
| |||
Average allocated equitya |
2018 |
2017 |
2016 |
|||||||||
£bn
|
£bn
|
£bn
|
||||||||||
Barclays UK | 13.6 | 13.6 | 13.4 | |||||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank |
26.2 | 24.9 | 23.2 | |||||||||
Consumer, Cards and Payments
|
|
6.1
|
|
|
5.6
|
|
|
5.0
|
| |||
Barclays International | 32.3 | 30.5 | 28.2 | |||||||||
Head Officeb | 6.2 | 10.6 | 8.0 | |||||||||
Barclays Non-Core
|
|
-
|
|
|
2.4
|
|
|
7.8
|
| |||
Barclays Group
|
|
52.1
|
|
|
57.1
|
|
|
57.4
|
| |||
Return on average allocated equityc |
2018 |
2017 |
2016 |
|||||||||
%
|
%
|
%
|
||||||||||
Barclays UK | 8.8% | 6.6% | 6.4% | |||||||||
Corporate and Investment Bank |
6.8% | 1.1% | 5.8% | |||||||||
Consumer, Cards and Payments
|
13.5% | 12.5% | 23.1% | |||||||||
Barclays International
|
8.1% | 3.2% | 8.8% | |||||||||
Barclays Groupd
|
3.1% | (3.1%) | 3.0% |
Notes
a | This table shows average equity for the Group and average allocated equity for both the IFRS and non-IFRS reporting segments. |
b | Includes the Africa Banking discontinued operation. |
c | This table shows return on average equity for the Group and return on average allocated equity for both the IFRS and non-IFRS reporting segments. |
d | Includes Head Office and Barclays Non-Core. |
200 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Presentation of information
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 201 |
Financial statements
Detailed analysis of our statutory accounts, independently audited and providing in-depth disclosure on the financial performance of the Barclays Group.
|
Consolidated financial statements
|
Page | Note | ||||
◾ Consolidated income statement |
205 | n/a | ||||
◾ Consolidated statement of comprehensive income |
206 | n/a | ||||
◾ Consolidated balance sheet |
207 | n/a | ||||
◾ Consolidated statement of changes in equity |
208 | n/a | ||||
◾ Consolidated cash flow statement |
211 | n/a | ||||
◾ Parent company accounts
|
212
|
n/a
| ||||
Notes to the financial statements
|
||||||
◾ Significant accounting policies
|
214
|
1
| ||||
Performance/return |
◾ Segmental reporting |
218 |
2
| |||
◾ Net interest income |
220 | 3 | ||||
◾ Net fee and commission income |
220 | 4 | ||||
◾ Net trading income |
222 | 5 | ||||
◾ Net investment income |
222 | 6 | ||||
◾ Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
223 | 7 | ||||
◾ Operating expenses |
227 | 8 | ||||
◾ Tax |
228 | 9 | ||||
◾ Earnings per share |
232 | 10 | ||||
◾ Dividends on ordinary shares
|
232
|
11
| ||||
Assets and liabilities held at fair value |
◾ Trading portfolio |
233 |
12 | |||
◾ Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
233 | 13 | ||||
◾ Derivative financial instruments |
234 | 14 | ||||
◾ Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and Financial investments |
240 | 15 | ||||
◾ Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
240 | 16 | ||||
◾ Fair value of financial instruments |
241 | 17 | ||||
◾ Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
|
255
|
18
| ||||
Financial instruments held at |
◾ Loans and advances and deposits at amortised cost |
257 |
19 | |||
amortised cost
|
◾ Finance leases
|
258
|
20
| |||
Non-current assets and other |
◾ Property, plant and equipment |
259 |
21 | |||
investments |
◾ Goodwill and intangible assets |
260 | 22 | |||
◾ Operating leases
|
262
|
23
| ||||
Accruals, provisions, contingent |
◾ Other liabilities |
263 |
24 | |||
liabilities and legal proceedings |
◾ Provisions |
263 | 25 | |||
◾ Contingent liabilities and commitments |
265 | 26 | ||||
◾ Legal, competition and regulatory matters
|
265
|
27
| ||||
Capital instruments, equity and |
◾ Subordinated liabilities |
273 |
28 | |||
reserves |
◾ Ordinary shares, share premium and other equity |
276 | 29 | |||
◾ Reserves |
277 | 30 | ||||
◾ Non-controlling interests
|
278
|
31
| ||||
Employee benefits |
◾ Share-based payments |
279 |
32 | |||
◾ Pensions and post-retirement benefits
|
281
|
33
| ||||
Scope of consolidation |
◾ Principal subsidiaries |
286 |
34 | |||
◾ Structured entities |
287 | 35 | ||||
◾ Investments in associates and joint ventures |
290 | 36 | ||||
◾ Securitisations |
291 | 37 | ||||
◾ Assets pledged
|
292
|
38
| ||||
Other disclosure matters |
◾ Related party transactions and Directors remuneration |
293 |
39 | |||
◾ Auditors remuneration |
295 | 40 | ||||
◾ Discontinued operations and assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale and associated liabilities |
295 | 41 | ||||
◾ Transition disclosures |
297 | 42 | ||||
◾ Barclays PLC (the Parent company) |
304 | 43 |
202 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors Barclays PLC:
Opinions on the Consolidated Financial Statements and Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Barclays PLC and subsidiaries (the Group) as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, the related consolidated income statements, consolidated statements of comprehensive income, consolidated statements of changes in equity, and consolidated cash flow statements for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2018, and the related notes and specific disclosures described in Note 1 of the financial statements as being part of the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the consolidated financial statements). We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Companys internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group as of December 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the years in the two year period ended December 31, 2018, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards, as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. Also, in our opinion, the Group maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2018 based on criteria established in Internal Control Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
Change in Accounting Principle
As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Group has changed its method of accounting for financial instruments in 2018 due to the adoption of International Financial Reporting Standard 9 Financial Instruments.
Basis for Opinions
The Groups management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Managements report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A companys internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A companys internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the companys assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ KPMG LLP
We have served as the Groups auditor since 2017.
London, United Kingdom
February 20, 2019
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 203 |
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Barclays PLC
In our opinion, the consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2016, present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of Barclays PLC (the Company) and its subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2016, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these financial statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, United Kingdom
February 22, 2017
Note that the report set out above is included for the purposes of Barclays PLCs Annual Report on Form 20-F for 2018 only and does not form part of Barclays PLCs Annual Report and Accounts for 2018.
204 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 31 December | Notes |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||||||
Interest income |
3 | 14,541 | 13,631 | 14,541 | ||||||||||||
Interest expense |
3 | (5,479 | ) | (3,786 | ) | (4,004 | ) | |||||||||
Net interest income |
9,062 | 9,845 | 10,537 | |||||||||||||
Fee and commission income |
4 | 8,893 | 8,751 | 8,570 | ||||||||||||
Fee and commission expense |
4 | (2,084 | ) | (1,937 | ) | (1,802 | ) | |||||||||
Net fee and commission income |
6,809 | 6,814 | 6,768 | |||||||||||||
Net trading income |
5 | 4,566 | 3,500 | 2,768 | ||||||||||||
Net investment income |
6 | 585 | 861 | 1,324 | ||||||||||||
Other income |
114 | 56 | 54 | |||||||||||||
Total income |
21,136 | 21,076 | 21,451 | |||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
7 | (1,468 | ) | (2,336 | ) | (2,373 | ) | |||||||||
Net operating income |
19,668 | 18,740 | 19,078 | |||||||||||||
Staff costs |
8 | (8,629 | ) | (8,560 | ) | (9,423 | ) | |||||||||
Infrastructure costs |
8 | (2,950 | ) | (2,949 | ) | (2,998 | ) | |||||||||
Administration and general expensesa |
8 | (2,457 | ) | (2,740 | ) | (2,554 | ) | |||||||||
Provisions for litigation and conducta |
8 | (2,207 | ) | (1,207 | ) | (1,363 | ) | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
8 | (16,243 | ) | (15,456 | ) | (16,338 | ) | |||||||||
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures |
69 | 70 | 70 | |||||||||||||
Profit on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures |
| 187 | 420 | |||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
3,494 | 3,541 | 3,230 | |||||||||||||
Taxation |
9 | (1,122 | ) | (2,240 | ) | (993 | ) | |||||||||
Profit after tax in respect of continuing operations |
2,372 | 1,301 | 2,237 | |||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit after tax in respect of discontinued operation |
| (2,195 | ) | 591 | ||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) after tax |
2,372 | (894 | ) | 2,828 | ||||||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||||||
Equity holders of the parent |
1,394 | (1,922 | ) | 1,623 | ||||||||||||
Other equity instrument holders |
752 | 639 | 457 | |||||||||||||
Total equity holders of the parent |
2,146 | (1,283 | ) | 2,080 | ||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests in respect of continuing operations |
31 | 226 | 249 | 346 | ||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests in respect of discontinued operation |
31 | | 140 | 402 | ||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) after tax |
2,372 | (894 | ) | 2,828 | ||||||||||||
Earnings per share |
||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings/(loss) per ordinary share |
10 | 9.4 | (10.3 | ) | 10.4 | |||||||||||
Basic earnings per ordinary share in respect of continuing operations |
10 | 9.4 | 3.5 | 9.3 | ||||||||||||
Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share in respect of discontinued operation |
10 | | (13.8 | ) | 1.1 | |||||||||||
Diluted earnings/(loss) per share |
10 | 9.2 | (10.1 | ) | 10.3 | |||||||||||
Diluted earnings per ordinary share in respect of continuing operations |
10 | 9.2 | 3.4 | 9.2 | ||||||||||||
Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share in respect of discontinued operation |
10 | | (13.5 | ) | 1.1 |
Note
a | The presentation of administration and general expenses has been amended to include provisions for litigation and conduct as a separate line item. The prior year comparatives within administration and general expenses categories have been adjusted accordingly. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 205 |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Profit/(loss) after tax |
2,372 | (894 | ) | 2,828 | ||||||||
Profit after tax in respect of continuing operations |
2,372 | 1,301 | 2,237 | |||||||||
(Loss)/profit after tax in respect of discontinued operation |
| (2,195 | ) | 591 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss from continuing operations: |
||||||||||||
Currency translation reserve |
||||||||||||
Currency translation differencesa |
834 | (1,337 | ) | 3,024 | ||||||||
Available for sale reserveb |
||||||||||||
Net gains from changes in fair value |
| 473 | 2,147 | |||||||||
Net gains transferred to net profit on disposal |
| (294 | ) | (912 | ) | |||||||
Net losses transferred to net profit due to impairment |
| 3 | 20 | |||||||||
Net losses/(gains) transferred to net profit due to fair value hedging |
| 283 | (1,677 | ) | ||||||||
Changes in insurance liabilities and other movements |
| 11 | 53 | |||||||||
Tax |
| (27 | ) | (18 | ) | |||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserveb |
||||||||||||
Net losses from changes in fair value |
(553 | ) | | | ||||||||
Net losses transferred to net profit on disposal |
48 | | | |||||||||
Net losses transferred to net profit due to impairment |
4 | | | |||||||||
Net losses transferred to net profit due to fair value hedging |
236 | | | |||||||||
Other movements |
(26 | ) | | | ||||||||
Tax |
65 | | | |||||||||
Cash flow hedging reserve |
||||||||||||
Net (losses)/gains from changes in fair value |
(344 | ) | (626 | ) | 1,455 | |||||||
Net gains transferred to net profit |
(332 | ) | (643 | ) | (365 | ) | ||||||
Tax |
175 | 321 | (292 | ) | ||||||||
Other |
30 | (5 | ) | 13 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) that may be recycled to profit or loss from continuing operations |
137 | (1,841 | ) | 3,448 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit or loss from continuing operations: |
||||||||||||
Retirement benefit remeasurements |
412 | 115 | (1,309 | ) | ||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve |
(260 | ) | | | ||||||||
Own credit |
77 | (7 | ) | | ||||||||
Tax |
(118 | ) | (66 | ) | 329 | |||||||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) not recycled to profit or loss from continuing operations |
111 | 42 | (980 | ) | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year from continuing operations |
248 | (1,799 | ) | 2,468 | ||||||||
Other comprehensive income for the year from discontinued operation |
| 1,301 | 1,520 | |||||||||
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year |
||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year, net of tax from continuing operations |
2,620 | (498 | ) | 4,705 | ||||||||
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year, net of tax from discontinued operation |
| (894 | ) | 2,111 | ||||||||
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year |
2,620 | (1,392 | ) | 6,816 | ||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||
Equity holders of the parent |
2,394 | (1,749 | ) | 5,233 | ||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
226 | 357 | 1,583 | |||||||||
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year |
2,620 | (1,392 | ) | 6,816 |
Notes
a | Includes £41m loss (2017: £189m loss; 2016: £101m gain) on recycling of currency translation differences. |
b | Following the adoption of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments on 1 January 2018, the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve was introduced replacing the available for sale reserve. |
206 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated balance sheet
As at 31 December | Notes |
2018 £m |
2017a £m |
2016a £m |
||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
177,069 | 171,082 | 102,353 | |||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
77,222 | 77,168 | 90,135 | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
19 | 326,406 | 324,048 | 345,900 | ||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
2,308 | 12,546 | 13,454 | |||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
12 | 104,187 | 113,760 | 80,240 | ||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
13 | 149,648 | 116,281 | 78,608 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
14 | 222,538 | 237,669 | 346,626 | ||||||||||||
Financial investments |
| 58,915 | 63,317 | |||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
15 | 52,816 | | | ||||||||||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures |
36 | 762 | 718 | 684 | ||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
22 | 7,973 | 7,849 | 7,726 | ||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
21 | 2,535 | 2,572 | 2,825 | ||||||||||||
Current tax assets |
9 | 798 | 482 | 561 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
9 | 3,828 | 3,457 | 4,869 | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit assets |
33 | 1,768 | 966 | 14 | ||||||||||||
Other assets |
3,425 | 4,542 | 4,360 | |||||||||||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
41 | | 1,193 | 71,454 | ||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,133,283 | 1,133,248 | 1,213,126 | |||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
394,838 | 398,701 | 390,744 | |||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
67,522 | 68,143 | 80,648 | |||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
18,578 | 40,338 | 19,760 | |||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
82,286 | 73,314 | 75,932 | |||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
28 | 20,559 | 23,826 | 23,383 | ||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
12 | 37,882 | 37,351 | 34,687 | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
16 | 216,834 | 173,718 | 96,031 | ||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
14 | 219,643 | 238,345 | 340,487 | ||||||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
9 | 628 | 586 | 737 | ||||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
9 | 51 | 44 | 29 | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
33 | 315 | 312 | 390 | ||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
24 | 7,716 | 9,011 | 9,507 | ||||||||||||
Provisions |
25 | 2,652 | 3,543 | 4,134 | ||||||||||||
Liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
41 | | | 65,292 | ||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,069,504 | 1,067,232 | 1,141,761 | |||||||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital and share premium |
29 | 4,311 | 22,045 | 21,842 | ||||||||||||
Other equity instruments |
29 | 9,632 | 8,941 | 6,449 | ||||||||||||
Other reserves |
30 | 5,153 | 5,383 | 6,051 | ||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
43,460 | 27,536 | 30,531 | |||||||||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
62,556 | 63,905 | 64,873 | |||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
31 | 1,223 | 2,111 | 6,492 | ||||||||||||
Total equity |
63,779 | 66,016 | 71,365 | |||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
1,133,283 | 1,133,248 | 1,213,126 |
Note
a | Barclays introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. The comparatives as at 31 December 2016 have been updated to reflect this presentation change. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1 on pages 216 to 218, Note 42 on pages 297 to 304, and the Credit risk disclosures on pages 103 to 129. |
The Board of Directors approved the financial statements on pages 205 to 385, on 20 February 2019.
John McFarlane
Group Chairman
James E Staley
Group Chief Executive
Tushar Morzaria
Group Finance Director
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 207 |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Called
up and share |
Other equity instru- mentsa £m |
Available for sale reserveb £m |
Fair value through other compre- hensive income reserveb £m |
Cash flow hedging reserveb £m |
Currency translation reserveb £m |
Own credit reserveb £m |
Other reserves and treasury sharesb £m |
Retained earnings £m |
Total equity excluding non- controlling interests £m |
Non- controlling interests £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2017 |
22,045 | 8,941 | 364 | | 1,161 | 3,054 | (179 | ) | 983 | 27,536 | 63,905 | 2,111 | 66,016 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Effects of changes in accounting policiesc |
| | (364 | ) | 228 | | | | | (2,014 | ) | (2,150 | ) | | (2,150 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2018 |
22,045 | 8,941 | | 228 | 1,161 | 3,054 | (179 | ) | 983 | 25,522 | 61,755 | 2,111 | 63,866 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax |
| 752 | | | | | | | 1,394 | 2,146 | 226 | 2,372 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency translation movements |
| | | | | 834 | | | | 834 | | 834 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve |
| | | (486 | ) | | | | | | (486 | ) | | (486 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedges |
| | | | (501 | ) | | | | | (501 | ) | | (501 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retirement benefit remeasurements |
| | | | | | | | 313 | 313 | | 313 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Own credit reserve |
| | | | | | 58 | | | 58 | | 58 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | | | | 30 | 30 | | 30 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| 752 | | (486 | ) | (501 | ) | 834 | 58 | | 1,737 | 2,394 | 226 | 2,620 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
88 | | | | | | | | | 88 | | 88 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
51 | | | | | | | | 449 | 500 | | 500 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Capital reorganisation |
(17,873 | ) | | | | | | | | 17,873 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue and exchange of other equity instruments |
| 692 | | | | | | | (308 | ) | 384 | | 384 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (752 | ) | | | | | | | 203 | (549 | ) | | (549 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preference shares |
| | | | | | | | (732 | ) | (732 | ) | (1,309 | ) | (2,041 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt to equity reclassificationd |
| | | | | | | | | | 419 | 419 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in treasury shares |
| | | | | | | (267 | ) | | (267 | ) | | (267 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes |
| | | | | | | 268 | (499 | ) | (231 | ) | | (231 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| | | | | | | | (768 | ) | (768 | ) | (226 | ) | (994 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements |
| (1 | ) | | | | | | | (17 | ) | (18 | ) | 2 | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2018 |
4,311 | 9,632 | | (258 | ) | 660 | 3,888 | (121 | ) | 984 | 43,460 | 62,556 | 1,223 | 63,779 |
Notes
a | For further details refer to Note 29. |
b | For further details refer to Note 30. |
c | Following the adoption of IFRS 9, Financial Instruments on 1 January 2018, the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve was introduced replacing the available for sale reserve. From the opening balance of the available for sale reserve of £364m, £228m has been reclassified to the fair value through other comprehensive income reserve, £139m has been reclassified to retained earnings and an impairment charge of £3m has been recognised through to retained earnings. |
d | Following a review of subordinated liabilities issued by Barclays Bank PLC, certain instruments deemed to have characteristics that qualify them as equity have been reclassified. |
208 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Called up and share |
Other instru-
|
Available for sale £m |
Cash flow hedging reserveb £m |
Currency translation reserveb £m |
Own credit reserveb £m |
Other reserves and treasury sharesb £m |
Retained earnings £m |
Total equity excluding non- controlling interests £m |
Non- controlling interests £m |
Total equity £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2016 |
21,842 | 6,449 | (74 | ) | 2,105 | 3,051 | | 969 | 30,531 | 64,873 | 6,492 | 71,365 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Effects of changes in accounting policiesc |
| | | | | (175 | ) | | 175 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2017 |
21,842 | 6,449 | (74 | ) | 2,105 | 3,051 | (175 | ) | 969 | 30,706 | 64,873 | 6,492 | 71,365 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax |
| 639 | | | | | | 413 | 1,052 | 249 | 1,301 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency translation movements |
| | | | (1,336 | ) | | | | (1,336 | ) | (1 | ) | (1,337 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
| | 449 | | | | | | 449 | | 449 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedges |
| | | (948 | ) | | | | | (948 | ) | | (948 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retirement benefit remeasurements |
| | | | | | | 53 | 53 | | 53 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Own credit reserve |
| | | | | (11 | ) | | | (11 | ) | | (11 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
| | | | | | | (5 | ) | (5 | ) | | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income net of tax from continuing operations |
| 639 | 449 | (948 | ) | (1,336 | ) | (11 | ) | | 461 | (746 | ) | 248 | (498 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income net of tax from discontinued operation |
| | (11 | ) | 4 | 1,339 | | | (2,335 | ) | (1,003 | ) | 109 | (894 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year |
| 639 | 438 | (944 | ) | 3 | (11 | ) | | (1,874 | ) | (1,749 | ) | 357 | (1,392 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
117 | | | | | | | | 117 | | 117 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
86 | | | | | | | 505 | 591 | | 591 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue and exchange of other equity instruments |
| 2,490 | | | | | | | 2,490 | | 2,490 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (639 | ) | | | | | | 174 | (465 | ) | | (465 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preference shares |
| | | | | | | (479 | ) | (479 | ) | (860 | ) | (1,339 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in treasury shares |
| | | | | | (315 | ) | | (315 | ) | | (315 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes |
| | | | | | 329 | (636 | ) | (307 | ) | | (307 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
| | | | | | | (509 | ) | (509 | ) | (415 | ) | (924 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net equity impact of partial BAGL disposal |
| | | | | | | (359 | ) | (359 | ) | (3,462 | ) | (3,821 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements |
| 2 | | | | 7 | | 8 | 17 | (1 | ) | 16 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2017 |
22,045 | 8,941 | 364 | 1,161 | 3,054 | (179 | ) | 983 | 27,536 | 63,905 | 2,111 | 66,016 |
Notes
a | For further details refer to Note 29. |
b | For further details refer to Note 30. |
c | As a result of the early adoption of the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2017, own credit which was previously recorded in the income statement is now recognised within other comprehensive income. The cumulative unrealised own credit net loss of £175m was therefore reclassified from retained earnings to a separate own credit reserve, within other reserves. During 2017, a £4m loss (net of tax) on own credit was booked in the reserve. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 209 |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
Called up share capital and share premiuma £m |
Other equity |
Available for sale reserveb £m |
Cash
flow hedging reserveb £m |
Currency translation |
Other reserves and treasury sharesb £m |
Retained earnings £m |
Total equity controlling |
Non- controlling |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2016 | 21,586 | 5,305 | 317 | 1,261 | (623 | ) | 943 | 31,021 | 59,810 | 6,054 | 65,864 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax | - | 457 | - | - | - | - | 1,434 | 1,891 | 346 | 2,237 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Currency translation movements | - | - | - | - | 3,022 | - | - | 3,022 | 2 | 3,024 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments | - | - | (387 | ) | - | - | - | - | (387 | ) | - | (387 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedges | - | - | - | 798 | - | - | - | 798 | - | 798 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Pension remeasurement | - | - | - | - | - | - | (980 | ) | (980 | ) | - | (980 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other | - | - | - | - | - | - | 12 | 12 | 1 | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income net of tax from continuing operations |
- | 457 | (387 | ) | 798 | 3,022 | - | 466 | 4,356 | 349 | 4,705 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income net of tax from discontinued operation |
- | - | (4 | ) | 46 | 652 | - | 183 | 877 | 1,234 | 2,111 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income for the year | - | 457 | (391 | ) | 844 | 3,674 | - | 649 | 5,233 | 1,583 | 6,816 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares | 68 | - | - | - | - | - | - | 68 | - | 68 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes | 188 | - | - | - | - | - | 668 | 856 | - | 856 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue and exchange of other equity instruments | - | 1,132 | - | - | - | - | - | 1,132 | - | 1,132 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid | - | (457 | ) | - | - | - | - | 128 | (329 | ) | - | (329 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Redemption of preference shares | - | - | - | - | - | - | (417 | ) | (417 | ) | (1,170 | ) | (1,587 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increase in treasury shares | - | - | - | - | - | (140 | ) | - | (140 | ) | - | (140 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes | - | - | - | - | - | 166 | (415 | ) | (249 | ) | - | (249 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid | - | - | - | - | - | - | (757 | ) | (757 | ) | (575 | ) | (1,332 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net equity impact of partial BAGL disposal | - | - | - | - | - | - | (349 | ) | (349 | ) | 601 | 252 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements | - | 12 | - | - | - | - | 3 | 15 | (1 | ) | 14 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2016 | 21,842 | 6,449 | (74 | ) | 2,105 | 3,051 | 969 | 30,531 | 64,873 | 6,492 | 71,365 |
Notes |
a | For further details refer to Note 29. |
b | For further details refer to Note 30. |
210 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Consolidated financial statements
Consolidated cash flow statement
For the year ended 31 December | Notes |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||||
Continuing operations | ||||||||||||||||
Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operating activities: | ||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax | 3,494 | 3,541 | 3,230 | |||||||||||||
Adjustment for noncash items: | | |||||||||||||||
Allowance for impairment | 1,468 | 2,336 | 2,357 | |||||||||||||
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment of property, plant, equipment and intangibles | 1,261 | 1,241 | 1,261 | |||||||||||||
Other provisions, including pensions | 2,594 | 1,875 | 1,964 | |||||||||||||
Net loss/(profit) on disposal of investments and property, plant and equipment | 28 | (325 | ) | (912 | ) | |||||||||||
Other noncash movements including exchange rate movements | (4,366 | ) | 1,031 | (20,025 | ) | |||||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities | | |||||||||||||||
Net increase in cash collateral and settlement balances | (574 | ) | (3,713 | ) | 348 | |||||||||||
Net (increase)/decrease in loans and advances to banks and customers | (10,602 | ) | 18,569 | (20,055 | ) | |||||||||||
Net (increase)/decrease in reverse repurchase agreements and other similar lending | (1,711 | ) | 908 | 14,733 | ||||||||||||
Net increase in deposits and debt securities in issue | 23,969 | 5,339 | 43,386 | |||||||||||||
Net increase/(decrease) in repurchase agreements and other similar borrowing | 3,525 | 20,578 | (4,852 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net (increase)/decrease in derivative financial instruments | (3,571 | ) | 6,815 | (2,318 | ) | |||||||||||
Net decrease/(increase) in trading assets | 9,958 | (33,492 | ) | (5,577 | ) | |||||||||||
Net increase in trading liabilities | 531 | 2,664 | 880 | |||||||||||||
Net (increase)/decrease in financial assets and liabilities at fair value through the income statement | (12,686 | ) | 40,014 | 807 | ||||||||||||
Net decrease/(increase) in other assets | 489 | (3,775 | ) | (2,629 | ) | |||||||||||
Net decrease in other liabilities | (4,755 | ) | (2,187 | ) | (532 | ) | ||||||||||
Corporate income tax paid | 9 | (548 | ) | (708 | ) | (780 | ) | |||||||||
Net cash from operating activities | 8,504 | 60,711 | 11,286 | |||||||||||||
Purchase of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | (106,669 | ) | | | ||||||||||||
Purchase of available for sale investments | | (83,127 | ) | (65,086 | ) | |||||||||||
Proceeds from sale or redemption of financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 107,539 | | | |||||||||||||
Proceeds from sale or redemption of available for sale investments | | 88,298 | 102,515 | |||||||||||||
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangibles | (1,402 | ) | (1,456 | ) | (1,707 | ) | ||||||||||
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment and intangibles | 18 | 283 | 358 | |||||||||||||
Disposal of discontinued operation, net of cash disposed | | (1,060 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Disposal of subsidiaries, net of cash disposed | | 358 | 595 | |||||||||||||
Other cash flows associated with investing activities | 1,191 | 206 | 32 | |||||||||||||
Net cash from investing activities | 677 | 3,502 | 36,707 | |||||||||||||
Dividends paid and other coupon payments on equity instruments | (1,658 | ) | (1,273 | ) | (1,304 | ) | ||||||||||
Issuance of subordinated debt | 28 | 221 | 3,041 | 1,457 | ||||||||||||
Redemption of subordinated debt | 28 | (3,246 | ) | (1,378 | ) | (1,143 | ) | |||||||||
Net issue of shares and other equity instruments | 1,964 | 2,490 | 1,400 | |||||||||||||
Repurchase of shares and other equity instruments | (3,582 | ) | (1,339 | ) | (1,587 | ) | ||||||||||
Net purchase of treasury shares | (486 | ) | (580 | ) | (140 | ) | ||||||||||
Net cash from financing activities | (6,787 | ) | 961 | (1,317 | ) | |||||||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents | 4,160 | (4,773 | ) | 10,473 | ||||||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents from continuing operations | 6,554 | 60,401 | 57,149 | |||||||||||||
Net cash from discontinued operation | 41 | | 101 | 405 | ||||||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents | 6,554 | 60,502 | 57,554 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year | 204,612 | 144,110 | 86,556 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year | 211,166 | 204,612 | 144,110 | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents comprise: | ||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 177,069 | 171,082 | 102,353 | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks with original maturity less than three months | 7,676 | 7,592 | 8,850 | |||||||||||||
Cash collateral to banks with original maturity less than three months | 25,504 | 25,228 | 29,402 | |||||||||||||
Treasury and other eligible bills with original maturity less than three months | 917 | 682 | 356 | |||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets with original maturity less than three months | | 28 | | |||||||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents held for sale | | | 3,149 | |||||||||||||
211,166 | 204,612 | 144,110 |
Interest received was £25,755m (2017: £21,784m; 2016: £22,099m) and interest paid was £15,625m (2017: £10,310m; 2016: £8,850m).
The Barclays Group is required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities and these amounted to £4,717m (2017: £3,360m; 2016: £4,254m).
For the purposes of the cash flow statement, cash comprises cash on hand and demand deposits and cash equivalents comprise highly liquid investments that are convertible into cash with an insignificant risk of changes in value with original maturities of three months or less. Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are not considered to be part of cash equivalents.
.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 211 |
Financial statements of Barclays PLC
Parent company accounts
Statement of comprehensive income | ||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December | Notes | 2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||||
Dividends received from subsidiaries | 43 | 15,360 | 674 | 621 | ||||||||||||
Net interest expense | (101 | ) | (10 | ) | 5 | |||||||||||
Other income | 43 | 923 | 690 | 334 | ||||||||||||
Operating expenses | (312 | ) | (96 | ) | (26 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit before tax | 15,870 | 1,258 | 934 | |||||||||||||
Taxation | (64 | ) | (111 | ) | (60 | ) | ||||||||||
Profit after tax | 15,806 | 1,147 | 874 | |||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income | | 60 | 26 | |||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | 15,806 | 1,207 | 900 | |||||||||||||
Profit after tax attributable to: | ||||||||||||||||
Ordinary equity holders | 15,054 | 508 | 417 | |||||||||||||
Other equity instrument holders | 752 | 639 | 457 | |||||||||||||
Profit after tax | 15,806 | 1,147 | 874 | |||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income attributable to: | ||||||||||||||||
Ordinary equity holders | 15,054 | 568 | 443 | |||||||||||||
Other equity instrument holders | 752 | 639 | 457 | |||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income | 15,806 | 1,207 | 900 | |||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2018, profit after tax was £15,806m (2017: £1,147m) and total comprehensive income was £15,806m (2017: £1,207m). Other comprehensive income of £60m in 2017 related to the gain on available for sale instruments. The Company has 87 members of staff (2017: 90).
|
| |||||||||||||||
Balance sheet | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | Notes | 2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||
Investment in subsidiaries | 43 | 57,374 | 39,354 | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances to subsidiaries | 43 | 29,374 | 23,970 | |||||||||||||
Financial investments | 43 | | 4,782 | |||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 43 | 6,945 | | |||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | 43 | 168 | 161 | |||||||||||||
Other assets | 115 | 202 | ||||||||||||||
Total assets | 93,976 | 68,469 | ||||||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | 576 | 500 | ||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | 43 | 6,775 | 6,501 | |||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | 43 | 32,373 | 22,110 | |||||||||||||
Other liabilities | 72 | 153 | ||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | 39,796 | 29,264 | ||||||||||||||
Equity | ||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital | 29 | 4,283 | 4,265 | |||||||||||||
Share premium account | 29 | 28 | 17,780 | |||||||||||||
Other equity instruments | 29 | 9,633 | 8,943 | |||||||||||||
Other reserves | 394 | 480 | ||||||||||||||
Retained earnings | 39,842 | 7,737 | ||||||||||||||
Total equity | 54,180 | 39,205 | ||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity | 93,976 | 68,469 |
The financial statements on pages 212 to 213 and the accompanying note on page 304 were approved by the Board of Directors on 20 February 2019 and signed on its behalf by:
John McFarlane
Group Chairman
James E Staley
Group Chief Executive
Tushar Morzaria
Group Finance Director
212 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Statement of changes in equity | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notes | Called
up £m |
Other equity instruments £m |
Capital redemption £m |
Available for sale reservea £m |
Retained earnings £m |
Total equity £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2017 |
22,045 | 8,943 | 394 | 86 | 7,737 | 39,205 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Effect of changes in accounting policies |
| | | (86 | ) | 97 | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2018 |
22,045 | 8,943 | 394 | | 7,834 | 39,216 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax and other comprehensive income |
| 752 | | | 15,054 | 15,806 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
88 | | | | | 88 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
51 | | | | 24 | 75 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue and exchange of other equity instruments |
| 692 | | | (308 | ) | 384 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes |
| | | | (23 | ) | (23 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
11 | | | | | (768 | ) | (768 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (752 | ) | | | 143 | (609 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Capital reorganisation |
43 | (17,873 | ) | | | | 17,873 | | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements |
| (2 | ) | | | 13 | 11 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2018 |
4,311 | 9,633 | 394 | | 39,842 | 54,180 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2017 |
21,842 | 6,453 | 394 | 26 | 7,607 | 36,322 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax and other comprehensive income |
| 639 | | 60 | 508 | 1,207 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
117 | | | | | 117 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
86 | | | | 27 | 113 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue and exchange of other equity instruments |
| 2,490 | | | | 2,490 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Vesting of shares under employee share schemes |
| | | | (11 | ) | (11 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
11 | | | | | (509 | ) | (509 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
| (639 | ) | | | 123 | (516 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements |
| | | | (8 | ) | (8 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2017 |
22,045 | 8,943 | 394 | 86 | 7,737 | 39,205 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 1 January 2016 |
21,586 | 5,321 | 394 | - | 7,851 | 35,152 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit after tax and other comprehensive income |
- | 457 | - | 26 | 417 | 900 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of new ordinary shares |
68 | - | - | - | - | 68 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of shares under employee share schemes |
188 | - | - | - | - | 188 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Issue of other equity instruments |
- | 1,132 | - | - | - | 1,132 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Dividends paid |
11 | - | - | - | - | (757 | ) | (757 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments coupons paid |
- | (457 | ) | - | - | 91 | (366 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserve movements |
- | - | - | - | 5 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Balance as at 31 December 2016 |
21,842 | 6,453 | 394 | 26 | 7,607 | 36,322 |
Note
a | As a result of the adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018, the available for sale reserve of £86m has been transferred to retained earnings. |
Cash flow statement | ||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Reconciliation of profit before tax to net cash flows from operating activities: |
||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
15,870 | 1,258 | 934 | |||||||||
Adjustment for non-cash items: |
||||||||||||
Dividends in specie |
(14,294 | ) | | | ||||||||
Other non-cash items |
653 | 76 | 62 | |||||||||
Changes in operating assets and liabilities |
55 | 102 | 37 | |||||||||
Net cash generated from operating activities |
2,284 | 1,436 | 1,033 | |||||||||
Capital contribution to and investment in subsidiary |
(2,680 | ) | (2,801 | ) | (1,250 | ) | ||||||
Net cash used in investing activities |
(2,680 | ) | (2,801 | ) | (1,250 | ) | ||||||
Issue of shares and other equity instruments |
1,953 | 2,581 | 1,388 | |||||||||
Redemption of other equity instruments |
(1,532 | ) | | | ||||||||
Net increase in loans and advances to subsidiaries of the Parent |
(7,767 | ) | (9,707 | ) | (10,942 | ) | ||||||
Net increase in debt securities in issue |
9,174 | 6,503 | 9,314 | |||||||||
Proceeds of borrowings and issuance of subordinated debt |
| 3,019 | 1,671 | |||||||||
Dividends paid |
(680 | ) | (392 | ) | (757 | ) | ||||||
Coupons paid on other equity instruments |
(752 | ) | (639 | ) | (457 | ) | ||||||
Net cash generated from financing activities |
396 | 1,365 | 217 | |||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
| | | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
| | | |||||||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
| | | |||||||||
Net cash generated from operating activities includes: |
||||||||||||
Dividends received |
1,066 | 674 | 621 | |||||||||
Interest (paid)/received |
(101 | ) | (10 | ) | 5 |
The Parent companys principal activity is to hold the investment in its wholly-owned subsidiaries, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Bank UK PLC and Barclays Services Limited. Dividends received are treated as operating income.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 213 |
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2018
This section describes Barclays Groups significant policies and critical accounting estimates that relate to the financial statements and notes as a whole. If an accounting policy or a critical accounting estimate relates to a particular note, the accounting policy and/or critical accounting estimate is contained with the relevant note.
1 Significant accounting policies
1. Reporting entity
These financial statements are prepared for Barclays PLC and its subsidiaries (the Barclays Group) under Section 399 of the Companies Act 2006. The Barclays Group is a major global financial services provider engaged in retail banking, credit cards, wholesale banking, investment banking, wealth management and investment management services. In addition, individual financial statements have been presented for the holding company.
2. Compliance with International Financial Reporting Standards
The consolidated financial statements of the Barclays Group, and the individual financial statements of Barclays PLC, have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and interpretations (IFRICs) issued by the Interpretations Committee, as published by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB). They are also in accordance with IFRS and IFRIC interpretations endorsed by the European Union. The principal accounting policies applied in the preparation of the consolidated and individual financial statements are set out below, and in the relevant notes to the financial statements. These policies have been consistently applied with the exception of the adoption of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments including the early adoption of Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9), IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and the amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment from 1 January 2018.
3. Basis of preparation
The consolidated and individual financial statements have been prepared under the historical cost convention modified to include the fair valuation of investment property, and particular financial instruments, to the extent required or permitted under IFRS as set out in the relevant accounting policies. They are stated in millions of pounds Sterling (£m), the functional currency of Barclays PLC.
The financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, in accordance with the Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies using IFRS.
4. Accounting policies
The Barclays Group prepares financial statements in accordance with IFRS. The Barclays Groups significant accounting policies relating to specific financial statement items, together with a description of the accounting estimates and judgements that were critical to preparing them, are set out under the relevant notes. Accounting policies that affect the financial statements as a whole are set out below.
(i) Consolidation
Barclays Group applies IFRS 10 Consolidated financial statements.
The consolidated financial statements combine the financial statements of Barclays PLC and all its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities over which Barclays PLC has control. The Barclays Group has control over another entity when the Barclays Group has all of the following:
1) power over the relevant activities of the investee, for example through voting or other rights
2) exposure to, or rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the investee and
3) the ability to affect those returns through its power over the investee.
The assessment of control is based on the consideration of all facts and circumstances. The Barclays Group reassesses whether it controls an investee if facts and circumstances indicate that there are changes to one or more of the three elements of control.
Intra-group transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation. Consistent accounting policies are used throughout the Barclays Group for the purposes of the consolidation.
Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions if they occur after control has already been obtained and they do not result in loss of control.
As the consolidated financial statements include partnerships where the Barclays Group member is a partner, advantage has been taken of the exemption under Regulation 7 of the Partnership (Accounts) Regulations 2008 with regard to preparing and filing of individual partnership financial statements.
Details of the principal subsidiaries are given in Note 34.
(ii) Foreign currency translation
The Barclays Group applies IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates. Transactions in foreign currencies are translated into Sterling at the rate ruling on the date of the transaction. Foreign currency monetary balances are translated into Sterling at the period end exchange rates. Exchange gains and losses on such balances are taken to the income statement. Non-monetary foreign currency balances are carried at historical transaction date exchange rates.
The Barclays Groups foreign operations (including subsidiaries, joint ventures, associates and branches) based mainly outside the UK may have different functional currencies. The functional currency of an operation is the currency of the main economy to which it is exposed.
Prior to consolidation (or equity accounting) the assets and liabilities of non-Sterling operations are translated at the period end exchange rate and items of income, expense and other comprehensive income are translated into Sterling at the rate on the date of the transactions. Exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are included in currency translation reserves within equity. These are transferred to the income statement when the Barclays Group disposes of the entire interest in a foreign operation, when partial disposal results in the loss of control of an interest in a subsidiary, when an investment previously accounted for using the equity method is accounted for as a financial asset, or on the disposal of an autonomous foreign operation within a branch.
214 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
1 Significant accounting policies continued
(iii) Financial assets and liabilities
The Barclays Group applies IFRS 9 Financial Instruments to the recognition, classification and measurement, and derecognition of financial assets and financial liabilities and the impairment of financial assets. The Barclays Group applies the requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for hedge accounting purposes.
Recognition
The Barclays Group recognises financial assets and liabilities when it becomes a party to the terms of the contract. Trade date or settlement date accounting is applied depending on the classification of the financial asset.
Classification and measurement
Financial assets are classified on the basis of two criteria:
i) the business model within which financial assets are managed; and
ii) their contractual cash flow characteristics (whether the cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest (SPPI)).
The Barclays Group assesses the business model criteria at a portfolio level. Information that is considered in determining the applicable business model includes (i) policies and objectives for the relevant portfolio, (ii) how the performance and risks of the portfolio are managed, evaluated and reported to management, and (iii) the frequency, volume and timing of sales in prior periods, sales expectation for future periods, and the reasons for such sales.
The contractual cash flow characteristics of financial assets are assessed with reference to whether the cash flows represent SPPI. In assessing whether contractual cash flows are SPPI compliant, interest is defined as consideration primarily for the time value of money and the credit risk of the principal outstanding. The time value of money is defined as the element of interest that provides consideration only for the passage of time and not consideration for other risks or costs associated with holding the financial asset. Terms that could change the contractual cash flows so that it would not meet the condition for SPPI are considered, including: (i) contingent and leverage features, (ii) non-recourse arrangements and (iii) features that could modify the time value of money.
Financial assets will be measured at amortised cost if they are held within a business model whose objective is to hold financial assets in order to collect contractual cash flows, and their contractual cash flows represent SPPI.
Financial assets will be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income if they are held within a business model whose objective is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, and their contractual cash flows represent SPPI.
Other financial assets are measured at fair value through profit and loss. There is an option to make an irrevocable election on initial recognition for non traded equity investments to be measured at fair value through other comprehensive income, in which case dividends are recognised in profit or loss, but gains or losses are not reclassified to profit or loss upon derecognition, and impairment is not recognised in the income statement.
The accounting policy for each type of financial asset or liability is included within the relevant note for the item. The Barclays Groups policies for determining the fair values of the assets and liabilities are set out in Note 17.
Derecognition
The Barclays Group derecognises a financial asset, or a portion of a financial asset, from its balance sheet where the contractual rights to cash flows from the asset have expired, or have been transferred, usually by sale, and with them either substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset or significant risks and rewards, along with the unconditional ability to sell or pledge the asset.
Financial liabilities are de-recognised when the liability has been settled, has expired or has been extinguished. An exchange of an existing financial liability for a new liability with the same lender on substantially different terms generally a difference of 10% in the present value of the cash flows or a substantive qualitative amendment is accounted for as an extinguishment of the original financial liability and the recognition of a new financial liability.
Transactions in which the Barclays Group transfers assets and liabilities, portions of them, or financial risks associated with them can be complex and it may not be obvious whether substantially all of the risks and rewards have been transferred. It is often necessary to perform a quantitative analysis. Such an analysis compares the Barclays Groups exposure to variability in asset cash flows before the transfer with its retained exposure after the transfer.
A cash flow analysis of this nature may require judgement. In particular, it is necessary to estimate the assets expected future cash flows as well as potential variability around this expectation. The method of estimating expected future cash flows depends on the nature of the asset, with market and market-implied data used to the greatest extent possible. The potential variability around this expectation is typically determined by stressing underlying parameters to create reasonable alternative upside and downside scenarios. Probabilities are then assigned to each scenario. Stressed parameters may include default rates, loss severity, or prepayment rates.
Accounting for reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements including other similar lending and borrowing
Reverse repurchase agreements (and stock borrowing or similar transaction) are a form of secured lending whereby the Barclays Group provides a loan or cash collateral in exchange for the transfer of collateral, generally in the form of marketable securities subject to an agreement to transfer the securities back at a fixed price in the future. Repurchase agreements are where the Barclays Group obtains such loans or cash collateral, in exchange for the transfer of collateral.
The Barclays Group purchases (a reverse repurchase agreement) or borrows securities subject to a commitment to resell or return them. The securities are not included in the balance sheet as the Barclays Group does not acquire the risks and rewards of ownership. Consideration paid (or cash collateral provided) is accounted for as a loan asset at amortised cost, unless it is designated at fair value through profit and loss.
The Barclays Group may also sell (a repurchase agreement) or lend securities subject to a commitment to repurchase or redeem them. The securities are retained on the balance sheet as the Barclays Group retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership. Consideration received (or cash collateral provided) is accounted for as a financial liability at amortised cost, unless it is designated at fair value through profit and loss.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 215 |
Notes to the financial statements
for the year ended 31 December 2018
1 Significant accounting policies continued
(iv) Issued debt and equity instruments
The Barclays Group applies IAS 32, Financial Instruments: Presentation, to determine whether funding is either a financial liability (debt) or equity.
Issued financial instruments or their components are classified as liabilities if the contractual arrangement results in the Barclays Group having an obligation to either deliver cash or another financial asset, or a variable number of equity shares, to the holder of the instrument. If this is not the case, the instrument is generally an equity instrument and the proceeds included in equity, net of transaction costs. Dividends and other returns to equity holders are recognised when paid or declared by the members at the AGM and treated as a deduction from equity.
Where issued financial instruments contain both liability and equity components, these are accounted for separately. The fair value of the debt is estimated first and the balance of the proceeds is included within equity.
5. New and amended standards and interpretations
The accounting policies adopted are consistent with those of the previous financial year, with the exception of the adoption of IFRS 9 Financial Instruments including the early adoption of Prepayment Features with Negative Compensation (Amendments to IFRS 9), IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers and the amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment from 1 January 2018.
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments
IFRS 9 Financial Instruments replaces IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement. IFRS 9 introduces key changes in the following areas:
◾ | Classification and measurement requiring asset classification and measurement based upon both business model and product characteristics |
◾ | Impairment introducing an expected credit loss model using forward looking information which replaces an incurred loss model. The expected credit loss model introduces a three-stage approach to impairment as follows: |
Stage 1 the recognition of 12 month expected credit losses (ECL), that is the portion of lifetime expected credit losses from default events that are expected within 12 months of the reporting date, if credit risk has not increased significantly since initial recognition;
Stage 2 lifetime expected credit losses for financial instruments for which credit risk has increased significantly since initial recognition; and
Stage 3 lifetime expected credit losses for financial instruments which are credit impaired.
Refer to note 7 for further details regarding the impairment requirements of IFRS 9.
As required by IFRS 9 the Barclays Group applied IFRS 9 retrospectively by adjusting the opening balance sheet at the date of initial application, and comparative periods have not been restated; for more detail refer to Note 42.
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers
IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers replaces IAS 18 Revenue and IAS 11 Construction Contracts. IFRS 15 establishes a more systematic approach for revenue measurement and recognition by introducing a five-step model governing revenue recognition. The five-step model includes: 1) identifying the contract with the customer, 2) identifying each of the performance obligations included in the contract, 3) determining the amount of consideration in the contract, 4) allocating the consideration to each of the identified performance obligations and 5) recognising revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied. The Barclays Group elected the cumulative effect transition method with a transition adjustment calculated as of 1 January 2018, and recognised in retained earnings without restating comparative periods. There were no significant impacts from the adoption of IFRS 15 in relation to the timing of when the Barclays Group recognises revenues or when revenue should be recognised gross as a principal or net as an agent; for more detail refer to Note 42.
IFRS 2 Share-based Payment Amendments to IFRS 2
The IASB issued amendments to IFRS 2 Share-based Payment that address three main areas: the effects of vesting conditions on the measurement of a cash-settled share-based payment transaction; the classification of a share-based payment transaction with net settlement features for withholding tax obligations; and accounting where a modification to the terms and conditions of a share-based payment transaction changes its classification from cash settled to equity settled. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning on or after 1 January 2018. Adoption of the amendments did not have a significant impact on the Barclays Group.
Future accounting developments
There have been and are expected to be a number of significant changes to the Barclays Groups financial reporting after 2018 as a result of amended or new accounting standards that have been or will be issued by the IASB. The most significant of these are as follows:
IFRS 16 Leases
In January 2016 the IASB issued IFRS 16 Leases, which was subsequently endorsed by the EU in November 2017, and will replace IAS 17 Leases for period beginning on or after 1 January 2019. IFRS 16 will apply to all leases with the exception of licenses of intellectual property, rights held by licensing agreement within the scope of IAS 38 Intangible Assets, service concession arrangements, leases of biological assets within the scope of IAS 41 Agriculture, and leases of minerals, oil, natural gas and similar non-regenerative resources. A lessee may elect not to apply IFRS 16 to remaining assets within the scope of IAS 38 Intangible Assets.
IFRS 16 will not result in a significant change to lessor accounting; however for lessee accounting there will no longer be a distinction between operating and finance leases. Lessees will be required to recognise both:
◾ | a lease liability, measured at the present value of remaining cash flows on the lease, and; |
◾ | a right of use (ROU) asset, measured at the amount of the initial measurement of the lease liability, plus any lease payments made prior to commencement date, initial direct costs, and estimated costs of restoring the underlying asset to the condition required by the lease, less any lease incentives received. |
There is a recognition exception for leases with a term not exceeding 12 months which allows the lessee to apply similar accounting as an operating lease under IAS 17.
216 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
1 Significant accounting policies continued
Subsequently the lease liability will increase for the accrual of interest, resulting in a constant rate of return throughout the life of the lease, and reduce when payments are made. The right of use asset will amortise to the income statement over the life of the lease. The Barclays Group IFRS 16 implementation and governance programme has been led by Finance with representation from all impacted departments. The project has identified the contracts impacted by IFRS 16, which are predominantly existing property leases. Other lease types are not material. The project has also established appropriate accounting policies, determined the appropriate transition options to apply, and updated Finance systems and processes to reflect the new accounting and disclosure requirements.
As permitted by the standard, the Barclays Group intends to apply IFRS 16 on a retrospective basis but to take advantage of the option not to restate comparative periods by applying the modified retrospective approach. The Barclays Group intends to take advantage of the following transition options available under the modified retrospective approach:
◾ | To calculate the right of use asset equal to the lease liability, adjusted for prepaid or accrued payments; |
◾ | To rely on the previous assessment of whether leases are onerous in accordance with IAS 37 immediately before the date of initial application as an alternative to performing an impairment review. The Barclays Group will adjust the carrying amount of the ROU asset at the date of initial application by the previous carrying amount of its onerous lease provision; |
◾ | Apply the recognition exception for leases with a term not exceeding 12 months; and |
◾ | Use hindsight in determining the lease term if the contract contains options to extend or terminate the lease. |
The expected impact of adopting IFRS 16 is an increase in assets of £1.6bn, an increase in liabilities of £1.6bn with no material impact on retained earnings. This impact assessment has been estimated under an interim control environment. The implementation of the comprehensive end state control environment will continue as the Barclays Group introduces business as usual controls through 2019.
IFRS 17 Insurance contracts
In May 2017, the IASB issued IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts, a comprehensive new accounting standard for insurance contracts covering recognition and measurement, presentation and disclosure. Once effective, IFRS 17 will replace IFRS 4 Insurance Contracts that was issued in 2005.
IFRS 17 applies to all types of insurance contracts (i.e. life, non-life, direct insurance and re-insurance), regardless of the type of entities that issue them, as well as to certain guarantees and financial instruments with discretionary participation features. A few scope exceptions will apply. The standard is currently effective from 1 January 2021, and the standard has not yet been endorsed by the EU. The Barclays Group is currently assessing the expected impact of adopting this standard.
IFRIC Interpretation 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax Treatment
IFRIC 23 clarifies the application of IAS 12 to accounting for income tax treatments that have yet to be accepted by tax authorities, in scenarios where it may be unclear how tax law applies to a particular transaction or circumstance, or whether a taxation authority will accept an entitys tax treatment. The effective date is 1 January 2019. The Barclays Group has considered the guidance included within the interpretation and concluded that the prescribed approach under IFRIC 23 is not expected to have a material impact on the Barclays Groups financial position.
IAS 12 Income Taxes Amendments to IAS 12
In December 2017, as part of the Annual Improvements to IFRS Standards 2015-2017 Cycle, the IASB amended IAS 12 in order to clarify the accounting treatment of the income tax consequences of dividends. Effective from 1 January 2019 the tax consequences of all payments on financial instruments that are classified as equity for accounting purposes, where those payments are considered to be a distribution of profit, will be included in, and will reduce, the income statement tax charge. Refer to note 9 for the expected impact of adopting the amendments of IAS 12.
IAS 19 Employee Benefits Amendments to IAS 19
In February 2018 the IASB issued amendments to the guidance in IAS 19 Employee Benefits, in connection with accounting for plan amendments, curtailments and settlements. The amendments must be applied to plan amendments, curtailments or settlements occurring on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period that begins on or after 1 January 2019. The amendments have not yet been endorsed by the EU. Adoption of the amendments is not expected to have significant impact on the Barclays Group.
6. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with IFRS requires the use of estimates. It also requires management to exercise judgement in applying the accounting policies. The key areas involving a higher degree of judgement or complexity, or areas where assumptions are significant to the consolidated and individual financial statements are highlighted under the relevant note. Critical accounting estimates and judgements are disclosed in:
◾ | Credit impairment charges on page 223 |
◾ | Tax on page 228 |
◾ | Fair value of financial instruments on page 241 |
◾ | Pensions and post-retirement benefits obligations on page 281 |
◾ | Provisions including conduct and legal, competition and regulatory matters on page 263. |
7. Other disclosures
To improve transparency and ease of reference, by concentrating related information in one place, certain disclosures required under IFRS have been included within the Risk review section as follows:
◾ | Credit risk on pages 91 to 92 and 104 to 129 |
◾ | Market risk on pages 93 and 130 to 134 |
◾ | Treasury and capital risk liquidity on pages 94 and 137 to 150 |
◾ | Treasury and capital risk capital on pages 95 and 151 to 161. |
These disclosures are covered by the Audit opinion (included on pages 203 to 204) where referenced as audited.
8. Parent company accounts
The Parent Companys financial statements on pages 212 to 213 also form part of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 217 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
The notes included in this section focus on the results and performance of the Barclays Group. Information on the income generated, expenditure incurred, segmental performance, tax, earnings per share and dividends are included here. For further detail on performance, see income statement commentary within Financial review (unaudited) on page 181.
2 Segmental reporting
Presentation of segmental reporting
The Barclays Groups segmental reporting is in accordance with IFRS 8 Operating Segments. Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided to the Executive Committee, which is responsible for allocating resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, and has been identified as the chief operating decision maker. All transactions between business segments are conducted on an arms-length basis, with intra-segment revenue and costs being eliminated in Head Office. Income and expenses directly associated with each segment are included in determining business segment performance.
Barclays Group is a transatlantic consumer and wholesale bank and for segmental reporting purposes it defines its two operating divisions as Barclays UK and Barclays International.
◾ | Barclays UK which offers everyday products and services to retail customers and small to medium sized enterprises based in the UK. The division includes the UK Personal banking, UK Business banking and the Barclaycard consumer UK business. |
◾ | Barclays International which delivers products and services designed for our larger corporate, wholesale and international banking clients. The division includes the large UK Corporate business; the international Corporate and Wealth businesses; the Investment Bank; the international Barclaycard business; and Barclaycard Business Solutions. |
The below table also includes Head Office which comprises head office and central support functions (including treasury) and businesses in transition.
Analysis of results by business | ||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK £m |
Barclays International £m |
Head Office £m |
Group results £m |
|||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total incomea |
7,383 | 14,026 | (273 | ) | 21,136 | |||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(826 | ) | (658 | ) | 16 | (1,468 | ) | |||||||||||||
Net operating income/(expenses) |
6,557 | 13,368 | (257 | ) | 19,668 | |||||||||||||||
Operating costs |
(4,075 | ) | (9,324 | ) | (228 | ) | (13,627 | ) | ||||||||||||
UK bank levy |
(46 | ) | (210 | ) | (13 | ) | (269 | ) | ||||||||||||
GMP charge |
| | (140 | ) | (140 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(483 | ) | (127 | ) | (1,597 | ) | (2,207 | ) | ||||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(4,604 | ) | (9,661 | ) | (1,978 | ) | (16,243 | ) | ||||||||||||
Other net income/(expenses) |
3 | 68 | (2 | ) | 69 | |||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax |
1,956 | 3,775 | (2,237 | ) | 3,494 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets (£bn) |
249.7 | 862.1 | 21.5 | 1,133.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent)b |
22,600 | 12,400 | 48,500 | 83,500 | ||||||||||||||||
Barclays | Head | Barclays | Group | |||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK | International | Office | c | Non-Core | d | results | ||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total income |
7,383 | 14,382 | (159 | ) | (530 | ) | 21,076 | |||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(783 | ) | (1,506 | ) | (17 | ) | (30 | ) | (2,336 | ) | ||||||||||
Net operating income/(expenses) |
6,600 | 12,876 | (176 | ) | (560 | ) | 18,740 | |||||||||||||
Operating costs |
(4,030 | ) | (9,321 | ) | (277 | ) | (256 | ) | (13,884 | ) | ||||||||||
UK bank levy |
(59 | ) | (265 | ) | (41 | ) | | (365 | ) | |||||||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(759 | ) | (269 | ) | (151 | ) | (28 | ) | (1,207 | ) | ||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(4,848 | ) | (9,855 | ) | (469 | ) | (284 | ) | (15,456 | ) | ||||||||||
Other net (expenses)/incomee |
(5 | ) | 254 | (189 | ) | 197 | 257 | |||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax |
1,747 | 3,275 | (834 | ) | (647 | ) | 3,541 | |||||||||||||
Total assets (£bn) |
237.4 | 856.1 | 39.7 | | 1,133.2 | |||||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent)b |
22,800 | 11,500 | 45,600 | | 79,900 |
Notes
a | £351m of certain legacy capital instrument funding costs are now charged to Head office, the impact of which would have been materially the same if the charges had been included in full year 2017. |
b | As a result of the establishment of Barclays Execution Services in September 2017, employees who are now employed by Barclays Execution Services and who were previously allocated to, or were within, Barclays UK and Barclays International are now reported in Head Office. |
c | The reintegration of Non-Core assets on 1 July 2017 resulted in the transfer of c.£9bn of assets into Head Office relating to a portfolio of Italian mortgages. The portfolio generated a loss before tax of £37m in the second half of the year and included assets of £9bn as at 31 December 2017. |
d | The Non-Core segment was closed on 1 July 2017 with the residual assets and liabilities reintegrated into, and associated financial performance subsequently reported in, Barclays UK, Barclays International and Head Office. Financial results up until 30 June 2017 are reflected in the Non-Core segment for 2017. Comparative results have not been restated. |
e | Other net income/(expenses) represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, profit (or loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, and gains on acquisitions. |
218 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
2 Segmental reporting continued
|
||||||||||||||||||||
Analysis of results by business | ||||||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK £m |
Barclays International £m |
Head Office £m |
Barclays Non-Core £m |
Group results £m |
||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December 2016 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Total income |
7,517 | 14,995 | 103 | (1,164 | ) | 21,451 | ||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
(896 | ) | (1,355 | ) | | (122 | ) | (2,373 | ) | |||||||||||
Net operating income/(expenses) |
6,621 | 13,640 | 103 | (1,286 | ) | 19,078 | ||||||||||||||
Operating costs |
(3,792 | ) | (9,129 | ) | (135 | ) | (1,509 | ) | (14,565 | ) | ||||||||||
UK bank levy |
(48 | ) | (284 | ) | (2 | ) | (76 | ) | (410 | ) | ||||||||||
Litigation and conduct |
(1,042 | ) | (48 | ) | (27 | ) | (246 | ) | (1,363 | ) | ||||||||||
Total operating expenses |
(4,882 | ) | (9,461 | ) | (164 | ) | (1,831 | ) | (16,338 | ) | ||||||||||
Other net (expenses)/incomea |
(1 | ) | 32 | 128 | 331 | 490 | ||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) before tax from continuing operations |
1,738 | 4,211 | 67 | (2,786 | ) | 3,230 | ||||||||||||||
Total assets (£bn)b |
209.6 | 648.5 | 75.2 | 279.7 | 1,213.0 | |||||||||||||||
Number of employees (full time equivalent)c |
36,000 | 36,900 | 100 | 5,500 | 119,300 | |||||||||||||||
Notes a Other net income/(expenses) represents the share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, profit (or loss) on disposal of subsidiaries, associates and joint ventures, and gains on acquisitions. b Africa Banking assets held for sale were reported in Head Office for 2016. c Number of employees included 40,800 in relation to Africa Banking for 2016.
|
| |||||||||||||||||||
Income by geographic region | ||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
11,050 | 11,190 | 11,096 | |||||||||||||||||
Europe |
1,649 | 1,663 | 2,087 | |||||||||||||||||
Americas |
7,615 | 7,443 | 7,278 | |||||||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
253 | 251 | 419 | |||||||||||||||||
Asia |
569 | 529 | 571 | |||||||||||||||||
Total |
21,136 | 21,076 | 21,451 | |||||||||||||||||
Income from individual countries which represent more than 5% of total incomea | ||||||||||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
11,050 | 11,190 | 11,096 | |||||||||||||||||
United States |
7,291 | 6,871 | 6,876 |
Note
a | Total income is based on counterparty location. Income from each single external customer does not amount to 10% or greater of the Barclays Group total income. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 219 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
3 Net interest income
Accounting for interest income and expenses
Interest income on loans and advances at amortised cost, and interest expense on financial liabilities held at amortised cost, are calculated using the effective interest method which allocates interest, and direct and incremental fees and costs, over the expected lives of the assets and liabilities.
The effective interest method requires the Barclays Group to estimate future cash flows, in some cases based on its experience of customers behaviour, considering all contractual terms of the financial instrument, as well as the expected lives of the assets and liabilities.
Barclays Group incurs certain costs to originate credit card balances with the most significant being co-brand partner fees. To the extent these costs are attributed to customers that continuously carry an outstanding balance (revolvers), they are capitalised and subsequently included within the calculation of the effective interest rate. They are amortised to interest income over the period of expected repayment of the originated balance. Costs attributed to customers that settle their outstanding balances each period (transactors) are deferred on the balance sheet as a cost of obtaining a contract and amortised to fee and commission expense over the life of the customer relationship (refer to Note 4). There are no other individual estimates involved in the calculation of effective interest rates that are material to the results or financial position.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | 1,123 | 583 | 186 | |||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 12,073 | 12,069 | 13,558 | |||||||||
Financial investments | | 754 | 740 | |||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income | 1,029 | | | |||||||||
Other | 316 | 225 | 57 | |||||||||
Interest income | 14,541 | 13,631 | 14,541 | |||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | (2,250 | ) | (1,493 | ) | (1,779 | ) | ||||||
Debt securities in issue | (1,677 | ) | (915 | ) | (990 | ) | ||||||
Subordinated liabilities | (1,223 | ) | (1,223 | ) | (1,104 | ) | ||||||
Other | (329 | ) | (155 | ) | (131 | ) | ||||||
Interest expense | (5,479 | ) | (3,786 | ) | (4,004 | ) | ||||||
Net interest income | 9,062 | 9,845 | 10,537 |
Interest income presented above represents interest revenue calculated using the effective interest method.
Costs to originate credit card balances of £596m (2017: £497m; 2016: £480m) have been amortised to interest income during the year.
Interest income includes £53m (2017: £48m; 2016: £75m) accrued on impaired loans.
Included in net interest income is hedge ineffectiveness as detailed in Note 14 amounting to £5m loss (2017: £43m loss; 2016: £71m gain).
4 Net fee and commission income
Accounting for net fee and commission income under IFRS 15 effective from 1 January 2018
The Barclays Group applies IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The standard establishes a five-step model governing revenue recognition. The five-step model requires Barclays Group to (i) identify the contract with the customer, (ii) identify each of the performance obligations included in the contract, (iii) determine the amount of consideration in the contract, (iv) allocate the consideration to each of the identified performance obligations and (v) recognise revenue as each performance obligation is satisfied.
Barclays Group recognises fee and commission income charged for services provided by the Barclays Group as the services are provided, for example on completion of the underlying transaction.
Accounting for net fee and commission income under IAS 18 for 2017 and 2016
The Barclays Group applies IAS 18 Revenue. Fees and commissions charged for services provided or received by the Barclays Group are recognised as the services are provided, for example on completion of the underlying transaction.
Fee and commission income is disaggregated below by fee types that reflect the nature of the services offered across the Barclays Group and operating segments, in accordance with IFRS 15. It includes a total for fees in scope of IFRS 15. Refer to Note 2 for more detailed information about operating segments.
2018 |
||||||||||||||||
Barclays UK £m |
Barclays £m |
Head Office £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||
Fee type | ||||||||||||||||
Transactional | 1,102 | 2,614 | | 3,716 | ||||||||||||
Advisory | 209 | 850 | | 1,059 | ||||||||||||
Brokerage and execution | 153 | 1,073 | | 1,226 | ||||||||||||
Underwriting and syndication | | 2,462 | | 2,462 | ||||||||||||
Other | 78 | 207 | 27 | 312 | ||||||||||||
Total revenue from contracts with customers | 1,542 | 7,206 | 27 | 8,775 | ||||||||||||
Other non-contract fee income | | 118 | | 118 | ||||||||||||
Fee and commission income | 1,542 | 7,324 | 27 | 8,893 | ||||||||||||
Fee and commission expense | (360 | ) | (1,707 | ) | (17 | ) | (2,084 | ) | ||||||||
Net fee and commission income | 1,182 | 5,617 | 10 | 6,809 |
220 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
4 Net fee and commission income continued
|
||||||||
2017a £m |
2016a £m |
|||||||
Fee and commission income | ||||||||
Banking, investment management and credit related fees and commissions | 8,622 | 8,452 | ||||||
Foreign exchange commission | 129 | 118 | ||||||
Fee and commission income | 8,751 | 8,570 | ||||||
Fee and commission expense | (1,937) | (1,802) | ||||||
Net fee and commission income | 6,814 | 6,768 |
Note
a | The Barclays Group elected the cumulative effect transition method on adoption of IFRS 15 for 1 January 2018, and recognised in retained earnings without restating comparative periods. The comparative figures are reported under IAS 18. |
Fee types
Transactional
Transactional fees are service charges on deposit accounts, cash management services and transactional processing fees including interchange and merchant fee income generated from credit and bank card usage. Transaction and processing fees are recognised at the point in time the transaction occurs or service is performed. They include banking services such as Automated Teller Machine (ATM) fees, wire transfer fees, balance transfer fees, overdraft or late fees and foreign exchange fees, among others. Interchange and merchant fees are recognised upon settlement of the card transaction payment.
Barclays incurs certain card related costs including those related to cardholder reward programmes and various payments made to co-brand partners. To the extent cardholder reward programmes costs are attributed to customers that settle their outstanding balance each period (transactors) they are expensed when incurred and presented in fee and commission expense while costs related to customers who continuously carry an outstanding balance (revolvers) are included in the effective interest rate of the receivable (refer to Note 3). Payments to partners for new cardholder account originations for transactor accounts are deferred as costs to obtain a contract under IFRS 15 while those costs related to revolver accounts are included in the effective interest rate of the receivable (refer to Note 3). Those costs deferred under IFRS 15 are capitalised and amortised over the estimated cardholder relationship. Payments to co-brand partners based on revenue sharing are presented as a reduction of fee and commission income while payments based on profitability are presented in fee and commission expense.
Advisory
Advisory fees are generated from wealth management services and investment banking advisory services related to mergers, acquisitions and financial restructurings. Wealth management advisory fees primarily consists of asset-based fees for advisory accounts of wealth management clients and are based on the market value of client assets. They are earned over the period the services are provided and are generally recognised quarterly when the market value of client assets is determined. Investment banking advisory fees are recognised at the point in time when the services related to the transaction have been completed under the terms of the engagement. Investment banking advisory costs are recognised as incurred in fee and commission expense if direct and incremental to the advisory services or otherwise recognised in operating expenses.
Brokerage and execution
Brokerage and execution fees are earned for executing client transactions with various exchanges and over-the-counter markets and assisting clients in clearing transactions. Brokerage and execution fees are recognised at the point in time the associated service has been completed which is generally the trade date of the transaction.
Underwriting and syndication
Underwriting and syndication fees are earned for the distribution of client equity or debt securities and the arrangement and administration of a loan syndication. This includes commitment fees to provide loan financing. Underwriting fees are generally recognised on trade date if there is no remaining contingency, such as the transaction being conditional on closing of an acquisition or other transaction. Underwriting costs are deferred and recognised in fee and commission expense when the associated underwriting fees are recorded. Syndication fees are earned for arranging and administering a loan syndication; however, the associated fee may be subject to variability until the loan has been syndicated to other syndicate members or until other contingencies (such as a successful M&A closing) have been resolved and therefore the fee revenue is deferred until the uncertainty is resolved.
Underwriting and syndication fees were previously reported on a net basis in the income statement. Following the adoption of IFRS 15, expenses associated with underwriting and syndication of £38m are now reported in fee and commission expense.
Including in the underwriting and syndication, commitment fees to provide loan financing includes fees which are not presented as part of the effective interest rate of a loan in accordance with IFRS 9. Loan commitment fees included as IFRS 15 revenues are fees for loan commitments that are not expected to fund, fees received as compensation for unfunded commitments and the applicable portion of fees received for a revolving loan facility, which for that period, are undrawn. Such commitment fees are recognised over time through to the contractual maturity of the commitment.
Contract assets and contract liabilities
The Barclays Group had no material contract assets or contract liabilities as at 31 December 2018.
Impairment on fee receivables and contract assets
During 2018, there have been no material impairments recognised in relation to fees receivable and contract assets. Fees in relation to transactional business can be added to outstanding customer balances. These amounts may be subsequently impaired as part of the overall loans and advances balance.
Remaining performance obligations
The Barclays Group applies the practical expedient of IFRS 15 and does not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less or because the Barclays Group has a right to consideration that corresponds directly with the value of the service provided to the client or customer.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 221 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
4 Net fee and commission income continued
Costs incurred in obtaining or fulfilling a contract
The Barclays Group expects that incremental costs of obtaining a contract such as success fee and commission fees paid are recoverable and therefore capitalised such contract costs in the amount of £125.4m at 31 December 2018.
Capitalised contract costs are amortised based on the transfer of services to which the asset relates which typically ranges over the expected life of the relationship. In 2018, the amount of amortisation was £30.4m and there was no impairment loss recognised in connection with the capitalised contract costs.
5 Net trading income
Accounting for net trading income
In accordance with IFRS 9, trading positions are held at fair value, and the resulting gains and losses are included in the income statement, together with interest and dividends arising from long and short positions and funding costs relating to trading activities.
Income arises from both the sale and purchase of trading positions, margins which are achieved through market making and customer business and from changes in fair value caused by movements in interest and exchange rates, equity prices and other market variables.
Gains or losses on non-trading financial instruments designated or mandatorily at fair value with changes in fair value recognised in the income statement are included in net trading income where the business model is to manage assets and liabilities on a fair value basis which includes use of derivatives or where an instrument is designated at fair value to eliminate an accounting mismatch and the related instruments gain and losses are reported in trading income.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Net gains from financial instruments held for trading | 3,292 | 2,388 | 2,426 | |||||||||
Net gains from financial instruments designated at fair value | 267 | 1,112 | 377 | |||||||||
Net gains from financial instruments mandatorily at fair value | 1,007 | | | |||||||||
Own credit lossesa | | | (35 | ) | ||||||||
Net trading income | 4,566 | 3,500 | 2,768 |
Note
a | Following the early adoption of the own credit provisions of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2017, own credit on financial liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss, which was previously reported in income statement, is now recognised in other comprehensive income. |
6 Net investment income
Accounting for net investment income
Dividends are recognised when the right to receive the dividend has been established. Other accounting policies relating to net investment income are set out in Note 13 and Note 15.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Net gains from disposal of available for sale investmentsa | | 298 | 912 | |||||||||
Net gains from disposal of debt instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income | 158 | | | |||||||||
Dividend income | 91 | 48 | 8 | |||||||||
Net gains from financial instruments designated at fair valueb | | 338 | 158 | |||||||||
Net gains from financial instruments mandatorily at fair value | 226 | | | |||||||||
Other investment income | 110 | 177 | 246 | |||||||||
Net investment income | 585 | 861 | 1,324 |
Notes
a | Following the adoption of IFRS 9, available for sale classification is no longer applicable. |
b | Following the adoption of IFRS 9, this category only includes financial assets designated at fair value to eliminate or reduce an accounting mismatch. The net gains on such instruments are recognised in net trading income which helps to reduce an income statement presentation mismatch. |
222 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
7 Credit impairment charges and other provisions
Accounting for the impairment of financial assets under IFRS 9 effective from 1 January 2018
Impairment
The Barclays Group is required to recognise expected credit losses (ECLs) based on unbiased forward-looking information for all financial assets at amortised cost, lease receivables, debt financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts.
At the reporting date, an allowance (or provision for loan commitments and financial guarantees) is required for the 12 month (Stage 1) ECLs. If the credit risk has significantly increased since initial recognition (Stage 2), or if the financial instrument is credit impaired (Stage 3), an allowance (or provision) should be recognised for the lifetime ECLs.
The measurement of ECL is calculated using three main components: (i) probability of default (PD) (ii) loss given default (LGD) and (iii) the exposure at default (EAD).
The 12 month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12 month PD, LGD and the EAD. The 12 month and lifetime PDs represent the PD occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining maturity of the instrument respectively. The EAD represents the expected balance at default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance sheet date to the default event together with any expected drawdowns of committed facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD given the event of default, taking into account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it is expected to be realised and the time value of money.
Determining a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition:
The Barclays Group assesses when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred based on quantitative and qualitative assessments. The credit risk of an exposure is considered to have significantly increased when:
i) Quantitative test
The annualised lifetime PD has increased by more than an agreed threshold relative to the equivalent at origination.
PD deterioration thresholds are defined as percentage increases, and are set at an origination score band and segment level to ensure the test appropriately captures significant increases in credit risk at all risk levels. Generally, thresholds are inversely correlated to the origination PD, i.e. as the origination PD increases, the threshold value reduces.
The assessment of the point at which a PD increase is deemed significant, is based upon analysis of the portfolios risk profile against a common set of principles and performance metrics (consistent across both retail and wholesale businesses), incorporating expert credit judgement where appropriate.
Wholesale assets apply a 100% increase in PD and 0.2% PD floor to determine a significant increase in credit risk.
Retail assets apply bespoke relative increase and absolute PD thresholds based on product type and origination PD. Thresholds are subject to maximums defined by Barclays Group policy and typically apply minimum relative thresholds of 50-100% and a maximum relative threshold of 400%.
For existing/historical exposures where origination point scores or data are no longer available or do not represent a comparable estimate of lifetime PD, a proxy origination score is defined, based upon:
◾ | Back-population of the approved lifetime PD score either to origination date or, where this is not feasible, as far back as possible, (subject to a data start point no later than 1 January 2015); or |
◾ | Use of available historical account performance data and other customer information, to derive a comparable proxy estimation of origination PD. |
ii) Qualitative test
Relevant for accounts that meet the portfolios high risk criteria and are subject to closer credit monitoring.
High risk customers may not be in arrears but either through an event or an observed behaviour exhibit credit distress. The definition and assessment of high risk includes as wide a range of information as reasonably available, such as industry and Group-wide customer level data, including but not limited to bureau scores and high consumer indebtedness index, wherever possible or relevant.
Whilst the high risk populations applied for IFRS 9 impairment purposes are aligned with risk management processes, they are also regularly reviewed and validated to ensure that they capture any incremental segments where there is evidence of credit deterioration.
iii) Backstop criteria
Relevant for accounts that are more than 30 calendar days past due. The 30 days past due criteria is a backstop rather than a primary driver of moving exposures into Stage 2.
Exposures will move back to Stage 1 once they no longer meet the criteria for a significant increase in credit risk. This means that, at minimum: all payments must be up-to-date, the PD deterioration test is no longer met, the account is no longer classified as high risk, and the customer has evidenced an ability to maintain future payments.
Management overlays and other exceptions to model outputs are applied only if consistent with the objective of identifying significant increases in credit risk.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 223 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
7 Credit impairment charges and other provisions continued
Forward-looking information
The measurement of ECL involves complexity and judgement, including estimation of PD, LGD, a range of unbiased future economic scenarios, estimation of expected lives (where contractual life is not appropriate), and estimation of EAD and assessing significant increases in credit risk.
Credit losses are the expected cash shortfalls from what is contractually due over the expected life of the financial instrument, discounted at the original effective interest rate (EIR). ECLs are the unbiased probability-weighted credit losses determined by evaluating a range of possible outcomes and considering future economic conditions.
Barclays Group uses a five-scenario model to calculate ECL. An external consensus forecast is assembled from key sources, including HM Treasury, Bloomberg and the Urban Land Institute, which forms the baseline scenario. In addition, two adverse scenarios (Downside 1 and Downside 2) and two favourable scenarios (Upside 1 and Upside 2) are derived, with associated probability weightings. The adverse scenarios are calibrated to a similar severity to internal stress tests, whilst also considering IFRS 9 specific sensitivities and non-linearity. Downside 2 is benchmarked to the Bank of Englands annual cyclical scenarios and to the most severe scenario from Moodys inventory, but is not designed to be the same. The favourable scenarios are calibrated to be symmetric to the adverse scenarios, subject to a ceiling calibrated to relevant recent favourable benchmark scenarios. The scenarios include six economic core variables, (GDP, unemployment and House Price Index (HPI) in both the UK and US markets), and expanded variables using statistical models based on historical correlations. All five scenarios converge to a steady state after 8 years. The methodology for estimating probability weights for each of the scenarios involves a comparison of the distribution of key historic UK and US macroeconomic variables against the forecast paths of the five scenarios. The methodology works such that the baseline (reflecting current consensus outlook) has the highest weight and the weights of adverse and favourable scenarios depend on the deviation from the baseline; the further from the baseline, the smaller the weight. A single set of five scenarios is used across all portfolios and all five weights are normalised to equate to 100%. The impacts across the portfolios are different because of the sensitivities of each of the portfolios to specific macroeconomic variables, for example, mortgages are highly sensitive to house prices and base rates, credit cards and unsecured consumer loans are highly sensitive to unemployment.
Definition of default, credit impaired assets, write-offs, and interest income recognition
The definition of default for the purpose of determining ECLs, and for internal credit risk management purposes, has been aligned to the Regulatory Capital CRR Article 178 definition of default, to maintain a consistent approach with IFRS 9 and associated regulatory guidance. The Regulatory Capital CRR Article 178 definition of default considers indicators that the debtor is unlikely to pay, includes exposures in forbearance and is no later than when the exposure is more than 90 days past due or 180 days past due in the case of UK mortgages. When exposures are identified as credit impaired or purchased or originated as such interest income is calculated on the carrying value net of the impairment allowance.
Credit impaired is when the exposure has defaulted which is also anticipated to align to when an exposure is identified as individually impaired.
Uncollectable loans are written off against the related allowance for loan impairment on completion of the Barclays Groups internal processes and when all reasonably expected recoverable amounts have been collected. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the income statement. The timing and extent of write-offs may involve some element of subjective judgement. Nevertheless, a write-off will often be prompted by a specific event, such as the inception of insolvency proceedings or other formal recovery action, which makes it possible to establish that some or the entire advance is beyond realistic prospect of recovery.
Loan modifications and renegotiations that are not credit-impaired
When modification of a loan agreement occurs as a result of commercial restructuring activity rather than due to the credit risk of the borrower, an assessment must be performed to determine whether the terms of the new agreement are substantially different from the terms of the existing agreement. This assessment considers both the change in cash flows arising from the modified terms as well as the change in overall instrument risk profile.
Where terms are substantially different, the existing loan will be derecognised and a new loan will be recognised at fair value.
Where terms are not substantially different, the loan carrying value will be adjusted to reflect the present value of modified cash flows discounted at the original EIR, with any resulting gain or loss recognised immediately within the income statement as a modification gain or loss.
Expected life
Lifetime ECLs must be measured over the expected life. This is restricted to the maximum contractual life and takes into account expected prepayment, extension, call and similar options. The exceptions are certain revolver financial instruments, such as credit cards and bank overdrafts, that include both a drawn and an undrawn component where the entitys contractual ability to demand repayment and cancel the undrawn commitment does not limit the entitys exposure to credit losses to the contractual notice period. For revolving facilities, expected life is analytically derived to reflect behavioural life of the asset, i.e. the full period over which the business expects to be exposed to credit risk. Behavioural life is typically based upon historical analysis of the average time to default, closure or withdrawal of facility. Where data is insufficient or analysis inconclusive, an additional maturity factor may be incorporated to reflect the full estimated life of the exposures, based upon experienced judgement and/or peer analysis. Potential future modifications of contracts are not taken into account when determining the expected life or EAD until they occur.
Discounting
ECLs are discounted at the EIR at initial recognition or an approximation thereof and consistent with income recognition. For loan commitments the EIR is the rate that is expected to apply when the loan is drawn down and a financial asset is recognised. Issued financial guarantee contracts are discounted at the risk free rate. Lease receivables are discounted at the rate implicit in the lease. For variable/floating rate financial assets, the spot rate at the reporting date is used and projections of changes in the variable rate over the expected life are not made to estimate future interest cash flows or for discounting.
224 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
7 Credit impairment charges and other provisions continued
Modelling techniques
ECLs are calculated by multiplying three main components, being the PD, LGD and the EAD, discounted at the original EIR. The regulatory Basel Committee of Banking Supervisors (BCBS) ECL calculations are leveraged for IFRS 9 modelling but adjusted for key differences which include:
◾ | BCBS requires 12 month through the economic cycle losses whereas IFRS 9 requires 12 months or lifetime point in time losses based on conditions at the reporting date and multiple forecasts of the future economic conditions over the expected lives; |
◾ | IFRS 9 models do not include certain conservative BCBS model floors and downturn assessments and require discounting to the reporting date at the original EIR rather than using the cost of capital to the date of default; |
◾ | Management adjustments are made to modelled output to account for situations where known or expected risk factors and information have not been considered in the modelling process, for example forecast economic scenarios for uncertain political events; and |
◾ | ECL is measured at the individual financial instrument level, however a collective approach where financial instruments with similar risk characteristics are grouped together, with apportionment to individual financial instruments, is used where effects can only be seen at a collective level, for example for forward-looking information. |
For the IFRS 9 impairment assessment, Barclays Groups risk models are used to determine the PD, LGD and EAD. For Stage 2 and 3, Barclays Group applies lifetime PDs but uses 12 month PDs for Stage 1. The ECL drivers of PD, EAD and LGD are modelled at an account level which considers vintage, among other credit factors. Also, the assessment of significant increase in credit risk is based on the initial lifetime PD curve, which accounts for the different credit risk underwritten over time.
Forbearance
A financial asset is subject to forbearance when it is modified due to the credit distress of the borrower. A modification made to the terms of an asset due to forbearance will typically be assessed as a non-substantial modification that does not result in derecognition of the original loan, except in circumstances where debt is exchanged for equity.
Both performing and non-performing forbearance assets are classified as Stage 3 except where it is established that the concession granted has not resulted in diminished financial obligation and that no other regulatory definition of default criteria has been triggered, in which case the asset is classified as Stage 2. The minimum probationary period for non-performing forbearance is 12 months and for performing forbearance, 24 months. Hence, a minimum of 36 months is required for non-performing forbearance to move out of a forborne state.
No financial instrument in forbearance can transfer back to Stage 1 until all of the Stage 2 thresholds are no longer met and can only move out of Stage 3 when no longer credit impaired.
Accounting for the impairment of financial assets under IAS 39 for 2017 and 2016
Loans and other assets held at amortised cost
In accordance with IAS 39, the Barclays Group assesses at each balance sheet date whether there is objective evidence that loan assets will not be recovered in full and, wherever necessary, recognises an impairment loss in the income statement.
An impairment loss is recognised if there is objective evidence of impairment as a result of events that have occurred and these have adversely impacted the estimated future cash flows from the assets. These events include:
◾ | becoming aware of significant financial difficulty of the issuer or obligor |
◾ | a breach of contract, such as a default or delinquency in interest or principal payments |
◾ | the Barclays Group, for economic or legal reasons relating to the borrowers financial difficulty, grants a concession that it would not otherwise consider |
◾ | it becomes probable that the borrower will enter bankruptcy or other financial reorganisation |
◾ | the disappearance of an active market for that financial asset because of financial difficulties |
◾ | observable data at a portfolio level indicating that there is a measurable decrease in the estimated future cash flows, although the decrease cannot yet be ascribed to individual financial assets in the portfolio such as adverse changes in the payment status of borrowers in the portfolio or national or local economic conditions that correlate with defaults on the assets in the portfolio. |
Impairment assessments are conducted individually for significant assets, which comprise all wholesale customer loans and larger retail business loans, and collectively for smaller loans and for portfolio level risks, such as country or sectoral risks. For the purposes of the assessment, loans with similar credit risk characteristics are grouped together generally on the basis of their product type, industry, geographical location, collateral type, past due status and other factors relevant to the evaluation of expected future cash flows.
The impairment assessment includes estimating the expected future cash flows from the asset or the group of assets, which are then discounted using the original effective interest rate calculated for the asset. If this is lower than the carrying value of the asset or the portfolio, an impairment allowance is raised.
If, in a subsequent period, the amount of the impairment loss decreases, and the decrease can be related objectively to an event occurring after the impairment was recognised, the previously recognised impairment loss is reversed by adjusting the allowance account. The amount of the reversal is recognised in the income statement.
Following impairment, interest income continues to be recognised at the original effective interest rate on the restated carrying amount, representing the unwind of the discount of the expected cash flows, including the principal due on non-accrual loans.
Uncollectable loans are written off against the related allowance for loan impairment on completion of the Barclays Groups internal processes when all reasonably expected recoverable amounts have been collected. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the income statement.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 225 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
7 Credit impairment charges and other provisions continued
Available for sale financial assets
Impairment of available for sale debt instruments
Debt instruments are assessed for impairment in the same way as loans. If impairment is deemed to have occurred, the cumulative decline in the fair value of the instrument that has previously been recognised in the available for sale reserve is removed from reserves and recognised in the income statement. This may be reversed if there is evidence that the circumstances of the issuer have improved.
Impairment of available for sale equity instruments
Where there has been a prolonged or significant decline in the fair value of an equity instrument below its acquisition cost, it is deemed to be impaired. The cumulative net loss that has been previously recognised directly in the available for sale reserve is removed from reserves and recognised in the income statement.
Increases in the fair value of equity instruments after impairment are recognised directly in other comprehensive income. Further declines in the fair value of equity instruments after impairment are recognised in the income statement.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
IFRS 9 impairment involves several important areas of judgement, including estimating forward looking modelled parameters (PD, LGD and EAD), developing a range of unbiased future economic scenarios, estimating expected lives and assessing significant increases in credit risk, based on the Barclays Groups experience of managing credit risk. The determination of expected life is most material for Barclays credit card portfolios which is obtained via behavioural life analysis. As a result, the expected life of credit card portfolios is currently modelled over 10 years, to materially capture the risk of these facilities.
Within the retail and small businesses portfolios, which comprise large numbers of small homogenous assets with similar risk characteristics where credit scoring techniques are generally used, the impairment allowance is calculated using forward looking modelled parameters which are typically run at account level. There are many models in use, each tailored to a product, line of business or customer category. Judgement and knowledge is needed in selecting the statistical methods to use when the models are developed or revised. The impairment allowance reflected in the financial statements for these portfolios is therefore considered to be reasonable and supportable. The impairment charge reflected in the income statement for retail portfolios is £1,689m (2017: £2,095m; 2016: £2,053m) of the total impairment charge on loans and advances.
For individually significant assets in Stage 3, impairment allowances are calculated on an individual basis and all relevant considerations that have a bearing on the expected future cash flows across a range of economic scenarios are taken into account. These considerations can be subjective and can include the business prospects for the customer, the realisable value of collateral, the Barclays Groups position relative to other claimants, the reliability of customer information and the likely cost and duration of the work-out process. The economic scenarios considered are the same as those used in the Groups ECL models. The level of the impairment allowance is the difference between the value of the discounted expected future cash flows (discounted at the loans original effective interest rate), and its carrying amount. Furthermore, judgements change with time as new information becomes available or as work-out strategies evolve, resulting in frequent revisions to the impairment allowance as individual decisions are taken. Changes in these estimates would result in a change in the allowances and have a direct impact on the impairment charge. The impairment charge reflected in the financial statements in relation to wholesale portfolios is a release of £99m (2017: £238m; 2016: £299m) of the total impairment charge on loans and advances. Further information on impairment allowances, impairment charges and related credit information is set out within the Risk review on page 107.
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges £m |
Recoveriesb £m |
Total £m |
Impairment charges £m |
Recoveriesb £m |
Total £m |
Impairment charges £m |
Recoveriesb £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances | 1,785 | (195 | ) | 1,590 | 2,654 | (334 | ) | 2,320 | 2,708 | (365 | ) | 2,343 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provision for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provided |
(125 | ) | | (125 | ) | 13 | | 13 | 9 | | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans impairment | 1,660 | (195 | ) | 1,465 | 2,667 | (334 | ) | 2,333 | 2,717 | (365 | ) | 2,352 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances | (1 | ) | | (1 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments | | | | 3 | | 3 | 21 | | 21 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income |
4 | | 4 | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
1,663 | (195 | ) | 1,468 | 2,670 | (334 | ) | 2,336 | 2,738 | (365 | ) | 2,373 |
Notes
a | The comparatives for 2017 and 2016 are presented on an IAS 39 basis. |
b | Cash recoveries of previously written off amounts. |
226 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
7 Credit impairment charges and other provisions continued
The movement in gross exposures and impairment allowance for loans and advances at amortised cost table under IFRS 9 is presented in the Credit risk section on page 107. The prior year comparative table for movement in allowance under IAS 39 is presented below.
Movements in allowance for impairment by asset class | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
At beginning £m |
Acquisitions and disposals £m |
Unwind of discount £m |
Exchange and other adjustments £m |
Amounts written off £m |
Recoveries £m |
Amounts charged to income statement £m |
Balance at 31 December £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
467 | | (5 | ) | (4 | ) | (29 | ) | | 29 | 458 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
3,060 | | (43 | ) | (223 | ) | (2,042 | ) | 252 | 2,051 | 3,055 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
1,093 | (5 | ) | | (13 | ) | (258 | ) | 82 | 240 | 1,139 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total impairment allowance |
4,620 | (5 | ) | (48 | ) | (240 | ) | (2,329 | ) | 334 | 2,320 | 4,652 |
Write-offs subject to enforcement activity
The contractual amount outstanding on financial assets that were written off during the period ended 31 December 2018 and that are still subject to enforcement activity is £1,445m. This is lower than the write-offs presented in the movement in gross exposures and impairment allowance table due to post write-off recoveries.
Modification of financial assets
Financial assets with a loss allowance measured at an amount equal to lifetime ECL of £851m were subject to non-substantial modification during the period, with a resulting loss of £26m. The gross carrying amount at 31 December 2018 of financial assets for which the loss allowance has changed to a 12 month ECL during the year amounts to £114m.
8 Operating expenses
Accounting for staff costs
The Barclays Group applies IAS 19 Employee benefits in its accounting for most of the components of staff costs.
Short-term employee benefits salaries, accrued performance costs and social security are recognised over the period in which the employees provide the services to which the payments relate.
Performance costs recognised to the extent that the Barclays Group has a present obligation to its employees that can be measured reliably and are recognised over the period of service that employees are required to work to qualify for the payments.
Deferred cash and share awards are made to employees to incentivise performance over the period employees provide services. To receive payment under an award, employees must provide service over the vesting period. The period over which the expense for deferred cash and share awards is recognised is based upon the period employees consider their services contribute to the awards. For past awards, the Barclays Group considers that it is appropriate to recognise the awards over the period from the date of grant to the date that the awards vest. In relation to awards granted from 2017, the Barclays Group, taking into account the changing employee understanding surrounding those awards, considered it appropriate for expense to be recognised over the vesting period including the financial year prior to the grant date.
The accounting policies for share-based payments, and pensions and other post-retirement benefits are included in Note 32 and Note 33 respectively.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Infrastructure costs |
||||||||||||
Property and equipment |
1,360 | 1,366 | 1,180 | |||||||||
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment |
418 | 446 | 492 | |||||||||
Operating lease rentals |
329 | 342 | 561 | |||||||||
Amortisation of intangible assets |
834 | 715 | 670 | |||||||||
Impairment of property, equipment and intangible assets |
9 | 80 | 95 | |||||||||
Total infrastructure costs |
2,950 | 2,949 | 2,998 | |||||||||
Administration and general costs |
||||||||||||
Consultancy, legal and professional feesa |
729 | 1,064 | 782 | |||||||||
Subscriptions, publications, stationery and communications |
635 | 630 | 644 | |||||||||
Marketing, advertising and sponsorship |
495 | 433 | 435 | |||||||||
Travel and accommodation |
153 | 150 | 136 | |||||||||
UK bank levy |
269 | 365 | 410 | |||||||||
Other administration and general expensesa |
176 | 98 | 147 | |||||||||
Total administration and general costs |
2,457 | 2,740 | 2,554 | |||||||||
Staff costs |
8,629 | 8,560 | 9,423 | |||||||||
Provisions for litigation and conducta |
2,207 | 1,207 | 1,363 | |||||||||
Operating expenses |
16,243 | 15,456 | 16,338 |
Note
a | The presentation of other costs has been amended to include litigation and conduct as a separate line item. The prior year comparatives within other cost categories have been adjusted accordingly. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 227 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
9 Tax
Accounting for income taxes
The Barclays Group applies IAS 12 Income Taxes in accounting for taxes on income. Income tax payable on taxable profits (current tax) is recognised as an expense in the periods in which the profits arise. Withholding taxes are also treated as income taxes. Income tax recoverable on tax allowable losses is recognised as a current tax asset only to the extent that it is regarded as recoverable by offsetting against taxable profits arising in the current or prior periods. Current tax is measured using tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against which the deductible temporary differences, and the carry forward of unused tax credits and unused tax losses can be utilised, except in certain circumstances where the deferred tax asset relating to the deductible temporary difference arises from the initial recognition of an asset or liability in a transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction, affects neither the accounting profit nor taxable profit or loss. Deferred tax is determined using tax rates and legislation enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date which are expected to apply when the deferred tax asset is realised or the deferred tax liability is settled. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are only offset when there is both a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
The Barclays Group considers an uncertain tax position to exist when it considers that ultimately, in the future, the amount of profit subject to tax may be greater than the amount initially reflected in the Barclays Groups tax returns. The Barclays Group accounts for provisions in respect of uncertain tax positions in two different ways.
A current tax provision is recognised when it is considered probable that the outcome of a review by a tax authority of an uncertain tax position will alter the amount of cash tax due to, or from, a tax authority in the future. From recognition, the current tax provision is then measured at the amount the Barclays Group ultimately expects to pay the tax authority to resolve the position, taking into account any interest and penalties potentially payable to the tax authority.
Deferred tax provisions are adjustments made to the carrying value of deferred tax assets in respect of uncertain tax positions. A deferred tax provision is recognised when it is considered probable that the outcome of a review by a tax authority of an uncertain tax position will result in a reduction in the carrying value of the deferred tax asset. From recognition of a provision, measurement of the underlying deferred tax asset is adjusted to take into account the expected impact of resolving the uncertain tax position on the loss or temporary difference giving rise to the deferred tax asset.
The approach taken to measurement takes account of whether the uncertain tax position is a discrete position that will be reviewed by the tax authority in isolation from any other position, or one of a number of issues which are expected to be reviewed together concurrently and resolved simultaneously with a tax authority. Barclays Groups measurement of provisions is based upon its best estimate of the additional profit that will become subject to tax. For a discrete position, consideration is given only to the merits of that position. Where a number of issues are expected to be reviewed and resolved together, Barclays Group will take into account not only the merits of its position in respect of each particular issue but also the overall level of provision relative to the aggregate of the uncertain tax positions across all the issues that are expected to be resolved at the same time. In addition, in assessing provision levels, it is assumed that tax authorities will review uncertain tax positions and that all facts will be fully and transparently disclosed.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
There are two key areas of judgement that impact the reported tax position. Firstly, the level of provisioning for uncertain tax positions; and secondly, the recognition and measurement of deferred tax assets.
The Barclays Group does not consider there to be a significant risk of a material adjustment to the carrying amount of current and deferred tax balances, including provisions for uncertain tax positions in the next financial year. The provisions for uncertain tax positions cover a diverse range of issues and reflect advice from external counsel where relevant. It should be noted that only a proportion of the total uncertain tax positions will be under audit at any point in time, and could therefore be subject to challenge by a tax authority over the next year.
Deferred tax assets have been recognised based on business profit forecasts. Details on the recognition of deferred tax assets is provided in this note.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Current tax charge/(credit) | ||||||||||||
Current year | 900 | 768 | 896 | |||||||||
Adjustments in respect of prior years | (214 | ) | 55 | (361 | ) | |||||||
686 | 823 | 535 | ||||||||||
Deferred tax charge/(credit) | ||||||||||||
Current year | 442 | 1,507 | 393 | |||||||||
Adjustments in respect of prior years | (6 | ) | (90 | ) | 65 | |||||||
436 | 1,417 | 458 | ||||||||||
Tax charge | 1,122 | 2,240 | 993 |
228 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
9 Tax continued
The table below shows the reconciliation between the actual tax charge and the tax charge that would result from applying the standard UK corporation tax rate to the Barclays Groups profit before tax.
2018 £m |
2018 % |
2017 £m |
2017 % |
2016 £m |
2016 % |
|||||||||||||||||||
Profit before tax |
3,494 | 3,541 | 3,230 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Tax charge based on the standard UK corporation tax rate of 19% |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(2017: 19.25%; 2016: 20%) |
664 | 19.0% | 682 | 19.3% | 646 | 20.0% | ||||||||||||||||||
Impact of profits/losses earned in territories with different statutory rates to the UK (weighted average tax rate is 21.9% (2017: 29.4%; 2016: 32.8%)) |
100 | 2.9% | 356 | 10.1% | 415 | 12.8% | ||||||||||||||||||
Recurring items: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-creditable taxes including withholding taxes |
156 | 4.5% | 191 | 5.4% | 277 | 8.6% | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-deductible expenses |
81 | 2.3% | 90 | 2.5% | 114 | 3.5% | ||||||||||||||||||
Impact of UK bank levy being non-deductible |
51 | 1.5% | 70 | 2.0% | 82 | 2.5% | ||||||||||||||||||
Tax adjustments in respect of share-based payments |
17 | 0.5% | 5 | 0.1% | 34 | 1.1% | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-taxable gains and income |
(245 | ) | (7.0% | ) | (178 | ) | (5.0% | ) | (199 | ) | (6.2% | ) | ||||||||||||
Changes in recognition of deferred tax and effect of unrecognised tax losses |
(104 | ) | (3.0% | ) | (71 | ) | (2.0% | ) | (178 | ) | (5.5% | ) | ||||||||||||
Impact of Barclays Bank PLCs overseas branches being taxed both locally and in the UK |
16 | 0.5% | (61 | ) | (1.7% | ) | (128 | ) | (4.0% | ) | ||||||||||||||
Adjustments in respect of prior years |
(220 | ) | (6.3% | ) | (35 | ) | (1.0% | ) | (296 | ) | (9.2% | ) | ||||||||||||
Banking surcharge and other items |
167 | 4.8% | 128 | 3.6% | 88 | 2.7% | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-recurring items: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Remeasurement of US deferred tax assets due to US tax rate reduction |
| | 1,177 | 33.2% | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Impact of the UK branch exemption election on US branch deferred tax assets |
| | (276 | ) | (7.8% | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||
Non-deductible provisions for UK customer redress |
93 | 2.7% | 129 | 3.6% | 203 | 6.3% | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-deductible provisions for investigations and litigation |
346 | 9.9% | 72 | 2.0% | 48 | 1.5% | ||||||||||||||||||
Non-taxable gains and income on divestments |
| | (39 | ) | (1.1% | ) | (180 | ) | (5.6% | ) | ||||||||||||||
Non-deductible impairments and losses on divestments |
| | | | 67 | 2.1% | ||||||||||||||||||
Total tax charge |
1,122 | 32.1% | 2,240 | 63.3% | 993 | 30.7% |
Factors driving the effective tax rate
The effective tax rate of 32.1% is higher than the UK corporation tax rate of 19% primarily due to profits earned outside the UK being taxed at local statutory tax rates that are higher than the UK tax rate, provisions for UK customer redress, investigations and litigation being non-deductible for tax purposes, non-creditable taxes and non-deductible expenses including UK bank levy. In addition, the UK profits of banking companies are subject to a surcharge. These factors, which have each increased the effective tax rate, are partially offset by the impact of non-taxable gains and income in the period, changes in the recognition of deferred tax, and the impact of adjustments in respect of prior years.
The Barclays Groups future tax charge will be sensitive to the geographic mix of profits earned and the tax rates in force in the jurisdictions that the Barclays Group operates in. In the UK, legislation to reduce the corporation tax rate to 17% from 1 April 2020 has been enacted.
Effective from 1 January 2019, a change in accounting standards requires the tax consequences of all payments on financial instruments that are classified as equity for accounting purposes, where those payments are considered to be a distribution of profit, to be included in the income statement tax charge. The Barclays Group currently includes the tax credit associated with deductions for payments made under Additional Tier 1 instruments as a movement in reserves. This accounting change will result in that tax credit being included in the income statement tax charge, and this will have the effect of reducing the Barclays Groups effective tax rate from 2019.
For illustrative purposes, if this future accounting approach had been applied in 2018, then, the tax credit on payments under Additional Tier 1 instruments would have reduced the Barclays Groups total income statement tax charge by £203m.
Tax in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income
The tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income can be found on page 206 in the consolidated statement of comprehensive income which includes within Other a tax credit of £30m (2017: £5m charge) on other items including share based payments.
Tax in respect of discontinued operation
Tax relating to the discontinued operation can be found in the BAGL disposal group income statement (refer to Note 41). The tax charge of £nil (2017: £154m) related entirely to the profit from the ordinary activities of the discontinued operation.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 229 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
9 Tax continued
Current tax assets and liabilities
Movements on current tax assets and liabilities were as follows:
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Assets |
482 | 561 | ||||||
Liabilities |
(586 | ) | (737 | ) | ||||
As at 1 January |
(104 | ) | (176 | ) | ||||
Income statement from continuing operations |
(686 | ) | (823 | ) | ||||
Other comprehensive income |
321 | 93 | ||||||
Corporate income tax paid |
548 | 708 | ||||||
Other movements |
91 | 94 | ||||||
170 | (104 | ) | ||||||
Assets |
798 | 482 | ||||||
Liabilities |
(628 | ) | (586 | ) | ||||
As at 31 December |
170 | (104 | ) | |||||
Deferred tax assets and liabilities |
| |||||||
The deferred tax amounts on the balance sheet were as follows:
|
| |||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Intermediate Holding Company (IHC Tax Group) |
1,454 | 1,413 | ||||||
US Branch Tax Group |
1,087 | 1,234 | ||||||
UK Tax Group |
861 | 492 | ||||||
Other |
426 | 318 | ||||||
Deferred tax asset |
3,828 | 3,457 | ||||||
Deferred tax liability |
(51 | ) | (44 | ) | ||||
Net deferred tax |
3,777 | 3,413 |
US deferred tax assets in the IHC and US Branch Tax Groups
The deferred tax asset in the IHC Tax Group of £1,454m (2017: £1,413m) includes £220m (2017: £286m) relating to tax losses and the deferred tax asset in Barclays Bank PLCs US Branch Tax Group of £1,087m (2017: £1,234m) includes £167m (2017: £283m) relating to tax losses. Under US tax rules, losses occurring prior to 1 January 2018 can be carried forward and offset against profits for a period of 20 years. The losses first arose in 2011 in the IHC Tax Group and 2008 in the US Branch Tax Group and therefore, any unused amounts may begin to expire in 2031 and 2028 respectively. The remaining US deferred tax assets relate to temporary differences for which there is no time limit on recovery. The deferred tax assets for the IHC and the US Branch Tax Groups tax losses are currently projected to be fully utilised by 2020.
UK Tax Group deferred tax asset
The deferred tax asset in the UK Tax Group of £861m (2017: £492m) relates entirely to temporary differences.
Other deferred tax assets
The deferred tax asset of £426m (2017: £318m) in other entities within the Barclays Group includes £142m (2017: £27m) relating to tax losses carried forward. These deferred tax assets relate to a number of different territories and their recognition is based on profit forecasts or local country law which indicate that it is probable that the losses and temporary differences will be utilised.
Of the deferred tax asset of £426m (2017: £318m), an amount of £247m (2017: £218m) relates to entities which have suffered a loss in either the current or prior year. This has been taken into account in reaching the above conclusion that these deferred tax assets will be fully recovered in the future.
230 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
9 Tax continued
The table below shows movements on deferred tax assets and liabilities during the year. The amounts are different from those disclosed on the balance sheet and in the preceding table as they are presented before offsetting asset and liability balances where there is a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
Fixed asset timing differences £m |
Fair value |
Cash flow hedges £m |
Retirement benefit obligations £m |
Loan impairment allowance £m |
Other provisions £m |
Tax losses carried forward £m |
Share- based and deferred |
Other £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assetsa |
1,266 | 200 | 1 | 52 | 735 | 157 | 596 | 384 | 1,362 | 4,753 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(28 | ) | (161 | ) | (76 | ) | (218 | ) | | | | | (230 | ) | (713 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2018a |
1,238 | 39 | (75 | ) | (166 | ) | 735 | 157 | 596 | 384 | 1,132 | 4,040 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income statement |
(14 | ) | (8 | ) | 7 | (120 | ) | (84 | ) | (62 | ) | (103 | ) | (26 | ) | (26 | ) | (436 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| 108 | 96 | (98 | ) | (48 | ) | 8 | 1 | (13 | ) | (7 | ) | 47 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other movements |
52 | 6 | 1 | (5 | ) | (2 | ) | 9 | 35 | 14 | 16 | 126 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1,276 | 145 | 29 | (389 | ) | 601 | 112 | 529 | 359 | 1,115 | 3,777 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
1,292 | 180 | 39 | 46 | 601 | 112 | 529 | 359 | 1,377 | 4,535 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(16 | ) | (35 | ) | (10 | ) | (435 | ) | | | | | (262 | ) | (758 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2018 |
1,276 | 145 | 29 | (389 | ) | 601 | 112 | 529 | 359 | 1,115 | 3,777 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
1,801 | 183 | | 91 | 151 | 251 | 503 | 732 | 2,013 | 5,725 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(92 | ) | (141 | ) | (333 | ) | | | | | | (319 | ) | (885 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 1 January 2017 |
1,709 | 42 | (333 | ) | 91 | 151 | 251 | 503 | 732 | 1,694 | 4,840 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income statement |
(353 | ) | | | (322 | ) | (38 | ) | (69 | ) | 131 | (307 | ) | (459 | ) | (1,417 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income |
| (3 | ) | 262 | 49 | | | | (22 | ) | 22 | 308 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other movements |
(118 | ) | | (4 | ) | 16 | (5 | ) | (25 | ) | (38 | ) | (19 | ) | (125 | ) | (318 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
1,238 | 39 | (75 | ) | (166 | ) | 108 | 157 | 596 | 384 | 1,132 | 3,413 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
1,266 | 200 | 1 | 52 | 108 | 157 | 596 | 384 | 1,362 | 4,126 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
(28 | ) | (161 | ) | (76 | ) | (218 | ) | | | | | (230 | ) | (713 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
At 31 December 2017 |
1,238 | 39 | (75 | ) | (166 | ) | 108 | 157 | 596 | 384 | 1,132 | 3,413 |
Note
a | Following the adoption of IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 on 1 January 2018, additional deferred tax assets of £627m were recognised. Refer to Note 42 for further information. |
Other movements include the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates as well as deferred tax amounts relating to acquisitions and disposals.
The amount of deferred tax liability expected to be settled after more than 12 months is £635m (2017: £522m). The amount of deferred tax assets expected to be recovered after more than 12 months is £3,703m (2017: £3,399m). These amounts are before offsetting asset and liability balances where there is a legal right to set-off and an intention to settle on a net basis.
Unrecognised deferred tax
Tax losses and temporary differences
Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of gross deductible temporary differences of £175m (2017: £157m), unused tax credits of £198m (2017: £546m), and gross tax losses of £16,313m (2017: £17,919m). The tax losses include capital losses of £3,225m (2017: £3,126m). Of these tax losses, £240m (2017: £409m) expire within five years, £259m (2017: £193m) expire within six to ten years, £948m (2017: £2,016m) expire within 11 to 20 years and £14,866m (2017: £15,301m) can be carried forward indefinitely. Deferred tax assets have not been recognised in respect of these items because it is not probable that future taxable profits and gains will be available against which they can be utilised.
Group investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates
Deferred tax is not recognised in respect of the value of the Barclays Groups investments in subsidiaries, branches and associates where the Barclays Group is able to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future. The aggregate amount of these temporary differences for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was £0.6bn (2017: £0.1bn).
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 231 |
Notes to the financial statements
Performance/return
10 Earnings per share | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent in respect of continuing and discontinued operations |
|
1,394 | (1,922 | ) | 1,623 | |||||||||||||||||||
Tax credit on profit after tax attributable to other equity instrument holders |
|
203 | 174 | 128 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total profit/(loss) attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent in respect of continuing and discontinued operations |
|
1,597 | (1,748 | ) | 1,751 | |||||||||||||||||||
Continuing operations |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent in respect of continuing operations |
|
1,394 | 413 | 1,434 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Tax credit on profit after tax attributable to other equity instrument holders |
|
203 | 174 | 128 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Profit attributable to equity holders of the parent in respect of continuing operations |
|
1,597 | 587 | 1,562 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Discontinued operation |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent in respect of discontinued operations |
|
| (2,335 | ) | 189 | |||||||||||||||||||
Dilutive impact of convertible options in respect of discontinued operations |
|
| | (1 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
(Loss)/profit attributable to equity holders of the parent in respect of discontinued operations including dilutive impact of convertible options |
|
| (2,335 | ) | 188 | |||||||||||||||||||
Profit/(loss) attributable to equity holders of the parent in respect of continuing and discontinued operations including dilutive impact of convertible options |
|
1,597 | (1,748 | ) | 1,750 | |||||||||||||||||||
2018 million |
2017 million |
2016 million |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Basic weighted average number of shares in issue |
|
17,075 | 16,996 | 16,860 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Number of potential ordinary shares |
|
308 | 288 | 184 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Diluted weighted average number of shares |
|
17,383 | 17,284 | 17,044 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Basic earnings per share | Diluted earnings per share | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 p |
2017 p |
2016 p |
2018 p |
2017 p |
2016 p |
|||||||||||||||||||
Earnings/(loss) per ordinary share |
9.4 | (10.3 | ) | 10.4 | 9.2 | (10.1 | ) | 10.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Earnings per ordinary share in respect of continuing operations |
9.4 | 3.5 | 9.3 | 9.2 | 3.4 | 9.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share in respect of discontinued operation |
| (13.8 | ) | 1.1 | | (13.5 | ) | 1.1 |
The calculation of basic earnings per share is based on the profit attributable to equity holders of the parent and the basic weighted average number of shares excluding treasury shares held in employee benefit trusts or held for trading. When calculating the diluted earnings per share, the weighted average number of shares in issue is adjusted for the effects of all dilutive potential ordinary shares held in respect of Barclays PLC, totalling 308m (2017: 288m) shares. The total number of share options outstanding, under schemes considered to be potentially dilutive, was 544m (2017: 534m). These options have strike prices ranging from £1.20 to £2.27.
Of the total number of employee share options and share awards at 31 December 2018, 43m (2017: 10m) were anti-dilutive.
The 79m (2017: 136m) increase in the basic weighted average number of shares since 31 December 2017 to 17,075m is primarily due to shares issued under employee share schemes and the Scrip Dividend Programme.
11 Dividends on ordinary shares
The Directors have approved a total dividend in respect of 2018 of 6.5p per ordinary share of 25p each. The remaining full year dividend for 2018 of 4.0p per ordinary share will be paid on 5 April 2019 to shareholders on the Share Register on 1 March 2019 following the 2.5p half year dividend paid in September. On 31 December 2018, there were 17,133m ordinary shares in issue. The financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2018 does not reflect this dividend, which will be accounted for in shareholders equity as an appropriation of retained profits in the year ending 31 December 2019. The 2018 financial statements include the 2018 half year dividend of £427m (2017: £170m) and a final dividend declared in relation to 2017 of £341m (2017: £339m). Dividends are funded out of distributable reserves.
232 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
The notes included in this section focus on assets and liabilities the Barclays Group holds and recognises at fair value. Fair value refers to the price that would be received to sell an asset or the price that would be paid to transfer a liability in an arms-length transaction with a willing counterparty, which may be an observable market price or, where there is no quoted price for the instrument, may be an estimate based on available market data. Detail regarding the Barclays Groups approach to managing market risk can be found on page 130.
12 Trading portfolio
Accounting for trading portfolio assets and liabilities
In accordance with IFRS 9, all assets and liabilities held for trading purposes are held at fair value with gains and losses in the changes in fair value taken to the income statement in net trading income (Note 5).
Trading portfolio assets | Trading portfolio liabilities | |||||||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||||
Debt securities and other eligible bills |
57,283 | 51,200 | (25,394 | ) | (29,045 | ) | ||||||||||
Equity securities |
39,565 | 59,338 | (12,488 | ) | (8,306 | ) | ||||||||||
Traded loans |
7,234 | 3,140 | | | ||||||||||||
Commodities |
105 | 82 | | | ||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets/(liabilities) |
104,187 | 113,760 | (37,882 | ) | (37,351 | ) |
13 Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
Accounting for financial assets mandatorily at fair value
Financial assets that are held for trading are recognised at fair value through profit or loss. In addition, financial assets are held at fair value through profit or loss if they do not contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI, or if the financial asset is not held in a business model that is either (i) a business model to collect the contractual cash flows or (ii) a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling.
Accounting for financial assets designated at fair value
Financial assets, other than those held for trading, are classified in this category if they are so irrevocably designated at inception and the use of the designation removes or significantly reduces an accounting mismatch.
Subsequent changes in fair value for these instruments are recognised in the income statement in net investment income, except if reporting it in trading income reduces an accounting mismatch.
The details on how the fair value amounts are derived for financial assets at fair value are described in Note 17.
Designated at fair value | Mandatorily at fair value | Total | ||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m | |||||||
Loans and advances |
5,267 | 11,037 | 14,257 | | 19,524 | 11,037 | ||||||
Debt securities |
3,855 | 15 | 667 | | 4,522 | 15 | ||||||
Equity securities |
| 4,670 | 6,019 | | 6,019 | 4,670 | ||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
106 | 100,040 | 118,935 | | 119,041 | 100,040 | ||||||
Other financial assets |
| 519 | 542 | | 542 | 519 | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
9,228 | 116,281 | 140,420 | | 149,648 | 116,281 |
Credit risk of loans and advances designated at fair value and related credit derivatives
The following table shows the maximum exposure to credit risk, the changes in fair value attributable to changes in credit risk, and the cumulative changes in fair value since initial recognition together with the amount by which related credit derivatives mitigate this risk:
Maximum exposure as at 31 December |
Changes in fair value during the year ended |
Cumulative changes in fair value from inception | ||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m | |||||||
Loans and advances designated at fair value, attributable to credit risk |
5,267 | 11,037 | 4 | 10 | (35) | 2 | ||||||
Value mitigated by related credit derivatives |
| 256 | | 1 | | (12) |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 233 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
14 Derivative financial instruments
Accounting for derivatives
Derivative instruments are contracts whose value is derived from one or more underlying financial instruments or indices defined in the contract. They include swaps, forward-rate agreements, futures, options and combinations of these instruments and primarily affect the Barclays Groups net interest income, net trading income and derivative assets and liabilities. Notional amounts of the contracts are not recorded on the balance sheet. Derivatives are used to hedge interest rate, exchange rate, commodity, and equity exposures and exposures to certain indices such as house price indices and retail price indices related to non-trading positions.
All derivative instruments are held at fair value through profit or loss, except for derivatives that are in a designated cash flow or net investment hedge accounting relationship. Derivatives are classified as assets when their fair value is positive or as liabilities when their fair value is negative. This includes terms included in a contract or financial liability (the host), which, had it been a standalone contract, would have met the definition of a derivative. If these are separated from the host, i.e. when the economic characteristics of the embedded derivative are not closely related with those of the host contract and the combined instrument is not measured at fair value through profit or loss, then they are accounted for in the same way as derivatives. For financial assets, the requirements are whether the financial asset contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI, and consequently the requirements for accounting for embedded derivatives are not applicable to financial assets.
Hedge accounting
The Barclays Group applies the requirements of IAS 39 Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement for hedge accounting purposes. The Barclays Group applies hedge accounting to represent the economic effects of its interest rate, currency and contractually linked inflation risk management strategies. Where derivatives are held for risk management purposes, and when transactions meet the required criteria for documentation and hedge effectiveness, the Barclays Group applies fair value hedge accounting, cash flow hedge accounting, or hedging of a net investment in a foreign operation, as appropriate to the risks being hedged.
Fair value hedge accounting
Changes in fair value of derivatives that qualify and are designated as fair value hedges are recorded in the income statement, together with changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. The fair value changes adjust the carrying value of the hedged asset or liability held at amortised cost.
If hedge relationships no longer meet the criteria for hedge accounting, hedge accounting is discontinued. For fair value hedges of interest rate risk, the fair value adjustment to the hedged item is amortised to the income statement over the period to maturity of the previously designated hedge relationship using the effective interest method. If the hedged item is sold or repaid, the unamortised fair value adjustment is recognised immediately in the income statement. For items classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, the hedge accounting adjustment is included in other comprehensive income.
Cash flow hedge accounting
For qualifying cash flow hedges, the fair value gain or loss associated with the effective portion of the cash flow hedge is recognised initially in other comprehensive income, and then recycled to the income statement in the periods when the hedged item will affect profit or loss. Any ineffective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is recognised in the income statement immediately.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in equity and is recognised when the hedged item is ultimately recognised in the income statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that was recognised in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.
Hedges of net investments
The Barclays Groups net investments in foreign operations, including monetary items accounted for as part of the net investment, are hedged for foreign currency risks using both derivatives and foreign currency borrowings. Hedges of net investments are accounted for similarly to cash flow hedges; the effective portion of the gain or loss on the hedging instrument is being recognised directly in other comprehensive income and the ineffective portion being recognised immediately in the income statement. The cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is recognised in the income statement on the disposal or partial disposal of the foreign operation, or other reductions in the Barclays Groups investment in the operation.
Total derivatives | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional | Notional | |||||||||||||||||||||||
contract | Fair value | contract | Fair value | |||||||||||||||||||||
amount | Assets | Liabilities | amount | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||
Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | 44,193,753 | 222,384 | (219,578 | ) | 35,686,673 | 237,504 | (237,236 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management | 180,202 | 154 | (65 | ) | 231,348 | 165 | (1,109 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) | 44,373,955 | 222,538 | (219,643 | ) | 35,918,021 | 237,669 | (238,345 | ) |
Further information on netting arrangements of derivative financial instruments can be found within Note 18.
Trading derivatives are managed within the Barclays Groups market risk management policies, which are outlined on page 93.
The Barclays Groups exposure to credit risk arising from derivative contracts are outlined in the Credit risk section on page 104 to 129.
234 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
14 Derivative financial instruments continued
The fair values and notional amounts of derivative instruments held for trading are set out in the following table:
Derivatives held for trading | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional | Notional | |||||||||||||||||||||||
contract | Fair value | contract | Fair value | |||||||||||||||||||||
amount | Assets | Liabilities | amount | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange |
3,460,364 | 32,575 | (33,051 | ) | 3,131,184 | 26,534 | (26,177 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Currency swaps |
1,180,559 | 27,184 | (26,031 | ) | 1,098,587 | 23,675 | (22,003 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold | 552,838 | 4,259 | (4,805 | ) | 506,156 | 4,056 | (4,665 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
5,193,761 | 64,018 | (63,887 | ) | 4,735,927 | 54,265 | (52,845 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
72,526 | 163 | (233 | ) | 59,618 | 607 | (585 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold | 23,585 | 7 | (7 | ) | 24,266 | 30 | (30 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives | 5,289,872 | 64,188 | (64,127 | ) | 4,819,811 | 54,902 | (53,460 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
7,333,917 | 102,613 | (96,394 | ) | 5,680,977 | 121,560 | (112,187 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Forward-rate agreements |
342,883 | 171 | (306 | ) | 268,277 | 87 | (88 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold | 2,292,525 | 20,922 | (22,589 | ) | 2,384,453 | 27,235 | (29,635 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
9,969,325 | 123,706 | (119,289 | ) | 8,333,707 | 148,882 | (141,910 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
16,083,853 | 1,056 | (1,016 | ) | 13,215,545 | 3,675 | (3,390 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold | 11,087,714 | 356 | (323 | ) | 7,644,560 | 362 | (358 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives | 37,140,892 | 125,118 | (120,628 | ) | 29,193,812 | 152,919 | (145,658 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
OTC swaps |
386,508 | 6,575 | (5,239 | ) | 411,160 | 7,595 | (6,233 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives cleared by central counterparty | 372,567 | 4,180 | (4,280 | ) | 303,841 | 4,954 | (5,319 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives | 759,075 | 10,755 | (9,519 | ) | 715,001 | 12,549 | (11,552 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold |
57,840 | 4,542 | (7,719 | ) | 58,456 | 5,262 | (9,591 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity swaps and forwards | 132,656 | 5,169 | (4,111 | ) | 103,283 | 2,235 | (5,478 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
190,496 | 9,711 | (11,830 | ) | 161,739 | 7,497 | (15,069 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold | 692,435 | 11,171 | (12,066 | ) | 632,662 | 7,201 | (9,050 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity and stock index derivatives | 882,931 | 20,882 | (23,896 | ) | 794,401 | 14,698 | (24,119 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
OTC options bought and sold |
1,648 | 26 | (34 | ) | 4,465 | 32 | (103 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity swaps and forwards | 8,108 | 495 | (374 | ) | 12,755 | 662 | (753 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
OTC derivatives |
9,756 | 521 | (408 | ) | 17,220 | 694 | (856 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange traded futures and options bought and sold | 111,227 | 920 | (1,000 | ) | 146,428 | 1,742 | (1,591 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives | 120,983 | 1,441 | (1,408 | ) | 163,648 | 2,436 | (2,447 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | 44,193,753 | 222,384 | (219,578 | ) | 35,686,673 | 237,504 | (237,236 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total OTC derivatives held for trading |
15,749,846 | 204,531 | (200,653 | ) | 13,659,753 | 218,933 | (216,913 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives cleared by central counterparty held for trading |
16,528,946 | 5,399 | (5,529 | ) | 13,579,004 | 9,236 | (9,294 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total exchange traded derivatives held for trading | 11,914,961 | 12,454 | (13,396 | ) | 8,447,916 | 9,335 | (11,029 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for trading | 44,193,753 | 222,384 | (219,578 | ) | 35,686,673 | 237,504 | (237,236 | ) |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 235 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
14 Derivative financial instruments continued
The fair values and notional amounts of derivative instruments held for risk management are set out in the following table:
Derivatives held for risk management | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional | Notional | |||||||||||||||||||||||
contract | Fair value | contract | Fair value | |||||||||||||||||||||
amount | Assets | Liabilities | amount | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
2,075 | 11 | (6 | ) | 1,482 | 7 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty |
73,314 | | | 122,103 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges | 75,389 | 11 | (6 | ) | 123,585 | 7 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate swaps |
2,065 | 143 | (49 | ) | 7,345 | 117 | (1,096 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives cleared by central counterparty | 99,780 | | | 97,436 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges | 101,845 | 143 | (49 | ) | 104,781 | 117 | (1,096 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forward foreign exchange | 2,968 | | (10 | ) | 2,982 | 41 | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivatives designated as hedges of net investments | 2,968 | | (10 | ) | 2,982 | 41 | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management | 180,202 | 154 | (65 | ) | 231,348 | 165 | (1,109 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total OTC derivatives held for risk management |
7,108 | 154 | (65 | ) | 11,809 | 165 | (1,109 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total derivatives cleared by central counterparty held for risk management | 173,094 | | | 219,539 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Derivative assets/(liabilities) held for risk management | 180,202 | 154 | (65 | ) | 231,348 | 165 | (1,109 | ) |
The Barclays Group has hedged the following forecast cash flows, which primarily vary with interest rates. These cash flows are expected to impact the income statement in the following periods, excluding any hedge adjustments that may be applied:
Up to | One to | Two to | Three to | Four to | More than | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | one year | two years | three years | four years | five years | five years | ||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forecast receivable cash flows | 2,599 | 685 | 717 | 536 | 346 | 200 | 115 | |||||||||||||||||||||
2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Forecast receivable cash flows | 2,671 | 484 | 584 | 561 | 416 | 305 | 321 |
The maximum length of time over which the Barclays Group hedges exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecast transactions, excluding those forecast transactions related to the payment of variable interest on existing financial instruments is 10 years (2017: 10 years).
Amounts recognised in net interest income |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||
(Losses)/gains on the hedged items attributable to the hedged risk | (163 | ) | 550 | |||||
Gains/(losses) on the hedging instruments | 164 | (460 | ) | |||||
Fair value ineffectiveness | 1 | 90 | ||||||
Cash flow hedging ineffectiveness | (5 | ) | (135 | ) | ||||
Net investment hedging ineffectiveness | (1 | ) | 2 |
Gains and losses transferred from the cash flow hedging reserve to the income statement included a £332m gain (2017: £632m gain) to interest expense.
236 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
14 Derivative financial instruments continued
Hedge accounting
Hedge accounting is applied predominantly for the following risks:
(i) | Interest rate risk predominantly arises due to a mismatch between fixed interest rates and floating interest rates. Interest rate risk also includes exposure to inflation risk for certain types of investments. |
(ii) | Currency risk arises due to assets or liabilities being denominated in different currencies than the functional currency of the relevant entity. At a consolidated level, currency risk also arises when the functional currency of subsidiaries are different from the parent. |
(iii) | Contractually linked Inflation risk arises from financial instruments within contractually specified inflation risk. The Barclays Group does not hedge inflation risk that arises from other activities. |
In order to hedge the risks to which the Barclays Group is exposed, the hedging instruments employed are interest rate swaps, inflation swaps, currency swaps and foreign currency debt to:
(i) | Swap fixed interest rate exposures into variable rates. |
(ii) | Swap variable interest rate exposures into fixed rates. |
(iii) | Swap inflation exposure into either fixed or variable interest rates. |
(iv) | Swap foreign currency net investment exposure to local currency. |
The hedging instruments share the same risk exposures as the hedged items, being interest rate risk, inflation risk and foreign currency risk. Hedge effectiveness is assessed with reference to the shared risks, but to the extent hedging instruments are exposed to different risks than the hedged items, this could result in hedge ineffectiveness or hedge accounting failures.
In some cases, certain items which are economically hedged may be ineligible hedged items for the purposes of IAS 39, such as core deposits and equity. In these instances, a proxy hedging solution can be utilised whereby portfolios of floating rate assets are designated as eligible hedged items in cash flow hedges.
The ratio between the hedged item and the hedging instruments is typically determined with reference to the sensitivity of the hedged item, on designation to the risk factor, compared to that of the hedging instrument. In many cases the ratio is 100%.
In some hedging relationships, the Barclays Group would designate risk components of hedged items as follows:
(i) | Benchmark interest rate risk as a component of interest rate risk, such as the LIBOR component. |
(ii) | Inflation risk as a contractually specified component of a debt instrument. |
(iii) | Spot exchange rate risk for foreign currency financial assets or financial liabilities. |
(iv) | Components of cash flows of hedged items, for example certain interest payments for part of the life of an instrument. |
Using the benchmark interest rate risk results in other risks such as credit risk and liquidity risk being excluded from the hedge accounting relationship. LIBOR is considered the predominant interest rate risk and therefore the hedged items change in fair value on a fully proportionate basis with reference to this risk.
For disclosures of the extent of risk exposures that the Barclays Group manages, refer to the Risk review section.
In respect of many of the Barclays Groups hedge accounting relationships, the hedged item and hedging instrument change frequently due to the dynamic nature of the risk management and hedge accounting strategy.
The Barclays risk management strategy is to hedge interest rate risk with interest rate derivatives (predominantly interest rate swaps), currency risk with currency derivatives and inflation risk with inflation derivatives. The interest rate risk management strategy is to reduce Barclays exposure to interest rate risk to within approved risk limits.
The Barclays Group applies hedge accounting to dynamic scenarios, predominantly in relation to interest rate risk, with a combination of hedged items (some hedged items are designated by proxy) in order for its financial statements to reflect as closely as possible the economic risk management undertaken. Hedge relationships are analysed and rebalanced on a daily basis. In some cases, if the hedge accounting objective changes, the relevant hedge accounting relationship is de-designated; in some cases, a de-designated relationship is replaced with a different hedge accounting relationship.
Changes in the GBP value of net investments due to foreign currency movements are captured in the currency translation reserve, resulting in a movement in CET1 capital. The Barclays Groups strategy is to minimise the volatility of the capital ratios caused by foreign exchange movements, by matching the CET1 capital movements to the revaluation of the Barclays Groups foreign currency RWA exposures. Net investment hedges are designated where necessary to reduce the exposure to movement in a particular exchange rate to within mandated limits. As far as possible, existing external currency liabilities are designated as the hedging instruments. Hedging relationships are reviewed, and adjusted if necessary, at least once a month.
Sources of ineffectiveness affecting hedge accounting are as follows:
(i) | Mismatches between the contractual terms of the hedged item and hedging instrument, including basis differences between the hedged risk and the risk exposure of the hedging instrument. |
(ii) | Changes in credit risk of the hedging instruments. |
(iii) | If a hedge accounting relationship becomes overhedged. This might occur in hedges of net investments if the net asset value designated at the start of the period falls below the amount of the hedging instrument. |
(iv) | In the cash flow hedging solution, when a hedge is built using external swaps having non-zero present values, it creates ineffectiveness. |
No other source of ineffectiveness has arisen during the period. Hedge effectiveness is determined with reference to quantitative tests, predominantly regression testing, which takes into account the regression co-efficient, the slope of the regression line, and ensuring that the relevant confidence intervals are complied with. There were no instances of forecast transactions for which hedge accounting had been used in the previous period, but which are no longer expected to occur.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 237 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
14 Derivative financial instruments continued
Amount, timing and uncertainty of future cash flows
The following table shows the hedging instruments which are carried on the Barclays Groups balance sheet:
Change in fair | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying value | value used as | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
a basis to | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative | Derivative | Loan | Nominal | determine | ||||||||||||||||||||||
assets | liabilities | liabilities | amount | ineffectiveness | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Hedge type | Risk category | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value |
Interest rate risk | 106 | (41 | ) | | 98,320 | 135 | |||||||||||||||||||
Inflation risk | 37 | (8 | ) | | 3,525 | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow |
Interest rate risk | 11 | (6 | ) | | 75,389 | (380 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Net investment |
Foreign exchange risk | | (10 | ) | (12,325 | ) | 15,300 | (745 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
The following table profiles the expected notional values of current hedging instruments in future years:
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2019 £m |
2020 £m |
2021 £m |
2022 £m |
2023 £m |
2024 and later £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value hedges of interest rate risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount |
95,411 | 86,939 | 70,335 | 56,938 | 51,114 | 41,510 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value hedges of inflation risk |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Notional amount |
3,107 | 1,998 | 1,754 | 1,331 | 1,159 | 986 |
There are 1,805 interest rate risk fair value hedges with an average fixed rate of 2.79% across the relationships and 44 inflation risk fair value hedges with an average rate of 1.00% across the relationships.
Hedged items in fair value hedge accounting relationships | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated fair value adjustment included in carrying amount |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
fair value | Change in | |||||||||||||||||||||||
adjustment on | fair value | Hedge | ||||||||||||||||||||||
items no longer | used as a basis | ineffectiveness | Line item in the | |||||||||||||||||||||
in a hedge | to determine | recognised in the | income statement | |||||||||||||||||||||
Hedged item statement of financial position | Carrying amount | Total | relationship | ineffectiveness | income statement | used to recognise | ||||||||||||||||||
classification and risk category | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ineffectiveness | ||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances classified as amortised cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate risk |
7,106 | (363 | ) | (626 | ) | (568 | ) | 37 | Net interest income | |||||||||||||||
Inflation risk |
512 | 312 | | 2 | (1 | ) | Net interest income | |||||||||||||||||
Debt securities classified as fair value through other comprehensive income |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate risk |
30,108 | 416 | (21 | ) | (96 | ) | 17 | Net interest income | ||||||||||||||||
Inflation risk |
2,907 | (20 | ) | | (50 | ) | (18 | ) | Net interest income | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue classified as amortised cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate risk |
53,935 | (289 | ) | (256 | ) | 549 | (34 | ) | Net interest income |
For items classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, the hedge accounting adjustment is not included in the carrying amount, but rather recognised as other comprehensive income.
238 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
14 Derivative financial instruments continued | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Hedged items in cash flow hedge accounting and hedges of net investments in foreign operations | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Balances | remaining | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
remaining in | in foreign | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Change in | cash flow | currency | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
value of | Balance in | hedge reserve | translation | Hedging gains | Line item in the | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
hedged item | Balance in | foreign | for which | reserve for | or losses | Hedge | statement of | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
used as | cash flow | currency | hedge | which hedge | recognised | ineffectiveness | comprehensive | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
the basis for | hedge reserve | reserve | accounting | accounting | in other | recognised in | income used | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
recognising | for continuing | for continuing | is no longer | is no longer | comprehensive | the income | to recognise | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Description of hedge | ineffectiveness | hedges | hedges | applied | applied | income | statement | ineffectiveness | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
relationship and hedged risk | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash flow hedge of | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
interest rate risk | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
advances classified | Net interest | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
as amortised cost | 375 | (44 | ) | | (827 | ) | | 334 | (5 | ) | income | |||||||||||||||||||||
Hedge of net investment | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
in foreign operation | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
USD foreign operations | 719 | | 1,648 | | | 719 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
EUR foreign operations | | | 1 | | 86 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
ZAR foreign operations | | | | | (1 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
CAD foreign operations | | | | | 1 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
CHF foreign operations | 4 | | | | 53 | 4 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
HKD foreign operations | 2 | | | | 23 | 2 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
JPY foreign operations | 14 | | | | 77 | 14 | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
MXN foreign operations | 21 | | | | (14 | ) | 21 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SEK foreign operations | (13 | ) | | | | 13 | (13 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Net | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
interest | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SGD foreign operations | 1 | | | | 78 | 1 | (1 | ) | income | |||||||||||||||||||||||
TWD foreign operations | | | | | 2 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
BRL foreign operations | (4 | ) | | (3 | ) | | | (4 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
CNY foreign operations | | | | | 2 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
INR foreign operations | | | | | 7 | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
744 | | 1,646 | | 327 | 744 | (1 | ) |
The effect on the income statement and other comprehensive income of recycling amounts in respect of cash flow hedges and net investment hedges of foreign operations is set out in the following table:
2018 | ||||||||
Amount recycled | Amount recycled | |||||||
from other | from other | |||||||
comprehensive | comprehensive | |||||||
income due to | income during the | |||||||
hedged item | period due to sale | |||||||
affecting income | or disposal of | |||||||
statement | investment | |||||||
Description of hedge relationship and hedged risk | £m | £m | ||||||
Cash flow hedge of interest rate risk | ||||||||
Recycled to interest income | 332 | | ||||||
Hedge of net investment in foreign operation | ||||||||
Recycled to other income | | (41 | ) |
A detailed reconciliation of the movements of the cash flow hedge reserve and the currency translation reserve is as follows:
Cash flow | Currency | |||||||
hedge reserve | translation reserve | |||||||
£m | £m | |||||||
Balance on 1 January 2018 | 1,161 | 3,054 | ||||||
Currency translation movementsa | (10 | ) | 793 | |||||
Hedging gains/(losses) for the year | (334 | ) | | |||||
Amounts reclassified in relation to cash flows affecting profit or loss | (332 | ) | 41 | |||||
Tax | 175 | | ||||||
Balance on 31 December 2018 | 660 | 3,888 |
Note |
a | Currency translation movements include amounts attributable to items which are not in net investment hedges (£49m gain). |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 239 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
15 Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and Financial investments
Accounting for financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income (FVOCI) under IFRS 9 effective from 1 January 2018
Financial assets that are debt instruments held in a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling and that contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI are measured at FVOCI. They are subsequently re-measured at fair value and changes therein (except for those relating to impairment, interest income and foreign currency exchange gains and losses) are recognised in other comprehensive income until the assets are sold. Interest (calculated using the effective interest method) is recognised in the income statement in net interest income (Note 3). Upon disposal, the cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is included in net investment income.
In determining whether the business model is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets, it is determined that both collecting contractual cash flows and selling financial assets are integral to achieving the objective of the business model. The Barclays Group will consider past sales and expectations about future sales to establish if the business model is achieved.
For equity securities that are not held for trading, the Barclays Group may make an irrevocable election on initial recognition to present subsequent changes in the fair value of the instrument in other comprehensive income (except for dividend income which is recognised in profit or loss). Gains or losses on the de-recognition of these equity securities are not transferred to profit or loss. These assets are also not subject to the impairment requirements and therefore no amounts are recycled to the income statement. Where the Barclays Group has not made the irrevocable election to present subsequent changes in the fair value of the instrument in other comprehensive income, equity securities are measured at fair value through profit or loss.
Accounting for financial investments under IAS 39 for 2017 and 2016
Available for sale financial assets are held at fair value with gains and losses being included in other comprehensive income. The Barclays Group uses this classification for assets that are not derivatives and are not held for trading purposes or otherwise designated at fair value through profit or loss, or at amortised cost. Dividends and interest (calculated using the effective interest method) are recognised in the income statement in net interest income or, net investment income. On disposal, the cumulative gain or loss recognised in other comprehensive income is also included in net investment income.
Held to maturity assets are held at amortised cost. The Barclays Group uses this classification when there is an intent and ability to hold the asset to maturity. Interest on the investments are recognised in the income statement within net interest income.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Debt securities and other eligible bills at fair value through other comprehensive income | 51,026 | | ||||||
Equity securities at fair value through other comprehensive income | 1,122 | | ||||||
Loans and advances at fair value through other comprehensive income | 668 | | ||||||
Available for sale debt securities and other eligible bills | | 52,020 | ||||||
Available for sale equity securities | | 1,786 | ||||||
Held to maturity debt securities | | 5,109 | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income/Financial investments | 52,816 | 58,915 |
16 Financial liabilities designated at fair value
Accounting for liabilities designated at fair value through profit and loss
In accordance with IFRS 9, financial liabilities may be designated at fair value, with gains and losses taken to the income statement within net trading income (Note 5) and net investment income (Note 6). Movements in own credit are reported through other comprehensive income. On derecognition of the financial liability no amount relating to own credit risk are recycled to the income statement. The Barclays Group has the ability to make the fair value designation when holding the instruments at fair value reduces an accounting mismatch (caused by an offsetting liability or asset being held at fair value), or is managed by the Barclays Group on the basis of its fair value, or includes terms that have substantive derivative characteristics (Note 14).
The details on how the fair value amounts are arrived for financial liabilities designated at fair value are described in Note 17.
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||
Fair value £m |
Contractual amount due on maturity £m |
Fair value £m |
Contractual amount due on maturity £m |
|||||||||||||
Debt securities | 46,649 | 54,159 | 42,563 | 46,920 | ||||||||||||
Deposits | 31,682 | 32,029 | 4,448 | 4,414 | ||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing | 138,484 | 138,724 | 126,691 | 126,822 | ||||||||||||
Other financial liabilities | 19 | 19 | 16 | 16 | ||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | 216,834 | 224,931 | 173,718 | 178,172 |
The cumulative own credit net loss recognised is £121m (2017: £179m loss).
240 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments
Accounting for financial assets and liabilities fair values
Financial instruments that are held for trading are recognised at fair value through profit or loss. In addition, financial assets are held at fair value through profit or loss if they do not contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI, or if the financial asset is not held in a business model that is either (i) a business model to collect the contractual cash flows or (ii) a business model that is achieved by both collecting contractual cash flows and selling. Subsequent changes in fair value for these instruments are recognised in the income statement in net investment income, except if reporting it in trading income reduces an accounting mismatch.
All financial instruments are initially recognised at fair value on the date of initial recognition (including transaction costs, other than financial instruments held at fair value through profit or loss) and, depending on the classification of the asset or liability, may continue to be held at fair value either through profit or loss or other comprehensive income. The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
Wherever possible, fair value is determined by reference to a quoted market price for that instrument. For many of the Barclays Groups financial assets and liabilities, especially derivatives, quoted prices are not available and valuation models are used to estimate fair value. The models calculate the expected cash flows under the terms of each specific contract and then discount these values back to a present value. These models use as their basis independently sourced market inputs including, for example, interest rate yield curves, equities and commodities prices, option volatilities and currency rates.
For financial liabilities measured at fair value, the carrying amount reflects the effect on fair value of changes in own credit spreads derived from observable market data such as in primary issuance and redemption activity for structured notes.
On initial recognition, it is presumed that the transaction price is the fair value unless there is observable information available in an active market to the contrary. The best evidence of an instruments fair value on initial recognition is typically the transaction price. However, if fair value can be evidenced by comparison with other observable current market transactions in the same instrument, or is based on a valuation technique whose inputs include only data from observable markets, then the instrument should be recognised at the fair value derived from such observable market data.
For valuations that have made use of unobservable inputs, the difference between the model valuation and the initial transaction price (Day One profit) is recognised in profit or loss either: on a straight-line basis over the term of the transaction; or over the period until all model inputs will become observable where appropriate; or released in full when previously unobservable inputs become observable.
Various factors influence the availability of observable inputs and these may vary from product to product and change over time. Factors include the depth of activity in the relevant market, the type of product, whether the product is new and not widely traded in the marketplace, the maturity of market modelling and the nature of the transaction (bespoke or generic). To the extent that valuation is based on models or inputs that are not observable in the market, the determination of fair value can be more subjective, dependent on the significance of the unobservable input to the overall valuation. Unobservable inputs are determined based on the best information available, for example by reference to similar assets, similar maturities or other analytical techniques.
The sensitivity of valuations used in the financial statements to possible changes in significant unobservable inputs is shown on page 250.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The valuation of financial instruments often involves a significant degree of judgement and complexity, in particular where valuation models make use of unobservable inputs (Level 3 assets and liabilities). This note provides information on these instruments, including the related unrealised gains and losses recognised in the period, a description of significant valuation techniques and unobservable inputs, and a sensitivity analysis.
Valuation
IFRS 13 Fair value measurement requires an entity to classify its assets and liabilities according to a hierarchy that reflects the observability of significant market inputs. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are defined below.
Quoted market prices Level 1
Assets and liabilities are classified as Level 1 if their value is observable in an active market. Such instruments are valued by reference to unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets where the quoted price is readily available, and the price represents actual and regularly occurring market transactions. An active market is one in which transactions occur with sufficient volume and frequency to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Valuation technique using observable inputs Level 2
Assets and liabilities classified as Level 2 have been valued using models whose inputs are observable either directly or indirectly. Valuations based on observable inputs include assets and liabilities such as swaps and forwards which are valued using market standard pricing techniques, and options that are commonly traded in markets where all the inputs to the market standard pricing models are observable.
Valuation technique using significant unobservable inputs Level 3
Assets and liabilities are classified as Level 3 if their valuation incorporates significant inputs that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). A valuation input is considered observable if it can be directly observed from transactions in an active market, or if there is compelling external evidence demonstrating an executable exit price. Unobservable input levels are generally determined via reference to observable inputs, historical observations or using other analytical techniques.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 241 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
The following table shows the Barclays Groups assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by valuation technique (fair value hierarchy) and balance sheet classification:
Assets and liabilities held at fair value | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Valuation technique using | Valuation technique using | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Level 1 £m |
Level 2 £m |
Level 3 £m |
Total £m |
Level 1 £m |
Level 2 £m |
Level 3 £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 51,029 | 49,545 | 3,613 | 104,187 | 63,925 | 47,858 | 1,977 | 113,760 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
8,918 | 131,348 | 9,382 | 149,648 | 4,347 | 104,187 | 7,747 | 116,281 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets | 6,813 | 210,510 | 5,215 | 222,538 | 3,786 | 228,549 | 5,334 | 237,669 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments | | | | | 22,841 | 30,571 | 395 | 53,807 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 19,764 | 32,697 | 355 | 52,816 | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment property | | | 9 | 9 | | | 116 | 116 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for salea |
| | | | | | 29 | 29 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets | 86,524 | 424,100 | 18,574 | 529,198 | 94,899 | 411,165 | 15,598 | 521,662 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities | (20,654 | ) | (17,225 | ) | (3 | ) | (37,882 | ) | (20,905 | ) | (16,442 | ) | (4 | ) | (37,351 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value | (76 | ) | (216,478 | ) | (280 | ) | (216,834 | ) | | (173,238 | ) | (480 | ) | (173,718 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities | (6,152 | ) | (208,748 | ) | (4,743 | ) | (219,643 | ) | (3,631 | ) | (229,517 | ) | (5,197 | ) | (238,345 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities | (26,882 | ) | (442,451 | ) | (5,026 | ) | (474,359 | ) | (24,536 | ) | (419,197 | ) | (5,681 | ) | (449,414 | ) |
Note
a | Disposal groups held for sale and measured at fair value less cost to sell are included in the fair value table. |
242 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
The following table shows the Barclays Groups assets and liabilities that are held at fair value disaggregated by valuation technique (fair value hierarchy) and product type:
Assets and liabilities held at fair value by product type |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets Valuation technique using
|
Liabilities Valuation technique using
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | Level 1 | Level 2 | Level 3 | |||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
| 122,794 | 2,478 | | (118,227 | ) | (2,456 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
| 63,996 | 192 | | (63,952 | ) | (185 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
| 9,373 | 1,381 | | (9,188 | ) | (331 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
6,813 | 12,934 | 1,136 | (6,152 | ) | (16,001 | ) | (1,743 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
| 1,413 | 28 | | (1,380 | ) | (28 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
41,812 | 51,644 | 14 | (9,396 | ) | (11,171 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
| 14,664 | 456 | | (5,061 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
| 1,135 | | | (8,556 | ) | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Margin lending |
| 10,388 | | | (26,875 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements |
| 118,273 | 768 | | (138,460 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
| 7,406 | 8,304 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
| 2,314 | 688 | | (245 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
| | | | (42,101 | ) | (251 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
37,816 | 7,195 | 698 | (11,258 | ) | (1,181 | ) | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
7 | | 1,071 | | | (19 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Assets and liabilities held for sale |
| | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Othera |
76 | 571 | 1,360 | (76 | ) | (53 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Total |
86,524 | 424,100 | 18,574 | (26,882 | ) | (442,451 | ) | (5,026 | ) | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
| 150,325 | 2,718 | | (143,890 | ) | (2,867 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
| 54,783 | 160 | | (53,346 | ) | (124 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
| 11,163 | 1,386 | | (11,312 | ) | (240 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
3,786 | 9,848 | 1,064 | (3,631 | ) | (18,527 | ) | (1,961 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
| 2,430 | 6 | | (2,442 | ) | (5 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
34,783 | 49,853 | 49 | (13,079 | ) | (13,116 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
| 15,098 | 871 | | (3,580 | ) | (4 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
| 1,491 | | | (7,377 | ) | (250 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements |
| 100,038 | | | (126,691 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
| 5,710 | 6,657 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
| 1,837 | 626 | | (221 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
| | | | (38,176 | ) | (214 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Equity cash productsa |
56,322 | 7,690 | 502 | (7,826 | ) | (388 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
8 | 1 | 817 | | | (16 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Assets and liabilities held for sale |
| | 29 | | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Othera,b |
| 898 | 713 | | (131 | ) | | |||||||||||||||||
Total |
94,899 | 411,165 | 15,598 | (24,536 | ) | (419,197 | ) | (5,681 | ) |
Notes
a Level 3 preference shares of £390m were reclassified from other to equity cash products.
b Other includes commercial real estate loans, funds and fund-linked products, asset backed loans, physical commodities and investment property.
Valuation techniques and sensitivity analysis
Sensitivity analysis is performed on products with significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) to generate a range of reasonably possible alternative valuations. The sensitivity methodologies applied take account of the nature of the valuation techniques used, as well as the availability and reliability of observable proxy and historical data and the impact of using alternative models.
Sensitivities are dynamically calculated on a monthly basis. The calculation is based on range or spread data of a reliable reference source or a scenario based on relevant market analysis alongside the impact of using alternative models. Sensitivities are calculated without reflecting the impact of any diversification in the portfolio.
The valuation techniques used for the material products within Levels 2 and 3, and observability and sensitivity analysis for products within Level 3, are described below.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 243 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Interest rate derivatives
Description: Derivatives linked to interest rates or inflation indices. The category includes futures, interest rate and inflation swaps, swaptions, caps, floors, inflation options, balance guaranteed swaps and other exotic interest rate derivatives.
Valuation: Interest rate and inflation derivatives are generally valued using curves of forward rates constructed from market data to project and discount the expected future cash flows of trades. Instruments with optionality are valued using volatilities implied from market inputs, and use industry standard or bespoke models depending on the product type.
Observability: In general, inputs are considered observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each input and underlying. Unobservable inputs are generally set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity to unobservable valuation inputs is based on the dispersion of consensus data services where available, or alternatively it is based on stress scenarios or historic data.
Foreign exchange derivatives
Description: Derivatives linked to the foreign exchange (FX) market. The category includes FX forward contracts, FX swaps and FX options. The majority are traded as over the counter (OTC) derivatives.
Valuation: FX derivatives are valued using industry standard and bespoke models depending on the product type. Valuation inputs include FX rates, interest rates, FX volatilities, interest rate volatilities, FX interest rate correlations and others as appropriate.
Observability: FX correlations, forwards and volatilities are generally observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each input and underlying. Unobservable inputs are set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques, or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity relating to unobservable valuation inputs is primarily based on the dispersion of consensus data services.
Credit derivatives
Description: Derivatives linked to the credit spread of a referenced entity, index or basket of referenced entities or a pool of referenced assets (e.g. a securitised product). The category includes single name and index credit default swaps (CDS) and asset backed CDS.
Valuation: CDS are valued on industry standard models using curves of credit spreads as the principal input. Credit spreads are observed directly from broker data, third party vendors or priced to proxies.
Observability: CDS contracts referencing entities that are actively traded are generally considered observable. Other valuation inputs are considered observable if products with significant sensitivity to the inputs are actively traded in a liquid market. Unobservable valuation inputs are generally determined with reference to recent transactions or inferred from observable trades of the same issuer or similar entities.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity to unobservable CDS contracts is determined by applying a shift to credit spread curves based on the average range of pricing observed in the market for similar CDS
Equity derivatives
Description: Exchange traded or OTC derivatives linked to equity indices and single names. The category includes vanilla and exotic equity products.
Valuation: Equity derivatives are valued using industry standard models. Valuation inputs include stock prices, dividends, volatilities, interest rates, equity repurchase curves and, for multi-asset products, correlations.
Observability: In general, valuation inputs are observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each input and underlying. Unobservable inputs are set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques, or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is generally estimated using the dispersion of consensus data services.
Commodity derivatives
Description: Exchange traded and OTC derivatives based on underlying commodities such as metals, crude oil and refined products, agricultural, power and natural gas.
Valuation: Commodity swaps and options are valued using models incorporating discounting of cash flows and other industry standard modelling techniques. Valuation inputs include forward curves, volatilities implied from market observable inputs and correlations.
Observability: Commodity correlations, forwards and volatilities are generally observable up to liquid maturities which are determined separately for each input and underlying. Unobservable inputs are set with reference to similar observable products, or by applying extrapolation techniques to observable inputs.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is determined primarily by measuring historical variability over a period of years. Where historical data is unavailable or uncertainty is due to volumetric risk, sensitivity is measured by applying appropriate stress scenarios or using proxy bid-offer spread levels.
244 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Complex derivative instruments
Valuation estimates made by counterparties with respect to complex derivative instruments, for the purpose of determining the amount of collateral to be posted, often differ, sometimes significantly, from Barclays own estimates. In almost all cases, Barclays has been able to successfully resolve such differences or otherwise reach an accommodation with respect to collateral posting levels, including in certain cases by entering into compromise collateral arrangements. Due to the ongoing nature of collateral calls, Barclays will often be engaged in discussion with one or more counterparties in respect of such differences at any given time. Valuation estimates made by counterparties for collateral purposes are considered, like any other third party valuation, when determining Barclays fair value estimates.
Government and government sponsored debt
Description: Government bonds, supra sovereign bonds and agency bonds.
Valuation: Liquid bonds that are actively traded through an exchange or clearing house are marked to the levels observed in these markets. Other actively traded bonds are valued using observable market prices sourced from broker quotes, inter-dealer prices or other reliable pricing sources.
Observability: Prices for actively traded bonds are considered observable. Unobservable bonds prices are generally determined by reference to bond yields for actively traded bonds from the same (or a similar) issuer.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is generally determined by using a range of observable alternative prices.
Corporate debt
Description: Primarily corporate bonds.
Valuation: Corporate bonds are valued using observable market prices sourced from broker quotes, inter-dealer prices or other reliable pricing sources.
Observability: Prices for actively traded bonds are considered observable. Unobservable bonds prices are generally determined by reference to bond yields or CDS spreads for actively traded instruments issued by or referencing the same (or a similar) issuer.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is generally determined by applying a shift to bond yields using the average ranges of external levels observed in the market for similar bonds.
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments
Description: Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments.
Valuation: Instruments are valued using observable market prices sourced from broker quotes, inter-dealer prices or other reliable pricing services.
Observability: Prices for actively traded instruments are considered observable. Unobservable instrument prices are generally determined by reference to bond yields or CDS spreads for actively traded instruments issued by or referencing the same (or a similar) issuer.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is generally calculated by using a range of observable alternative prices.
Margin Lending
Description: Includes Prime Brokerage Margin Lending, and other similar secured lending agreements. The agreements are primarily short-term in nature.
Valuation: Prime Brokerage Margin Lending transactions are generally valued by discounting the expected future cash flows using industry standard models that incorporate market interest rates and repurchase rates, based on the specific details of the transaction.
Observability: Inputs are deemed observable up to liquid maturities, and are determined based on the specific features of the transaction.
Unobservable inputs are generally set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques, or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is generally estimated using the dispersion of consensus data services, or historic trade data. In general, the sensitivity of unobservable inputs is not significant to the overall valuation given the predominantly short-term nature of the agreements.
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements
Description: Includes securities purchased under resale agreements, securities sold under repurchase agreements, and other similar secured lending agreements. The agreements are primarily short-term in nature.
Valuation: Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements are generally valued by discounting the expected future cash flows using industry standard models that incorporate market interest rates and repurchase rates, based on the specific details of the transaction.
Observability: Inputs are deemed observable up to liquid maturities, and are determined based on the specific features of the transaction.
Unobservable inputs are generally set by referencing liquid market instruments and applying extrapolation techniques, or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is generally estimated using the dispersion of consensus data services, stress scenarios or historic data. In general, the sensitivity of unobservable inputs is not significant to the overall valuation given the predominantly short-term nature of the agreements.
Non-asset backed loans
Description: Largely made up of fixed rate loans.
Valuation: Fixed rate loans are valued using models that discount expected future cash flows based on interest rates and loan spreads.
Observability: Within this loan population, the loan spread is generally unobservable. Unobservable loan spreads are determined by incorporating funding costs, the level of comparable assets such as gilts, issuer credit quality and other factors.
Level 3 sensitivity: The sensitivity of fixed rate loans is calculated by applying a shift to loan spreads.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 245 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Asset backed securities
Description: Securities that are linked to the cash flows of a pool of referenced assets via securitisation. The category includes residential mortgage backed securities, commercial mortgage backed securities, CDOs, collateralised loan obligations (CLOs) and other asset backed securities.
Valuation: Where available, valuations are based on observable market prices sourced from broker quotes and inter-dealer prices. Otherwise, valuations are determined using industry standard discounted cash flow analysis that calculates the fair value based on valuation inputs such as constant default rate, conditional prepayment rate, loss given default and yield. These inputs are determined by reference to a number of sources including proxying to observed transactions, market indices or market research, and by assessing underlying collateral performance.
Proxying to observed transactions, indices or research requires an assessment and comparison of the relevant securities underlying attributes including collateral, tranche, vintage, underlying asset composition (historical losses, borrower characteristics and loan attributes such as loan to value ratio and geographic concentration) and credit ratings (original and current).
Observability: Where an asset backed product does not have an observable market price and the valuation is determined using a discounted cash flow analysis, the instrument is considered unobservable.
Level 3 sensitivity: The sensitivity analysis for asset backed products is based on externally sourced pricing dispersion or by stressing the inputs of discount cash flow analysis.
Issued debt
Description: Debt notes issued by Barclays.
Valuation: Issued debt is valued using discounted cash flow techniques and industry standard models incorporating various inputs observed for each instrument.
Observability: Barclays issued notes are generally observable. Structured notes are debt instruments containing embedded derivatives. Where either an input to the embedded derivative or the debt instrument is deemed unobservable and significant to the overall valuation of the note, the structured note is classified as Level 3.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity to the unobservable input in the embedded derivative is calculated in line with the method used for the derivative instrument concerned.
Equity cash products
Description: Includes listed equities, Exchange Traded Funds (ETF) and preference shares.
Valuation: Valuation of equity cash products is primarily determined through market observable prices.
Observability: Prices for actively traded equity cash products are considered observable. Unobservable equity prices are generally determined by reference to actively traded instruments that are similar in nature, or inferred via another reasonable method.
Level 3 sensitivity: Sensitivity is generally calculated based on applying a shift to the valuation of the underlying asset.
Private equity investments
Description: Includes private equity holdings and principal investments.
Valuation: Private equity investments are valued in accordance with the International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation Guidelines which require the use of a number of individual pricing benchmarks such as the prices of recent transactions in the same or similar entities, discounted cash flow analysis and comparison with the earnings multiples of listed companies. While the valuation of unquoted equity instruments is subjective by nature, the relevant methodologies are commonly applied by other market participants and have been consistently applied over time.
Observability: Inputs are considered observable if there is active trading in a liquid market of products with significant sensitivity to the inputs.
Unobservable inputs include earnings estimates, multiples of comparative companies, marketability discounts and discount rates.
Level 3 sensitivity: Private equity valuation models are each sensitive to a number of key assumptions, such as projected future earnings, comparator multiples, marketability discounts and discount rates. Valuation sensitivity is generally estimated by shifting assumptions to reasonable alternative levels.
Assets and liabilities held for sale
Description: Assets and liabilities held for sale consist of disposal groups Barclays intend to sell.
Valuation: Assets and liabilities held for sale are valued at the lower of carrying value and fair value less costs to sell.
Level 3 sensitivity: The disposal groups that are measured at fair value less cost to sell are valued at the agreed price less costs to sell and are not expected to display significant sensitivity. The sensitivity of the assets and liabilities measured at carrying value is explained within the relevant product descriptions.
246 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Other
Description: Other includes commercial real estate loans, funds and fund-linked products, asset backed loans, physical commodities and investment property.
Assets and liabilities reclassified between Level 1 and Level 2
During the period, there were no material transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 (period ended December 2017: £3,807m government bonds assets and £1,023m/£(950)m of commodity derivative assets and liabilities transferred from Level 1 to Level 2).
Level 3 movement analysis
The following table summarises the movements in the Level 3 balances during the period. Transfers have been reflected as if they had taken place at the beginning of the year.
Assets and liabilities included in disposal groups classified as held for sale and measured at fair value less cost to sell are not included as these are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
Asset and liability transfers between Level 2 and Level 3 are primarily due to 1) an increase or decrease in observable market activity related to an input or 2) a change in the significance of the unobservable input, with assets and liabilities classified as Level 3 if an unobservable input is deemed significant.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 247 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at | Total gains and losses in the period recognised in the income statement |
Total gains or losses recog- |
Transfers | As at 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 January 2018a £m |
Purchases £m |
Sales £m |
Issues £m |
Settle- £m |
Trading income £m |
Other income £m |
nised in OCI £m |
In £m |
Out £m |
December 2018 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
49 | 14 | (49 | ) | | | | | | | | 14 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
871 | 108 | (88 | ) | | (23 | ) | 9 | | | 39 | (528 | ) | 388 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
166 | 5,514 | (3,480 | ) | | | | | | 71 | (8 | ) | 2,263 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
627 | 205 | (168 | ) | | (2 | ) | (21 | ) | | | 58 | (35 | ) | 664 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
68 | 18 | (9 | ) | | | (16 | ) | | | 107 | (32 | ) | 136 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
196 | 4 | (6 | ) | | (20 | ) | (32 | ) | | | 145 | (139 | ) | 148 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
1,977 | 5,863 | (3,800 | ) | | (45 | ) | (60 | ) | | | 420 | (742 | ) | 3,613 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
6,073 | 74 | | | (508 | ) | 49 | | | | | 5,688 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
688 | 279 | (114 | ) | | | 2 | 117 | | 125 | (26 | ) | 1,071 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
398 | 87 | (1 | ) | | | 1 | 74 | | | | 559 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
360 | 6,624 | (4,920 | ) | | (47 | ) | 29 | 18 | | | | 2,064 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
7,519 | 7,064 | (5,035 | ) | | (555 | ) | 81 | 209 | | 125 | (26 | ) | 9,382 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
36 | | (16 | ) | | | | | | | (18 | ) | 2 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
129 | | | | | | | | | (129 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
40 | | | | | | | (1 | ) | 314 | | 353 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income |
205 | | (16 | ) | | | | | (1 | ) | 314 | (147 | ) | 355 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment property |
116 | 9 | (115 | ) | | | | (1 | ) | | | | 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(4 | ) | | | | | (3 | ) | | | | 4 | (3 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
(250 | ) | | | | 5 | | (3 | ) | | | 238 | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
(214 | ) | | | (4 | ) | 9 | 33 | | | (225 | ) | 150 | (251 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
(16 | ) | | | | 4 | | (7 | ) | | | | (19 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
(480 | ) | | | (4 | ) | 18 | 33 | (10 | ) | | (225 | ) | 388 | (280 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
(150 | ) | 1 | (1 | ) | | 196 | (25 | ) | | | (71 | ) | 72 | 22 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
37 | | | | (9 | ) | 5 | | | (13 | ) | (13 | ) | 7 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
1,146 | (6 | ) | 3 | | (12 | ) | (85 | ) | | | 7 | (3 | ) | 1,050 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
(896 | ) | 72 | (570 | ) | | 125 | 73 | 1 | | 128 | 460 | (607 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
| | | | | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net derivative financial instrumentsb |
137 | 67 | (568 | ) | | 300 | (32 | ) | 1 | | 51 | 516 | 472 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
9,470 | 13,003 | (9,534 | ) | (4 | ) | (282 | ) | 19 | 199 | (1 | ) | 685 | (7 | ) | 13,548 |
Notes
a | Balances as at 1 January 2018 include the IFRS 9 transition impact. Balances as at 31 December 2017 have been presented on an IAS 39 basis. |
b | The derivative financial instruments are represented on a net basis. On a gross basis, derivative financial assets are £5,215m (2017: £5,334m) and derivative financial liabilities are £4,743m (2017: £5,197m). |
248 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Analysis of movements in Level 3 assets and liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at |
Total gains and losses in the period recognised in the |
Total gains or losses recog- |
Transfers | As at 31 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
1 January 2017 |
Purchases £m |
Sales £m |
Issues £m |
Settle- ments £m |
Trading income £m |
Other income £m |
nised in OCI £m |
In £m |
Out £m |
December 2017 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government and government sponsored debt |
3 | 46 | | | | | | | | | 49 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
969 | 73 | (47 | ) | | (98 | ) | 21 | | | 6 | (53 | ) | 871 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
151 | 435 | (187 | ) | | (221 | ) | (8 | ) | | | 1 | (5 | ) | 166 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
515 | 195 | (78 | ) | | (9 | ) | 9 | | | | (5 | ) | 627 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
77 | 24 | (11 | ) | | | (19 | ) | | | | (3 | ) | 68 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
350 | 2 | (77 | ) | | (97 | ) | 25 | (1 | ) | | 3 | (9 | ) | 196 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
2,065 | 775 | (400 | ) | | (425 | ) | 28 | (1 | ) | | 10 | (75 | ) | 1,977 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
8,616 | | | | (2,284 | ) | 159 | | | | | 6,491 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed loans |
201 | 27 | (25 | ) | | (3 | ) | (17 | ) | (3 | ) | | 6 | (31 | ) | 155 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
562 | 26 | (127 | ) | | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | 29 | | 21 | (11 | ) | 498 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity cash productsa |
185 | | | | (1 | ) | (7 | ) | 205 | | 16 | | 398 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Othera |
383 | 4,675 | (4,646 | ) | | (247 | ) | 41 | (8 | ) | | 16 | (9 | ) | 205 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
9,947 | 4,728 | (4,798 | ) | | (2,536 | ) | 175 | 223 | | 59 | (51 | ) | 7,747 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
73 | | | | | | 1 | 2 | 5 | (45 | ) | 36 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
294 | 15 | (78 | ) | | | | (5 | ) | 37 | 60 | (4 | ) | 319 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
5 | 36 | | | (2 | ) | | | 1 | | | 40 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
372 | 51 | (78 | ) | | (2 | ) | | (4 | ) | 40 | 65 | (49 | ) | 395 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment property |
81 | 114 | (69 | ) | | | | (10 | ) | | | | 116 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(7 | ) | (4 | ) | 1 | | | 2 | | | (1 | ) | 5 | (4 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Certificates of deposit, commercial paper and other money market instruments |
(319 | ) | | 69 | | | | 9 | | (104 | ) | 95 | (250 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Issued debt |
(298 | ) | | 84 | | | | | | | | (214 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
(223 | ) | | | | 204 | | (6 | ) | | | 9 | (16 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
(840 | ) | | 153 | | 204 | | 3 | | (104 | ) | 104 | (480 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
899 | 58 | (1 | ) | | (208 | ) | (166 | ) | | | (11 | ) | (721 | ) | (150 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
81 | | | | (12 | ) | 27 | | | (13 | ) | (46 | ) | 37 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
1,370 | 5 | (2 | ) | | (29 | ) | (128 | ) | | | (69 | ) | (1 | ) | 1,146 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
(970 | ) | (220 | ) | (14 | ) | | 374 | (43 | ) | | | (16 | ) | (7 | ) | (896 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
(5 | ) | | | | | 4 | | | 1 | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net derivative financial instruments |
1,375 | (157 | ) | (17 | ) | | 125 | (306 | ) | | | (108 | ) | (775 | ) | 137 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets and liabilities held for sale |
574 | | (574 | ) | | | | | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
13,567 | 5,507 | (5,782 | ) | | (2,634 | ) | (101 | ) | 211 | 40 | (79 | ) | (841 | ) | 9,888 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net assets held for sale measured at fair value on non-recurring basis |
29 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
13,567 | 5,507 | (5,782 | ) | | (2,634 | ) | (101 | ) | 211 | 40 | (79 | ) | (841 | ) | 9,917 |
Note
a | Preference shares of £390m were reclassified from others to equity cash products |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 249 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Unrealised gains and losses on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities
The following table discloses the unrealised gains and losses recognised in the year arising on Level 3 financial assets and liabilities held at year end.
Unrealised gains and losses recognised during the period on Level 3 assets and liabilities held at year end | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Income statement | Other | Income statement | Other | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Trading income £m |
|
|
Other income £m |
|
|
compre- hensive income £m |
|
|
Total £m |
|
|
Trading income £m |
|
|
Other income £m |
|
|
compre- hensive income £m |
|
|
Totala £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
(60 | ) | | | (60 | ) | (34 | ) | | | (34 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
68 | 206 | | 274 | 147 | 200 | | 347 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale investments |
| | | | | (4 | ) | 29 | 25 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income |
| | (1 | ) | (1 | ) | | | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Investment property |
| (1 | ) | | (1 | ) | | (10 | ) | | (10 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
(3 | ) | | | (3 | ) | 3 | | | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
55 | | | 55 | 58 | 10 | | 68 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Net derivative financial instruments |
(14 | ) | - | - | (14 | ) | (301 | ) | | | (301 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
46 | 205 | (1 | ) | 250 | (127 | ) | 196 | 29 | 98 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Sensitivity analysis of valuations using unobservable inputs | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | Favourable changes | Unfavourable changes | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Income statement £m |
|
|
Equity £m |
|
|
Income statement £m |
|
|
Equity £m |
|
|
Income statement £m |
|
|
Equity £m |
|
|
Income statement £m |
|
|
Equity £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
80 | | (162 | ) | | 114 | | (138 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Foreign exchange derivatives |
7 | | (10 | ) | | 6 | | (6 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
126 | | (73 | ) | | 106 | | (79 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
110 | | (112 | ) | | 99 | | (99 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Commodity derivatives |
1 | | (1 | ) | | 3 | | (3 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate debt |
10 | | (2 | ) | | 4 | | (3 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Non asset backed loans |
274 | | (458 | ) | | 243 | | (468 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
| | - | | 1 | | - | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity cash products |
121 | | (155 | ) | | 12 | 24 | (8 | ) | (24 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
230 | | (241 | ) | | 133 | 13 | (138 | ) | (13 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||||
Othera |
2 | | (2 | ) | | 5 | | (5 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
961 | | (1,216 | ) | | 726 | 37 | (947 | ) | (37 | ) |
Note
a | Other includes commercial real estate loans, funds and fund-linked products, asset backed loans, physical commodities and investment property. |
The effect of stressing unobservable inputs to a range of reasonably possible alternatives, alongside considering the impact of using alternative models, would be to increase fair values by up to £961m (2017: £763m) or to decrease fair values by up to £1,216m (2017: £984m) with all the potential effect impacting profit and loss.
250 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Significant unobservable inputs
The following table discloses the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs for assets and liabilities recognised at fair value and classified as Level 3 along with the range of values used for those significant unobservable inputs:
Valuation technique(s)c |
Significant unobservable inputs |
2018 Range |
2017 Range |
Unitsa |
||||||||||||||||||||
Min | Max | Min | Max | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instrumentsb |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest rate derivatives |
Discounted cash flows | Inflation forwards | 1 | 2 | 1 | 3 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Credit spread | 6 | 897 | 45 | 1,320 | bps | |||||||||||||||||||
Yield | 0.1 | 0.2 | 0.1 | 0.1 | bps | |||||||||||||||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | | 100 | | 100 | points | ||||||||||||||||||
Option model | Inflation volatility | 33 | 174 | 35 | 201 | bps vol | ||||||||||||||||||
IR IR correlation | (26 | ) | 100 | (24 | ) | 99 | % | |||||||||||||||||
FX IR correlation | (30 | ) | 78 | (30 | ) | 24 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Interest rate volatility | 10 | 199 | 5 | 353 | bps vol | |||||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives |
Discounted cash flows | Credit spread | 142 | 209 | 122 | 190 | bps | |||||||||||||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | 10 | 96 | 97 | 97 | points | ||||||||||||||||||
Equity derivatives |
Option model | Equity volatility | 2 | 81 | 3 | 92 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Equity equity correlation | (100 | ) | 100 | (100 | ) | 100 | % | |||||||||||||||||
Discounted cash flow | Discounted margin | (171 | ) | 301 | (105 | ) | 301 | bps | ||||||||||||||||
Non-derivative financial instruments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-asset backed loans |
Discounted cash flows | Loan spread | 30 | 531 | 30 | 596 | bps | |||||||||||||||||
Credit spread | 25 | 800 | 300 | 726 | bps | |||||||||||||||||||
Price | | 118 | | 50 | points | |||||||||||||||||||
Comparable pricing | Price | | 100 | | 100 | points | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements |
Discounted cash flows | Funding spread | (20 | ) | 139 | | | bps | ||||||||||||||||
Asset backed securities |
Comparable pricing | Price | | 102 | | 99 | points | |||||||||||||||||
Private equity investments |
EBITDA multiple | EBITDA multiple | 7 | 8 | 8 | 13 | Multiple | |||||||||||||||||
Discounted cash flows | EBITDA | | 153 | | 129 | £m | ||||||||||||||||||
Discount margin | 8 | 10 | 8 | 10 | % | |||||||||||||||||||
Otherd |
Discounted cash flows | Credit spread | 143 | 575 | 152 | 299 | bps |
Notes
a | The units used to disclose ranges for significant unobservable inputs are percentages, points and basis points. Points are a percentage of par; for example, 100 points equals 100% of par. A basis point equals 1/100th of 1%; for example, 150 basis points equals 1.5%. |
b | Certain derivative instruments are classified as Level 3 due to a significant unobservable credit spread input into the calculation of the Credit Valuation Adjustment for the instruments. The range of significant unobservable credit spreads is between 6-897bps (2017: 31-596bps). |
c | A range has not been provided for Net Asset Value as there would be a wide range reflecting the diverse nature of the positions |
d | Other includes commercial real estate loans, funds and fund-linked products, asset backed loans, physical commodities and investment property |
The following section describes the significant unobservable inputs identified in the table above, and the sensitivity of fair value measurement of the instruments categorised as Level 3 assets or liabilities to increases in significant unobservable inputs. Where sensitivities are described, the inverse relationship will also generally apply.
Where reliable interrelationships can be identified between significant unobservable inputs used in fair value measurement, a description of those interrelationships is included below.
Forwards
A price or rate that is applicable to a financial transaction that will take place in the future.
In general, a significant increase in a forward in isolation will result in a fair value increase for the contracted receiver of the underlying (currency, bond, commodity, etc.), but the sensitivity is dependent on the specific terms of the instrument.
Credit spread
Credit spreads typically represent the difference in yield between an instrument and a benchmark security or reference rate. Credit spreads reflect the additional yield that a market participant demands for taking on exposure to the credit risk of an instrument and form part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation.
In general, a significant increase in credit spread in isolation will result in a movement in a fair value decrease for a cash asset.
For a derivative instrument, a significant increase in credit spread in isolation can result in a fair value increase or decrease depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 251 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Volatility
Volatility is a measure of the variability or uncertainty in return for a given derivative underlying. It is an estimate of how much a particular underlying instrument input or index will change in value over time. In general, volatilities are implied from observed option prices. For unobservable options the implied volatility may reflect additional assumptions about the nature of the underlying risk, and the strike/maturity profile of a specific contract.
In general a significant increase in volatility in isolation will result in a fair value increase for the holder of a simple option, but the sensitivity is dependent on the specific terms of the instrument.
There may be interrelationships between unobservable volatilities and other unobservable inputs (e.g. when equity prices fall, implied equity volatilities generally rise) but these are generally specific to individual markets and may vary over time.
Correlation
Correlation is a measure of the relationship between the movements of two variables. Correlation can be a significant input into valuation of derivative contracts with more than one underlying instrument. Credit correlation generally refers to the correlation between default processes for the separate names that make up the reference pool of a CDO structure.
A significant increase in correlation in isolation can result in a fair value increase or decrease depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Comparable price
Comparable instrument prices are used in valuation by calculating an implied yield (or spread over a liquid benchmark) from the price of a comparable observable instrument, then adjusting that yield (or spread) to account for relevant differences such as maturity or credit quality. Alternatively, a price-to-price basis can be assumed between the comparable and unobservable instruments in order to establish a value.
In general, a significant increase in comparable price in isolation will result in an increase in the price of the unobservable instrument. For derivatives, a change in the comparable price in isolation can result in a fair value increase or decrease depending on the specific terms of the instrument.
Loan spread
Loan spreads typically represent the difference in yield between an instrument and a benchmark security or reference rate. Loan spreads typically reflect credit quality, the level of comparable assets such as gilts and other factors, and form part of the yield used in a discounted cash flow calculation.
The ESHLA portfolio primarily consists of long-dated fixed rate loans extended to counterparties in the UK Education, Social Housing and Local Authority sectors. The loans are categorised as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy due to their illiquid nature and the significance of unobservable loan spreads to the valuation. Valuation uncertainty arises from the long-dated nature of the portfolio, the lack of secondary market in the loans and the lack of observable loan spreads. The majority of ESHLA loans are to borrowers in heavily regulated sectors that are considered extremely low credit risk, and have a history of zero defaults since inception. While the overall loan spread range is from 30bps to 531bps (2017: 30bps to 596bps), the vast majority of spreads are concentrated towards the bottom end of this range, with 99% of the loan notional being valued with spreads less than 200bps consistently for both years.
In general, a significant increase in loan spreads in isolation will result in a fair value decrease for a loan.
Loss given default
Loss given default represents the expected loss upon liquidation of the collateral as a percentage of the balance outstanding.
In general, a significant increase in the loss given default in isolation will translate to lower recovery and lower projected cash flows to pay to the securitisation, resulting in a movement in fair value that is unfavourable for the holder of the securitised product.
EBITDA multiple
EBITDA multiple is the ratio of the valuation of the investment to the earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortisation.
In general, a significant increase in the multiple will result in a fair value increase for an investment.
Fair value adjustments
Key balance sheet valuation adjustments are quantified below:
2018 |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads |
(457 | ) | (391 | ) | ||||
Uncollateralised derivative funding |
(47 | ) | (45 | ) | ||||
Derivative credit valuation adjustments |
(125 | ) | (103 | ) | ||||
Derivative debit valuation adjustments |
237 | 131 |
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads
The Barclays Group uses mid-market pricing where it is a market maker and has the ability to transact at, or better than, mid price (which is the case for certain equity, bond and vanilla derivative markets). For other financial assets and liabilities, bid-offer adjustments are recorded to reflect the exit level for the expected close out strategy. The methodology for determining the bid-offer adjustment for a derivative portfolio involves calculating the net risk exposure by offsetting long and short positions by strike and term in accordance with the risk management and hedging strategy.
Bid-offer levels are generally derived from market quotes such as broker data. Less liquid instruments may not have a directly observable bid-offer level. In such instances, an exit price adjustment may be derived from an observable bid-offer level for a comparable liquid instrument, or determined by calibrating to derivative prices, or by scenario or historical analysis.
Exit price adjustments derived from market bid-offer spreads have increased by £66m to £457m as a result of movements in market bid offer spreads.
252 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Discounting approaches for derivative instruments
Collateralised
In line with market practice, the methodology for discounting collateralised derivatives takes into account the nature and currency of the collateral that can be posted within the relevant credit support annex (CSA). The CSA aware discounting approach recognises the cheapest to deliver option that reflects the ability of the party posting collateral to change the currency of the collateral.
Uncollateralised
A fair value adjustment of £47m is applied to account for the impact of incorporating the cost of funding into the valuation of uncollateralised and partially collateralised derivative portfolios and collateralised derivatives where the terms of the agreement do not allow the rehypothecation of collateral received. This adjustment is referred to as the Funding Fair Value Adjustment (FFVA). FFVA has increased by £2m to £47m mainly as a result of change in Barclays funding spreads and trading activity.
FFVA is determined by calculating the net expected exposure at a counterparty level and applying a funding rate to the exposure that reflects the market cost of funding. Barclays internal Treasury rates are used as an input to the calculation. The approach takes into account the probability of default of each counterparty, as well as any mandatory break clauses.
FFVA incorporates a scaling factor which is an estimate of the extent to which the cost of funding is incorporated into observed traded levels. On calibrating the scaling factor, it is with the assumption that Credit Valuation Adjustments (CVA) and Debit Valuation Adjustments (DVA) are retained as valuation components incorporated into such levels. The effect of incorporating this scaling factor at 31 December 2018 was to reduce FFVA by £141m (2017: £138m).
The approach outlined above has been in use since 2012 with no significant changes.
Barclays continues to monitor market practices and activity to ensure the approach to uncollateralised derivative valuation remains appropriate.
Derivative credit and debit valuation adjustments
CVA and DVA are incorporated into derivative valuations to reflect the impact on fair value of counterparty credit risk and Barclays own credit quality respectively. These adjustments are calculated for uncollateralised and partially collateralised derivatives across all asset classes. CVA and DVA are calculated using estimates of exposure at default, probability of default and recovery rates, at a counterparty level. Counterparties include (but are not limited to) corporates, sovereigns and sovereign agencies and supranationals.
Exposure at default is generally estimated through the simulation of underlying risk factors through approximating with a more vanilla structure, or by using current or scenario-based mark to market as an estimate of future exposure.
Probability of default and recovery rate information is generally sourced from the CDS markets. Where this information is not available, or considered unreliable, alternative approaches are taken based on mapping internal counterparty ratings onto historical or market-based default and recovery information. In particular, this applies to sovereign related names where the effect of using the recovery assumptions implied in CDS levels would imply a £50m (2017: £50m) increase in CVA.
Correlation between counterparty credit and underlying derivative risk factors, termed wrong-way, or right-way risk, is not systematically incorporated into the CVA calculation but is adjusted where the underlying exposure is directly related to the counterparty.
CVA increased by £22m to £125m, primarily due to widening of counterparty credit spreads, changes in non-credit factors impacting CVA and trading activity. DVA increased by £106m to £237m, primarily as a result of Barclays credit spreads widening.
Portfolio exemptions
The Barclays Group uses the portfolio exemption in IFRS 13 Fair Value Measurement to measure the fair value of groups of financial assets and liabilities. Instruments are measured using the price that would be received to sell a net long position (i.e. an asset) for a particular risk exposure or to transfer a net short position (i.e. a liability) for a particular risk exposure in an orderly transaction between market participants at the balance sheet date under current market conditions. Accordingly, the Barclays Group measures the fair value of the group of financial assets and liabilities consistently with how market participants would price the net risk exposure at the measurement date.
Unrecognised gains as a result of the use of valuation models using unobservable inputs
The amount that has yet to be recognised in income that relates to the difference between the transaction price (the fair value at initial recognition) and the amount that would have arisen had valuation models using unobservable inputs been used on initial recognition, less amounts subsequently recognised, is £141m (2017: £109m) for financial instruments measured at fair value and £262m (2017: £253m) for financial instruments carried at amortised cost. There are additions of £65m (2017: £34m), and amortisation and releases of £33m (2017: £104m) for financial instruments measured at fair value and additions of £29m (2017: £119m) and amortisation and releases of £20m (2017: £22m) for financial instruments measured at amortised cost.
Third party credit enhancements
Structured and brokered certificates of deposit issued by Barclays are insured up to $250,000 per depositor by the Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (FDIC) in the US. The FDIC is funded by premiums that Barclays and other banks pay for deposit insurance coverage. The carrying value of these issued certificates of deposit that are designated under the IFRS 9 fair value option includes this third party credit enhancement. The on-balance sheet value of these brokered certificates of deposit amounted to £4,797m (2017: £4,070m).
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 253 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Comparison of carrying amounts and fair values for assets and liabilities not held at fair value
The following table summarises the fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost on the Barclays Groups balance sheet:
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying amount £m |
Fair value £m |
Level 1 £m |
Level 2 £m |
Level 3 £m |
Carrying amount £m |
Fair value £m |
Level 1 £m |
Level 2 £m |
Level 3 £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans | 150,284 | 148,897 | | | 148,897 | 147,002 | 145,262 | | | 145,262 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
54,560 | 56,462 | 657 | | 55,805 | 55,767 | 55,106 | 655 | | 54,451 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Finance lease receivablesa |
1,886 | 2,057 | 2,854 | 2,964 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate loans |
119,676 | 117,848 | 3,942 | 68,955 | 44,951 | 123,532 | 121,666 | 8,986 | 63,930 | 48,750 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
2,308 | 2,308 | | 2,308 | | 12,546 | 12,546 | | 12,546 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for saleb |
| | | | | 1,164 | 1,195 | | | 1,195 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Banks | (14,166 | ) | (14,166 | ) | (4,636 | ) | (9,530 | ) | | (12,153 | ) | (12,159 | ) | (4,375 | ) | (7,784 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current and demand accounts |
(148,714 | ) | (148,714 | ) | (148,714 | ) | | | (145,950 | ) | (145,927 | ) | (145,927 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Savings accounts |
(137,589 | ) | (137,589 | ) | (137,589 | ) | | | (134,339 | ) | (134,369 | ) | (134,369 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other time deposits |
(94,369 | ) | (94,388 | ) | (57,966 | ) | (30,576 | ) | (5,846 | ) | (106,259 | ) | (106,324 | ) | (62,750 | ) | (37,723 | ) | (5,851 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing |
(18,578 | ) | (18,578 | ) | | (18,578 | ) | | (40,338 | ) | (40,338 | ) | | (40,338 | ) | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | (82,286 | ) | (81,687 | ) | | (78,315 | ) | (3,372 | ) | (73,314 | ) | (74,752 | ) | | (72,431 | ) | (2,321 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | (20,559 | ) | (21,049 | ) | | (21,049 | ) | | (23,826 | ) | (25,084 | ) | | (25,084 | ) | |
Notes
a | The fair value hierarchy for finance lease receivables is not required as part of the standard. |
b | Disposal groups held for sale and measured at fair value less cost to sell are included in the fair value table. |
The fair value is an estimate of the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. As a wide range of valuation techniques are available, it may not be appropriate to directly compare this fair value information to independent market sources or other financial institutions. Different valuation methodologies and assumptions can have a significant impact on fair values which are based on unobservable inputs.
Financial assets
The carrying value of financial assets held at amortised cost is determined in accordance with the relevant accounting policy in Note 19.
Loans and advances at amortised cost
The fair value of loans and advances, for the purpose of this disclosure, is derived from discounting expected cash flows in a way that reflects the current market price for lending to issuers of similar credit quality. Where market data or credit information on the underlying borrowers is unavailable, a number of proxy/extrapolation techniques are employed to determine the appropriate discount rates.
For retail lending, i.e. home loans and credit cards, tailored discounted cash flow models are predominantly used to estimate the fair value of different product types. For example, for home loans different models are used to estimate fair values of tracker, offset and fixed rate mortgage products.
Key inputs to these models are the differentials between historic and current product margins and estimated prepayment rates.
The discount of fair value to carrying amount for home loans has reduced to 0.9% (2017: 1.2%)
The fair value of corporate loans is calculated by the use of discounted cash flow techniques where the gross loan values are discounted at a rate of difference between contractual margins and hurdle rates or spreads where Barclays charges a margin over LIBOR depending on credit quality and loss given default and years to maturity. The discount between the carrying and fair value remained constant at 1.5% (2017: 1.5%).
Reverse repurchase agreements
The fair value of reverse repurchase agreements approximates carrying amount as these balances are generally short dated and fully collateralised.
254 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
17 Fair value of financial instruments continued
Financial liabilities
The carrying value of financial liabilities held at amortised cost is determined in accordance with the accounting policy in Note 1.
Deposits at amortised cost
In many cases, the fair value disclosed approximates carrying value because the instruments are short term in nature or have interest rates that reprice frequently, such as customer accounts and other deposits and short-term debt securities.
The fair value for deposits with longer-term maturities, mainly time deposits, are estimated using discounted cash flows applying either market rates or current rates for deposits of similar remaining maturities. Consequently, the fair value discount is minimal.
Debt securities in issue
Fair values of other debt securities in issue are based on quoted prices where available, or where the instruments are short dated, carrying amount approximates fair value.
Repurchase agreements
The fair value of repurchase agreements approximates carrying amounts as these balances are generally short dated.
Subordinated liabilities
Fair values for dated and undated convertible and non-convertible loan capital are based on quoted market rates for the issuer concerned or issuers with similar terms and conditions.
18 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities
In accordance with IAS 32 Financial Instruments: Presentation, the Barclays Group reports financial assets and financial liabilities on a net basis on the balance sheet only if there is a legally enforceable right to set-off the recognised amounts and there is intention to settle on a net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously. The following table shows the impact of netting arrangements on:
◾ | all financial assets and liabilities that are reported net on the balance sheet |
◾ | all derivative financial instruments and reverse repurchase and repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and borrowing agreements that are subject to enforceable master netting arrangements or similar agreements, but do not qualify for balance sheet netting. |
The table identifies the amounts that have been offset in the balance sheet and also those amounts that are covered by enforceable netting arrangements (offsetting arrangements and financial collateral) but do not qualify for netting under the requirements of IAS 32 described above.
The Net amounts presented on the next page are not intended to represent the Barclays Groups actual exposure to credit risk, as a variety of credit mitigation strategies are employed in addition to netting and collateral arrangements.
Amounts subject to enforceable netting arrangements |
Amounts not subject to |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Effects of offsetting on-balance sheet | Related amounts not offset | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
Gross amounts £m |
|
|
Amounts offseta £m |
|
|
Net amounts reported on the balance sheet £m |
|
|
Financial instruments £m |
|
|
Financial collateralb £m |
|
|
Net amount £m |
|
|
enforceable netting arrange- mentsc £m |
|
|
Balance sheet totald £m |
| |||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
239,180 | (18,687 | ) | 220,493 | (172,001 | ) | (36,904 | ) | 11,588 | 2,045 | 222,538 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lendinge |
354,409 | (235,772 | ) | 118,637 | | (118,195 | ) | 442 | 2,712 | 121,349 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
593,589 | (254,459 | ) | 339,130 | (172,001 | ) | (155,099 | ) | 12,030 | 4,757 | 343,887 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(233,543 | ) | 18,229 | (215,314 | ) | 172,001 | 32,959 | (10,354 | ) | (4,329 | ) | (219,643 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowinge |
(375,976 | ) | 235,772 | (140,204 | ) | | 140,165 | (39 | ) | (16,858 | ) | (157,062 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(609,519 | ) | 254,001 | (355,518 | ) | 172,001 | 173,124 | (10,393 | ) | (21,187 | ) | (376,705 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial assets |
256,881 | (21,638 | ) | 235,243 | (184,265 | ) | (39,262 | ) | 11,716 | 2,426 | 237,669 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
326,340 | (223,495 | ) | 102,845 | | (102,380 | ) | 465 | 9,741 | 112,586 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
583,221 | (245,133 | ) | 338,088 | (184,265 | ) | (141,642 | ) | 12,181 | 12,167 | 350,255 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial liabilities |
(253,030 | ) | 21,065 | (231,965 | ) | 184,265 | 36,444 | (11,256 | ) | (6,380 | ) | (238,345 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowinge |
(374,616 | ) | 223,495 | (151,121 | ) | | 151,073 | (48 | ) | (15,908 | ) | (167,029 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
(627,646 | ) | 244,560 | (383,086 | ) | 184,265 | 187,517 | (11,304 | ) | (22,288 | ) | (405,374 | ) |
Notes
a | Amounts offset for Derivative financial assets include cash collateral netted of £2,187m (2017: £2,393m). Amounts offset for Derivative financial liabilities include cash collateral netted of £2,645m (2017: £1,820m). Settlements assets and liabilities have been offset amounting to £23,095m (2017: £13,241m). No other significant recognised financial assets and liabilities were offset in the balance sheet. Therefore, the only balance sheet categories necessary for inclusion in the table are those shown above. |
b | Financial collateral of £36,904m (2017: £39,262m) was received in respect of derivative assets, including £31,402m (2017: £33,092m) of cash collateral and £5,502m (2017: £6,170m) of noncash collateral. Financial collateral of £32,959m (2017: £36,444m) was placed in respect of derivative liabilities, including £29,842m (2017: £32,575m) of cash collateral and £3,117m (2017: £3,869m) of non-cash collateral. The collateral amounts are limited to net balance sheet exposure so as to not include over-collateralisation. |
c | This column includes contractual rights of set-off that are subject to uncertainty under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction. |
d | The balance sheet total is the sum of Net amounts reported on the balance sheet that are subject to enforceable netting arrangements and Amounts not subject to enforceable netting arrangements. |
e | Repurchase and Reverse Repurchase agreements include instruments at amortised cost and instruments designated at fair value through profit and loss. Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending of £121,349m (2017: £112,586m) is split by fair value £119,041m (2017: £100,040m) and amortised cost £2,308m (2017: £12,546m). Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing of £157,062m (2017: £167,029m) is split by fair value £138,484m (2017: £126,691m) and amortised cost £18,578m (2017: £40,338m). |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 255 |
Notes to the financial statements
Assets and liabilities held at fair value
18 Offsetting financial assets and financial liabilities continued
Derivative assets and liabilities
The Financial instruments column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set-off under netting agreements, such as the ISDA Master Agreement or derivative exchange or clearing counterparty agreements, whereby all outstanding transactions with the same counterparty can be offset and close-out netting applied across all outstanding transactions covered by the agreements if an event of default or other predetermined events occur.
Financial collateral refers to cash and non-cash collateral obtained, typically daily or weekly, to cover the net exposure between counterparties by enabling the collateral to be realised in an event of default or if other predetermined events occur.
Repurchase and reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending and borrowing
The Amounts offset column identifies financial assets and liabilities that are subject to set-off under netting agreements, such as Global Master Repurchase Agreements and Global Master Securities Lending Agreements, whereby all outstanding transactions with the same counterparty can be offset and close-out netting applied across all outstanding transactions covered by the agreements if an event of default or other predetermined events occur.
Financial collateral typically comprises highly liquid securities which are legally transferred and can be liquidated in the event of counterparty default.
These offsetting and collateral arrangements and other credit risk mitigation strategies used by Barclays Group are further explained in the Credit risk mitigation section on page 92.
256 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Notes to the financial statements
Financial instruments held at amortised cost
The notes included in this section focus on assets that are held at amortised cost arising from the Barclays Groups retail and wholesale lending including loans and advances and deposits at amortised cost and finance leases. Details regarding the Barclays Groups liquidity and capital position can be found on pages 135 to 161.
19 Loans and advances and deposits at amortised cost
Accounting for loans and advances and deposits held at amortised cost under IFRS 9 effective from 1 January 2018
Loans and advances to customers and banks, customer accounts, debt securities and most financial liabilities, are held at amortised cost. That is, the initial fair value (which is normally the amount advanced or borrowed) is adjusted for repayments and the amortisation of coupon, fees and expenses to represent the effective interest rate of the asset or liability. Balances deferred on-balance sheet as effective interest rate adjustments are amortised to interest income over the life of the financial instrument to which they relate.
Financial assets that are held in a business model to collect the contractual cash flows and that contain contractual terms that give rise on specified dates to cash flows that are SPPI, are measured at amortised cost. The carrying value of these financial assets at initial recognition includes any directly attributable transaction costs. Refer to Note 1 for details on solely payments of principal and interest.
In determining whether the business model is a hold to collect model, the objective of the business model must be to hold the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows rather than holding the financial asset for trading or short-term profit taking purposes. While the objective of the business model must be to hold the financial asset to collect contractual cash flows this does not mean Barclays Group is required to hold the financial assets until maturity. When determining if the business model objective is to collect contractual cash flows Barclays Group will consider past sales and expectations about future sales.
Accounting for loans and advances and deposits held at amortised cost under IAS 39 for 2017 and 2016
Loans and advances to customers and banks, customer accounts, debt securities and most financial liabilities, are held at amortised cost. That is, the initial fair value (which is normally the amount advanced or borrowed) is adjusted for repayments and the amortisation of coupon, fees and expenses to represent the effective interest rate of the asset or liability. Balances deferred on-balance sheet as effective interest rate adjustments are amortised to interest income over the life of the financial instrument to which they relate.
In accordance with IAS 39, where the Barclays Group no longer intends to trade in financial assets it may transfer them out of the held for trading classification and measure them at amortised cost if they meet the definition of a loan. The initial value used for the purposes of establishing amortised cost is fair value on the date of the transfer.
Loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans to £m |
Loans
to £m |
Total £m |
Loans to £m |
Loans
to £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost excluding debt securities at amortised cost | 10,576 | 316,861 | 327,437 | 10,633 | 316,696 | 327,329 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: allowance for impairment | (1 | ) | (6,764 | ) | (6,765 | ) | | (4,652 | ) | (4,652 | ) | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost excluding debt securities at amortised cost | 10,575 | 310,097 | 320,672 | 10,633 | 312,044 | 322,677 | ||||||||||||||||||
Gross debt securities at amortised cost | | 5,739 | 5,739 | | 1,371 | 1,371 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: allowance for impairment | | (5 | ) | (5 | ) | | | | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities at amortised cost | | 5,734 | 5,734 | | 1,371 | 1,371 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total gross loans and advances at amortised cost | 10,576 | 322,600 | 333,176 | 10,633 | 318,067 | 328,700 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: allowance for impairment | (1 | ) | (6,769 | ) | (6,770 | ) | | (4,652 | ) | (4,652 | ) | |||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost | 10,575 | 315,831 | 326,406 | 10,633 | 313,415 | 324,048 | ||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from £m |
Deposits from customers £m |
Total £m |
Deposits from £m |
Deposits from customers £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | 14,166 | 380,672 | 394,838 | 12,153 | 386,548 | 398,701 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 257 |
Notes to the financial statements
Financial instruments held at amortised cost
20 Finance leases
Accounting for finance leases
The Barclays Group applies IAS 17 Leases in accounting for finance leases, both where it is the lessor or the lessee. A finance lease is a lease which confers substantially all the risks and rewards of the leased assets on the lessee. Where the Barclays Group is the lessor, the leased asset is not held on the balance sheet; instead a finance lease receivable is recognised representing the minimum lease payments receivable under the terms of the lease, discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the lease. Where the Barclays Group is the lessee, the leased asset is recognised in property, plant and equipment and a finance lease liability is recognised, representing the minimum lease payments payable under the lease, discounted at the rate of interest implicit in the lease.
Interest income or expense is recognised in interest receivable or payable, allocated to accounting periods to reflect a constant periodic rate of return.
Finance lease receivables
Finance lease receivables are included within loans and advances at amortised cost. The Barclays Group specialises in the provision of leasing and other asset finance facilities across a broad range of asset types to business customers.
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Gross investment in finance lease receivables £m |
Future finance income £m |
Present value of minimum lease payments receivable £m |
Un- £m |
Gross investment in finance lease receivables £m |
Future finance income £m |
Present value of minimum lease payments receivable £m |
Un- £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Not more than one year | 1,333 | (110 | ) | 1,223 | 86 | 1,130 | (91 | ) | 1,039 | 69 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Over one year but not more than five years | 2,012 | (171 | ) | 1,841 | 148 | 1,750 | (135 | ) | 1,615 | 156 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Over five years | 381 | (44 | ) | 337 | 22 | 284 | (32 | ) | 252 | 21 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 3,726 | (325 | ) | 3,401 | 256 | 3,164 | (258 | ) | 2,906 | 246 |
The impairment allowance for uncollectable finance lease receivables amounted to £87m (2017: £57m).
Finance lease liabilities
The Barclays Group leases items of property, plant and equipment on terms that meet the definition of finance leases. Finance lease liabilities are included within Note 24.
As at 31 December 2018, the total future minimum payments under finance leases were £22m (2017: £20m). The carrying amount of assets held under finance leases was £19m (2017: £9m).
258 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Notes to the financial statements
Non-current assets and other investments
The notes included in this section focus on the Barclays Groups non-current tangible and intangible assets and property, plant and equipment, which provide long-term future economic benefits.
21 Property, plant and equipment
Accounting for property, plant and equipment
The Barclays Group applies IAS 16 Property Plant and Equipment and IAS 40 Investment Properties.
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost, which includes direct and incremental acquisition costs less accumulated depreciation and provisions for impairment, if required. Subsequent costs are capitalised if these result in enhancement of the asset.
Depreciation is provided on the depreciable amount of items of property, plant and equipment on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful economic lives. Depreciation rates, methods and the residual values underlying the calculation of depreciation of items of property, plant and equipment are kept under review to take account of any change in circumstances. The Barclays Group uses the following annual rates in calculating depreciation:
Annual rates in calculating depreciation | Depreciation rate | |
Freehold land |
Not depreciated | |
Freehold buildings and long-leasehold property (more than 50 years to run) |
2-3.3% | |
Leasehold property over the remaining life of the lease (less than 50 years to run) |
Over the remaining life of the lease | |
Costs of adaptation of freehold and leasehold property |
6-10% | |
Equipment installed in freehold and leasehold property |
6-10% | |
Computers and similar equipment |
17-33% | |
Fixtures and fittings and other equipment |
9-20% |
Costs of adaptation and installed equipment are depreciated over the shorter of the life of the lease or the depreciation rates noted in the table above.
Investment property
The Barclays Group initially recognises investment property at cost, and subsequently at fair value at each balance sheet date, reflecting market conditions at the reporting date. Gains and losses on remeasurement are included in the income statement.
Investment |
Property £m |
Equipment £m |
Leased assets £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||
Cost | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | 116 | 3,493 | 2,748 | 9 | 6,366 | |||||||||||||||
Additions | 9 | 217 | 262 | | 488 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals | (115 | ) | (83 | ) | (99 | ) | | (297 | ) | |||||||||||
Change in fair value of investment properties | (3 | ) | | | | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | 2 | 57 | 45 | | 104 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | 9 | 3,684 | 2,956 | 9 | 6,658 | |||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation and impairment | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | | (1,668 | ) | (2,117 | ) | (9 | ) | (3,794 | ) | |||||||||||
Depreciation charge | | (166 | ) | (252 | ) | | (418 | ) | ||||||||||||
Impairment | | (3 | ) | | | (3 | ) | |||||||||||||
Disposals | | 73 | 79 | | 152 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | | (28 | ) | (32 | ) | | (60 | ) | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | | (1,792 | ) | (2,322 | ) | (9 | ) | (4,123 | ) | |||||||||||
Net book value | 9 | 1,892 | 634 | | 2,535 | |||||||||||||||
Cost | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2017 | 81 | 3,429 | 3,840 | 10 | 7,360 | |||||||||||||||
Additions | 114 | 220 | 299 | | 633 | |||||||||||||||
Disposals | (69 | ) | (18 | ) | (1,082 | ) | (1 | ) | (1,170 | ) | ||||||||||
Change in fair value of investment properties | (5 | ) | | | | (5 | ) | |||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | (5 | ) | (138 | ) | (309 | ) | | (452 | ) | |||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | 116 | 3,493 | 2,748 | 9 | 6,366 | |||||||||||||||
Accumulated depreciation and impairment | | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2017 | | (1,483 | ) | (3,043 | ) | (9 | ) | (4,535 | ) | |||||||||||
Depreciation charge | | (171 | ) | (275 | ) | | (446 | ) | ||||||||||||
Impairment | | (28 | ) | | | (28 | ) | |||||||||||||
Disposals | | | 972 | | 972 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | | 14 | 229 | | 243 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | | (1,668 | ) | (2,117 | ) | (9 | ) | (3,794 | ) | |||||||||||
Net book value | 116 | 1,825 | 631 | | 2,572 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 259 |
Notes to the financial statements
Non-current assets and other investments
21 Property, plant and equipment continued
Property rentals of £nil (2017: £2m) and £19m (2017: £8m) have been included in net investment income and other income respectively.
The fair value of investment property is determined by reference to current market prices for similar properties, adjusted as necessary for condition and location, or by reference to recent transactions updated to reflect current economic conditions. Discounted cash flow techniques may be employed to calculate fair value where there have been no recent transactions, using current external market inputs such as market rents and interest rates. Valuations are carried out by management with the support of appropriately qualified independent valuers. Refer to Note 17 for further details.
22 Goodwill and intangible assets
Accounting for goodwill and intangible assets
Goodwill
The carrying value of goodwill is determined in accordance with IFRS 3 Business Combinations and IAS 36 Impairment of Assets.
Goodwill arising on the acquisition of subsidiaries represents the excess of the fair value of the purchase consideration over the fair value of the Barclays Groups share of the assets acquired and the liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed on the date of the acquisition.
Goodwill is reviewed annually for impairment, or more frequently when there are indications that impairment may have occurred. The test involves comparing the carrying value of goodwill with the present value of the pre-tax cash flows, discounted at a rate of interest that reflects the inherent risks, of the cash generating unit (CGU) to which the goodwill relates, or the CGUs fair value if this is higher.
Intangible assets
Intangible assets other than goodwill are accounted for in accordance with IAS 38 Intangible Assets.
Intangible assets are initially recognised when they are separable or arise from contractual or other legal rights, the cost can be measured reliably and, in the case of intangible assets not acquired in a business combination, where it is probable that future economic benefits attributable to the assets will flow from their use.
Intangible assets are stated at cost (which is, in the case of assets acquired in a business combination, the acquisition date fair value) less accumulated amortisation and provisions for impairment, if any, and are amortised over their useful lives in a manner that reflects the pattern to which they contribute to future cash flows, generally using the amortisation periods set out below:
Annual rates in calculating amortisation | Amortisation period | |
Goodwill |
Not amortised | |
Internally generated softwarea |
12 months to 6 years | |
Other software |
12 months to 6 years | |
Customer lists |
12 months to 25 years | |
Licences and other |
12 months to 25 years |
Intangible assets are reviewed for impairment when there are indications that impairment may have occurred.
Note
a | Exceptions to the above rate relate to useful lives of certain core banking platforms that are assessed individually and, if appropriate, amortised over longer periods ranging from 10 to 15 years. |
260 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
22 Goodwill and intangible assets continued
Goodwill £m |
Internally generated software £m |
Other software £m |
Customer £m |
Licences and other £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 |
4,759 | 5,501 | 427 | 1,547 | 519 | 12,753 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions and disposals |
| 280 | (34 | ) | | 12 | 258 | |||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
9 | 54 | (4 | ) | 83 | 27 | 169 | |||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
4,768 | 5,835 | 389 | 1,630 | 558 | 13,180 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated amortisation and impairment |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 |
(860 | ) | (2,195 | ) | (313 | ) | (1,209 | ) | (327 | ) | (4,904 | ) | ||||||||||||
Disposals |
| 530 | 101 | | 13 | 644 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation charge |
| (669 | ) | (50 | ) | (81 | ) | (34 | ) | (834 | ) | |||||||||||||
Impairment charge |
| (6 | ) | | | | (6 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
(1 | ) | (22 | ) | 8 | (69 | ) | (23 | ) | (107 | ) | |||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
(861 | ) | (2,362 | ) | (254 | ) | (1,359 | ) | (371 | ) | (5,207 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net book value |
3,907 | 3,473 | 135 | 271 | 187 | 7,973 | ||||||||||||||||||
2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2017 |
4,847 | 4,927 | 204 | 1,708 | 551 | 12,237 | ||||||||||||||||||
Additions and disposals |
| 662 | 16 | (15 | ) | 13 | 676 | |||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
(88 | ) | (88 | ) | 207 | (146 | ) | (45 | ) | (160 | ) | |||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
4,759 | 5,501 | 427 | 1,547 | 519 | 12,753 | ||||||||||||||||||
Accumulated amortisation and impairment |
||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2017 |
(930 | ) | (1,864 | ) | (143 | ) | (1,231 | ) | (343 | ) | (4,511 | ) | ||||||||||||
Disposals |
| 207 | 10 | 15 | 24 | 256 | ||||||||||||||||||
Amortisation charge |
| (546 | ) | (32 | ) | (101 | ) | (36 | ) | (715 | ) | |||||||||||||
Impairment charge |
| (52 | ) | | | | (52 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
70 | 60 | (148 | ) | 108 | 28 | 118 | |||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
(860 | ) | (2,195 | ) | (313 | ) | (1,209 | ) | (327 | ) | (4,904 | ) | ||||||||||||
Net book value |
3,899 | 3,306 | 114 | 338 | 192 | 7,849 |
Goodwill
Goodwill is allocated to business operations according to business segments as follows:
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Barclays UK |
3,526 | 3,526 | ||||||
Barclays International |
334 | 325 | ||||||
Head Office |
47 | 48 | ||||||
Total net book value of goodwill |
3,907 | 3,899 |
Goodwill
Testing goodwill for impairment involves a significant amount of judgement. This includes the identification of independent CGUs and the allocation of goodwill to these units based on which units are expected to benefit from the acquisition. The allocation is reviewed following business reorganisations. Cash flow projections necessarily take into account changes in the market in which a business operates including the level of growth, competitive activity, and the impacts of regulatory change. Determining both the expected pre-tax cash flows and the risk adjusted interest rate appropriate to the operating unit requires the exercise of judgement. The estimation of pre-tax cash flows is sensitive to the periods for which detailed forecasts are available and to assumptions regarding long-term sustainable cash flows.
Other intangible assets
Determining the estimated useful lives of intangible assets (such as those arising from contractual relationships) requires an analysis of circumstances. The assessment of whether an asset is exhibiting indicators of impairment as well as the calculation of impairment, which requires the estimate of future cash flows and fair values less costs to sell, also requires the preparation of cash flow forecasts and fair values for assets that may not be regularly bought and sold.
Impairment testing of goodwill
During 2018, the Barclays Group recognised an impairment charge of £nil (2017: £nil).
Key assumptions
The key assumptions used for impairment testing are set out below for each significant goodwill balance. Other goodwill of £560m (2017: £769m) was allocated to multiple CGUs which are not considered individually significant.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 261 |
Notes to the financial statements
Non-current assets and other investments
22 Goodwill and intangible assets continued
Barclays UK
Goodwill within Personal Banking was £2,718m (2017: £2,718m) of which £2,501m (2017: £2,501m) was attributable to Woolwich and within Business Banking was £629m (2017: £629m), fully attributable to Woolwich. The carrying value of the CGUs have been determined by using net asset values. The recoverable amounts of the CGUs, calculated as value in use, have been determined using cash flow predictions based on financial budgets approved by management, covering a five-year period, with a terminal growth rate of 1.8% (2017: 2.0%) applied thereafter. The forecasted cash flows have been discounted at a pre-tax rate of 13.7% (2017: 13.9%). Based on these assumptions, the total recoverable amount exceeded the carrying amount including goodwill by £7,762m (2017: £5,262m). A one percentage point change in the discount rate or terminal growth rate would increase or decrease the recoverable amount by £1,501m (2017: £1,128m) and £980m (2017: £734m) respectively. A reduction in the forecasted cash flows of 10% per annum would reduce the recoverable amount by £1,828m (2017: £1,409m).
23 Operating leases
Accounting for operating leases
The Barclays Group applies IAS 17 Leases, for operating leases. An operating lease is a lease where substantially all of the risks and rewards of the leased assets remain with the lessor. Where the Barclays Group is the lessor, lease income is recognised on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease unless another systematic basis is more appropriate. The Barclays Group holds the leased assets on-balance sheet within property, plant and equipment.
Where the Barclays Group is the lessee, rentals payable are recognised as an expense in the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term unless another systematic basis is more appropriate.
Operating lease commitments
The Barclays Group leases various offices, branches and other premises under non-cancellable operating lease arrangements. With such operating lease arrangements, the asset is kept on the lessors balance sheet and the Barclays Group reports the future minimum lease payments as an expense over the lease term. The leases have various terms, escalation and renewal rights. There are no contingent rents payable.
Operating lease rentals of £329m (2017: £342m) have been included in administration and general expenses.
The future minimum lease payments by the Barclays Group under non-cancellable operating leases are as follows:
2018 |
2017 | |||||||||||||||
Property £m |
Equipment £m |
Property £m |
Equipment £m |
|||||||||||||
Not more than one year | 302 | | 332 | 2 | ||||||||||||
Over one year but not more than five years | 786 | | 844 | 21 | ||||||||||||
Over five years | 1,257 | | 1,337 | | ||||||||||||
Total | 2,345 | | 2,513 | 23 |
Total future minimum sublease payments to be received under non-cancellable subleases was £28m (2017: £53m).
262 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
The notes included in this section focus on the Barclays Groups accruals, provisions and contingent liabilities. Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is probable that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, and it can be reliably estimated. Contingent liabilities reflect potential liabilities that are not recognised on the balance sheet.
24 Other liabilities
2018 |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Accruals and deferred income |
3,877 | 3,951 | ||||||
Other creditors |
3,522 | 4,563 | ||||||
Items in the course of collection due to other banks |
277 | 446 | ||||||
Obligations under finance leases (refer to Note 20) |
22 | 20 | ||||||
Insurance contract liabilities, including unit-linked liabilities |
18 | 31 | ||||||
Other liabilities |
7,716 | 9,011 |
25 Provisions
Accounting for provisions
The Barclays Group applies IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets in accounting for non-financial liabilities.
Provisions are recognised for present obligations arising as consequences of past events where it is more likely than not that a transfer of economic benefit will be necessary to settle the obligation, which can be reliably estimated. Provision is made for the anticipated cost of restructuring, including redundancy costs when an obligation exists; for example, when the Barclays Group has a detailed formal plan for restructuring a business and has raised valid expectations in those affected by the restructuring by announcing its main features or starting to implement the plan. Provision is made for undrawn loan commitments if it is probable that the facility will be drawn and result in the recognition of an asset at an amount less than the amount advanced.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The financial reporting of provisions involves a significant degree of judgement and is complex. Identifying whether a present obligation exists and estimating the probability, timing, nature and quantum of the outflows that may arise from past events requires judgements to be made based on the specific facts and circumstances relating to individual events and often requires specialist professional advice. When matters are at an early stage, accounting judgements and estimates can be difficult because of the high degree of uncertainty involved. Management continues to monitor matters as they develop to re-evaluate on an ongoing basis whether provisions should be recognised, however there can remain a wide range of possible outcomes and uncertainties, particularly in relation to legal, competition and regulatory matters, and as a result it is often not practicable to make meaningful estimates even when matters are at a more advanced stage.
The complexity of such matters often requires the input of specialist professional advice in making assessments to produce estimates. Customer redress and legal, competition and regulatory matters are areas where a higher degree of professional judgement is required. The amount that is recognised as a provision can also be very sensitive to the assumptions made in calculating it. This gives rise to a large range of potential outcomes which require judgement in determining an appropriate provision level. See below for information on payment protection redress and Note 27 for more detail of legal, competition and regulatory matters.
Onerous |
Redundancy |
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guaranteesa £m |
Customer redress |
Legal, competition and £m |
Sundry |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Payment Protection Insurance £m |
Other customer redress £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 |
225 | 159 | 420 | 1,606 | 639 | 435 | 400 | 3,884 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Additions |
74 | 170 | 463 | 400 | 182 | 1,716 | 89 | 3,094 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts utilised |
(135 | ) | (102 | ) | (11 | ) | (1,118 | ) | (328 | ) | (1,680 | ) | (86 | ) | (3,460 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Unused amounts reversed |
(26 | ) | (56 | ) | (588 | ) | | (48 | ) | (98 | ) | (42 | ) | (858 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements |
1 | (2 | ) | (13 | ) | | (1 | ) | 41 | (34 | ) | (8 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
139 | 169 | 271 | 888 | 444 | 414 | 327 | 2,652 |
Note
a | Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provisions are accounted for under IFRS 9. |
Provisions expected to be recovered or settled within no more than 12 months after 31 December 2018 were £2,144m (2017: £2,394m).
Onerous contracts
Onerous contract provisions comprise an estimate of the costs involved with fulfilling the terms and conditions of contracts net of any expected benefits to be received.
Redundancy and restructuring
These provisions comprise the estimated cost of restructuring, including redundancy costs where an obligation exists. Additions made during the year relate to formal restructuring plans and have either been utilised, or reversed, where total costs are now expected to be lower than the original provision amount.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 263 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
25 Provisions continued
Undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees
Impairment allowance under IFRS 9 considers both the drawn and the undrawn counterparty exposure. For retail portfolios, the total impairment allowance is allocated to the drawn exposure to the extent that the allowance does not exceed the exposure as ECL is not reported separately. Any excess is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision. For wholesale portfolios, the impairment allowance on the undrawn exposure is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision. Provisions are made if it is probable that a facility will be drawn and the resulting asset is expected to have a realisable value that is less than the amount advanced.
Customer redress
Customer redress provisions comprise the estimated cost of making redress payments to customers, clients and counterparties for losses or damages associated with inappropriate judgement in the execution of Barclays Groups business activities. Provisions for other customer redress include smaller provisions across the retail and corporate businesses which are likely to be utilised in the next 12 months.
Legal, competition and regulatory matters
The Barclays Group is engaged in various legal proceedings, both in the UK and a number of other overseas jurisdictions, including the US. For further information in relation to legal proceedings and discussion of the associated uncertainties, refer to Note 27.
Sundry provisions
This category includes provisions that do not fit into any of the other categories, such as fraud losses and dilapidation provisions.
Payment Protection Insurance Redress
As at 31 December 2018, Barclays Group had recognised cumulative provisions totalling £9.6bn (2017: £9.2bn), of which £0.4bn was recognised in Q1 2018, against the cost of Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) redress and associated processing costs. Utilisation of the cumulative provisions to date is £8.7bn (2017: £7.6bn), leaving a residual provision of £0.9bn (2017: £1.6bn).
Through to 31 December 2018, 2.4m (2017: 2.1m) customer initiated claimsa had been received and processed.
The current provision reflects the estimated costs of PPI redress primarily relating to customer initiated complaints and ongoing remediation programmes, based on information at year end. This also includes liabilities managed by third parties arising from portfolios previously sold where Barclays Group remains liable.
As at 31 December 2018, the provision of £0.9bn represents Barclays Groups best estimate of expected PPI redress reflecting the complaints deadline implemented by the FCA of 29 August 2019. However, it is possible the eventual outcome may differ from the current estimate. Barclays Group will continue to review the adequacy of provision level in respect of the future impacts.
The PPI provision is calculated using a number of key assumptions which continue to involve significant modelling and management judgement:
◾ | Customer initiated claim volumes claims received but not yet processed plus an estimate of future claims initiated by customers, where the volume is anticipated to cease after the PPI deadline. |
◾ | Average claim redress the expected average payment to customers for upheld claims based on the type and age of the policy/policies. |
◾ | Processing cost per claim the cost to Barclays Group of assessing and processing each valid claim. |
These assumptions remain subjective, mainly due to the uncertainty associated with future claims levels, which include complaints driven by claims management company (CMC) activity and the FCA advertising campaign.
The following table outlines key forecast assumptions used in the provision calculation as at 31 December 2018 and a sensitivity analysis illustrating the impact on the provision if the future expected assumptions prove too high or too low.
Assumption |
Cumulative actual to 31.12.18 |
Future expected |
Sensitivity analysis increase/ decrease in provision |
|||||||||
Customer initiated claims received and processed (thousands)a |
2,400 | 290 | 50k=£117m | |||||||||
Average uphold rate per claim (%)b |
89 | 91 | 1%=£6m | |||||||||
Average redress per valid claim (£)c |
2,136 | 2,233 | £100=£26m |
Notes
a | Total mis-selling claims received directly by Barclays Group, including those received via CMCs but excluding those for which no PPI policy exists and excluding responses to proactive mailing. The sensitivity analysis has been calculated to show the impact a 50,000 increase or decrease in the number of customer initiated mis-selling policy claims would have on the provision level inclusive of operational processing costs. |
b | Average uphold rate per customer initiated mis-selling claim received directly by Barclays Group and proactive mailings, excluding those for which no PPI policy exists. The sensitivity analysis has been calculated to show the impact a 1% change in the average uphold rate per claim would have on the provision level. |
c | Average redress stated on a per policy basis for future customer initiated mis-selling complaints received directly by Barclays Group. The sensitivity analysis has been calculated to show the impact a £100 increase or decrease in the average redress per claim would have on the provision level. |
264 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
26 Contingent liabilities and commitments
Accounting for contingent liabilities
Contingent liabilities are possible obligations whose existence will be confirmed only by uncertain future events, and present obligations where the transfer of economic resources is uncertain or cannot be reliably measured. Contingent liabilities are not recognised on the balance sheet but are disclosed unless the likelihood of an outflow of economic resources is remote.
The following table summarises the nominal principal amount of contingent liabilities and commitments which are not recorded on-balance sheet:
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security | 15,805 | 14,275 | ||||||
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements | 4,498 | 4,737 | ||||||
Total contingent liabilities | 20,303 | 19,012 | ||||||
Of which: Financial guarantees carried at fair value | 4 | |||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions | 1,741 | 812 | ||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitmentsa | 322,482 | 314,761 | ||||||
Total commitments | 324,223 | 315,573 | ||||||
Of which: Loan commitments carried at fair value | 11,723 |
Provisions held against contingent liabilities and commitments equal £271m. Post IFRS 9, loan commitments carried at fair value amounted to £18.9bn as at 1 January 2018.
The Financial Services Compensation Scheme (the FSCS) is the UKs government-backed compensation scheme for customers of authorised institutions that are unable to pay claims. The compensation paid out to customers is funded through loan facilities provided by HM Treasury to the FSCS which at 31 December 2018 has been completely repaid and has nil balance (2017: £4.7bn).
Further details on contingent liabilities relating to legal and competition and regulatory matters can be found in Note 27.
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters
Members of the Barclays Group face legal, competition and regulatory challenges, many of which are beyond our control. The extent of the impact on Barclays of these matters cannot always be predicted but may materially impact our operations, financial results, condition and prospects. Matters arising from a set of similar circumstances can give rise to either a contingent liability or a provision, or both, depending on the relevant facts and circumstances. The recognition of provisions in relation to such matters involves critical accounting estimates and judgement in accordance with the relevant accounting policies as described in Note 25, Provisions. We have not disclosed an estimate of the potential financial effect on Barclays of contingent liabilities where it is not currently practicable to do so.
In connection with the implementation of structural reform in the UK, on 1 April 2018, the UK banking business was transferred from Barclays Bank PLC to Barclays Bank UK PLC, a separate subsidiary of Barclays PLC. Although the matters described below are relevant to Barclays PLC either on an individual or on a consolidated basis, certain matters may relate to either or both of Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC. Matters are ordered under headings corresponding to the financial statements in which they are disclosed.
1. Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC
Investigations into certain advisory services agreements and other matters and civil action
The UK Serious Fraud Office (SFO), the Financial Conduct Authority (FCA), the US Department of Justice (DoJ) and the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) have been conducting investigations into two advisory services agreements entered into by Barclays Bank PLC. These agreements were entered into with Qatar Holding LLC (Qatar Holding) in June and October 2008 (the Agreements). The FCA commenced an investigation into whether the Agreements may have related to Barclays PLCs capital raisings in June and November 2008 (the Capital Raisings). The existence of the June 2008 advisory services agreement was disclosed, but the entry into the advisory services agreement in October 2008 and the fees payable under the Agreements, which amounted to a total of £322m payable over a period of five years, were not disclosed in the announcements or public documents relating to the Capital Raisings. The SFO also commenced an investigation into the Agreements and into a $3bn loan (the Loan) provided by Barclays Bank PLC in November 2008 to the State of Qatar.
SFO Proceedings
In 2017, the SFO charged Barclays PLC with two offences of conspiring with certain former senior officers and employees of Barclays to commit fraud by false representations relating to the Agreements and one offence of unlawful financial assistance in relation to the Loan. In February 2018, the SFO also charged Barclays Bank PLC with the same offence in respect of the Loan. In May 2018, the Crown Court dismissed all charges against Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC, and in October 2018, the High Court denied the SFOs application to reinstate the charges, which were consequently dismissed.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 265 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities
and legal proceedings
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
FCA Proceedings and other investigations
In 2013, the FCA issued warning notices (the Notices) finding that, while Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC believed at the time of the execution of the Agreements that there should be at least some unspecified and undetermined value to be derived from them, the primary purpose of the Agreements was not to obtain advisory services but to make additional payments, which would not be disclosed, for the Qatari participation in the Capital Raisings. The Notices concluded that Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC were in breach of certain disclosure-related listing rules and Barclays PLC was also in breach of Listing Principle 3 (the requirement to act with integrity towards holders and potential holders of the Companys shares). In this regard, the FCA considers that Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC acted recklessly. The financial penalty provided in the Notices against Barclays is £50m. Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC continue to contest the findings. The FCA action has been stayed due to the SFO proceedings pending against certain former Barclays executives, trial in respect of which commenced in January 2019.
In addition, the DoJ and the SEC have been conducting investigations relating to the Agreements.
Civil Action
In 2016, PCP Capital Partners LLP and PCP International Finance Limited (PCP) served a claim on Barclays Bank PLC seeking damages for fraudulent misrepresentation and deceit, arising from alleged statements made by Barclays Bank PLC to PCP in relation to the terms on which securities were to be issued to potential investors, allegedly including PCP, in the November 2008 capital raising. PCP seeks damages of up to £1,477m (plus interest from November 2017) and costs. Barclays Bank PLC is defending the claim and trial is scheduled to commence in October 2019.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period. The financial penalty provided in the FCAs Notices against Barclays is £50m. PCP has made a claim against Barclays Bank PLC for damages of up to £1,477m plus interest and costs. These amounts do not necessarily reflect Barclays potential financial exposure in respect of these matters.
Investigations into certain business relationships
In 2012, the DoJ and SEC commenced investigations in relation to whether certain relationships with third parties who assist Barclays PLC to win or retain business are compliant with the US Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Various regulators in other jurisdictions are also being briefed on the investigations. Separately, Barclays is cooperating with the DoJ and SEC in relation to an investigation into certain of its hiring practices in Asia and elsewhere and is keeping certain regulators in other jurisdictions informed.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Investigations relating to whistle-blowing systems and controls
In 2017, the FCA and the Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) commenced investigations into the Barclays Group Chief Executive Officer (CEO), relating to his attempt in 2016 to identify the author of a letter that was treated by Barclays Bank PLC as a whistle-blow, and into Barclays Bank PLC, as to its responsibilities relating to the attempt by the CEO to identify the author of the letter, as well as Barclays systems and controls and culture relating to whistle-blowing.
In May 2018, the FCA and PRA published final notices confirming their finding that the CEOs actions in relation to this matter represented a breach of Individual Conduct Rule 2 (requirement to act with due skill, care and diligence). There were no findings by the FCA or PRA that the CEO acted with a lack of integrity nor any findings that he lacked fitness and propriety to continue to perform his role as Group Chief Executive Officer.
In respect of its investigation relating to Barclays Bank PLC, the FCA and PRA concluded that they would not take enforcement action in respect of this matter. However, each of Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC agreed to be subject to requirements to report to the FCA and PRA on certain aspects of their whistle-blowing programmes.
The New York Department of Financial Services (NYDFS) and the Federal Reserve Bank of New York also conducted their own investigations in respect of this matter. In December 2018, the NYDFS issued a consent order that imposed a $15m civil penalty on Barclays Bank PLC, which has been paid, for failings in its whistle-blowing programme as well as certain remediation and reporting obligations related to its whistle-blowing programme. All regulatory investigations relating to these events are now concluded.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
Aside from the settlement discussed above, there is no financial impact on Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position.
Investigations into LIBOR and other benchmarks
Regulators and law enforcement agencies, including certain competition authorities, from a number of governments have been conducting investigations relating to Barclays Bank PLCs involvement in manipulating certain financial benchmarks, such as LIBOR and EURIBOR. In 2012, Barclays Bank PLC announced that it had reached settlements with the Financial Services Authority (FSA) (as predecessor to the FCA), the US Commodity Futures Trading Commission (CFTC) and the DoJ in relation to their investigations concerning certain benchmark interest rate submissions, and Barclays Bank PLC paid total penalties of £290m. The settlement with the DoJ was made by entry into a Non-Prosecution Agreement (NPA) which has now expired. Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Capital Inc. (BCI) have reached settlements with certain other regulators and law enforcement agencies. Barclays Bank PLC continues to respond to requests for information from the SFO in relation to its ongoing LIBOR investigation, including in respect of Barclays Bank PLC.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
Aside from the settlements discussed above, it is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
LIBOR and other benchmark civil actions
Following settlement of the investigations referred to above in Investigations into LIBOR and other benchmarks, various individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against Barclays and other banks in relation to LIBOR and/or other benchmarks. While certain cases have been dismissed, settled or settled subject to final approval from the relevant court (and in the case of class actions, the right of class members to opt out of the settlement and to seek to file their own claims), other actions remain pending and their ultimate impact is unclear.
266 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
USD LIBOR Cases in the Multidistrict Litigation Court
The majority of the USD LIBOR cases, which have been filed in various US jurisdictions, have been consolidated for pre-trial purposes before a single judge in the US District Court in the Southern District of New York (SDNY).
The complaints are substantially similar and allege, amongst other things, that Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions individually and collectively violated provisions of the US Sherman Antitrust Act (Antitrust Act), the US Commodity Exchange Act (CEA), the US Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (RICO), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and various state laws by manipulating USD LIBOR rates.
Certain of the proposed class actions have been settled. Barclays has settled claims purportedly brought on behalf of plaintiffs that (i) engaged in USD LIBOR-linked over-the-counter transactions (OTC Class); (ii) purchased USD LIBOR-linked financial instruments on an exchange; (iii) purchased USD LIBOR-linked debt securities; or (iv) issued loans linked to USD LIBOR (Lender Class) and paid $120m, $20m, $7.1m and $4m respectively. The settlements with the OTC Class and the Lender Class have received final court approval. The other settlements remain subject to final court approval and/or the right of class members to opt out of the settlement and to seek to file their own claims.
The remaining putative class actions and individual actions seek unspecified damages with the exception of five lawsuits, in which the plaintiffs are seeking a combined total in excess of $1.25bn in actual damages against all defendants, including Barclays Bank PLC, plus punitive damages. Some of the lawsuits also seek trebling of damages under the Antitrust Act and RICO.
EURIBOR Case in the SDNY
In 2015, $94m was paid in settlement of a EURIBOR-related class action. The court granted final approval of Barclays settlement in May 2018.
Additional USD LIBOR Cases in the SDNY
In 2015, an individual action against Barclays Bank PLC and other panel bank defendants was dismissed by the SDNY. The plaintiff alleged that the panel bank defendants conspired to increase USD LIBOR, which caused the value of bonds pledged as collateral for a loan to decrease, ultimately resulting in the sale of the bonds at a low point in the market. In March 2018, the court denied the plaintiffs motion for leave to amend its complaint and dismissed the case. The plaintiffs appeal of the courts order is pending.
In January 2019, two putative class actions were filed in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI, other financial institution defendants and Intercontinental Exchange Inc. (ICE) and certain of its affiliates, asserting antitrust and unjust enrichment claims on allegations that, beginning in 2014, defendants manipulated USD LIBOR through defendants submissions to ICE, which took over rate-setting duties for LIBOR from the British Bankers Association in 2014. These two actions were consolidated in February 2019.
Sterling LIBOR Case in SDNY
In 2015, a putative class action was filed in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and other Sterling LIBOR panel banks by a plaintiff involved in exchange-traded and over-the-counter derivatives that were linked to Sterling LIBOR. The complaint alleges, among other things, that the defendants manipulated the Sterling LIBOR rate between 2005 and 2010 and, in so doing, committed CEA, Antitrust Act, and RICO violations. In 2016, this class action was consolidated with an additional putative class action making similar allegations against Barclays Bank PLC and BCI and other Sterling LIBOR panel banks. The defendants motion to dismiss was granted in December 2018. The plaintiff has asked the court to reconsider this decision.
Japanese Yen LIBOR Cases in SDNY
In 2012, a putative class action was filed in the SDNY against Barclays Bank PLC and other Japanese Yen LIBOR panel banks by a plaintiff involved in exchange-traded derivatives. The complaint also names members of the Japanese Bankers Associations Euroyen Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate (Euroyen TIBOR) panel, of which Barclays Bank PLC is not a member. The complaint alleges, amongst other things, manipulation of the Euroyen TIBOR and Yen LIBOR rates and breaches of the CEA and Antitrust Act between 2006 and 2010. In 2014, the court dismissed the plaintiffs antitrust claims in full, but the plaintiffs CEA claims remain pending. Discovery is ongoing.
In 2017, a second putative class action concerning Yen LIBOR which was filed in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI was dismissed in full. The complaint makes similar allegations to the 2012 class action. The plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal.
SIBOR/SOR Case in the SDNY
In 2016, a putative class action was filed in the SDNY against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other defendants, alleging manipulation of the Singapore Interbank Offered Rate (SIBOR) and Singapore Swap Offer Rate (SOR). The plaintiffs amended their complaint in 2017 following dismissal by the court of the claims against Barclays for failure to state a claim. In October 2018, the court dismissed all claims against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI, a decision that the plaintiffs are challenging.
Non-US Benchmarks Cases
In addition to the US actions described above, legal proceedings have been brought or threatened against Barclays in connection with alleged manipulation of LIBOR and EURIBOR and other benchmarks in the UK, including the matter referred to below in Local authority civil actions concerning LIBOR that is also related to Barclays Bank UK PLC, as well as in a number of other jurisdictions in Europe, Israel and Argentina. Additional proceedings in other jurisdictions may be brought in the future.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
Aside from the settlements discussed above, it is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 267 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities
and legal proceedings
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Foreign Exchange Investigations
Various regulatory and enforcement authorities across multiple jurisdictions have been investigating a range of issues associated with Foreign Exchange sales and trading, including electronic trading.
In 2015 Barclays reached settlements with the CFTC, the DoJ, the NYDFS, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (Federal Reserve) and the FCA (together, the 2015 Resolving Authorities) in relation to investigations into certain sales and trading practices in the Foreign Exchange market. In connection with these settlements, Barclays paid total penalties of approximately $2.38bn and agreed to undertake certain remedial actions.
Under the plea agreement with the DoJ, in addition to a criminal fine, Barclays PLC agreed to a term of probation of three years during which Barclays PLC, including its subsidiaries, must, amongst other things, (i) commit no crime whatsoever in violation of the federal laws of the US, (ii) implement and continue to implement a compliance program designed to prevent and detect the conduct that gave rise to the plea agreement, (iii) report credible evidence of criminal violations of US antitrust or fraud laws to the relevant US authority, and (iv) strengthen its compliance and internal controls as required by relevant regulatory or enforcement agencies. In January 2017, the US District Court for the District of Connecticut accepted the plea agreement and in accordance with the agreement sentenced Barclays PLC to pay $650m as a fine and $60m for violating the NPA (which amounts are part of the $2.38bn referred to above) and to serve three years of probation from the date of the sentencing order. Barclays also continues to provide relevant information to certain of the 2015 Resolving Authorities.
The European Commission is one of a number of authorities still conducting an investigation into certain trading practices in the Foreign Exchange market.
The DoJ has also conducted an investigation into conduct relating to certain trading activities in connection with certain transactions during 2011 and 2012. Barclays has been providing information to the DoJ and other relevant authorities reviewing this conduct. In February 2018, the DoJ issued a letter closing its investigation of Barclays in exchange for, among other things, Barclays agreement to pay $12.9m in disgorgement and restitution, which can be offset by any settlement amount paid as civil restitution. Barclays resolved a related civil dispute. The amount paid was not material to Barclays.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
Aside from the settlements discussed above, it is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have on Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Civil actions in respect of Foreign Exchange
Following settlement of certain investigations referred to above in Foreign Exchange Investigations a number of individuals and corporates in a range of jurisdictions have threatened or brought civil actions against Barclays and other banks in relation to Foreign Exchange or may do so in the future. Certain of these cases have been dismissed, settled or settled subject to final approval from the relevant court (and in the case of class actions, the right of class members to opt out of the settlement and to seek to file their own claims).
Consolidated FX Action
In 2014, a number of civil actions filed in the SDNY on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs alleging manipulation of Foreign Exchange markets under the Antitrust Act and New York state law and naming several international banks as defendants, including Barclays Bank PLC, were combined into a single consolidated action (Consolidated FX Action). In 2015, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI settled the Consolidated FX Action and paid $384m. The settlement received final court approval in August 2018.
FX Opt Out Action
In November 2018, a group of 16 plaintiffs (and several of their affiliates) who opted out of the Consolidated FX Action settlement filed a complaint in the SDNY against the Consolidated FX Action defendants, including Barclays Bank PLC and BCI.
ERISA FX Action
Since 2015, several civil actions have been filed in the SDNY on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs purporting to allege different legal theories of injury (other than those alleged in the Consolidated FX Action) related to alleged manipulation of Foreign Exchange rates, including claims under the US Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA) statute (ERISA Claims), and naming several international banks as defendants, including Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and BCI. The Court dismissed the ERISA Claims. This dismissal was affirmed on appeal in 2018 and is not subject to further appeal.
Retail Basis Action
A putative action was filed in the Northern District of California (and subsequently transferred to the SDNY) against several international banks, including Barclays PLC and BCI, on behalf of a putative class of individuals that exchanged currencies on a retail basis at bank branches (Retail Basis Claims). The Court has ruled that the Retail Basis Claims are not covered by the settlement agreement in the Consolidated FX Action. The Court subsequently dismissed all Retail Basis Claims against Barclays and all other defendants. The plaintiffs amended their complaint and sought to expand the action to include credit card, debit card and wire transactions, which expansion the Court denied.
State Law FX Action
In 2016, a putative class action was filed in the SDNY under federal, New York and California law on behalf of proposed classes of stockholders of Exchange Traded Funds and others who supposedly were indirect investors in FX Instruments. The plaintiffs counsel subsequently amended the complaint to bring claims on behalf of a proposed class of investors under federal and various state laws who traded FX Instruments through FX dealers or brokers not alleged to have manipulated Foreign Exchange Rates. A different group of plaintiffs subsequently filed another action and asserted substantively similar claims. These two actions were consolidated and a consolidated complaint was filed in 2017. The consolidated action was dismissed, but the plaintiffs were permitted to file an amended complaint, except as to their federal claims, in November 2018.
Non-US FX Actions
In addition to the actions described above, legal proceedings have been brought or are threatened against Barclays in connection with manipulation of Foreign Exchange in the UK, a number of other jurisdictions in Europe and Israel, and additional proceedings may be brought in the future.
268 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
Aside from the settlement described above, it is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Metals investigations
Barclays Bank PLC has provided information to the DoJ, the CFTC and other authorities in connection with investigations into metals and metals-based financial instruments.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Civil actions in respect of the gold and silver fix
A number of civil complaints, each on behalf of a proposed class of plaintiffs, have been consolidated and transferred to the SDNY. The complaints allege that Barclays Bank PLC and other members of The London Gold Market Fixing Ltd. manipulated the prices of gold and gold derivative contracts in violation of the CEA, the Antitrust Act, and state antitrust and consumer protection laws.
Also, in the US, a proposed class of plaintiffs filed a complaint against a number of banks, including Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and Barclays Capital Services Ltd., alleging manipulation of the price of silver in violation of the CEA and antitrust laws. The court has dismissed this action as against the Barclays entities.
Civil actions have also been filed in Canadian courts against Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Capital Canada Inc., BCI and Barclays Capital PLC on behalf of proposed classes of plaintiffs alleging manipulation of gold and silver prices in violation of Canadian law.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
US residential and commercial mortgage-related activity and litigation
There have been various investigations and civil litigation relating to secondary market trading of US Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) and US Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities (CMBS).
DoJ Civil Action
In December 2016, the DoJ filed a civil complaint against Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays PLC, BCI, Barclays Group US Inc., Barclays US LLC, BCAP LLC, Securitized Asset Backed Receivables LLC and Sutton Funding LLC, in the US District Court in the Eastern District of New York (EDNY) containing a number of allegations, including mail and wire fraud, relating to mortgage-backed securities sold between 2005 and 2007. In March 2018, Barclays reached a settlement with the DoJ to resolve this complaint. Barclays paid a civil penalty of $2bn in connection with this settlement.
RMBS Repurchase Requests
Barclays was the sole provider of various loan-level representations and warranties (R&Ws) with respect to:
◾ | approximately $5bn of Barclays sponsored securitisations |
◾ | approximately $0.2bn of sales of loans to government sponsored enterprises (GSEs), and |
◾ | approximately $3bn of loans sold to others. |
In addition, an entity that Barclays acquired in 2007 (Acquired Subsidiary) provided R&Ws on $19.4bn of loans it sold to third parties.
R&Ws on the remaining Barclays sponsored securitisations were primarily provided by third-party originators directly to the securitisation trusts with a Barclays subsidiary, such as the depositor for the securitisation, providing more limited R&Ws. There are no stated expiration provisions applicable to most R&Ws made by Barclays, the Acquired Subsidiary or these third parties.
Under certain circumstances, Barclays and/or the Acquired Subsidiary may be required to repurchase the related loans or make other payments related to such loans if the R&Ws are breached.
The unresolved repurchase requests received on or before 31 December 2018 associated with all R&Ws made by Barclays or the Acquired Subsidiary on loans sold to GSEs and others and private-label activities had an original unpaid principal balance of approximately $2.1bn at the time of such sale.
The unresolved repurchase requests discussed above relate to civil actions that have been commenced by the trustees for certain RMBS securitisations in which the trustees allege that Barclays and/or the Acquired Subsidiary must repurchase loans that violated the operative R&Ws. Such trustees and other parties making repurchase requests have also alleged that the operative R&Ws may have been violated with respect to a greater (but unspecified) amount of loans than the amount of loans previously stated in specific repurchase requests made by such trustees. This litigation is ongoing.
In May 2018, the Acquired Subsidiary agreed to a settlement of a civil action relating to claims for indemnification for losses allegedly suffered by a loan purchaser as a result of alleged breaches of R&Ws provided by the Acquired Subsidiary in connection with loan sales to the purchaser during the period 1997 to 2007. The amount paid was not material to Barclays.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 269 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
Alternative trading systems
In 2014, the New York State Attorney General (NYAG) filed a complaint (NYAG Complaint) against Barclays PLC and BCI in the Supreme Court of the State of New York alleging, amongst other things, that Barclays PLC and BCI engaged in fraud and deceptive practices in connection with LX, Barclays SEC-registered alternative trading system (ATS). In February 2016, Barclays reached separate settlement agreements with the SEC and the NYAG to resolve those agencies claims against Barclays PLC and BCI relating to the operation of LX and paid $35m to each.
Barclays PLC and BCI were named in a purported class action by an institutional financial services firm under California law based on allegations similar to those in the NYAG Complaint. In October 2016, the federal court in California granted the motion of Barclays PLC and BCI to dismiss the entire complaint. In July 2018, the court of appeals affirmed the dismissal.
Following the filing of the NYAG Complaint, Barclays PLC and BCI were also named in a putative shareholder securities class action along with certain current and former executives. The plaintiffs claim that holders of Barclays American Depository Receipts (ADRs) suffered damages when the ADRs declined in value as a result of the allegations in the NYAG Complaint. The parties have agreed to a settlement of this action for $27m, which is subject to final court approval.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
Barclays does not expect the financial impact of the actions described to be material to Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position.
Treasury auction securities civil actions and related matters
Various civil actions have been filed against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions alleging violations of antitrust and other laws relating to the markets for US Treasury securities and Supranational, Sovereign and Agency securities. Certain governmental authorities are also conducting investigations relating to trading of certain government and agency securities in various markets.
Numerous putative class action complaints have been filed in US Federal Court against Barclays Bank PLC, BCI and other financial institutions that have served as primary dealers in US Treasury securities. Those actions have been consolidated and in 2017, plaintiffs in the putative class action filed a consolidated amended complaint in the US Federal Court in New York against the defendants as well as certain corporations that operate electronic trading platforms on which US Treasury securities are traded. The complaint purports to assert claims under US federal antitrust laws and state common law based on allegations that the defendants (i) conspired to manipulate the US Treasury securities market and/or (ii) conspired to prevent the creation of certain platforms by boycotting or threatening to boycott such trading platforms. The defendants have filed a motion to dismiss.
In addition, certain plaintiffs have filed a related, direct action against BCI and certain other financial institutions that have served as primary dealers in US Treasury securities. This complaint alleges that defendants conspired to fix and manipulate the US Treasury securities market in violation of US federal antitrust laws, the CEA and state common law.
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI, Barclays Services Limited, Barclays Capital Securities Limited and certain other financial institutions have been named as defendants in a civil antitrust complaint that alleges that the defendants engaged in a conspiracy to fix prices and restrain competition in the market for US dollar-denominated Supranational, Sovereign and Agency bonds (SSA Bonds) from 2009 through 2015. The defendants have moved to dismiss the action. In February 2019, indirect purchasers of SSA Bonds filed a separate but related complaint making similar allegations.
Certain governmental authorities are conducting investigations into activities relating to the trading of certain government and agency securities in various markets and Barclays has been providing information to various authorities on an ongoing basis.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Mexican Government Bond civil action
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, BCI, Barclays Capital Securities Limited, Barclays Bank Mexico, S.A., Grupo Financiero Barclays Mexico, S.A. de C.V. and Banco Barclays S.A., together with other financial institutions that allegedly transacted in Mexican government bonds (MGB), are named as defendants in a class action consolidated in the SDNY. The plaintiffs assert antitrust and state law claims arising out of an alleged conspiracy to fix the prices of MGB from 2006 through mid-2017. Defendants have moved to dismiss the consolidated action.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
American Depositary Shares
Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC were named as defendants in a securities class action consolidated in the SDNY that alleged misstatements and omissions in offering documents for certain American Depositary Shares issued by Barclays Bank PLC in April 2008 with an original face amount of approximately $2.5 billion (the April 2008 Offering). The plaintiffs asserted claims under the Securities Act of 1933, alleging misstatements and omissions concerning (amongst other things) Barclays Bank PLCs exposure to mortgage and credit market risk and its financial condition. In 2017, the SDNY granted the defendants motion for summary judgment on all claims against them, a decision affirmed by the appellate court in November 2018.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
Absent the summary judgment decision being overturned on appeal, Barclays does not expect the financial impact of the action described to be material to Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position.
270 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
BDC Finance L.L.C.
In 2008, BDC Finance L.L.C. (BDC) filed a complaint in the NY Supreme Court alleging that Barclays Bank PLC had breached a contract in connection with a portfolio of total return swaps governed by an ISDA Master Agreement (collectively, the Agreement) when it failed to transfer approximately $40m of alleged excess collateral in response to BDCs 2008 demand (Demand).
BDC asserts that under the Agreement Barclays Bank PLC was not entitled to dispute the Demand before transferring the alleged excess collateral and that even if the Agreement entitled Barclays Bank PLC to dispute the Demand before making the transfer, Barclays Bank PLC failed to dispute the Demand. BDC demands damages totalling $298m plus attorneys fees, expenses, and pre-judgement interest. Following a trial on certain liability issues, the court ruled in December 2018 that Barclays Bank PLC was not a defaulting party. In January 2019, BDC filed a notice of appeal of that decision.
In 2011, BDCs investment advisor, BDCM Fund Adviser, L.L.C. and its parent company, Black Diamond Capital Holdings, L.L.C. also sued Barclays Bank PLC and BCI in Connecticut State Court for unspecified damages allegedly resulting from Barclays Bank PLCs conduct relating to the Agreement, asserting claims for violation of the Connecticut Unfair Trade Practices Act and tortious interference with business and prospective business relations. The Connecticut case is currently stayed.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period. BDC has made claims against Barclays totalling $298m plus attorneys fees, expenses, and pre-judgement interest. This amount does not necessarily reflect Barclays potential financial exposure if a ruling were to be made against it.
Civil actions in respect of the US Anti-Terrorism Act
Civil complaints against Barclays Bank PLC and other banks allege engagement in a conspiracy and violation of the US Anti-Terrorism Act (ATA). These include various civil complaints filed in the US Federal Courts in the EDNY and SDNY by separate groups of plaintiffs (aggregating over 4,000) alleging that Barclays Bank PLC and a number of other banks engaged in a conspiracy and violated the ATA by facilitating US dollar denominated transactions for the Government of Iran and various Iranian banks, which in turn funded acts of terrorism that injured or killed the plaintiffs family members. The plaintiffs seek to recover for pain, suffering and mental anguish pursuant to the provisions of the ATA, which allows for the tripling of any proven damages and attorneys fees. In respect of a motion by defendants to dismiss one of the complaints, in July 2018, a magistrate judge (to whom the court referred the motion) issued a recommendation that the motion be denied; the defendants objected to that recommendation; and the motion is pending before the court.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Interest rate swap and credit default swap US civil actions
Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, and BCI, together with other financial institutions that act as market makers for interest rate swaps (IRS), Trade Web, and ICAP, are named as defendants in several antitrust class actions which were consolidated in the SDNY in 2016. The complaints allege the defendants conspired to prevent the development of exchanges for IRS and demand unspecified money damages, treble damages and legal fees. Plaintiffs include certain swap execution facilities, as well as buy-side investors. The buy-side investors claim to represent a class that transacted in fixed-for-floating IRS with defendants in the US from 2008 to the present, including, for example, US retirement and pension funds, municipalities, university endowments, corporations, insurance companies and investment funds. The case is in discovery.
In 2017, a separate suit was filed in the US District Court in the SDNY against the same financial institution defendants in the IRS cases, including Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC, and BCI, claiming that certain conduct alleged in the IRS cases also caused plaintiff to suffer harm with respect to the Credit Default Swaps market. The defendants have moved to dismiss this action. Separately, in June 2018, trueEX LLC filed an antitrust class action in the SDNY against 11 financial institutions that act as dealers in the IRS market, including Barclays Bank PLC and BCI, alleging that the defendants unlawfully conspired to block trueEX from successfully entering the market with its IRS trading platform. trueEX LLC also alleges that the defendants more generally boycotted other anonymous, all-to-all IRS trading platforms. In November 2018, the court dismissed certain claims for unjust enrichment and tortious interference, but denied a motion to dismiss the federal and state antitrust claims which remain pending.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Portuguese Competition Authority investigation
The Portuguese Competition Authority is investigating whether competition law was infringed by the exchange of information about retail credit products amongst 15 banks in Portugal, including Barclays, over a period of 11 years with particular reference to mortgages, consumer lending and lending to small and medium enterprises. Barclays is cooperating with the investigation.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the matter described on Barclays or what effect it might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 271 |
Notes to the financial statements
Accruals, provisions, contingent liabilities and legal proceedings
27 Legal, competition and regulatory matters continued
2. Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC
Investigations relating to retail structured deposits and capital protected structured notes
In 2015, the FCA commenced an enforcement investigation relating to the design, manufacture and sale of structured deposits by Barclays from November 2009. In January 2018, the FCA also commenced an enforcement investigation relating to the design, manufacture and sale of capital protected structured notes by Barclays from June 2008 to July 2014. The FCA has now closed these investigations with no action to be taken against Barclays.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
There is no financial impact on Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position.
Investigation into collections and recoveries relating to unsecured lending
In February 2018, the FCA commenced an enforcement investigation in relation to whether or not Barclays implemented effective systems and controls with respect to collections and recoveries and whether or not it paid due consideration to the interests of customers in default and arrears.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of the financial impact of the investigation on Barclays or what effect that it might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
HM Revenue & Customs (HMRC) assessments concerning UK Value Added Tax
In 2018, HMRC issued notices that have the effect of removing certain overseas subsidiaries that have operations in the UK from Barclays UK VAT group, in which group supplies between members are generally free from VAT. The notices have retrospective effect and correspond to assessments of £181m (inclusive of interest), of which Barclays would expect to attribute an amount of approximately £128m to Barclays Bank UK PLC and £53m to Barclays Bank PLC. Barclays has appealed HMRCs decision to the First Tier Tribunal (Tax Chamber).
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
The total amount of the HMRC assessments is approximately £181m, inclusive of interest.
Local authority civil actions concerning LIBOR
Following settlement by Barclays Bank PLC of various governmental investigations concerning certain benchmark interest rate submissions referred to above in Investigations into LIBOR and other benchmarks, in the UK, certain local authorities have brought claims against Barclays asserting that they entered into loans in reliance on misrepresentations made by Barclays in respect of its conduct in relation to LIBOR.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
It is not currently practicable to provide an estimate of any further financial impact of the actions described on Barclays or what effect they might have upon Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position in any particular period.
3. Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC
CCUK Finance Limited and CIAC Corporation
In May 2017, Barclays was served with a civil claim by CCUK Finance Limited and CIAC Corporation issued in the English High Court alleging breach of a contractual indemnity, fraudulent misrepresentation and breach of warranty arising out of the sale of a portfolio of credit cards in 2007. The parties have settled the claim.
Claimed amounts/Financial impact
The financial impact of the action described was not material to Barclays operating results, cash flows or financial position.
General
Barclays is engaged in various other legal, competition and regulatory matters in the UK, the US and a number of other overseas jurisdictions. It is subject to legal proceedings brought by and against Barclays which arise in the ordinary course of business from time to time, including (but not limited to) disputes in relation to contracts, securities, debt collection, consumer credit, fraud, trusts, client assets, competition, data management and protection, money laundering, financial crime, employment, environmental and other statutory and common law issues.
Barclays is also subject to enquiries and examinations, requests for information, audits, investigations and legal and other proceedings by regulators, governmental and other public bodies in connection with (but not limited to) consumer protection measures, compliance with legislation and regulation, wholesale trading activity and other areas of banking and business activities in which Barclays is or has been engaged. Barclays is cooperating with the relevant authorities and keeping all relevant agencies briefed as appropriate in relation to these matters and others described in this note on an ongoing basis.
At the present time, Barclays does not expect the ultimate resolution of any of these other matters to have a material adverse effect on its financial position. However, in light of the uncertainties involved in such matters and the matters specifically described in this note, there can be no assurance that the outcome of a particular matter or matters (including formerly active matters or those matters arising after the date of this note) will not be material to Barclays results, operations or cash flow for a particular period, depending on, amongst other things, the amount of the loss resulting from the matter(s) and the amount of profit otherwise reported for the reporting period.
272 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
The notes included in this section focus on the Barclays Groups loan capital and shareholders equity including issued share capital, retained earnings, other equity balances and interests of minority shareholders in our subsidiary entities (non-controlling interests). For more information on capital management and how the Barclays Group maintains sufficient capital to meet our regulatory requirements refer to page 95.
28 Subordinated liabilities
Accounting for subordinated liabilities
Subordinated liabilities are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method under IFRS 9.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Opening balance as at 1 January |
23,826 | 23,383 | ||||||
Issuances |
221 | 3,041 | ||||||
Redemptions |
(3,246 | ) | (1,378 | ) | ||||
Other |
(242 | ) | (1,220 | ) | ||||
Total subordinated liabilities |
20,559 | 23,826 |
Redemptions totalling £3,246m include £500m Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Callable Notes, 1,750m 6% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (£1,532m), $1,000m 7.75% Contingent Capital Notes (£713m), $99m 7.7% Undated Subordinated Notes (£72m), 40m Floating Rate Subordinated Notes 2018 (£35m), 235m CMS Linked Subordinated Notes (£206m), £140m 8.25% Undated Subordinated Notes and a number of small redemptions by Barclays Securities Japan Limited totalling £48m.
Other movements include £514m due to the appreciation of USD and JPY against GBP offset by the reclassification of subordinated liabilities to non-controlling interests of £491m and accrued interest of £128m.
Subordinated liabilities include accrued interest and comprise undated and dated subordinated liabilities as follows:
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Undated subordinated liabilities |
3,522 | 4,191 | ||||||
Dated subordinated liabilities |
17,037 | 19,635 | ||||||
Total subordinated liabilities |
20,559 | 23,826 |
None of the Barclays Groups subordinated liabilities are secured.
Undated subordinated liabilities | ||||||||||||
Initial call date | 2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC issued |
||||||||||||
Tier One Notes (TONs) |
||||||||||||
6% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes |
2032 | 16 | 16 | |||||||||
6.86% Callable Perpetual Core Tier One Notes (USD 179m) |
2032 | 199 | 197 | |||||||||
Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs) |
||||||||||||
6.3688% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2019 | 34 | 36 | |||||||||
14% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2019 | 3,189 | 3,142 | |||||||||
5.3304% Step-up Callable Perpetual Reserve Capital Instruments |
2036 | 51 | 52 | |||||||||
Undated Notes |
||||||||||||
7.7% Undated Subordinated Notes (USD 99m) |
2018 | | 74 | |||||||||
8.25% Undated Subordinated Notes |
2018 | | 144 | |||||||||
7.125% Undated Subordinated Notesa |
2020 | | 182 | |||||||||
6.125% Undated Subordinated Notesa |
2027 | | 43 | |||||||||
Junior Undated Floating Rate Notes (USD 38m) |
Any interest payment date | 30 | 28 | |||||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 3a |
Any interest payment date | | 21 | |||||||||
Bonds |
||||||||||||
9.25% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds (ex-Woolwich Plc)a |
2021 | | 87 | |||||||||
9% Permanent Interest Bearing Capital Bondsa |
At any time | | 45 | |||||||||
Loans |
||||||||||||
5.03% Reverse Dual Currency Undated Subordinated Loan (JPY 8,000m)a |
2028 | | 51 | |||||||||
5% Reverse Dual Currency Undated Subordinated Loan (JPY 12,000m)a |
2028 | | 73 | |||||||||
Total undated subordinated liabilities |
3,522 | 4,191 |
Note
a | Following a review, these instruments are deemed to have characteristics that would qualify them as equity rather than subordinated liabilities. They have been subsequently reclassified in December 2018 resulting in a £491m movement. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 273 |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
28 Subordinated liabilities continued
Undated subordinated liabilities
Undated subordinated liabilities are issued by Barclays Bank PLC and its subsidiaries for the development and expansion of the business and to strengthen the capital bases. The principal terms of the undated subordinated liabilities are described below:
Subordination
All undated subordinated liabilities rank behind the claims against the bank of depositors and other unsecured unsubordinated creditors and holders of dated subordinated liabilities in the following order: Junior Undated Floating Rate Notes; other issues of Undated Notes, Bonds and Loans ranking pari passu with each other; followed by TONs and RCIs ranking pari passu with each other.
Interest
All undated subordinated liabilities bear a fixed rate of interest until the initial call date, with the exception of the 9% Bonds which are fixed for the life of the issue, and the Junior and Series 3 Undated Notes which are floating rate at rates fixed periodically in advance based on the related interbank rate.
After the initial call date, in the event that they are not redeemed, the 7.125%, 6.125% Undated Notes and the 9.25% Bonds will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance for five-year periods based on market rates. All other undated subordinated liabilities will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance based on London interbank rates.
Payment of interest
Barclays Bank PLC is not obliged to make a payment of interest on its Undated Notes, Bonds and Loans excluding the 9.25% Bonds if, in the preceding six months, a dividend has not been declared or paid on any class of shares of Barclays PLC or, in certain cases, any class of preference shares of Barclays Bank PLC. Barclays Bank PLC is not obliged to make a payment of interest on its 9.25% Perpetual Subordinated Bonds if, in the immediately preceding 12 month interest period, a dividend has not been paid on any class of its share capital. Interest not so paid becomes payable in each case if such a dividend is subsequently paid or in certain other circumstances. During the year, Barclays Bank PLC declared and paid dividends on its ordinary shares and on all classes of preference shares.
No payment of principal or any interest may be made unless Barclays Bank PLC satisfies a specified solvency test.
Barclays Bank PLC may elect to defer any payment of interest on the RCIs. Any such deferred payment of interest must be paid on the earlier of: (i) the date of redemption of the RCIs, (ii) the coupon payment date falling on or nearest to the tenth anniversary of the date of deferral of such payment, and (iii) in respect of the 14% RCIs only, substitution. While such deferral is continuing, neither Barclays Bank PLC nor Barclays PLC may declare or pay a dividend, subject to certain exceptions, on any of its ordinary shares or preference shares.
Barclays Bank PLC may elect to defer any payment of interest on the TONs if it determines that it is, or such payment would result in it being, in non-compliance with capital adequacy requirements and policies of the PRA. Any such deferred payment of interest will only be payable on a redemption of the TONs. Until such time as Barclays Bank PLC next makes a payment of interest on the TONs, neither Barclays Bank PLC nor Barclays PLC may (i) declare or pay a dividend, subject to certain exceptions, on any of their respective ordinary shares or preference shares, or make payments of interest in respect of Barclays Bank PLCs Reserve Capital Instruments and (ii) certain restrictions on the redemption, purchase or reduction of their respective share capital and certain other securities also apply.
Repayment
All undated subordinated liabilities are repayable at the option of Barclays Bank PLC, generally in whole, at the initial call date and on any subsequent coupon or interest payment date or in the case of the 7.125%, 6.125% Undated Notes and the 9.25% Bonds on any fifth anniversary after the initial call date. In addition, each issue of undated subordinated liabilities is repayable, at the option of Barclays Bank PLC in whole for certain tax reasons, either at any time, or on an interest payment date. There are no events of default except non-payment of principal or mandatory interest. Any repayments require the prior approval of the PRA.
Other
All issues of undated subordinated liabilities are non-convertible.
274 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
28 Subordinated liabilities continued
Dated subordinated liabilities | ||||||||||||||||
Initial call date |
Maturity date |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||||
Barclays PLC issued | ||||||||||||||||
2.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes (EUR 1,250m) | 2020 | 2025 | 1,130 | 1,119 | ||||||||||||
2% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes (EUR 1,500m) | 2023 | 2028 | 1,367 | 1,325 | ||||||||||||
4.375% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,250m) | 2024 | 982 | 947 | |||||||||||||
3.75% Fixed Rate Resetting Subordinated Callable Notes (SGD 200m) | 2025 | 2030 | 116 | 111 | ||||||||||||
5.20% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 2,050m) | 2026 | 1,509 | 1,439 | |||||||||||||
4.836% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes (USD 2,000m) | 2027 | 2028 | 1,523 | 1,471 | ||||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC issued | ||||||||||||||||
Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 40m) | 2018 | | 36 | |||||||||||||
6% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,750m) | 2018 | | 1,643 | |||||||||||||
CMS-Linked Subordinated Notes (EUR 100m) | 2018 | | 93 | |||||||||||||
CMS-Linked Subordinated Notes (EUR 135m) | 2018 | | 124 | |||||||||||||
Fixed/Floating Rate Subordinated Callable Notes | 2018 | 2023 | | 533 | ||||||||||||
7.75% Contingent Capital Notes (USD 1,000m) | 2018 | 2023 | | 747 | ||||||||||||
Floating Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 50m) | 2019 | 45 | 44 | |||||||||||||
5.14% Lower Tier 2 Notes (USD 1,094m) | 2020 | 851 | 841 | |||||||||||||
6% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,500m) | 2021 | 1,474 | 1,484 | |||||||||||||
9.5% Subordinated Bonds (ex-Woolwich Plc) | 2021 | 256 | 273 | |||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 100m) | 2021 | 89 | 88 | |||||||||||||
10% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes | 2021 | 2,194 | 2,261 | |||||||||||||
10.179% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (USD 1,521m) | 2021 | 1,143 | 1,118 | |||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 50m) | 2022 | 45 | 44 | |||||||||||||
6.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes (EUR 1,000m) | 2022 | 1,032 | 1,043 | |||||||||||||
7.625% Contingent Capital Notes (USD 3,000m) | 2022 | 2,272 | 2,163 | |||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 50m) | 2023 | 45 | 44 | |||||||||||||
5.75% Fixed Rate Subordinated Notes | 2026 | 351 | 366 | |||||||||||||
5.4% Reverse Dual Currency Subordinated Loan (JPY 15,000m) | 2027 | 107 | 97 | |||||||||||||
6.33% Subordinated Notes | 2032 | 61 | 62 | |||||||||||||
Subordinated Floating Rate Notes (EUR 68m) | 2040 | 61 | 60 | |||||||||||||
External issuances by other subsidiaries | 20192023 | 384 | 59 | |||||||||||||
Total dated subordinated liabilities | 17,037 | 19,635 |
Dated subordinated liabilities
Dated subordinated liabilities are issued by Barclays PLC, Barclays Bank PLC and respective subsidiaries for the development and expansion of their business and to strengthen their respective capital bases. The principal terms of the dated subordinated liabilities are described below:
Subordination
Dated subordinated liabilities issued by Barclays PLC ranks behind the claims against Barclays PLC of unsecured unsubordinated creditors but before the claims of the holders of its equity.
All dated subordinated liabilities externally issued by Barclays Bank PLC rank behind the claims against the bank of depositors and other unsecured unsubordinated creditors but before the claims of the undated subordinated liabilities and the holders of its equity. The dated subordinated liabilities externally issued by other subsidiaries are similarly subordinated as the external subordinated liabilities issued by Barclays Bank PLC.
Interest
Interest on the Floating Rate Notes is fixed periodically in advance, based on the related interbank or local central bank rates.
Interest on the 2.625% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes, 4.836% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes, 2% Fixed Rate Subordinated Callable Notes and the 3.75% Fixed Rate Resetting Subordinated Callable Notes are fixed until the call date. After the respective call dates, in the event that they are not redeemed, the interest rates will be reset and fixed until maturity based on a market rate.
Repayment
Those subordinated liabilities with a call date are repayable at the option of the issuer, on conditions governing the respective debt obligations, some in whole or in part, and some only in whole. The remaining dated subordinated liabilities outstanding at 31 December 2018 are redeemable only on maturity, subject in particular cases to provisions allowing an early redemption in the event of certain changes in tax law, or to certain changes in legislation or regulations.
Any repayments prior to maturity require, in the case of Barclays PLC and Barclays Bank PLC, the prior approval of the PRA, or in the case of the overseas issues, the approval of the local regulator for that jurisdiction and of the PRA in certain circumstances.
There are no committed facilities in existence at the balance sheet date which permit the refinancing of debt beyond the date of maturity.
Other
The 7.625% Contingent Capital Notes will be automatically transferred from investors to Barclays PLC (or another entity within the Barclays Group) for nil consideration in the event the Barclays PLC consolidated CRD IV CET1 ratio (FSA October 2012 transitional statement) falls below 7.0%.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 275 |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
29 Ordinary shares, share premium, and other equity
Called up share capital, allotted and fully paid | ||||||||||||||||||||
Number of m |
Ordinary share capital £m |
Ordinary share premium £m |
Total share capital and share premium £m |
Other equity instruments £m |
||||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2018 | 17,060 | 4,265 | 17,780 | 22,045 | 8,941 | |||||||||||||||
Issued to staff under share incentive plans | 30 | 7 | 44 | 51 | | |||||||||||||||
Issuances relating to Scrip Dividend Programme | 43 | 11 | 77 | 88 | | |||||||||||||||
AT1 securities issuance | | | | | 1,925 | |||||||||||||||
AT1 securities redemption | | | | | (1,233 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Capital reorganisation | | | (17,873 | ) | (17,873 | ) | | |||||||||||||
Other movements | | | | | (1 | ) | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | 17,133 | 4,283 | 28 | 4,311 | 9,632 | |||||||||||||||
As at 1 January 2017 | 16,963 | 4,241 | 17,601 | 21,842 | 6,449 | |||||||||||||||
Issued to staff under share incentive plans | 46 | 12 | 74 | 86 | | |||||||||||||||
Issuances relating to Scrip Dividend Programme | 51 | 12 | 105 | 117 | | |||||||||||||||
AT1 securities issuance | | | | | 2,490 | |||||||||||||||
Other movements | | | | | 2 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | 17,060 | 4,265 | 17,780 | 22,045 | 8,941 |
Called up share capital
Called up share capital comprises 17,133m (2017: 17,060m) ordinary shares of 25p each.
Share repurchase
At the 2018 AGM on 1 May 2018, Barclays PLC was authorised to repurchase up to an aggregate of 1,706m of its ordinary shares of 25p. The authorisation is effective until the AGM in 2019 or the close of business on 30 June 2019, whichever is the earlier. No share repurchases were made during either 2018 or 2017.
Capital reorganisation
On 11 September 2018, the High Court of Justice in England and Wales confirmed the cancellation of the share premium account of Barclays PLC, with the balance of £17,873m credited to retained earnings.
Other equity instruments
Other equity instruments of £9,632m (2017: £8,941m) include AT1 securities issued by Barclays PLC. The AT1 securities are perpetual securities with no fixed maturity and are structured to qualify as AT1 instruments under CRD IV.
In 2018, there was one issuance of Fixed Rate Resetting Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (2017: two issuances), with principal amount totalling $2.5bn (2017: £2.5bn). There was also one redemption in 2018 (2017: none), with principal amount totalling $2.0bn.
AT1 equity instruments | ||||||||||||
Initial call date |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||||||
AT1 equity instruments Barclays PLC | ||||||||||||
8.25% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (USD 2,000m) | 2018 | | 1,233 | |||||||||
7.0% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities | 2019 | 695 | 695 | |||||||||
6.625% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (USD 1,211m) | 2019 | 711 | 711 | |||||||||
6.5% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (EUR 1,077m) | 2019 | 856 | 856 | |||||||||
8.0% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (EUR 1,000m) | 2020 | 830 | 830 | |||||||||
7.875% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities | 2022 | 995 | 995 | |||||||||
7.875% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (USD 1,500m) | 2022 | 1,131 | 1,131 | |||||||||
7.25% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities | 2023 | 1,245 | 1,245 | |||||||||
7.75% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities (USD 2,500m) | 2023 | 1,925 | | |||||||||
5.875% Perpetual Subordinated Contingent Convertible Securities | 2024 | 1,244 | 1,245 | |||||||||
Total AT1 equity instruments | 9,632 | 8,941 |
276 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
29 Ordinary shares, share premium, and other equity continued
The principal terms of the AT1 securities are described below:
◾ | AT1 securities rank behind the claims against Barclays PLC of 1) unsubordinated creditors; 2) claims which are expressed to be subordinated to the claims of unsubordinated creditors of Barclays PLC but not further or otherwise; or 3) claims which are, or are expressed to be, junior to the claims of other creditors of Barclays PLC, whether subordinated or unsubordinated, other than claims which rank, or are expressed to rank, pari passu with, or junior to, the claims of holders of the AT1 securities. |
◾ | AT1 securities bear a fixed rate of interest until the initial call date. After the initial call date, in the event that they are not redeemed, the AT1 securities will bear interest at rates fixed periodically in advance for five-year periods based on market rates. |
◾ | Interest on the AT1 securities will be due and payable only at the sole discretion of Barclays PLC, and Barclays PLC has sole and absolute discretion at all times and for any reason to cancel (in whole or in part) any interest payment that would otherwise be payable on any interest payment date. |
◾ | AT1 securities are undated and are redeemable, at the option of Barclays PLC, in whole but not in part at the initial call date, or on any fifth anniversary after the initial call date. In addition, the AT1 securities are redeemable, at the option of Barclays PLC, in whole in the event of certain changes in the tax or regulatory treatment of the securities. Any redemptions require the prior consent of the PRA. |
All AT1 securities will be converted into ordinary shares of Barclays PLC, at a pre-determined price, should the fully loaded CET1 ratio of the Barclays Group fall below 7.0%.
30 Reserves
Currency translation reserve
The currency translation reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on the retranslation of the Barclays Groups net investment in foreign operations, net of the effects of hedging.
Available for sale reserve
Following the adoption of IFRS 9, accumulated fair value changes of £228m previously recognised in the available for sale reserve are now recorded in fair value through other comprehensive income.
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve
The fair value through other comprehensive income reserve represents the changes in the fair value of fair value through other comprehensive income investments since initial recognition.
Cash flow hedging reserve
The cash flow hedging reserve represents the cumulative gains and losses on effective cash flow hedging instruments that will be recycled to profit or loss when the hedged transactions affect profit or loss.
Own credit reserve
The own credit reserve reflects the cumulative own credit gains and losses on financial liabilities at fair value. Amounts in the own credit reserve are not recycled to profit or loss in future periods.
Other reserves and treasury shares
Other reserves relate to redeemed ordinary and preference shares issued by the Barclays Group.
Treasury shares relate to Barclays PLC shares held in relation to the Barclays Groups various share schemes. These schemes are described in Note 32. Treasury shares are deducted from shareholders equity within other reserves. A transfer is made to retained earnings in line with the vesting of treasury shares held for the purposes of share-based payments.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Currency translation reserve | 3,888 | 3,054 | ||||||
Available for sale reserve | | 364 | ||||||
Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve | (258 | ) | | |||||
Cash flow hedging reserve | 660 | 1,161 | ||||||
Own credit reserve | (121 | ) | (179 | ) | ||||
Other reserves and treasury shares | 984 | 983 | ||||||
Total | 5,153 | 5,383 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 277 |
Notes to the financial statements
Capital instruments, equity and reserves
31 Non-controlling interests
Profit attributable
to non-controlling interest |
Equity attributable
to non-controlling interest |
Dividends paid
to non-controlling interest |
||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC issued: | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Preference shares | 204 | 242 | 529 | 1,838 | 204 | 242 | ||||||||||||||||||
Upper Tier 2 instruments | 22 | 3 | 691 | 272 | 22 | | ||||||||||||||||||
Barclays Africa Group Limited | | 140 | | | | 173 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other non-controlling interests | | 4 | 3 | 1 | | | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 226 | 389 | 1,223 | 2,111 | 226 | 415 |
Barclays Bank PLC
Barclays PLC holds 100% of the voting rights of Barclays Bank PLC. As at 31 December 2018, Barclays Bank PLC has in issue preference shares and Upper Tier 2 instruments. In December 2018, Barclays Bank PLC redeemed its 8.125% USD Preference Shares in full. Preference share dividends and redemption are typically at the discretion of Barclays Bank PLC. The payment of Upper Tier 2 instrument coupons and principal are typically at the discretion of Barclays Bank PLC, except for coupon payments that become compulsory where Barclays PLC has declared or paid a dividend on ordinary shares in the preceding six-month period. Preference share and Upper Tier 2 instrument holders typically only have rights to redeem in the event of insolvency.
Following a review of subordinated liabilities issued by Barclays Bank PLC, certain instruments have been deemed to have characteristics that would qualify them as equity and have subsequently been reclassified. These are accounted for as non-controlling interests.
Instrument |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
||||||
Preference Shares: | ||||||||
6.278% non-cumulative callable preference shares | 318 | 318 | ||||||
4.75% non-cumulative callable preference shares | 211 | 211 | ||||||
8.125% non-cumulative callable preference shares | | 1,309 | ||||||
Total Barclays Bank PLC Preference Shares | 529 | 1,838 | ||||||
Total | 529 | 1,838 | ||||||
Upper Tier 2 Instruments: | ||||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 1 | 93 | 93 | ||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 2 | 179 | 179 | ||||||
5.03% Undated Reverse Dual Currency Subordinated Note (JPY8bn) | 39 | | ||||||
5.0% Reverse Dual Currency Subordinated (JPY12bn) | 53 | | ||||||
Undated Floating Rate Primary Capital Notes Series 3 (£145m) | 20 | | ||||||
9% Permanent Interest Bearing Capital Bonds (£100m) | 40 | | ||||||
7.125% Undated Subordinated Notes (£525m) | 158 | | ||||||
6.125% Undated Subordinated Notes (£550m) | 34 | | ||||||
9.25% Perpetual Sub Notes (ex Woolwich) (£150m) | 75 | | ||||||
Total Upper Tier 2 Instruments | 691 | 272 |
Protective rights of non-controlling interests
Barclays Bank PLC
Barclays Bank PLC also has in issue preference shares, which are non-controlling interests to the Barclays Group. Under the terms of these instruments, Barclays PLC may not pay dividends on ordinary shares until a dividend is next paid on these instruments or the instruments are redeemed or purchased by Barclays Bank PLC. There are no restrictions on Barclays Bank PLCs ability to remit capital to the Parent as a result of these issued instruments.
278 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
The notes included in this section focus on the costs and commitments associated with employing our staff.
32 Share-based payments
Accounting for share-based payments
The Barclays Group applies IFRS 2 Share-based Payments in accounting for employee remuneration in the form of shares.
Employee incentives include awards in the form of shares and share options, as well as offering employees the opportunity to purchase shares on favourable terms. The cost of the employee services received in respect of the shares or share options granted is recognised in the income statement over the period that employees provide services. The overall cost of the award is calculated using the number of shares and options expected to vest and the fair value of the shares or options at the date of grant.
The number of shares and options expected to vest takes into account the likelihood that performance and service conditions included in the terms of the awards will be met. Failure to meet the non-vesting condition is treated as a cancellation, resulting in an acceleration of recognition of the cost of the employee services.
The fair value of shares is the market price ruling on the grant date, in some cases adjusted to reflect restrictions on transferability. The fair value of options granted is determined using option pricing models to estimate the numbers of shares likely to vest. These take into account the exercise price of the option, the current share price, the risk-free interest rate, the expected volatility of the share price over the life of the option and other relevant factors. Market conditions that must be met in order for the award to vest are also reflected in the fair value of the award, as are any other non-vesting conditions such as continuing to make payments into a share-based savings scheme.
The charge for the year arising from share-based payment schemes was as follows:
Charge for the year | ||||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Share Value Plan | 45 | 153 | 473 | |||||||||
Deferred Share Value Plan | 217 | 166 | | |||||||||
Others | 187 | 186 | 192 | |||||||||
Total equity settled | 449 | 505 | 665 | |||||||||
Cash settled | 1 | 3 | 1 | |||||||||
Total share-based payments | 450 | 508 | 666 |
The terms of the main current plans are as follows:
Share Value Plan (SVP)
The SVP was introduced in March 2010 and approved by shareholders (for executive Director participation and use of new issue shares) at the AGM in April 2011. SVP awards are granted to participants in the form of a conditional right to receive Barclays PLC shares or provisional allocations of Barclays PLC shares which vest or are considered for release over a period of three, five or seven years. Participants do not pay to receive an award or to receive a release of shares. The grantor may also make a dividend equivalent payment to participants on release of a SVP award. SVP awards are also made to eligible employees for recruitment purposes. All awards are subject to potential forfeiture in certain leaver scenarios.
Deferred Share Value Plan (DSVP)
The DSVP was introduced in February 2017. The terms of the DSVP are materially the same as the terms of the SVP as described above, save that executive Directors are not eligible to participate in the DSVP and the DSVP operates over market purchase shares only.
Other schemes
In addition to the SVP and DSVP, the Barclays Group operates a number of other schemes settled in Barclays PLC Shares including Sharesave (both UK and Ireland), Sharepurchase (both UK and overseas), and the Barclays Group Long Term Incentive Plan. A delivery of upfront shares to Material Risk Takers can be made as Share Incentive Award.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 279 |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
32 Share-based payments continued
Share option and award plans
The weighted average fair value per award granted, weighted average share price at the date of exercise/release of shares during the year, weighted average contractual remaining life and number of options and awards outstanding (including those exercisable) at the balance sheet date are as follows:
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted in year £ |
Weighted average share price at exercise/ release during year £ |
Weighted years |
Number of options/ awards outstanding (000s) |
Weighted in year £ |
Weighted average share price at exercise/ release during year £ |
Weighted years |
Number of options/ awards outstanding (000s) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVPa,b | 1.90 | 2.11 | <1 | 67,898 | 2.30 | 2.29 | 1 | 191,610 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
DSVPa,b | 1.94 | 2.10 | 1 | 206,571 | 2.26 | 2.06 | 1 | 125,399 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Othersa | 0.36-2.11 | 1.82-2.11 | 0-3 | 217,952 | 0.41-2.30 | 1.99-2.30 | 0-3 | 210,160 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVP and DSVP are nil cost awards on which the performance conditions are substantially completed at the date of grant. Consequently, the fair value of these awards is based on the market value at that date.
Movements in options and awards The movement in the number of options and awards for the major schemes and the weighted average exercise price of options was:
|
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
SVPa,b | DSVPa,b | Othersa,c | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Number (000s) | Number (000s) | Number (000s) |
Weighted average ex. price (£) |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | 2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at beginning of year/acquisition date |
191,610 | 406,016 | 125,399 | | 210,160 | 205,129 | 1.41 | 1.38 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Granted in the year | 1,425 | 943 | 135,964 | 132,316 | 114,335 | 118,222 | 1.51 | 1.66 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Exercised/released in the year | (119,688 | ) | (200,350 | ) | (43,402 | ) | (2,275 | ) | (78,771 | ) | (90,324 | ) | 1.50 | 1.52 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: forfeited in the year | (5,449 | ) | (14,999 | ) | (11,390 | ) | (4,642 | ) | (25,494 | ) | (17,733 | ) | 1.54 | 1.42 | ||||||||||||||||||
Less: expired in the year | | | | | (2,278 | ) | (5,134 | ) | 1.80 | 2.03 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Outstanding at end of year | 67,898 | 191,610 | 206,571 | 125,399 | 217,952 | 210,160 | 1.41 | 1.41 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Of which exercisable: | | 18 | | | 23,556 | 24,569 | 1.96 | 1.59 |
Notes
a | Options/award granted over Barclays PLC shares. |
b | Nil cost award and therefore the weighted average exercise price was nil. |
c | The number of awards within Others at the end of the year principally relates to Sharesave (number of awards exercisable at end of year was 8,159,542). The weighted average exercise price relates to Sharesave. |
Certain of the Barclays Groups share option plans enable certain Directors and employees to subscribe for new ordinary shares of Barclays PLC. For the accounting of treasury shares refer to Note 32.
There were no significant modifications to the share-based payments arrangements in 2018 and 2017.
As at 31 December 2018, the total liability arising from cash-settled share-based payments transactions was £2m (2017: £2m).
Holdings of Barclays PLC shares
Various employee benefit trusts established by the Barclays Group hold shares in Barclays PLC to meet obligations under the Barclays share-based payment schemes. The total number of Barclays PLC shares held in these employee benefit trusts at 31 December 2018 was 11.4million (2017: 9.9million). Dividend rights have been waived on all these shares. The total market value of the shares held in trust based on the year end share price of £1.51 (2017: £2.03) was £17.2m (2017: £20.1m).
280 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
33 Pensions and post-retirement benefits
Accounting for pensions and post-retirement benefits
The Barclays Group operates a number of pension schemes and post-employment benefit schemes.
Defined contribution schemes the Barclays Group recognises contributions due in respect of the accounting period in the income statement. Any contributions unpaid at the balance sheet date are included as a liability.
Defined benefit schemes the Barclays Group recognises its obligations to members of each scheme at the period end, less the fair value of the scheme assets after applying the asset ceiling test.
Each schemes obligations are calculated using the projected unit credit method. Scheme assets are stated at fair value as at the period end.
Changes in pension scheme liabilities or assets (remeasurements) that do not arise from regular pension cost, net interest on net defined benefit liabilities or assets, past service costs, settlements or contributions to the scheme, are recognised in other comprehensive income. Remeasurements comprise experience adjustments (differences between previous actuarial assumptions and what has actually occurred), the effects of changes in actuarial assumptions, return on scheme assets (excluding amounts included in the interest on the assets) and any changes in the effect of the asset ceiling restriction (excluding amounts included in the interest on the restriction).
Post-employment benefit schemes the cost of providing healthcare benefits to retired employees is accrued as a liability in the financial statements over the period that the employees provide services to the Barclays Group, using a methodology similar to that for defined benefit pension schemes.
Pension schemes
UK Retirement Fund (UKRF)
The UKRF is the Barclays Groups main scheme, representing 97% of the Barclays Groups total retirement benefit obligations. Barclays Bank PLC is the principal employer of the UKRF. The UKRF was closed to new entrants on 1 October 2012, and comprises 10 sections, the two most significant of which are:
◾ | Afterwork, which comprises a contributory cash balance defined benefit element, and a voluntary defined contribution element. The cash balance element is accrued each year and revalued until Normal Retirement Age in line with the increase in Retail Price Index (RPI) (up to a maximum of 5% p.a.). An increase of up to 2% a year may also be added at Barclays discretion. Between 1 October 2003 and 1 October 2012 the majority of new UK employees (except for the employees of the investment banking business within Barclays International) were eligible to join this section. The costs of ill-health retirements and death in service benefits for Afterwork members are borne by the UKRF. The main risks that Barclays runs in relation to Afterwork are limited although additional contributions are required if pre-retirement investment returns are not sufficient to provide for the benefits. |
◾ | The 1964 Pension Scheme. Most employees recruited before July 1997 built up benefits in this non-contributory defined benefit scheme in respect of service up to 31 March 2010. Pensions were calculated by reference to service and pensionable salary. From 1 April 2010, members became eligible to accrue future service benefits in either Afterwork or the Pension Investment Plan (PIP), a historic defined contribution section which is now closed to future contributions. The risks that Barclays runs in relation to the 1964 section are typical of final salary pension schemes, principally that investment returns fall short of expectations, that inflation exceeds expectations, and that retirees live longer than expected. |
Barclays Pension Savings Plan (BPSP)
From 1 October 2012, a new UK pension scheme, the BPSP, was established to satisfy Auto Enrolment legislation. The BPSP is a defined contribution scheme (Group Personal Pension) providing benefits for all new UK hires from 1 October 2012, employees of the investment banking business within Barclays International who were in PIP as at 1 October 2012, and also all UK employees who were not members of a pension scheme at that date. As a defined contribution scheme, BPSP is not subject to the same investment return, inflation or life expectancy risks for Barclays that defined benefit schemes are. Members benefits reflect contributions paid and the level of investment returns achieved.
Other
Apart from the UKRF and the BPSP, Barclays operates a number of smaller pension and long-term employee benefits and post-retirement healthcare plans globally, the largest of which are the US defined benefit schemes. Many of the schemes are funded, with assets backing the obligations held in separate legal vehicles such as trusts. Others are operated on an unfunded basis. The benefits provided, the approach to funding, and the legal basis of the schemes, reflect local environments.
Governance
The UKRF operates under trust law and is managed and administered on behalf of the members in accordance with the terms of the Trust Deed and Rules and all relevant legislation. The Corporate Trustee is Barclays Pension Funds Trustees Limited, a private limited company and a wholly owned subsidiary of Barclays Bank PLC. The Trustee is the legal owner of the assets of the UKRF which are held separately from the assets of the Barclays Group.
The Trustee Board comprises six Management Directors selected by Barclays, of whom three are independent Directors with no relationship with Barclays (and who are not members of the UKRF), plus three Member Nominated Directors selected from eligible active staff and pensioner members who apply for the role.
The BPSP is a Group Personal Pension arrangement which operates as a collection of personal pension plans. Each personal pension plan is a direct contract between the employee and the BPSP provider (Legal & General Assurance Society Limited), and is regulated by the FCA.
Similar principles of pension governance apply to the Barclays Groups other pension schemes, depending on local legislation.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 281 |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
33 Pensions and post-retirement benefits continued
Amounts recognised
The following tables include amounts recognised in the income statement and an analysis of benefit obligations and scheme assets for all Barclays Group defined benefit schemes. The net position is reconciled to the assets and liabilities recognised on the balance sheet. The tables include funded and unfunded post-retirement benefits.
Income statement charge | ||||||||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||||||
Current service cost | 243 | 265 | 243 | |||||||||||||
Net finance cost | (24 | ) | (12 | ) | (32 | ) | ||||||||||
Past service cost | 134 | (3 | ) | | ||||||||||||
Other movements | 5 | | 2 | |||||||||||||
Total | 358 | 250 | 213 | |||||||||||||
Balance sheet reconciliation | 2018 | 2017 | ||||||||||||||
Total £m |
Of which £m |
Total £m |
Of
which £m |
|||||||||||||
Benefit obligation at beginning of the year | (30,268 | ) | (29,160 | ) | (33,033 | ) | (31,847 | ) | ||||||||
Current service cost | (243 | ) | (226 | ) | (265 | ) | (245 | ) | ||||||||
Interest costs on scheme liabilities | (705 | ) | (677 | ) | (843 | ) | (810 | ) | ||||||||
Past service cost | (134 | ) | (140 | ) | 3 | | ||||||||||
Remeasurement loss financial | 1,129 | 1,075 | (387 | ) | (330 | ) | ||||||||||
Remeasurement (loss)/gain demographic | (241 | ) | (245 | ) | (228 | ) | (240 | ) | ||||||||
Remeasurement (loss)/gain experience | (75 | ) | (94 | ) | (612 | ) | (614 | ) | ||||||||
Employee contributions | (4 | ) | (1 | ) | (5 | ) | (1 | ) | ||||||||
Benefits paid | 2,205 | 2,167 | 4,970 | 4,927 | ||||||||||||
Exchange and other movements | 67 | | 132 | | ||||||||||||
Benefit obligation at end of the year | (28,269 | ) | (27,301 | ) | (30,268 | ) | (29,160 | ) | ||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets at beginning of the year | 30,922 | 30,112 | 32,657 | 31,820 | ||||||||||||
Interest income on scheme assets | 729 | 709 | 855 | 831 | ||||||||||||
Employer contribution | 754 | 741 | 1,152 | 1,124 | ||||||||||||
Remeasurement return on scheme assets greater than discount rate | (400 | ) | (360 | ) | 1,333 | 1,263 | ||||||||||
Employee contributions | 4 | 1 | 5 | 1 | ||||||||||||
Benefits paid | (2,205 | ) | (2,167 | ) | (4,970 | ) | (4,927 | ) | ||||||||
Exchange and other movements | (82 | ) | | (110 | ) | | ||||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets at end of the year | 29,722 | 29,036 | 30,922 | 30,112 | ||||||||||||
Net surplus | 1,453 | 1,735 | 654 | 952 | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit assets | 1,768 | 1,735 | 966 | 952 | ||||||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities | (315 | ) | | (312 | ) | | ||||||||||
Net retirement benefit assets | 1,453 | 1,735 | 654 | 952 |
Included within the benefit obligation was £757m (2017: £895m) relating to overseas pensions and £204m (2017: £213m) relating to other post-employment benefits.
As at 31 December 2018, the UKRFs scheme assets were in surplus versus IAS 19 obligations by £1,735m (2017: £952m). The movement for the UKRF was driven by an increase in the discount rate and payment of deficit contributions, offset by lower than assumed asset returns and revised early retirement and cash commutation factors.
The Group has considered all of the implications of the High Court ruling in the Lloyds Banking Group Pension Trustees case on the requirement to equalise pensions in respect of Guaranteed Minimum Pensions (GMP). This resulted in a £140m increase in pension obligation which has been recognised as a Past service cost. Any future clarifications to GMP equalisation leading to a change in financial assumptions are expected to be recognised in equity.
Of the £2,167m (2017: £4,927m) UKRF benefits paid out, £1,420m (2017: £4,151m) related to transfers out of the fund.
Where a schemes assets exceed its obligation, an asset is recognised to the extent that it does not exceed the present value of future contribution holidays or refunds of contributions (the asset ceiling). In the case of the UKRF the asset ceiling is not applied as, in certain specified circumstances such as wind-up, the Barclays Group expects to be able to recover any surplus. The Trustee does not have a substantive right to augment benefits, nor do they have the right to wind up the plan except in the dissolution of the Barclays Group or termination of contributions by the Barclays Group. The application of the asset ceiling to other plans is considered on an individual plan basis.
282 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
33 Pensions and post-retirement benefits continued
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Actuarial valuation of the schemes obligation is dependent upon a series of assumptions. Below is a summary of the main financial and demographic assumptions adopted for the UKRF.
Key UKRF financial assumptions |
2018 % p.a. |
2017 % p.a. |
||||||||||
Discount rate | 2.71 | 2.46 | ||||||||||
Inflation rate (RPI) | 3.25 | 3.22 | ||||||||||
The UKRF discount rate assumption for 2018 was based on a variant of the standard Willis Towers Watson RATE Link model. This variant includes all bonds rated AA by at least one of the four major ratings agencies, and assumes that yields after year 30 are flat. The RPI inflation assumption for 2018 was set by reference to the Bank of Englands implied inflation spot curve, assuming the spot curve remains flat after 30 years. The inflation assumption incorporates a deduction of 20 basis points as an allowance for an inflation risk premium. The methodology used to derive the discount rate and price inflation assumptions is consistent with that used at the prior year end.
The UKRFs post-retirement mortality assumptions are based on a best estimate assumption derived from an analysis in 2016 of the Barclays Group own post-retirement mortality experience, and taking account of recent evidence from published mortality surveys. An allowance has been made for future mortality improvements based on the 2017 core projection model published by the Continuous Mortality Investigation Bureau subject to a long-term trend of 1.25% per annum in future improvements. The methodology used is consistent with the prior year end, except that the 2016 core projection model was used at 2017. The table below shows how the assumed life expectancy at 60, for members of the UKRF, has varied over the past three years:
|
| |||||||||||
Assumed life expectancy | 2018 | 2017 | 2016 | |||||||||
Life expectancy at 60 for current pensioners (years) | ||||||||||||
Males |
27.7 | 27.8 | 27.9 | |||||||||
Females |
29.4 | 29.4 | 29.7 | |||||||||
Life expectancy at 60 for future pensioners currently aged 40 (years) | ||||||||||||
Males |
29.2 | 29.3 | 29.7 | |||||||||
Females |
31.0 | 31.0 | 31.7 |
The assumption for future transfers out has been adjusted to reflect volumes experienced in 2018 which were lower than previously assumed. The revised assumption is that 7.5% of the benefit obligation in respect of deferred members will transfer out during 2019, 5% in 2020, 2.5% in 2021, tapering down to 0% from 2022 onwards (2017:15% of the benefit obligation in respect of deferred members will transfer out during 2019, 10% in 2020, 5% in 2021, tapering down to 0% from 2022 onwards).
Sensitivity analysis on actuarial assumptions
The sensitivity analysis has been calculated by valuing the UKRF liabilities using the amended assumptions shown in the table below and keeping the remaining assumptions the same as disclosed in the table above, except in the case of the inflation sensitivity where other assumptions that depend on assumed inflation have also been amended correspondingly. The difference between the recalculated liability figure and that stated in the balance sheet reconciliation table above is the figure shown. The selection of these movements to illustrate the sensitivity of the defined benefit obligation to key assumptions should not be interpreted as Barclays expressing any specific view of the probability of such movements happening.
Change in key assumptions | ||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||
(Decrease)/ Increase in UKRF defined benefit obligation £bn |
(Decrease)/ Increase in UKRF defined benefit obligation £bn |
|||||||
Discount rate | ||||||||
0.5% p.a. increase | (2.1 | ) | (2.4 | ) | ||||
0.25% p.a. increase | (1.1 | ) | (1.2 | ) | ||||
0.25% p.a. decrease | 1.1 | 1.3 | ||||||
0.5% p.a. decrease | 2.4 | 2.8 | ||||||
Assumed RPI | ||||||||
0.5% p.a. increase | 1.3 | 1.6 | ||||||
0.25% p.a. increase | 0.7 | 0.8 | ||||||
0.25% p.a. decrease | (0.6 | ) | (0.7 | ) | ||||
0.5% p.a. decrease | (1.3 | ) | (1.5 | ) | ||||
Life expectancy at 60 | ||||||||
One year increase | 0.9 | 1.0 | ||||||
One year decrease | (0.9 | ) | (1.0 | ) |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 283 |
Notes to the financial statements
Employee benefits
33 Pensions and post-retirement benefits continued
The weighted average duration of the benefit payments reflected in the defined benefit obligation for the UKRF is 17 years.
Assets
A long-term investment strategy has been set for the UKRF, with its asset allocation comprising a mixture of equities, bonds, property and other appropriate assets. This recognises that different asset classes are likely to produce different long-term returns and some asset classes may be more volatile than others. The long-term investment strategy ensures, among other aims, that investments are adequately diversified. Asset managers are permitted some flexibility to vary the asset allocation from the long-term investment strategy within control ranges agreed with the Trustee from time to time.
The UKRF also employs derivative instruments, where appropriate, to achieve a desired exposure or return, or to match assets more closely to liabilities. The value of assets shown reflects the assets held by the scheme, with any derivative holdings reflected on a fair value basis.
The value of the assets of the schemes and their percentage in relation to total scheme assets were as follows:
Analysis of scheme assets | ||||||||||||||||
Total | Of which relates to UKRF | |||||||||||||||
Value £m |
% of total % |
Value £m |
% of total % |
|||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||||||
Equities quoted | 2,916 | 9.8 | 2,787 | 9.6 | ||||||||||||
Equities nonquoted | 1,995 | 6.7 | 1,995 | 6.9 | ||||||||||||
Bonds fixed governmenta | 4,099 | 13.8 | 3,840 | 13.2 | ||||||||||||
Bonds indexlinked governmenta | 11,960 | 40.2 | 11,951 | 41.1 | ||||||||||||
Bonds corporate and othera | 5,653 | 19.0 | 5,479 | 18.9 | ||||||||||||
Property commercialb | 1,712 | 5.8 | 1,702 | 5.9 | ||||||||||||
Derivativesb | 266 | 0.9 | 266 | 0.9 | ||||||||||||
Otherc | 1,121 | 3.8 | 1,016 | 3.5 | ||||||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets | 29,722 | 100.0 | 29,036 | 100.0 | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | ||||||||||||||||
Equities quoted | 4,377 | 14.1 | 4,151 | 13.8 | ||||||||||||
Equities nonquoted | 2,001 | 6.5 | 2,001 | 6.6 | ||||||||||||
Bonds fixed governmenta | 2,433 | 7.9 | 2,184 | 7.3 | ||||||||||||
Bonds indexlinked governmenta | 13,089 | 42.3 | 13,078 | 43.4 | ||||||||||||
Bonds corporate and othera | 5,195 | 16.8 | 4,999 | 16.6 | ||||||||||||
Property commercialb | 1,911 | 6.2 | 1,902 | 6.3 | ||||||||||||
Derivativesb | 816 | 2.6 | 816 | 2.7 | ||||||||||||
Otherc | 1,100 | 3.6 | 981 | 3.3 | ||||||||||||
Fair value of scheme assets | 30,922 | 100.0 | 30,112 | 100.0 |
Notes
a | Assets held are predominantly quoted. |
b | Assets held are predominantly non-quoted. |
c | Assets held are predominantly in Infrastructure Funds. |
Included within the fair value of scheme assets were: £nil (2017: £0.1m) relating to shares in Barclays PLC and £nil (2017: £0.6m) relating to bonds issued by Barclays PLC. The UKRF also invests in pooled investment vehicles which may hold shares or debt issued by Barclays PLC.
The UKRF scheme assets also include £1m (2017: £15m) relating to UK private equity investments and £1,994m (2017: £1,986m) relating to overseas private equity investments. These are disclosed above within Equities non-quoted.
Approximately 46% of the UKRF assets are invested in liability-driven investment strategies; primarily UK gilts as well as interest rate and inflation swaps. These are used to better match the assets to its liabilities. The swaps are used to reduce the schemes inflation and duration risks against its liabilities.
Funding
The Scheme Actuary prepares an annual update of the UKRF funding position in addition to the full triennial actuarial valuation. The latest annual update was carried out as at 30 September 2018 and showed a deficit of £4.04bn and a funding level of 88.4%.
The last triennial actuarial valuation of the UKRF had an effective date of 30 September 2016 and was completed in July 2017. This valuation showed a funding deficit of £7.87bn and a funding level of 81.5%.
The improvement in funding position between 30 September 2016 and 30 September 2018 was largely due to payment of deficit contributions, higher than assumed asset returns, higher Government bond yields, and transfers out of the scheme.
284 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
33 Pensions and post-retirement benefits continued
At the 2016 triennial actuarial valuation the Barclays Group and UKRF Trustee agreed a revised scheme-specific funding target, statement of funding principles, schedule of contributions, a recovery plan to seek to eliminate the deficit relative to the funding target and some additional support measures. The agreement with the UKRF Trustee also takes into account the changes to the Barclays Group structure that were implemented as a result of ring-fencing.
The main differences between the funding and IAS 19 assumptions were a different approach to setting the discount rate and a more conservative longevity assumption for funding.
The deficit reduction contributions agreed with the UKRF Trustee as part of the 30 September 2016 valuation recovery plan are shown in the table below.
Year |
Deficit contributions 30 September 2016 valuation £m |
|||
2017 | 740 | |||
2018 | 500 | |||
2019 | 500 | |||
2020 | 500 | |||
2021 to 2026 | 1,000 each year |
The deficit reduction contributions are in addition to the regular contributions to meet the Barclays Groups share of the cost of benefits accruing over each year. The next funding valuation of the UKRF is due to be completed in 2020 with an effective date of 30 September 2019.
Other support measures agreed at the same time as the valuation
Collateral The UKRF Trustee and Barclays Bank PLC have entered into an arrangement whereby a collateral pool has been put in place to provide security for the UKRF funding deficit as it increases or decreases over time, and associated deficit recovery contributions. The collateral pool is currently made up of government securities. Agreement was made with the Trustee to increase the proportion of the deficit covered from 88.5% to 100% effective from 26 March 2018 with an overall cap remaining of £9.0bn, at which date the collateral pool consisted of government securities only (the Trustee and Barclays Bank PLC may agree alternative eligible collateral in the future). The arrangement provides the UKRF Trustee with dedicated access to the pool of assets in the event of Barclays Bank PLC not paying a deficit reduction contribution to the UKRF or in the event of Barclays Bank PLCs insolvency. These assets are included within Note 38.
Support from Barclays PLC In the event of Barclays Bank PLC not paying a deficit reduction contribution payment required under the 2016 valuation recovery plan by a specified pre-payment date, Barclays PLC has entered into an arrangement whereby it will be required to use, in first priority, dividends received from Barclays Bank UK PLC (if any) to invest the proceeds in Barclays Bank PLC (up to the maximum amount of the deficit reduction contribution unpaid by Barclays Bank PLC). The proceeds of the investment will be used to discharge Barclays Bank PLCs unpaid deficit reduction contribution.
Participation As permitted under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Banking Reform) (Pensions) Regulations 2015, Barclays Bank UK PLC is a participating employer in the UKRF and will remain so during a transitional phase until September 2025 as set out in a deed of participation. Barclays Bank UK PLC will make contributions for the future service of its employees who are currently Afterwork members and, in the event of Barclays Bank PLCs insolvency during this period provision has been made to require Barclays Bank UK PLC to become the principal employer of the UKRF. Barclays Bank PLCs Section 75 debt would be triggered by the insolvency (the debt would be calculated after allowing for the payment to the UKRF of the collateral above).
Defined benefit contributions paid with respect to the UKRF were as follows:
Contributions paid | ||||
£m | ||||
2018 | 741 | |||
2017 | 1,124 | |||
2016 | 634 |
There were £nil (2017: £153m; 2016: £112m) Section 75 contributions included within the Barclays Groups contributions paid as no participating employers left the UKRF scheme in 2018.
The Barclays Groups expected contribution to the UKRF in respect of defined benefits in 2019 is £725m (2018: £716m). In addition, the expected contributions to UK defined contribution schemes in 2019 is £34m (2018: £35m) to the UKRF and £168m (2018: £146m) to the BPSP.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 285 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
The section presents information on the Barclays Groups investments in subsidiaries, joint ventures and associates and its interests in structured entities. Detail is also given on securitisation transactions the Barclays Group has entered into and arrangements that are held off-balance sheet.
34 Principal subsidiaries
The Barclays Group applies IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. The consolidated financial statements combine the financial statements of the Barclays Group and all its subsidiaries. Subsidiaries are entities over which the Barclays Group has control. Under IFRS 10, this is when the Barclays Group is exposed or has rights to variable returns from its involvement in the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.
The Barclays Group reassesses whether it controls an entity if facts and circumstances indicate that there have been changes to its power, its rights to variable returns or its ability to use its power to affect the amount of its returns.
Intra-group transactions and balances are eliminated on consolidation and consistent accounting policies are used throughout the Barclays Group for the purposes of the consolidation. Changes in ownership interests in subsidiaries are accounted for as equity transactions if they occur after control has been obtained and they do not result in loss of control.
The significant judgements used in applying this policy are set out below.
Accounting for investment in subsidiaries
In the individual financial statements of Barclays PLC, investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less impairment.
Principal subsidiaries for the Barclays Group are set out below. This includes those subsidiaries that are most significant in the context of the Barclays Groups business, results or financial position.
Company name | Principal place of business or incorporation |
Nature of business | Percentage of voting rights held % |
Non-controlling % |
Non-controlling interests % |
|||||||||||
Barclays Bank PLC | England | Banking, holding Company | 100 | 3 | | |||||||||||
Barclays Bank UK PLC | England | Banking, holding Company | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Bank Ireland PLC | Ireland | Banking, holding Company | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Services Limited | England | Service Company | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Capital Inc. | United States | Securities dealing | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Capital Securities Limited | England | Securities dealing | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Securities Japan Limited | Japan | Securities dealing | 100 | | | |||||||||||
Barclays Bank Delaware | United States | Credit card issuer | 100 | | |
The country of registration or incorporation is also the principal area of operation of each of the above subsidiaries.
Ownership interests are in some cases different to voting interests due to the existence of non-voting equity interests, such as preference shares. Refer to Note 31 for more information.
Determining whether the Barclays Group has control of an entity is generally straightforward based on ownership of the majority of the voting capital. However, in certain instances, this determination will involve judgement, particularly in the case of structured entities where voting rights are often not the determining factor in decisions over the relevant activities. This judgement will involve assessing the purpose and design of the entity. It will also often be necessary to consider whether the Barclays Group, or another involved party with power over the relevant activities, is acting as a principal in its own right or as an agent on behalf of others.
There is also often considerable judgement involved in the ongoing assessment of control over structured entities. In this regard, where market conditions have deteriorated such that the other investors exposures to the structures variable returns have been substantively eliminated, the Barclays Group may conclude that the managers of the structured entity are acting as its agent and therefore will consolidate the structured entity.
An interest in equity voting rights exceeding 50% would typically indicate that the Barclays Group has control of an entity. However, the entity set out below is excluded from consolidation because the Barclays Group does not have exposure to its variable returns.
Country of registration or incorporation | Company name |
Percentage of % |
Equity £m |
Retained profit £m |
||||||||||||
Cayman Islands | Palomino Limited | 100 | | |
This entity is managed by an external counterparty and consequently is not controlled by the Barclays Group. Interests relating to this entity are included in Note 35.
286 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
34 Principal subsidiaries continued
Significant restrictions
As is typical for a Group of its size and international scope, there are restrictions on the ability of Barclays PLC to obtain distributions of capital, access the assets or repay the liabilities of members of its Group due to the statutory, regulatory and contractual requirements of its subsidiaries and due to the protective rights of non-controlling interests. These are considered below.
Regulatory requirements
Barclays principal subsidiary companies have assets and liabilities before intercompany eliminations of £1,399bn (2017: £1,407bn) and £1,330bn (2017: £1,341bn) respectively. The assets and liabilities are subject to prudential regulation and regulatory capital requirements in the countries in which they are regulated. These require entities to maintain minimum capital levels which cannot be returned to the Parent company, Barclays PLC on a going concern basis.
In order to meet capital requirements, subsidiaries may issue certain equity-accounted and debt-accounted financial instruments and non-equity instruments such as Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital instruments and other forms of subordinated liabilities. Refer to Note 28 and Note 29 for particulars of these instruments. These instruments may be subject to cancellation clauses or preference share restrictions that would limit the ability of the entity to repatriate the capital on a timely basis.
Liquidity requirements
Regulated subsidiaries of the Barclays Group are required to meet applicable PRA or local regulatory requirements pertaining to liquidity. Some of the regulated subsidiaries include Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Bank UK PLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Barclays Bank Delaware. See pages 137 to 150 for further details of liquidity requirements, including those of the Barclays Groups significant subsidiaries.
Statutory requirements
The Barclays Groups subsidiaries are subject to statutory requirements not to make distributions of capital and unrealised profits and generally to maintain solvency. These requirements restrict the ability of subsidiaries to make remittances of dividends to Barclays PLC, the ultimate parent, except in the event of a legal capital reduction or liquidation. In most cases, the regulatory restrictions referred to above exceed the statutory restrictions.
Contractual requirements
Asset encumbrance
The Barclays Group uses its financial assets to raise finance in the form of securitisations and through the liquidity schemes of central banks, as well as to provide security to the UK Retirement Fund. Once encumbered, the assets are not available for transfer around the Barclays Group. The assets typically affected are disclosed in Note 38.
Assets held by consolidated structured entities
None of the assets (2017: £nil) included in the Barclays Groups balance sheet relate to consolidated investment funds, held to pay return and principal to the holders of units in the funds.
Other restrictions
The Barclays Group is required to maintain balances with central banks and other regulatory authorities, and these amounted to £4,717m (2017: £3,360m).
35 Structured entities
A structured entity is an entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured entities are generally created to achieve a narrow and well-defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities.
Depending on the Barclays Groups power over the activities of the entity and its exposure to and ability to influence its own returns, it may consolidate the entity. In other cases, it may sponsor or have exposure to such an entity but not consolidate it.
Consolidated structured entities
The Barclays Group has contractual arrangements which may require it to provide financial support to the following types of consolidated structured entities:
Securitisation vehicles
The Barclays Group uses securitisation as a source of financing and a means of risk transfer. Refer to Note 37 for further detail.
The Barclays Group, in previous periods, has provided liquidity facilities to certain securitisation vehicles. At 31 December 2018, there were no outstanding loan commitments to these entities (2017: £nil).
Commercial paper (CP) and medium-term note conduits
The Barclays Group provided £11.7bn (2017: £10.2bn) in undrawn contractual backstop liquidity facilities to CP conduits.
Fund management entities
In previous periods, the Barclays Group had contractually guaranteed the performance of certain cash investments in a number of managed investment funds which resulted in their consolidation. As at 31 December 2018, the notional value of the guarantees were £nil (2017: £nil) as the European Wealth Funds associated with these guarantees were either closed or ownership has been transferred outside the Barclays Group and they are no longer consolidated.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 287 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
35 Structured entities continued
Employee benefit and other trusts
Barclays PLC provides capital contributions to employee benefit trusts to enable them to meet obligations to the employees of Barclays PLC in relation to the Barclays Groups share-based remuneration arrangements. During 2018, the Barclays Group provided undrawn liquidity facilities of £2.6bn (2017: £1.8bn) to certain trusts.
Unconsolidated structured entities in which the Barclays Group has an interest
An interest in a structured entity is any form of contractual or non-contractual involvement which creates variability in returns arising from the performance of the entity for the Barclays Group. Such interests include holdings of debt or equity securities, derivatives that transfer financial risks from the entity to the Barclays Group, lending, loan commitments, financial guarantees and investment management agreements.
Interest rate swaps, foreign exchange derivatives that are not complex and which expose the Barclays Group to insignificant credit risk by being senior in the payment waterfall of a securitisation and derivatives that are determined to introduce risk or variability to a structured entity are not considered to be an interest in an entity and have been excluded from the disclosures below.
The nature and extent of the Barclays Groups interests in structured entities is summarised below:
Summary of interests in unconsolidated structured entities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Secured financing £m |
Short-term £m |
Traded derivatives £m |
Other interests £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | | 12,206 | | | 12,206 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 32,359 | | | 2,598 | 34,957 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | | | 5,236 | | 5,236 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | | | | 17,341 | 17,341 | |||||||||||||||
Other assets | | | | 33 | 33 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets | 32,359 | 12,206 | 5,236 | 19,972 | 69,773 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | | | 6,438 | 2,586 | 9,024 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | ||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets | | 10,788 | | 699 | 11,487 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 31,520 | | | 2,721 | 34,241 | |||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | | | 4,380 | | 4,380 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 5,481 | | | 17,386 | 22,867 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending | 753 | | | | 753 | |||||||||||||||
Other assets | | | | 509 | 509 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets | 37,754 | 10,788 | 4,380 | 21,315 | 74,237 | |||||||||||||||
Liabilities | ||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments | | | 5,193 | 3,356 | 8,549 |
Secured financing arrangements, short-term traded interests and traded derivatives are typically managed under market risk management policies described on page 93 which includes an indication of the change of risk measures compared to last year. For this reason, the total assets of these entities are not considered meaningful for the purposes of understanding the related risks and so have not been presented. Other interests include conduits and lending where the interest is driven by normal customer demand.
Secured financing
The Barclays Group routinely enters into reverse repurchase contracts, stock borrowing and similar arrangements on normal commercial terms where the counterparty to the arrangement is a structured entity. Due to the nature of these arrangements, especially the transfer of collateral and ongoing margining, the Barclays Group has minimal exposure to the performance of the structured entity counterparty. This includes margin lending which is presented under financial assets at fair value through the income statement to align to the balance sheet presentation.
Short-term traded interests
The Barclays Group buys and sells interests in structured entities as part of its trading activities, for example, retail mortgage-backed securities, collateralised debt obligations and similar interests. Such interests are typically held individually or as part of a larger portfolio for no more than 90 days. In such cases, the Barclays Group typically has no other involvement with the structured entity other than the securities it holds as part of trading activities and its maximum exposure to loss is restricted to the carrying value of the asset.
As at 31 December 2018, £8,436m (2017: £9,645m) of the Barclays Groups £12,206m (2017: £10,788m) short-term traded interests were comprised of debt securities issued by asset securitisation vehicles.
288 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
35 Structured entities continued
Traded derivatives
The Barclays Group enters into a variety of derivative contracts with structured entities which reference market risk variables such as interest rates, foreign exchange rates and credit indices among other things. The main derivative types which are considered interests in structured entities include index-based and entity specific credit default swaps, balance guaranteed swaps, total return swaps, commodities swaps, and equity swaps. A description of the types of derivatives and the risk management practices are detailed in Note 14. The risk of loss may be mitigated through ongoing margining requirements as well as a right to cash flows from the structured entity which are senior in the payment waterfall. Such margining requirements are consistent with market practice for many derivative arrangements and in line with the Barclays Groups normal credit policies.
Derivative transactions require the counterparty to provide cash or other collateral under margining agreements to mitigate counterparty credit risk. The Barclays Group is mainly exposed to settlement risk on these derivatives which is mitigated through daily margining. Total notionals amounted to £1,477,753m (2017: £1,680,615m).
Except for credit default swaps where the maximum exposure to loss is the swap notional amount, it is not possible to estimate the maximum exposure to loss in respect of derivative positions as the fair value of derivatives is subject to changes in market rates of interest, exchange rates and credit indices which by their nature are uncertain. In addition, the Barclays Groups losses would be subject to mitigating action under its traded market risk and credit risk policies that require the counterparty to provide collateral in cash or other assets in most cases.
Other interests in unconsolidated structured entities
The Barclays Groups interests in structured entities not held for the purposes of short-term trading activities are set out below, summarised by the purpose of the entities and limited to significant categories, based on maximum exposure to loss.
Nature of interest | ||||||||||||||||||||
Multi-seller conduit programmes £m |
Lending £m |
Investment £m |
Others £m |
Total £m |
||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities | 444 | | | 114 | 558 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances | | | | 2,040 | 2,040 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
6,100 | 9,140 | | 2,101 | 17,341 | |||||||||||||||
Other assets | 9 | 3 | 21 | | 33 | |||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet exposures | 6,553 | 9,143 | 21 | 4,255 | 19,972 | |||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet notional amounts | 11,671 | 4,327 | | 431 | 16,429 | |||||||||||||||
Maximum exposure to loss | 18,224 | 13,470 | 21 | 4,686 | 36,401 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets of the entity | 73,109 | 196,865 | 9,341 | 28,163 | 307,478 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities |
| | | 699 | 699 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances | | | | 2,721 | 2,721 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 5,424 | 11,497 | | 465 | 17,386 | |||||||||||||||
Other assets | 468 | 11 | 8 | 22 | 509 | |||||||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet exposures | 5,892 | 11,508 | 8 | 3,907 | 21,315 | |||||||||||||||
Total off-balance sheet notional amounts | 6,270 | 6,337 | | 446 | 13,053 | |||||||||||||||
Maximum exposure to loss | 12,162 | 17,845 | 8 | 4,353 | 34,368 | |||||||||||||||
Total assets of the entity | 103,057 | 179,994 | 11,137 | 22,669 | 316,857 |
Maximum exposure to loss
Unless specified otherwise below, the Barclays Groups maximum exposure to loss is the total of its on-balance sheet positions and its off-balance sheet arrangements, being loan commitments and financial guarantees. Exposure to loss is mitigated through collateral, financial guarantees, the availability of netting and credit protection held.
Multi-seller conduit programme
The multi-seller conduit engages in providing financing to various clients and holds whole or partial interests in pools of receivables or similar obligations. These instruments are protected from loss through over-collateralisation, seller guarantees, or other credit enhancements provided to the conduit. The Barclays Groups off-balance sheet exposure included in the table above represents liquidity facilities that are provided to the conduit for the benefit of the holders of the commercial paper issued by the conduit and will only be drawn where the conduit is unable to access the commercial paper market. If these liquidity facilities are drawn, the Barclays Group is protected from loss through over-collateralisation, seller guarantees, or other credit enhancements provided to the conduit.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 289 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
35 Structured entities continued
Lending
The portfolio includes lending provided by the Barclays Group to unconsolidated structured entities in the normal course of its lending business to earn income in the form of interest and lending fees and includes loans to structured entities that are generally collateralised by property, equipment or other assets. All loans are subject to the Barclays Groups credit sanctioning process. Collateral arrangements are specific to the circumstances of each loan with additional guarantees and collateral sought from the sponsor of the structured entity for certain arrangements. During the period the Barclays Group incurred an impairment of £67m (2017: £11m) against such facilities.
Investment funds and trusts
In the course of its fund management activities, the Barclays Group establishes pooled investment funds that comprise investments of various kinds, tailored to meet certain investors requirements. The Barclays Groups interest in funds is generally restricted to a fund management fee, the value of which is typically based on the performance of the fund.
The Barclays Group acts as trustee to a number of trusts established by or on behalf of its clients. The purpose of the trusts, which meet the definition of structured entities, is to hold assets on behalf of beneficiaries. The Barclays Groups interest in trusts is generally restricted to unpaid fees which, depending on the trust, may be fixed or based on the value of the trust assets. The Barclays Group has no other risk exposure to the trusts.
Other
This includes fair value loans with structured entities where the market risk is materially hedged with corresponding derivative contracts, interests in debt securities issued by securitisation vehicles and drawn and undrawn loan facilities to these entities.
Assets transferred to sponsored unconsolidated structured entities
Assets transferred to sponsored unconsolidated structured entities were immaterial.
36 Investments in associates and joint ventures
Accounting for associates and joint ventures
The Barclays Group applies IAS 28 Investments in Associates and IFRS 11 Joint Arrangements. Associates are entities in which the Barclays Group has significant influence, but not control, over the operating and financial policies. Generally the Barclays Group holds more than 20%, but less than 50%, of their voting shares. Joint ventures are arrangements where the Barclays Group has joint control and rights to the net assets of the entity.
The Barclays Groups investments in associates and joint ventures are initially recorded at cost and increased (or decreased) each year by the Barclays Groups share of the post acquisition profit/(loss). The Barclays Group ceases to recognise its share of the losses of equity accounted associates when its share of the net assets and amounts due from the entity have been written off in full, unless it has a contractual or constructive obligation to make good its share of the losses. In some cases, investments in these entities may be held at fair value through profit or loss, for example, those held by private equity businesses.
There are no individually significant investments in joint ventures or associates held by the Barclays Group.
2018 |
2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Associates £m |
Joint ventures £m |
Total £m |
Associates £m |
Joint ventures £m |
Total £m |
|||||||||||||||||||
Equity accounted | 481 | 281 | 762 | 402 | 316 | 718 | ||||||||||||||||||
Held at fair value through profit or loss | | 509 | 509 | | 447 | 447 | ||||||||||||||||||
Total | 481 | 790 | 1,271 | 402 | 763 | 1,165 |
Summarised financial information for the Barclays Groups equity accounted associates and joint ventures is set out below. The amounts shown are the net income of the investees, not just the Barclays Groups share for the year ended 31 December 2018, with the exception of certain undertakings for which the amounts are based on accounts made up to dates not earlier than three months before the balance sheet date.
Associates | Joint ventures | |||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||
Profit from continuing operations | 173 | 117 | 54 | 77 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other comprehensive income / (expense) | 28 | | 32 | (15) | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total comprehensive income from continuing operations | 201 | 117 | 86 | 62 |
Unrecognised shares of the losses of individually immaterial associates and joint ventures were £nil (2017: £nil).
The Barclays Groups associates and joint ventures are subject to statutory or contractual requirements such that they cannot make remittances of dividends or make loan repayments to Barclays PLC without agreement from the external parties.
The Barclays Groups share of commitments and contingencies of its associates and joint ventures comprised unutilised credit facilities provided to customers of £1,715 m (2017: £1,712m). In addition, the Barclays Group has made commitments to finance or otherwise provide resources to its joint ventures and associates of £318 m (2017: £304m).
290 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
37 Securitisations
Accounting for securitisations
The Barclays Group uses securitisations as a source of finance and a means of risk transfer. Such transactions generally result in the transfer of contractual cash flows from portfolios of financial assets to holders of issued debt securities.
Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt securities issued in the transaction; lead to partial continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Barclays Groups continuing involvement in those assets or to derecognition of the assets and the separate recognition, as assets or liabilities, of any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer. Full derecognition only occurs when the Barclays Group transfers both its contractual right to receive cash flows from the financial assets, or retains the contractual rights to receive the cash flows, but assumes a contractual obligation to pay the cash flows to another party without material delay or reinvestment, and also transfers substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership, including credit risk, prepayment risk and interest rate risk.
In the course of its normal banking activities, the Barclays Group makes transfers of financial assets, either where legal rights to the cash flows from the asset are passed to the counterparty or beneficially, where the Barclays Group retains the rights to the cash flows but assumes a responsibility to transfer them to the counterparty. Depending on the nature of the transaction, this may result in derecognition of the assets in their entirety, partial derecognition or no derecognition of the assets subject to the transfer.
A summary of the main transactions, and the assets and liabilities and the financial risks arising from these transactions, is set out below:
Transfers of financial assets that do not result in derecognition
Securitisations
The Barclays Group was party to securitisation transactions involving its credit card balances.
In these transactions, the assets, interests in the assets, or beneficial interests in the cash flows arising from the assets, are transferred to a special purpose entity, which then issues interest bearing debt securities to third party investors.
Securitisations may, depending on the individual arrangement, result in continued recognition of the securitised assets and the recognition of the debt securities issued in the transaction. Partial continued recognition of the assets to the extent of the Barclays Groups continuing involvement in those assets can also occur or derecognition of the assets and the separate recognition, as assets or liabilities, of any rights and obligations created or retained in the transfer.
The following table shows the carrying amount of securitised assets that have not resulted in full derecognition, together with the associated liabilities, for each category of asset on the balance sheet:
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | Liabilities | Assets | Liabilities | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Carrying amount £m |
Fair value £m |
Carrying amount £m |
Fair value £m |
Carrying amount £m |
Fair value £m |
Carrying amount £m |
Fair value £m |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Credit cards, unsecured and other retail lending |
4,242 | 4,334 | (4,234 | ) | (4,218 | ) | 3,772 | 3,757 | (3,635 | ) | (3,626 | ) |
Balances included within loans and advances at amortised cost represent securitisations where substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset have been retained by the Barclays Group.
The relationship between the transferred assets and the associated liabilities is that holders of notes may only look to cash flows from the securitised assets for payments of principal and interest due to them under the terms of their notes, although the contractual terms of their notes may be different to the maturity and interest of the transferred assets.
For transfers of assets in relation to repurchase agreements, refer to Note 38.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 291 |
Notes to the financial statements
Scope of consolidation
37 Securitisations continued
Continuing involvement in financial assets that have been derecognised
In some cases, the Barclays Group may have transferred a financial asset in its entirety but may have continuing involvement in it. This arises in asset securitisations where loans and asset backed securities were derecognised as a result of the Barclays Groups involvement with commercial mortgage backed securities. Continuing involvement largely arises from providing financing into these structures in the form of retained notes, which do not bear first losses.
The table below shows the potential financial implications of such continuing involvement:
Continuing involvementa | Gain/(loss) from continuing involvement |
|||||||||||||||||||
Type of transfer | Carrying amount £m |
Fair value £m |
Maximum £m |
For the year ended £m |
Cumulative to 31 December £m |
|||||||||||||||
2018 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities | 135 | 135 | 135 | 2 | 3 | |||||||||||||||
2017 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Commercial mortgage backed securities | 94 | 94 | 94 | 1 | 1 |
Note
a Assets which represent the Barclays Groups continuing involvement in derecognised assets are recorded in Loans and advances at amortised cost.
38 Assets pledged
Assets are pledged as collateral to secure liabilities under repurchase agreements, securitisations and stock lending agreements or as security deposits relating to derivatives. Assets pledged as collateral include all assets categorised as encumbered in the disclosure on page 142 (unaudited), other than those held in commercial paper conduits. In these transactions, Barclays Group will be required to step in to provide financing itself under a liquidity facility if the vehicle cannot access the commercial paper market. The following table summarises the nature and carrying amount of the assets pledged as security against these liabilities:
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Cash collateral | 55,532 | 56,351 | ||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | 42,683 | 41,772 | ||||||
Trading portfolio assets | 63,143 | 73,899 | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement | 7,450 | 4,798 | ||||||
Financial investments | | 15,058 | ||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | 10,354 | | ||||||
Assets pledged | 179,162 | 191,878 |
Barclays Group has an additional £10bn (2017: £9bn) of loans and advances within its asset backed funding programmes that can readily be used to raise additional secured funding and are available to support future issuances.
Total assets pledged includes a collateral pool put in place to provide security for the UKRF funding deficit. Refer to Note 33 for further details.
Collateral held as security for assets
Under certain transactions, including reverse repurchase agreements and stock borrowing transactions, the Barclays Group is allowed to resell or re-pledge the collateral held. The fair value at the balance sheet date of collateral accepted and re-pledged to others was as follows:
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Fair value of securities accepted as collateral | 598,348 | 608,412 | ||||||
Of which fair value of securities re-pledged/transferred to others | 528,957 | 547,637 |
292 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
The notes included in this section focus on related party transactions, Auditors remuneration and Directors remuneration. Related parties include any subsidiaries, associates, joint ventures and Key Management Personnel.
39 Related party transactions and Directors remuneration
Related party transactions
Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control the other party or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operational decisions, or one other party controls both.
Subsidiaries
Transactions between Barclays PLC and its subsidiaries meet the definition of related party transactions. Where these are eliminated on consolidation, they are not disclosed in the Barclays Groups financial statements. Transactions between Barclays PLC and its subsidiaries are fully disclosed in Barclays PLCs financial statements. A list of the Barclays Groups principal subsidiaries is shown in Note 34.
Associates, joint ventures and other entities
The Barclays Group provides banking services to its associates, joint ventures and the Barclays Group pension funds (principally the UK Retirement Fund), providing loans, overdrafts, interest and noninterest bearing deposits and current accounts to these entities as well as other services. Barclays Group companies also provide investment management and custodian services to the Barclays Group pension schemes. All of these transactions are conducted on the same terms as third party transactions. Summarised financial information for the Barclays Groups investments in associates and joint ventures is set out in Note 36.
Amounts included in the Barclays Groups financial statements, in aggregate, by category of related party entity are as follows:
Associates £m |
Joint ventures £m |
Pension funds £m |
||||||||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2018 | ||||||||||||
Total income | | 7 | 4 | |||||||||
Credit impairment and other provisions | | | | |||||||||
Operating expenses | (27 | ) | (7 | ) | | |||||||
Total assets | 12 | 1,288 | 3 | |||||||||
Total liabilities | 85 | 2 | 139 | |||||||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2017 | ||||||||||||
Total income | (20 | ) | 61 | 4 | ||||||||
Credit impairment and other provisions | 2 | | | |||||||||
Operating expenses | | (23 | ) | | ||||||||
Total assets | 2 | 1,048 | 2 | |||||||||
Total liabilities | 75 | 2 | 162 | |||||||||
For the year ended and as at 31 December 2016 | ||||||||||||
Total income | (20 | ) | 32 | 4 | ||||||||
Credit impairment and other provisions | (13 | ) | | | ||||||||
Operating expenses | | (25 | ) | | ||||||||
Total assets | 72 | 2,244 | | |||||||||
Total liabilities | 94 | 95 | 260 |
Guarantees, pledges or commitments given in respect of these transactions in the year were £20m (2017: £27m) predominantly relating to joint ventures. No guarantees, pledges or commitments were received in the year. Derivatives transacted on behalf of the pensions funds were £3m (2017: £3m).
Key Management Personnel
Key Management Personnel are defined as those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of Barclays PLC (directly or indirectly) and comprise the Directors and Officers of Barclays PLC, certain direct reports of the Group Chief Executive and the heads of major business units and functions.
There were no material related party transactions with entities under common directorship where a member of Key Management Personnel (or any connected person) is also a member of Key Management Personnel (or any connected person) of Barclays PLC.
The Barclays Group provides banking services to Key Management Personnel and persons connected to them. Transactions during the year and the balances outstanding were as follows:
Loans outstanding | ||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
As at 1 January | 4.8 | 9.2 | ||||||
Loans issued during the yeara | 4.2 | 0.5 | ||||||
Loan repayments during the yearb | (1.8 | ) | (4.9) | |||||
As at 31 December | 7.2 | 4.8 |
Notes
a Includes loans issued to existing Key Management Personnel and new or existing loans issued to newly appointed Key Management Personnel.
b Includes loan repayments by existing Key Management Personnel and loans to former Key Management Personnel.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 293 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
39 Related party transactions and Directors remuneration continued
No allowances for impairment were recognised in respect of loans to Key Management Personnel (or any connected person).
Deposits outstanding | ||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
As at 1 January |
6.9 | 7.3 | ||||||
Deposits received during the yeara |
24.8 | 25.7 | ||||||
Deposits repaid during the yearb |
(24.8 | ) | (26.1) | |||||
As at 31 December |
6.9 | 6.9 |
Notes
a | Includes deposits received from existing Key Management Personnel and new or existing deposits received from newly appointed Key Management Personnel. |
b | Includes deposits repaid by existing Key Management Personnel and deposits of former Key Management Personnel. |
Total commitments outstanding
Total commitments outstanding refers to the total of any undrawn amounts on credit cards and/or overdraft facilities provided to Key Management Personnel. Total commitments outstanding as at 31 December 2018 were £0.9m (2017: £0.3m).
All loans to Key Management Personnel (and persons connected to them), (a) were made in the ordinary course of business, (b) were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with other persons and (c) did not involve more than a normal risk of collectability or present other unfavourable features.
Remuneration of Key Management Personnel
Total remuneration awarded to Key Management Personnel below represents the awards made to individuals that have been approved by the Board Remuneration Committee as part of the latest remuneration decisions, and is consistent with the approach adopted for disclosures set out on pages 53 to 80. Costs recognised in the income statement reflect the accounting charge for the year included within operating expenses. The difference between the values awarded and the recognised income statement charge principally relates to the recognition of deferred costs for prior year awards. Figures are provided for the period that individuals met the definition of Key Management Personnel.
2018 £m |
2017
£m |
|||||||
Salaries and other short-term benefits | 33.0 | 33.9 | ||||||
Pension costs | | 0.1 | ||||||
Other long-term benefits | 7.6 | 18.4 | ||||||
Share-based payments | 16.2 | 26.8 | ||||||
Employer social security charges on emoluments | 7.5 | 9.6 | ||||||
Costs recognised for accounting purposes | 64.3 | 88.8 | ||||||
Employer social security charges on emoluments | (7.5 | ) | (9.6) | |||||
Other long-term benefits difference between awards granted and costs recognised | 2.8 | (9.8) | ||||||
Share-based payments difference between awards granted and costs recognised | 0.7 | (11.7) | ||||||
Total remuneration awarded | 60.3 | 57.7 | ||||||
Disclosure required by the Companies Act 2006 |
| |||||||
The following information regarding the Barclays PLC Board of Directors is presented in accordance with the Companies Act 2006:
|
| |||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Aggregate emolumentsa | 9.0 | 8.5 | ||||||
Amounts paid under LTIPsb | 0.9 | 1.1 | ||||||
9.9 | 9.6 |
Notes
a | The aggregate emoluments include amounts paid for the 2018 year. In addition, deferred share awards for 2018 with a total value at grant of £1m (2017: £1m) will be made to James E Staley and Tushar Morzaria which will only vest subject to meeting certain conditions. |
b | The figure above for Amounts paid under LTIPs in 2018 relates to an LTIP award that was released to Tushar Morzaria in 2018. Dividend shares released on the award are excluded. The LTIP figure in the single total figure table for executive Directors 2018 remuneration in the Directors Remuneration report relates to the award that is scheduled to be released in 2019 in respect of the 20162018 LTIP cycle. |
There were no pension contributions paid to defined contribution schemes on behalf of Directors (2017: nil). There were no notional pension contributions to defined contribution schemes.
As at 31 December 2018, there were no Directors accruing benefits under a defined benefit scheme (2017: nil).
Directors and Officers shareholdings and options
The beneficial ownership of ordinary share capital of Barclays PLC by all Directors and Officers of Barclays PLC (involving 24 persons) at
31 December 2018 amounted to 18,884,023 (2017: 12,460,877) ordinary shares of 25p each (0.11% of the ordinary share capital outstanding).
As at 31 December 2018, executive Directors and Officers of Barclays PLC (involving 11 persons) held options to purchase a total of 6,000 (2017: 6,000) Barclays PLC ordinary shares of 25p each at a price of 120p under Sharesave.
Advances and credit to Directors and guarantees on behalf of Directors
In accordance with Section 413 of the Companies Act 2006, the total amount of advances and credits made available in 2018 to persons who served as Directors during the year was £0.4m (2017: £0.2m). The total value of guarantees entered into on behalf of Directors during 2018 was nil (2017: nil).
294 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
40 Auditors remuneration
Auditors remuneration is included within consultancy, legal and professional fees in administration and general expenses and comprises:
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016
£m |
||||||||||
Audit of the Barclays Groups annual accounts | 8 | 11 | 14 | |||||||||
Other services: | ||||||||||||
Audit of the Companys subsidiariesa | 32 | 27 | 27 | |||||||||
Other audit related feesb | 9 | 8 | 4 | |||||||||
Other servicesc | 2 | 2 | 4 | |||||||||
Total Auditors remuneration | 51 | 48 | 49 |
Notes
a | Comprises the fees for the statutory audit of subsidiaries both inside and outside the UK and fees for work performed by associates of KPMG or PwC in respect of the consolidated financial statements of the Company. |
b | Comprises services in relation to statutory and regulatory filings. These include audit services for the review of the interim financial information under the Listing Rules of the UK listing authority. |
c | Includes consultation on tax matters, tax advice relating to transactions and other tax planning and advice. |
KPMG became the Barclays Groups principal Auditor in 2017. PwC was the principal Auditor in 2016.
The figures shown in the above table relate to fees paid to KPMG or PwC as principal Auditor, of which the fees paid in relation to discontinued operations were £nil (KPMG 2017: £4m, PwC 2016: £12m).
Under SEC regulations, the remuneration of our auditors is required to be presented as follows: audit fees £45m (2017: £42m, 2016: £44m), audit-related fees £5m (2017: £4m, 2016: £1m), tax fees £nil (2017: £nil, 2016: £nil), and all other fees £1m (2017: £2m, 2016: £4m).
41 Discontinued operations and assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale and associated liabilities
Accounting for non-current assets held for sale and associated liabilities
The Barclays Group applies IFRS 5 Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations.
Non-current assets (or disposal groups) are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount is to be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use. In order to be classified as held for sale, the asset must be available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary and the sale must be highly probable. Non-current assets (or disposal groups) held for sale are measured at the lower of carrying amount and fair value less cost to sell.
A component of the Barclays Group that has either been disposed of or is classified as held for sale is presented as a discontinued operation if it represents a separate major line of business or geographical area of operations, is part of a single coordinated plan to dispose of the separate major line or geographical area of operations, or if it is a subsidiary acquired exclusively with a view to re-sale.
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale | ||||||||
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
|||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
| 3 | ||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
| 1,164 | ||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
| 26 | ||||||
Total assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
| 1,193 |
Discontinued operation
Following the reduction of the Barclays Groups interest in BAGL in 2017, the Barclays Groups remaining holding of 14.9%, as at 31 December 2018 is reported as a financial asset at fair value through other comprehensive income in the Head Office division, with the Barclays Groups share of BAGLs dividend recognised in the Head Office income statement.
Prior to the disposal of shares on 1 June 2017, BAGL met the requirements for presentation as a discontinued operation. As such, the results, which have been presented as the profit after tax and non-controlling interest in respect of the discontinued operation on the face of the Barclays Groups income statement, are analysed in the income statement below. The income statement, statement of other comprehensive income and cash flow statement below represent five months of results as a discontinued operation to 31 May 2017, compared to the full year ended 31 December 2016.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 295 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
41 Discontinued operations and assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale and associated liabilities continued
Barclays Africa disposal group income statement | ||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December | 2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Net interest income |
| 1,024 | 2,169 | |||||||||
Net fee and commission income |
| 522 | 1,072 | |||||||||
Net trading income |
| 149 | 281 | |||||||||
Net investment income |
| 30 | 45 | |||||||||
Other income |
| 145 | 370 | |||||||||
Total income |
| 1,870 | 3,937 | |||||||||
Net claims and benefits incurred on insurance contracts |
| (84 | ) | (191 | ) | |||||||
Total income net of insurance claims |
| 1,786 | 3,746 | |||||||||
Credit impairment charges and other provisions |
| (177 | ) | (445 | ) | |||||||
Net operating income |
| 1,609 | 3,301 | |||||||||
Staff costs |
| (586 | ) | (1,186 | ) | |||||||
Administration and general expensesa |
| (1,634 | ) | (1,224 | ) | |||||||
Operating expenses |
| (2,220 | ) | (2,410 | ) | |||||||
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures |
| 5 | 6 | |||||||||
(Loss)/profit before tax |
| (606 | ) | 897 | ||||||||
Taxation |
| (154 | ) | (306 | ) | |||||||
(Loss)/profit after taxb |
| (760 | ) | 591 | ||||||||
Attributable to: |
||||||||||||
Equity holders of the parent |
| (900 | ) | 189 | ||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
| 140 | 402 | |||||||||
(Loss)/profit after taxb |
| (760 | ) | 591 |
Notes |
a | Includes impairment of £nil (2017: £1,090m, 2016: £nil). |
b | Total loss in respect of the discontinued operation incurred in 2017, was £2,195m which included the £60m loss on sale and £1,375m loss on recycling of other comprehensive loss on reserves. |
Other comprehensive income relating to discontinued operations is as follows:
For the year ended 31 December | 2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Available for sale assets |
| (3 | ) | (9 | ) | |||||||
Currency translation reserves |
| (38 | ) | 1,451 | ||||||||
Cash flow hedge reserves |
| 19 | 89 | |||||||||
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax from discontinued operations |
| (22 | ) | 1,531 | ||||||||
The cash flows attributed to the discontinued operation are as follows:
|
||||||||||||
For the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Net cash flows from operating activities |
| 540 | 1,164 | |||||||||
Net cash flows from investing activities |
| (245 | ) | (691 | ) | |||||||
Net cash flows from financing activities |
| (165 | ) | (105 | ) | |||||||
Effect of exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents |
| (29 | ) | 37 | ||||||||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents |
| 101 | 405 |
296 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
42 Transition disclosures
Impairment allowance reconciliations
Reconciliation from IAS 39 to IFRS 9 financial assets under IFRS 9 subject to an increase in impairment allowance
The table below reconciles the closing impairment allowances for financial assets in accordance with IAS 39, and provisions for loan commitments and financial guarantee contracts in accordance with IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets as at 31 December 2017, and the opening impairment allowances determined in accordance with IFRS 9 as at 1 January 2018.
Reconciliation of impairment allowance and provisions
As at | As at | |||||||||||||||
31 December | 1 January | |||||||||||||||
2017 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||
Impairment | ||||||||||||||||
allowance under | ||||||||||||||||
IAS 39 or | Additional IFRS 9 | Impairment | ||||||||||||||
provisions | Reclassification | impairment | allowance | |||||||||||||
under IAS 37 | impact | allowance | under IFRS 9 | |||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost and other assetsa |
4,652 | (52 | ) | 2,508 | 7,108 | |||||||||||
Available for sale investments/financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
38 | (38 | ) | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||
Total on-balance sheet |
4,690 | (90 | ) | 2,511 | 7,111 | |||||||||||
Provision for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantee contracts |
79 | | 341 | 420 | ||||||||||||
Total impairment and provision |
4,769 | (90 | ) | 2,852 | 7,531 |
Note |
a | Includes impairment of £5m for cash collateral and settlement balances and £1m for other assets. |
◾ | The introduction of IFRS 9 increased the total impairment allowance held by Barclays by £2.76bn, from £4.8bn as at 31 December 2017 to £7.5bn as at 1 January 2018, as a result of earlier recognition of impairment allowances. |
◾ | The reclassification impact is due to assets moving to a fair value through income statement treatment that do not have an impairment allowance under IFRS 9. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 297 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
42 Transition disclosures continued
Balance sheet movement impact of transition to IFRS 9 and IFRS 15
The table below presents the impact of the changes to balance sheet presentation and of the transition to IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 on Barclays PLCs balance sheet showing separately the changes arising from reclassification and any associated remeasurement, and the impact of increased impairment.
As at 31 December 2017 |
As at 31 December 2017 |
As at 1 January 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets | IAS 39
|
IFRS 9 measurement
|
Published IAS 39 £m |
Balance sheet present- ation changes £m |
Revised IAS 39 £m |
IFRS 15 impact £m |
IFRS 9 present- ation change £m |
IFRS 9
measurement |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS
9 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
171,082 | | 171,082 | | | | | 171,082 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection from other banks |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
2,153 | (2,153 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to banks |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
35,663 | (35,663 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances to customers |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
365,552 | (365,552 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
| 77,168 | 77,168 | | | (2,389 | ) | (5 | ) | 74,774 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
| 324,048 | 324,048 | | 5,109 | (9,467 | ) | (2,502 | ) | 317,188 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
12,546 | | 12,546 | | | (11,949 | ) | | 597 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
FVTPL | FVTPL | 113,760 | | 113,760 | | | 413 | | 114,173 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
FVTPL | FVTPL | 116,281 | (116,281 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statementa |
FVTPL | FVTPL | | 116,281 | 116,281 | | | 23,930 | | 140,211 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
FVTPL | FVTPL | 237,669 | | 237,669 | | | | | 237,669 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
|
AFS debt instruments |
|
FVOCI | 52,020 | | 52,020 | | (50,886 | ) | (1,134 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
|
AFS equity instruments |
|
FVOCI | 1,787 | | 1,787 | | (1,419 | ) | (367 | ) | | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
5,109 | | 5,109 | | (5,109 | ) | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
AFS | FVOCI | | | | | 52,305 | 936 | | 53,241 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Investments in associates and joint ventures |
N/A | N/A | 718 | | 718 | | | (19 | ) | | 699 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Goodwill and intangible assets |
N/A | N/A | 7,849 | | 7,849 | | | | | 7,849 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property, plant and equipment |
N/A | N/A | 2,572 | | 2,572 | | | | | 2,572 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current tax assets |
N/A | N/A | 482 | | 482 | | | | | 482 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax assets |
N/A | N/A | 3,457 | | 3,457 | (22 | ) | | | 649 | 4,084 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retirement benefit assets |
N/A | N/A | 966 | | 966 | | | | | 966 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Prepayments, accrued income and other assets |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
2,389 | (2,389 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other assets |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
| 4,542 | 4,542 | 89 | | 31 | (1 | ) | 4,661 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets included in disposal groups classified as held for sale |
N/A | N/A | 1,193 | | 1,193 | | | | | 1,193 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total assets |
1,133,248 | | 1,133,248 | 67 | | (15 | ) | (1,859 | ) | 1,131,441 |
Note
a | Comprised of mandatory fair value assets of £130.2bn and designated fair value assets of £10.0bn. |
298 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
42 Transition disclosures continued
As at 31 December 2017 |
As at 31 December 2017 |
As at 1 January 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Liabilities | IAS 39
|
IFRS 9 measurement
|
Published £m |
Balance £m |
Revised £m |
IFRS 15 impact £m |
IFRS 9 present- ation change £m |
IFRS 9 classification and measurement £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS
9 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits from banks |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
37,723 | (37,723 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
| 398,701 | 398,701 | | | (18,860 | ) | | 379,841 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Items in the course of collection |
Amortised | Amortised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
due to other banks |
cost | cost | 446 | (446 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Customer accounts |
|
Amortised cost |
|
|
Amortised cost |
|
429,121 | (429,121 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement |
Amortised | Amortised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
balances |
cost | cost | | 68,143 | 68,143 | | | (2,218 | ) | | 65,925 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements and other |
Amortised | Amortised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
similar secured borrowing |
cost | cost | 40,338 | | 40,338 | | | (25,285 | ) | | 15,053 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
Amortised | Amortised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
cost | cost | 73,314 | | 73,314 | | | | | 73,314 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
Amortised | Amortised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
cost | cost | 23,826 | | 23,826 | | | | | 23,826 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio liabilities |
FVTPL | FVTPL | 37,351 | | 37,351 | | | | | 37,351 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
FVTPL | FVTPL | 173,718 | | 173,718 | | | 46,365 | | 220,083 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
FVTPL | FVTPL | 238,345 | | 238,345 | | | | | 238,345 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Current tax liabilities |
N/A | N/A | 586 | | 586 | | | | | 586 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Deferred tax liabilities |
N/A | N/A | 44 | | 44 | | | | | 44 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retirement benefit liabilities |
N/A | N/A | 312 | | 312 | | | | | 312 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Accruals, deferred income and |
Amortised | Amortised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
other liabilities |
cost | cost | 8,565 | (8,565 | ) | | | | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other liabilities |
Amortised | Amortised | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
cost | cost | | 9,011 | 9,011 | | | | | 9,011 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Provisions |
N/A | N/A | 3,543 | | 3,543 | | | | 341 | 3,884 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities |
1,067,232 | | 1,067,232 | | | 2 | 341 | 1,067,575 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Equity |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Called up share capital and share premium |
N/A | N/A | 22,045 | | 22,045 | | | | | 22,045 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserves |
N/A | N/A | 5,383 | | 5,383 | | | (139 | ) | 3 | 5,247 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
N/A | N/A | 27,536 | | 27,536 | 67 | | 122 | (2,203 | ) | 25,522 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other equity instruments |
N/A | N/A | 8,941 | | 8,941 | | | | | 8,941 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total equity excluding non-controlling interests |
N/A | N/A | 63,905 | | 63,905 | 67 | | (17 | ) | (2,200 | ) | 61,755 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-controlling interests |
N/A | N/A | 2,111 | | 2,111 | | | | | 2,111 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total equity |
66,016 | | 66,016 | 67 | | (17 | ) | (2,200 | ) | 63,866 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
1,133,248 | | 1,133,248 | 67 | | (15 | ) | (1,859 | ) | 1,131,441 |
Balance sheet and IFRS 9 presentation changes
The following voluntary changes in presentation have been made as a result of the review of accounting presentation following the adoption of
IFRS 9, and is expected to provide more relevant information to the users of the financial statements. These presentational changes have no effect on the measurement of these items and therefore had no impact on retained earnings or profit for any period. The effect of these presentational changes on transition are noted below:
◾ | Items in the course of collection from other banks and prepayments, accrued income and other assets are reported in other assets. Equally, items in the course of collection due to other banks and accruals, deferred income and other liabilities are reported in other liabilities |
◾ | Loans and advances to banks and loans and advances to customers have been disaggregated and are now reported in loans and advances at amortised cost and cash collateral and settlement balances |
◾ | Deposits from banks and customer accounts have been disaggregated and are now reported in deposits at amortised cost and cash collateral and settlement balances |
◾ | Financial assets designated at fair value are now reported within financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
◾ | The majority of available for sale assets which were previously reported in financial investments are now reported in financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
◾ | Held to maturity assets which were previously reported in financial investments are now reported in loans and advances at amortised cost. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 299 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
42 Transition disclosures continued
IFRS 15 impact
On adoption of IFRS 15, Barclays Group changed its accounting treatment in relation to certain costs incurred in obtaining contracts with credit card customers. The costs of acquiring such contracts had previously been recognised as operating expenses when they were incurred. The adoption of IFRS 15 has resulted in the costs being capitalised as a cost to obtain an asset and recognised within other assets on the balance sheet. The asset will be amortised over the expected life of the customer relationship, with the corresponding expense recognised in the income statement. The cumulative effect of the change as of 1 January 2018 was an increase to retained earnings of £67m and the recognition of an asset of £89m. There were no other material changes to fee recognition from the adoption of IFRS 15.
IFRS 9 classification and measurement
This column represents the changes to the balance sheet from classification and measurement. The net effect is a decrease in shareholders equity of £17m, with no significant offsetting movements. The classification changes include the transfer of certain Barclays International Prime Services and Equities business positions from an amortised cost to a fair value approach.
There are no other changes in measurement category.
IFRS 9 impairment change
Additional impairment from the adoption of IFRS 9 is shown in the impairment change column. The increase in impairment results in the recognition of a deferred tax asset. The post-tax impact is a reduction in shareholders equity of £2.2bn. Impairment allowance under IFRS 9 considers both the drawn and the undrawn counterparty exposure. For retail portfolios, the total impairment allowance is allocated to the drawn exposure to the extent that the allowance does not exceed the exposure. Any excess is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision. For wholesale portfolios the impairment allowance on the undrawn exposure is reported on the liability side of the balance sheet as a provision.
Impact of IFRS 9 per financial statement line
The narrative below provides further granularity on the impact of changes to the balance sheet from the transition to IFRS 9 and IFRS 15 on
Barclays PLCs balance sheet as presented in the tables on pages 300 to 304. The analysis shows transfers between balance sheet lines arising from reclassification and any associated remeasurement, and the impact of increased impairment. Further details are provided for balance sheet lines with multiple impacts.
Assets
Cash collateral and settlement balances measured on an amortised cost basis
Transfer out: Balances of £2,389m are reclassified to Financial assets at fair value through the income statement as a result of the assessment of the business model. Balances are reclassified from amortised cost to fair value through profit and loss as the business model is classified as Other rather than Hold to Collect as the portfolio is risk managed on a fair value basis.
Expected credit losses have decreased the balances by £5m.
Loans and advances at amortised cost
Transfer in: Held to maturity assets of £5,109m which were previously reported in Financial Investments are reported in this balance sheet line. Financial investments (available for sale) balances of £653m, Financial assets designated at fair value balances of £485m, and Trading portfolio assets of £73m are reclassified to this balance sheet line following the assessment of the business model which is classified as Hold to Collect and meets the SPPI test. There has been a remeasurement impact of £29m due to reclassification to an amortised cost line from Financial assets designated at fair value.
Transfer out: Balances of £9,279m are reclassified to Financial assets mandatory at fair value, balances of £478m moved to Trading portfolio assets, and balances of £15m reclassified to Financial assets designated at fair value as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Other rather than Hold to Collect. The balances are subsequently measured on a fair value basis rather than amortised cost. In addition, balances of £936m are reclassified to Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Hold to Collect and Sell and meets the SPPI test.
Expected credit losses have decreased the balance by £2,502m.
As at 31 December 2017 |
As at 1 January 2018 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revised IAS 39 £m |
IFRS 15 impact £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS 9 classification £m |
IFRS 9 measurement £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS 9 carrying amount £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
324,048 | 324,048 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer in: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From financial investments (held to maturity) |
| | 5,109 | | | | 5,109 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From financial investments (available for sale) |
| | | 653 | | | 653 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From financial assets designated at fair value |
| | | 485 | 29 | | 514 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From trading portfolio assets |
| | | 73 | | | 73 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer out: |
| |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
To financial assets mandatory at fair value |
| | | (9,279 | ) | | | (9,279 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
| | | (936 | ) | | | (936 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To trading portfolio assets |
| | | (478 | ) | | | (478 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To financial assets designated at fair value |
| | | (15 | ) | | | (15 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Increase in expected credit losses |
| | | | | (2,502 | ) | (2,502 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost |
324,048 | | 5,109 | (9,497 | ) | 29 | (2,502 | ) | 317,188 |
300 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
42 Transition disclosures continued
Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending measured on an amortised cost basis
Transfer out: Balances of £11,949m are reclassified to Financial assets at fair value through the income statement as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Other rather than Hold to Collect. The balances are subsequently measured on a fair value basis rather than amortised cost.
Trading portfolio assets measured on a fair value basis
Transfer in: Balances from Loans and advances at amortised cost of £478m, Financial Investments of £10m, and Financial assets mandatory at fair value of £9m are reclassified to this balance sheet line as a result of the assessment of the business model in accordance with IFRS 9. There has been a remeasurement impact of £11m due to reclassification from an amortised cost basis.
Transfer out: Balances of £73m are reclassified to Loans and advances at amortised cost as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Hold to Collect and meets the SPPI test.
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
Balances of £105,844m are moved to Financial assets mandatory at fair value for presentational purposes and in accordance with IFRS 9.
Transfer in: Balances of £15m from Loans and advances at amortised cost are elected to Financial assets designated at fair value. Reverse repurchase agreements and other similar secured lending balances of £11,949m, Loans and advances at amortised cost balances of £9,279m and Cash collateral and settlement balances of £2,389m are reclassified to this balance sheet line as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Other rather than Hold to Collect. The balances are subsequently measured on a fair value basis rather than amortised cost. There has been a remeasurement impact of £14m due to reclassification from an amortised cost basis. Balances of £838m are reclassified from Financial investments (available for sale) as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Other rather than Hold to Collect and Sell. The balances are subsequently measured on a fair value basis rather than amortised cost.
Transfer out: Balances of £485m are reclassified to Loans and advances at amortised cost as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Hold to Collect and meets the SPPI test. In addition, balances of £31m and £9m are reclassified to Other assets and Trading portfolio assets as a result of the assessment of the business model in accordance with IFRS 9.
As at 31 December 2017 |
As at 1 January 2018 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revised IAS 39 £m |
IFRS 15 impact £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS 9 classification £m |
IFRS 9 measurement £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS
9 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets designated at fair value |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
116,281 | 116,281 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer in: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From loans and advances at amortised cost |
| | | 15 | | | 15 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer out: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
To financial assets mandatory at fair value |
| | (105,844 | ) | | | | (105,844 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To loans and advances at amortised cost |
| | | (485 | ) | | | (485 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets mandatory at fair value |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer in: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From financial assets designated at fair value |
| | 105,844 | | | | 105,844 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From reverse repurchase agreements |
| | | 11,949 | | | 11,949 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From loans and advances at amortised cost |
| | | 9,279 | (14 | ) | | 9,265 | ||||||||||||||||||||
From cash collateral and settlement balances |
| | | 2,389 | | | 2,389 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From financial investments (available for sale) |
| | | 838 | | | 838 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer out: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
To other assets |
| | | (31 | ) | | | (31 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To trading portfolio assets |
| | | (9 | ) | | | (9 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
116,281 | | | 23,944 | (14 | ) | | 140,211 |
Financial investments
Transfer out: The Barclays Group has elected to apply the fair value through other comprehensive income option under IFRS 9 for the value of £52,305m with balances moving to Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Balances of £838m are reclassified to Financial assets at fair value through the income statement and balances of £10m reclassified to Trading portfolio assets as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Other rather than Hold to Collect. Balances of £653m are reclassified to Loans and advances at amortised cost as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Hold to Collect and meets the SPPI test.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 301 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
42 Transition disclosures continued
From a presentational basis, Held to maturity assets of £5,109m are now reported in Loans and advances at amortised cost.
As at 31 December 2017 |
As at 1 January 2018 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revised IAS 39 £m |
IFRS 15 impact £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS 9 classification £m |
IFRS 9 measurement £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS 9 carrying amount £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Available for sale (measured at fair value) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
53,807 | 53,807 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer out: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
To financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
| | (52,305 | ) | | | | (52,305 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To other financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
| | | (838 | ) | | | (838 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To trading portfolio assets |
| | | (10 | ) | | | (10 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
To loans and advances at amortised cost |
| | | (653 | ) | | | (653 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Held to maturity (measured at amortised cost) |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
5,109 | 5,109 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfer out: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
To loans and advances at amortised cost |
| | (5,109 | ) | | | | (5,109 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total financial investments |
58,916 | | (57,414 | ) | (1,501 | ) | | | |
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income
Transfer in: As above, Barclays has applied the fair value through other comprehensive income option under IFRS 9 for the value of £52,305m. Balances of £936m are reclassified from Loans and advances at amortised cost as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Hold to Collect and Sell and meets the SPPI test.
Investments in associates and joint ventures
The adoption of IFRS 9 on associates and joint ventures results in a lower Barclays Group share of profit and loss, thereby decreasing the investment by £19m.
Deferred tax assets
The balance has increased by £627m due to the tax impact of expected credit losses of £649m, offset by £22m due to the impact of IFRS 15.
Other assets
Transfer in: Balances of £31m reclassified from Financial assets at fair value through the income statement as a result of the assessment of the business model which is classified as Hold to Collect and meets the SPPI test.
In addition, the balance increased by £89m due to the impact of IFRS 15.
Expected credit losses have decreased the balance by £1m.
Liabilities
Deposits at amortised cost
Transfer out: Balances of £18,860m are reclassified to Financial liabilities designated at fair value as a result of trades that are linked to assets for accounting symmetry.
Cash collateral and settlement balances measured on an amortised cost basis
Transfer out: Balances of £2,218m are reclassified to Financial liabilities designated at fair value as a result of trades that are linked to assets for accounting symmetry.
Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing measured on an amortised cost basis
Transfer out: Balances of £25,285m are reclassified to Financial liabilities designated at fair value as a result of trades that are linked to assets for accounting symmetry.
Financial liabilities designated at fair value
Transfer in: Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing balances of £25,285m, Deposits at amortised cost balances of £18,860m, and Cash collateral and settlement balances of £2,218m reclassified to this balance sheet line as a result of trades that are linked to assets for accounting symmetry. There has been a remeasurement impact of £2m due to reclassification from Repurchase agreements and other similar secured borrowing on an amortised cost basis.
302 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
42 Transition disclosures continued
As at | As at | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31 December | 1 January | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revised IAS 39 £m |
IFRS 15 impact £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS 9 classification £m |
IFRS 9 measurement £m |
IFRS 9 £m |
IFRS
9 £m |
||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial liabilities designated at fair value |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
173,718 | 173,718 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfers in: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From repurchase agreements and other similar
secured |
| | | 25,285 | 2 | | 25,287 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From deposits at amortised cost |
| | | 18,860 | | | 18,860 | |||||||||||||||||||||
From cash collateral and settlement balances |
| | | 2,218 | | | 2,218 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total financial liabilities designated at fair value |
173,718 | | | 46,363 | 2 | | 220,083 |
Provisions
The balance has increased by £341m due to expected credit losses on off balance sheet provisions.
Equity
The adoption of IFRS 9 results in a credit moving from the Fair value through other comprehensive income reserve (formerly available for sale reserve) to Retained earnings to reflect the cumulative impairment recognised in profit or loss in accordance with IFRS 9 (net of impairment losses previously recognised in profit or loss under IAS 39). The amount transferred from Other reserves to Retained earnings was £139m. In addition, a £3m increase relates to expected credit losses on Fair value through other comprehensive income. The cumulative remeasurement due to reclassification was £17m. The cumulative expected credit losses (post-tax) recognised in Retained earnings was £2,203m.
In addition, the balance increased by £67m due to the impact of IFRS 15.
As at | As at | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31 December | 1 January | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revised IAS 39 | IFRS 9 | IFRS 9 | IFRS 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
carrying | IFRS 15 | presentation | IFRS 9 | IFRS 9 | impairment | carrying | ||||||||||||||||||||||
amount | impact | changes | classification | measurement | change | amount | ||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Other reserves |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
5,383 | 5,383 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Transfers out: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
To retained earnings |
| | | (139 | ) | | | (139 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Increase in expected credit losses |
| | | | | 3 | 3 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total other reserves |
5,383 | | | (139 | ) | | 3 | 5,247 |
As at | As at | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
31 December | 1 January | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2017 | 2018 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revised IAS 39 | IFRS 9 | IFRS 9 | IFRS 9 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
carrying | IFRS 15 | presentation | IFRS 9 | IFRS 9 | impairment | carrying | ||||||||||||||||||||||
amount | impact | changes | classification | measurement | change | amount | ||||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Retained earnings |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Opening balance |
27,536 | 27,536 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Increases/(decreases): |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
From other reserves |
| | | 139 | | | 139 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Remeasurement due to reclassifications |
| | | (17 | ) | | | (17 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Increases due to IFRS 15 |
| 67 | | | | | 67 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment (after tax) |
| | | | | (2,203 | ) | (2,203 | ) | |||||||||||||||||||
Total retained earnings |
27,536 | 67 | | 122 | | (2,203 | ) | 25,522 |
Reclassification to amortised cost
The following table shows the effects of the reclassification of financial assets and financial liabilities from IAS 39 categories into the amortised cost category under IFRS 9. The table shows the fair value gains or losses that would have been recognised had these balances not been reclassified to amortised cost.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 303 |
Notes to the financial statements
Other disclosure matters
42 Transition disclosures continued
As at 31 December 2018 |
Total £m |
|||
From available for sale financial assets under IAS 39 |
||||
Fair value as at 31 December 2018 |
490 | |||
Fair value loss that would have been recognised for the year ended 31 December 2018 in other comprehensive income if the financial assets had not been reclassified |
(1 | ) | ||
From financial assets at fair value through the income statement under IAS 39 |
||||
Fair value as at 31 December 2018 |
489 | |||
Fair value gain that would have been recognised for the year ended 31 December 2018 in profit or loss if the financial assets had not been reclassified |
4 | |||
Effective interest rate determined on the date of initial application |
1.81% | |||
Interest income recognised for the year ended 31 December 2018 |
9 |
◾ | The balance as at 31 December 2018 of £490m reflects a decrease since transition due to disposals of assets of £162m during the year and a fair value decrease of £1m (1 January 2018: £653m). The majority of the balance is related to the Municipals portfolio that contains highly rated floating rate bonds measured at par with no fair value impact. The fair value loss that would have been recognised is £1m related to collateralised mortgage obligations. |
◾ | The balance as at 31 December 2018 of £489m is mainly related to the ESHLA portfolio. The fair value gain that would have been recognised for the period was £4m (1 January 2018: £485). |
43 Barclays PLC (the Parent company)
Total income
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Dividends received from subsidiaries of £15,360m (2017: £674m, 2016: £621m) primarily includes a dividend in specie, representing the transfer of the holding in Barclays Bank UK PLC from Barclays Bank PLC to Barclays PLC, as well as ordinary dividends from subsidiaries.
Other income
Other income of £923m (2017: £690m, 2016: £334m) includes £752m (2017: £639m, 2016: £457m) of income received from gross coupon payments on Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC issued AT1 securities.
Non-current assets and liabilities
Investment in subsidiaries
The investment in subsidiaries of £57,374m (2017: £39,354m) predominantly relates to investments made into Barclays Bank PLC and Barclays Bank UK PLC. This further includes investments in AT1 securities of £9,666m (2017: £8,986m). The increase of £18,020m during the year was predominantly driven by the £14,025m holding in Barclays Bank UK PLC, capital contributions into Barclays Bank PLC totalling £3,046m and a net increase in AT1 securities of £680m.
Subordinated liabilities and debt securities in issue
During the period, Barclays PLC issued $7,000m of Fixed and Floating Rate Senior Notes, 1,805m Fixed Rate Senior Notes, £1,500m Fixed Rate Senior Notes, ¥147,600m Fixed Rate Bonds, AUD 600m Fixed and Floating Rate Senior Debt and CHF175m Fixed Rate Senior Debt within the debt securities in issue balance of £32,373m (2017: £22,110m). Barclays PLC did not issue any subordinated liabilities in the period.
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement
The financial assets at fair value through the income statement relate to loans made to subsidiaries of the Barclays Group. These include a feature that allows for the loan to be written down in whole or in part by the borrower only in the event that the liabilities of the subsidiary would otherwise exceed its assets. Following the implementation of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018, loans that were treated as available for sale assets were reclassified as financial assets held at fair value through the income statement.
Derivative financial instruments
The derivative financial instrument of £168m (2017: £161m) held by the Parent company represents Barclays PLCs right to receive a Capital Note for no additional consideration, in the event the Barclays PLC consolidated CRD IV CET1 ratio (FSA October 2012 transitional statement) falls below 7% at which point the notes are automatically assigned by the holders to Barclays PLC.
Management of internal investments, loans and advances
Barclays PLC retains the discretion to manage the nature of its internal investments in its subsidiaries according to their regulatory and business needs. Barclays PLC may invest capital and funding into Barclays Bank PLC, Barclays Bank UK PLC and other Barclays Group subsidiaries such as the Group Service Company and the US Intermediate Holding Company (IHC). In June 2018 the Bank of England published its updated statement of policy on The Bank of Englands approach to setting a minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL). Accordingly, during the course of December 2018, Barclays restructured certain investments in subsidiaries, including subordinating internal MREL instruments beneath operating liabilities, to the extent required to achieve compliance with internal MREL requirements which are in effect from 1 January 2019.
Total equity
Called up share capital and share premium of Barclays PLC was £4,311m (2017: £22,045m). Other equity instruments of £9,633m (2017: £8,943m) comprises AT1 securities. For further details, refer to Note 29.
Share premium
On 11 September 2018, the High Court of Justice in England and Wales confirmed the cancellation of the share premium account of Barclays PLC, with the balance of £17,873m credited to retained earnings.
Other reserves
As a result of the adoption of IFRS 9 on 1 January 2018, the available for sale reserve of £86m has been transferred to retained earnings.
Retained earnings
Following the capital reorganisation and receipt of a dividend in specie from Barclays Bank PLC representing its holding in Barclays Bank UK PLC, retained earnings have increased from £7,737m to £39,842m in the period.
304 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Shareholder information
Additional shareholder information
Articles of Association
Barclays PLC (the Company) is a public limited company registered in England and Wales under company number 48839. Barclays, originally named Barclay & Company Limited, was incorporated in England and Wales on 20 July 1896 under the Companies Acts 1862 to 1890 as a company limited by shares. The company name was changed to Barclays Bank Limited on 17 February 1917 and it was registered on 15 February 1982 as a public limited company under the Companies Acts 1948 to 1980. On 1 January 1985, the company changed its name to Barclays PLC.
Under the Companies Act 2006 a companys Memorandum of Association now need only contain the names of the subscribers and the number of shares each subscriber has agreed to take. For companies in existence as of 1 October 2009, all other provisions which were contained in the companys Memorandum of Association, including the companys objects, are now deemed to be contained in the companys articles. The Companies Act 2006 also states that a companys objects are unrestricted unless the companys articles provide otherwise.
The Articles of Association were adopted at the Companys Annual General Meeting (AGM) on 30 April 2010 and amended at the AGM of the Company on 25 April 2013.
The following is a summary and explanation of the current Articles of Association, which are available for inspection.
Directors
(i) The minimum number of Directors (excluding alternate Directors) is five. There is no maximum limit. There is no age limit for Directors.
(ii) Excluding executive remuneration and any other entitlement to remuneration for extra services (including service on board committees) under the Articles, a Director is entitled to a fee at a rate determined by the Board but the aggregate fees paid to all Directors shall not exceed £2,000,000 per annum or such higher amount as may be approved by an ordinary resolution of the Company. Each Director is entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by him/her in or about the performance of his/her duties.
(iii) No Director may act (either himself/herself or through his/her firm) as an auditor of the Company. A Director may hold any other office of the Company on such terms as the Board shall determine.
(iv) At each AGM of the Company, one third of the Directors (rounded down) are required under the Articles of Association to retire from office by rotation and may offer themselves for re-election. The Directors so retiring are first, those who wish to retire and not offer themselves for re-election, and, second those who have been longest in office (and in the case of equality of service length are selected by lot). Other than a retiring Director, no person shall (unless recommended by the Board) be eligible for election unless a member notifies the Company Secretary in advance of his/her intention to propose a person for election. It is Barclays practice that all Directors offer themselves for re-election annually in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code.
(v) The Board has the power to appoint additional Directors or to fill a casual vacancy amongst the Directors. Any Director so appointed holds office until the next AGM, when he/she may offer himself/herself for reappointment. He/she is not taken into account in determining the number of Directors retiring by rotation.
(vi)The Board may appoint any Director to any executive position or employment in the Company on such terms as they determine.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 305 |
Additional information
(vii)The Company may by ordinary resolution remove a Director before the expiry of his/her period of office (without prejudice to a claim for damages for breach of contract or otherwise) and may by ordinary resolution appoint another person who is willing to act to be a Director in his/her place.
(viii) A Director may appoint either another Director or some other person approved by the Board to act as his/her alternate with power to attend Board meetings and generally to exercise the functions of the appointing Director in his/her absence (other than the power to appoint an alternate).
(ix) The Board may authorise any matter in relation to which a Director has, or can have, a direct interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict with, the Companys interests. Only Directors who have no interest in the matter being considered will be able to authorise the relevant matter and they may impose limits or conditions when giving authorisation if they think this is appropriate.
(x) A Director may hold positions with or be interested in other companies and, subject to legislation applicable to the Company and the FCAs requirements, may contract with the Company or any other company in which the Company is interested. A Director may not vote or count towards the quorum on any resolution concerning any proposal in which he/she (or any person connected with him/her) has a material interest (other than by virtue of his/her interest in securities of the Company) or if he/she has a duty which conflicts or may conflict with the interests of the Company, unless the resolution relates to any proposal:
(a) to indemnify a Director or provide him/her with a guarantee or security in respect of money lent by him/her to, or any obligation incurred by him/her or any other person for the benefit of (or at the request of), the Company (or any other member of the Group);
(b) to indemnify or give security or a guarantee to a third party in respect of a debt or obligation of the Company (or any other member of the Group) for which the Director has personally assumed responsibility;
(c) to obtain insurance for the benefit of Directors;
(d) involving the acquisition by a Director of any securities of the Company (or any other member of the Group) pursuant to an offer to existing holders of securities or to the public;
(e) that the Director underwrite any issue of securities of the Company (or any other member of the Group);
(f) concerning any other company in which the Director is interested as an officer or creditor or Shareholder but, broadly, only if he/she (together with his/her connected persons) is directly or indirectly interested in less than 1% of either any class of the issued equity share capital or of the voting rights of that company; and
(g) concerning any other arrangement for the benefit of employees of the Company (or any other member of the Group) under which the Director benefits or stands to benefit in a similar manner to the employees concerned and which does not give the Director any advantage which the employees to whom the arrangement relates would not receive.
(xi) A Director may not vote or be counted in the quorum on any resolution which concerns his/her own employment or appointment to any office of the Company or any other company in which the Company is interested.
(xii) Subject to applicable legislation, the provisions described in sub-paragraphs (x) and (xi) may be relaxed or suspended by an ordinary resolution of the members of the Company or any applicable governmental or other regulatory body.
(xiii) A Director is required to hold an interest in ordinary shares having a nominal value of at least £500, which currently equates to 2,000 Ordinary Shares unless restricted from acquiring or holding such interest by any applicable law or regulation or any applicable governmental or other regulatory body. A Director may act before acquiring those shares but must acquire the qualification shares within two months from his/her appointment. Where a Director is unable to acquire the requisite number of shares within that time owing to law, regulation or requirement of any governmental or other relevant authority, he/she must acquire the shares as soon as reasonably practicable once the restriction(s) end.
306 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
(xiv) The Board may exercise all of the powers of the Company to borrow money, to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property and uncalled capital and to issue debentures and other securities.
Classes of Shares
The Company only has Ordinary Shares in issue. The Articles of Association also provide for pound sterling preference shares of £100 each, US dollar preference shares of US$100 each, US dollar preference shares of $0.25 each, euro preference shares of 100 each and yen preference shares of ¥10,000 each (together, the Preference Shares). In accordance with the authority granted at the AGM on 25 April 2013, Preference Shares may be issued by the Board from time to time in one or more series with such rights and subject to such restrictions and limitations as the Board may determine. No Preference Shares have been issued to date.
Dividends
Subject to the provisions of the Articles and applicable legislation, the Company in general meeting may declare dividends on the Ordinary Shares by ordinary resolution, but any such dividend may not exceed the amount recommended by the Board. The Board may also pay interim or final dividends if it appears they are justified by the Companys financial position.
Each Preference Share confers the right to a preferential dividend (Preference Dividend) payable in such currency at such rates (whether fixed or calculated by reference to or in accordance with a specified procedure or mechanism), on such dates and on such other terms as may be determined by the Board prior to allotment thereof.
The Preference Shares rank in regard to payment of dividends in priority to the holders of Ordinary Shares and any other class of shares in the Company ranking junior to the Preference Shares.
Dividends may be paid on the Preference Shares if, in the opinion of the Board, the Company has sufficient distributable profits, after payment in full or the setting aside of a sum to provide for all dividends payable on (or in the case of shares carrying a cumulative right to dividends, before) the relevant dividend payment date on any class of shares in the Company ranking pari passu with or in priority to the relevant series of Preference Shares as regards participation in the profits of the Company.
If the Board considers that the distributable profits of the Company available for distribution are insufficient to cover the payment in full of Preference Dividends, Preference Dividends shall be paid to the extent of the distributable profits on a pro rata basis.
Notwithstanding the above, the Board may, at its absolute discretion, determine that any Preference Dividend which would otherwise be payable may either not be payable at all or only payable in part.
If any Preference Dividend on a series of Preference Shares is not paid, or is only paid in part, for the reasons described above, holders of Preference Shares will not have a claim in respect of such non-payment.
If any dividend on a series of Preference Shares is not paid in full on the relevant dividend payment date, a dividend restriction shall apply. The dividend restriction means that, subject to certain exceptions, neither the Company nor Barclays Bank may (a) pay a dividend on, or (b) redeem, purchase, reduce or otherwise acquire, any of their respective ordinary shares, other preference shares or other share capital ranking equal or junior to the relevant series of Preference Shares until the earlier of such time as the Company next pays in full a dividend on the relevant series of Preference Shares or the date on which all of the relevant series of Preference Shares are redeemed.
All unclaimed dividends payable in respect of any share may be invested or otherwise made use of by the Board for the benefit of the Company until claimed. If a dividend is not claimed after 12 years of it becoming payable, it is forfeited and reverts to the Company.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 307 |
Additional information
The Board may, with the approval of an ordinary resolution of the Company, offer Shareholders the right to choose to receive an allotment of additional fully paid Ordinary Shares instead of cash in respect of all or part of any dividend. The Company currently provides a scrip dividend programme pursuant to an authority granted at the AGM held on 25 April 2013.
Redemption and Purchase
Subject to applicable legislation and the rights of the other shareholders, any share may be issued on terms that it is, at the option of the Company or the holder of such share, redeemable. The Directors are authorised to determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such shares under the Articles of Association.
Calls on capital
The Directors may make calls upon the members in respect of any monies unpaid on their shares. A person upon whom a call is made remains liable even if the shares in respect of which the call is made have been transferred. Interest will be chargeable on any unpaid amount called at a rate determined by the Board (of not more than 20% per annum).
If a member fails to pay any call in full (following notice from the Board that such failure will result in forfeiture of the relevant shares), such shares (including any dividends declared but not paid) may be forfeited by a resolution of the Board, and will become the property of the Company. Forfeiture shall not absolve a previous member for amounts payable by him/her (which may continue to accrue interest).
The Company also has a lien over all partly paid shares of the Company for all monies payable or called on that share and over the debts and liabilities of a member to the Company. If any monies which are the subject of the lien remain unpaid after a notice from the Board demanding payment, the Company may sell such shares.
Annual and other general meetings
The Company is required to hold an AGM in addition to such other general meetings as the Directors think fit. The type of the meeting will be specified in the notice calling it. Under the Companies Act 2006, the AGM must be held within six months of the financial year end. A general meeting may be convened by the Board on requisition in accordance with the applicable legislation.
In the case of an AGM, a minimum of 21 clear days notice is required. The notice must be in writing and must specify the place, the day and the hour of the meeting, and the general nature of the business to be transacted. A notice convening a meeting to pass a special resolution shall specify the intention to propose the resolution as such. The accidental failure to give notice of a general meeting or the non-receipt of such notice will not invalidate the proceedings at such meeting.
Subject as noted above, all Shareholders are entitled to attend and vote at general meetings. The Articles do, however, provide that arrangements may be made for simultaneous attendance at a satellite meeting place or, if the meeting place is inadequate to accommodate all members and proxies entitled to attend, another meeting place may be arranged to accommodate such persons other than that specified in the notice of meeting, in which case Shareholders may be excluded from the principal place.
Holders of Preference Shares have no right to receive notice of, attend or vote at, any general meetings of the Company as a result of holding Preference Shares.
Notices
A document or information may be sent by the Company in hard copy form, electronic form, by being made available on a website, or by another means agreed with the recipient, in accordance with the provisions set out in the Companies Act 2006. Accordingly, a document or information may only be sent in electronic form to a person who has agreed to receive it in that form or, in the case of a company, who has been deemed to have so agreed pursuant to applicable legislation. A document or information may only be sent by being made available on a website if the recipient has agreed to receive it in that form or has been deemed to have so agreed pursuant to applicable legislation, and has not revoked that agreement.
308 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
In respect of joint holdings, documents or information shall be sent to the joint holder whose name stands first in the register.
A member who (having no registered address within the UK) has not supplied an address in the UK at which documents or information may be sent in hard copy form, or an address to which notices, documents or information may be sent or supplied by electronic means, is not entitled to have documents or information sent to him/her.
In addition, the Company may cease to send notices to any member who has been sent documents on two consecutive occasions over a period of at least 12 months and when each of those documents is returned undelivered or notification is received that they have not been delivered.
Capitalisation of profits
The Company may, by ordinary resolution, upon the recommendation of the Board capitalise all or any part of an amount standing to the credit of a reserve or fund to be set free for distribution provided that amounts from the share premium account, capital redemption reserve or any profits not available for distribution should be applied only in paying up unissued shares to be allotted to members credited as fully paid and no unrealised profits shall be applied in paying up debentures of the Company or any amount unpaid on any share in the capital of the Company.
Indemnity
Subject to applicable legislation, every current and former Director or other officer of the Company (other than any person engaged by the company as auditor) shall be indemnified by the Company against any liability in relation to the Company, other than (broadly) any liability to the Company or a member of the Group, or any criminal or regulatory fine.
Officers of the Group | Date of Appointment as | |||
Ashok Vaswani
|
Chief Executive Officer, Barclays UK
|
2012
| ||
Bob Hoyt
|
Group General Counsel
|
2013
| ||
Tushar Morzaria
|
Group Finance Director
|
2013
| ||
James E Staley
|
Group Chief Executive Officer
|
2015
| ||
Tristram Roberts
|
Group Human Resources Director
|
2015
| ||
Paul Compton
|
Group Chief Operating Officer
|
2016
| ||
C S Venkatakrishnan
|
Group Chief Risk Officer
|
2016
| ||
Tim Throsby
|
Chief Executive Officer, Barclays International
|
2017
| ||
Stephen Shapiro
|
Company Secretary
|
2017
| ||
Laura Padovani
|
Group Chief Compliance Officer
|
2017
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 309 |
Additional information
Dividends on the ordinary shares of Barclays PLC
The dividends declared for each of the last five years were:
Pence per 25p ordinary share
|
| |||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Half year |
2.50 | 1.00 | 1.00 | 3.00 | 3.00 | |||||||||||||||
Full year |
4.00 | 2.00 | 2.00 | 3.50 | 3.50 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
6.50 | 3.00 | 3.00 | 6.50 | 6.50 | |||||||||||||||
US Dollars per 25p ordinary share
|
| |||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Half year |
0.03 | 0.01 | 0.01 | 0.05 | 0.05 | |||||||||||||||
Full year |
0.05 | 0.02 | 0.02 | 0.05 | 0.05 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
0.08 | 0.03 | 0.03 | 0.10 | 0.10 | |||||||||||||||
The gross dividends applicable to an American Depositary Share (ADS) representing four ordinary shares, before deduction of withholding tax, are as follows:
|
| |||||||||||||||||||
US Dollars per American Depositary Share
|
| |||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
Half year |
0.13 | 0.05 | 0.05 | 0.18 | 0.18 | |||||||||||||||
Full year |
0.21 | 0.10 | 0.10 | 0.20 | 0.22 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
0.34 | 0.15 | 0.15 | 0.38 | 0.40 |
The final dividends shown above are expressed in Dollars translated at the closing spot rate for Pounds Sterling as determined by Bloomberg at 5pm in New York City (the Closing Spot Rate) on the latest practicable date for inclusion in this report. No representation is made that Pounds Sterling amounts have been, or could have been, or could be, converted into Dollars at these rates.
Trading market for ordinary shares of Barclays PLC
The principal trading market for Barclays PLC ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange. At the close of business on 31 December 2018 17,132,806,284 ordinary shares were in issue.
Ordinary share listings were also obtained on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE) with effect from 9 September 1986. Trading on the NYSE is in the form of ADSs under the symbol BCS. Each ADS represents four ordinary shares and is evidenced by an American Depositary Receipt (ADR). The ADR depositary is JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. Details of trading activity are published in the stock tables of leading daily newspapers in the US.
There were 461 ADR holders and 1,640 recorded holders of ordinary shares with US addresses at 31 December 2018, whose shareholdings represented approximately 4.29% of total outstanding ordinary shares on that date. Since a certain number of the ordinary shares and ADRs were held by brokers or other nominees, the number of recorded holders in the US may not be representative of the number of beneficial holders or of their country of residence.
310 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Shareholdings at 31 December 2018a |
||||||||||||||||
Number of
shareholders |
Percentage of
holders |
Shares held |
Percentage of
capital |
|||||||||||||
Classification of shareholders |
||||||||||||||||
Personal Holders |
243,169 | 97.39% | 420,035,551 | 2.45% | ||||||||||||
Banks and Nominees |
2,529 | 1.02% | 14,950,398,238 | 87.26% | ||||||||||||
Other Companies |
3,978 | 1.59% | 1,762,366,845 | 10.29% | ||||||||||||
Insurance Companies |
1 | 0.00% | 208 | 0.00% | ||||||||||||
Pension Funds |
4 | 0.00% | 5,442 | 0.00% | ||||||||||||
Total
|
|
249,681
|
|
|
100.00%
|
|
|
17,132,806,284
|
|
|
100.00%
|
| ||||
Shareholding range |
||||||||||||||||
1 - 100 |
17,199 | 6.68% | 635,426 | 0.00% | ||||||||||||
101 - 250 |
52,139 | 20.89% | 10,607,176 | 0.06% | ||||||||||||
251 - 500 |
68,473 | 27.43% | 23,932,140 | 0.14% | ||||||||||||
501 - 1,000 |
39,907 | 15.98% | 28,216,955 | 0.16% | ||||||||||||
1,001 - 5,000 |
50,942 | 20.40% | 112,827,747 | 0.66% | ||||||||||||
5,001 - 10,000 |
11,096 | 4.44% | 77,897,801 | 0.45% | ||||||||||||
10,001 - 25,000 |
6,644 | 2.66% | 100,383,101 | 0.59% | ||||||||||||
25,001 - 50,000 |
1,556 | 0.62% | 52,951,616 | 0.31% | ||||||||||||
50,001 and over |
1,805 | 0.72% | 16,725,354,322 | 97.63% | ||||||||||||
Total
|
|
249,681
|
|
|
100.00%
|
|
|
17,132,806,284
|
|
|
100.00%
|
| ||||
United States Holdings
|
|
1,640
|
|
|
0.31%
|
|
|
3,976,699
|
|
|
0.02%
|
|
Note
a These figures do not include Barclays Sharestore members.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 311 |
Additional information
Taxation of UK holders
The following is a summary of certain UK tax issues which are likely to be material to the holding and disposal of Ordinary Shares of Barclays PLC or ADSs representing such Ordinary Shares (the Shares).
It is based on the current laws of England and Wales, UK tax law and the practice of Her Majestys Revenue and Customs (HMRC), each of which may be subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect. It is a general guide for information purposes and should be treated with appropriate caution. It is not intended as tax advice and it does not purport to describe all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to a prospective purchaser, holder or disposer of Shares. In particular, save where expressly stated to the contrary, this summary deals with shareholders who are resident and, in the case of individuals, domiciled in (and only in) the UK for UK tax purposes, who hold their Shares as investments (other than under an individual savings account) and who are the absolute beneficial owners of their Shares and any dividends paid on them.
The statements are not addressed to: (i) shareholders who own (or are deemed to own) 10 per cent. or more of the voting power of Barclays PLC; (ii) shareholders who hold Shares as part of hedging transactions; (iii) investors who have (or are deemed to have) acquired their Shares by virtue of an office or employment; and (iv) shareholders who hold Shares in connection with a trade, profession or vocation carried on in the UK (whether through a branch or agency or, in the case of a corporate shareholder, through a permanent establishment, or otherwise). It does not discuss the tax treatment of classes of shareholder subject to special rules, such as dealers in securities.
Persons who are in any doubt as to their tax position should consult their professional advisers. Persons who may be liable to taxation in jurisdictions other than the UK in respect of their acquisition, holding or disposal of Shares are particularly advised to consult their professional advisers as to whether they are so liable.
(i) Taxation of dividends
In accordance with UK law, Barclays PLC pays dividends on the Shares without any deduction or withholding for or on account of any taxes imposed by the UK government or any UK taxing authority.
The total dividends (including any dividends paid by Barclays PLC) paid to a UK resident individual shareholder in a tax year (the Total Dividend Income) will generally form part of that shareholders total income for UK income tax purposes, and will be subject to UK income tax at the rates discussed below.
For dividends paid on or after 6 April 2016, the rate of UK income tax applicable to the Total Dividend Income will depend on the amount of the Total Dividend Income and the UK income tax band(s) that the Total Dividend Income falls within when included as part of the shareholders total income for UK income tax purposes for that tax year.
For the tax year from 6 April 2018 to 5 April 2019 (inclusive), a nil rate of UK income tax applies to the first £2,000 of Total Dividend Income received by an individual shareholder in that tax year (the Nil Rate Amount). For the 2016-2017 and 2017-2018 tax years, the Nil Rate Amount was £5,000.
Where the Total Dividend Income received by an individual shareholder in a tax year exceeds the relevant Nil Rate Amount for that tax year, the excess amount (the Remaining Dividend Income) will be subject to UK income tax at the following rates:
(a) | at the rate of 7.5% on any portion of the Remaining Dividend Income that falls within the basic tax band; |
(b) | at the rate of 32.5% on any portion of the Remaining Dividend Income that falls within the higher tax band; and |
(c) | at the rate of 38.1% on any portion of the Remaining Dividend Income that falls within the additional tax band. |
312 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
In determining the tax band, the Remaining Dividend Income falls within for a tax year, the individual shareholders Total Dividend Income for the tax year in question (including the portion comprising the Nil Rate Amount) will be treated as the top slice of the shareholders total income for UK income tax purposes.
Subject to special rules for small companies, UK resident shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax will be subject to UK corporation tax on the dividends paid on the Shares unless the dividend falls within an exempt class and certain conditions are met.
(ii) Taxation of shares under the Scrip Dividend Programme
Where a shareholder elects to purchase shares using their cash dividend as part of the Scrip Dividend Programme, such shareholders will generally be liable for UK income tax or corporation tax (as the case may be) on dividends reinvested in the Scrip Dividend Programme on the same basis as if they had received the cash and arranged the investment themselves. They should accordingly include the dividend received in their UK tax return in the normal way.
(iii) Taxation of capital gains
The disposal of Shares may, depending on the shareholders circumstances, give rise to a liability to UK tax on chargeable capital gains.
Where Shares are sold, a liability to UK tax may result if the proceeds from that sale exceed the sum of the base cost of the Shares sold and any other allowable deductions such as share dealing costs and, in certain circumstances, indexation relief (discussed further below). To arrive at the total base cost of any Barclays PLC shares held, in appropriate cases the amount subscribed for rights taken up in 1985, 1988 and 2013 must be added to the cost of all such shares held. For this purpose, current legislation permits the market valuation at 31 March 1982 to be substituted for the original cost of shares purchased before that date. Shareholders other than those within the charge to UK corporation tax should note that, following the Finance Act 2008, no indexation allowance will be available. Following the Finance Act 2018, Shareholders within the charge to UK corporation tax may be eligible for indexation allowance for the period of ownership of their Shares up to December 2017, but no indexation allowance will be available in respect of the period of ownership starting on or after 1 January 2018.
Chargeable capital gains may also arise from the gifting of Shares to connected parties such as relatives (although not spouses or civil partners) and family trusts.
The calculations required to compute chargeable capital gains may be complex. Shareholders are advised to consult their personal financial adviser if further information regarding a possible tax liability in respect of their holdings of shares is required.
(iv) Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
Dealings in Shares will generally be subject to UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (although see the comments below as regards ADSs in the section Taxation of US holders (vi) UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax). The transfer on sale of Shares will generally be liable to stamp duty at 0.5% of the consideration paid for that transfer. An unconditional agreement to transfer Shares, or any interest therein, will generally be subject to stamp duty reserve tax at 0.5% of the consideration given. Such liability to stamp duty reserve tax will be cancelled, or a right to a repayment (generally with interest) in respect of the stamp duty reserve tax liability will arise, if the agreement is completed by a duly stamped transfer within six years of the agreement having become unconditional. Both stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax are normally the liability of the transferee.
Paperless transfers of Shares within CREST are liable to stamp duty reserve tax rather than stamp duty.
Stamp duty reserve tax on transactions settled within the CREST system or reported through it for regulatory purposes will be collected by CREST.
Special rules apply to certain categories of person, including intermediaries, market makers, brokers, dealers and persons connected with depositary arrangements and clearance services.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 313 |
Additional information
(v) Inheritance tax
An individual may be liable to inheritance tax on the transfer of Shares. Where an individual is so liable, inheritance tax may be charged on the amount by which the value of his or her estate is reduced as a result of any transfer by way of gift or other gratuitous transaction made by them or treated as made by them.
Taxation of US holders
The following is a summary of the principal US federal income tax consequences and certain UK tax consequences for US holders (as defined below) of Ordinary Shares of Barclays PLC or ADSs representing such Ordinary Shares, who own the shares or ADSs as capital assets for tax purposes. It is not, however, a comprehensive analysis of all the potential US or UK tax consequences for such holders and it does not discuss the tax consequences of members of special classes of holders subject to special rules, including (i) dealers in securities, (ii) traders in securities that elect to use a mark-to-market method of accounting for securities holdings, (iii) tax-exempt organisations, (iv) life insurance companies, (v) holders that actually or constructively own 10 per cent or more of the stock of Barclays PLC measured either by voting power or value, (vi) holders that hold shares or ADSs as part of a straddle or a hedging or conversion transaction, (vii) holders that purchase or sell shares or ADSs as part of a wash sale, (viii) holders whose functional currency is not the US dollar, or (ix) holders who are resident, or (in the case of individuals) ordinarily resident, or who are carrying on a trade, in the UK. The summary also does not address any aspect of US federal taxation other than US federal income taxation (such as the estate and gift tax, the alternative minimum tax or the Medicare tax on net investment income). Investors are advised to consult their tax advisers regarding the tax implications of their particular holdings, including the consequences under applicable state and local law, and in particular whether they are eligible for the benefits of the Treaty, as defined below.
This section is also based on the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and on the Double Taxation Convention between the UK and the US as entered into force in March 2003 (the Treaty), and, in respect of UK tax, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention between the UK and the US as entered into force on 11 November 1979 (the Estate and Gift Tax Convention), the current UK tax law and the practice of HMRC, all of which are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis. This section is based in part upon the representations of the ADR Depositary and the assumption that each obligation of the Deposit Agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms.
A US holder is a beneficial owner of shares or ADSs that is, for US federal income tax purposes, (i) a citizen or resident of the US, (ii) a US domestic corporation, (iii) an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trusts administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust. If a partnership holds the shares or ADSs, the US federal income tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the tax treatment of the partnership. A partner in a partnership holding the shares or ADSs should consult its tax adviser with regard to the US federal income tax treatment of an investment in the shares or ADSs.
For the purposes of the Treaty, the Estate and Gift Tax Convention, and the Code, the holders of ADRs evidencing ADSs will be treated as owners of the underlying Ordinary. Generally, exchanges of shares for ADRs and ADRs for shares will not be subject to US federal income tax or to UK capital gains tax.
(i) Taxation of dividends
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a US holder is subject to US federal income taxation on the gross amount of any dividend paid by Barclays PLC, as applicable, out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes).
Dividends paid by Barclays PLC with respect to the Ordinary Shares or ADSs will generally be qualified dividend income. Dividends paid to a non-corporate US holder that constitute qualified dividend income will be taxable to the holder at preferential rates, provided that the holder has a holding period of the shares or ADSs of more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date and meets certain other holding period requirements. A US holder will not be subject to UK withholding tax. Dividends must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. For foreign tax credit purposes, dividends will generally be income from sources outside the US and will generally be passive income for purposes of computing the foreign tax credit allowable to a US holder.
314 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
The amount of the dividend distribution includable in income will be the US Dollar value of the Pound Sterling payments made, determined at the spot Pound Sterling/US Dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includable in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US Dollars. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includable in income to the date the payment is converted into US Dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss and, for foreign tax credit limitation purposes, from sources within the US, and will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income.
Distributions in excess of current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the US holders basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. Because Barclays PLC does not currently maintain calculations of earnings and profits for US federal income tax purposes, it is expected that distributions with respect to the shares and ADSs will generally be reported to US holders as dividends.
(ii) Taxation of capital gains
Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, generally, US holders will not be subject to UK tax, but will be subject to US tax on capital gains realised on the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares or ADSs. Generally, a US holder will recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the US Dollar value of the amount realised and a US holders tax basis, determined in US Dollars, in its shares or ADSs. Capital gain of a noncorporate US holder is generally taxed at preferential rates where the holder has a holding period of greater than one year. The gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes.
(iii) Taxation of premium on purchase of shares
No refund of tax will be available under the Treaty in respect of any premium paid on a a purchase of Ordinary Shares by Barclays PLC. For US tax purposes, premium generally will be treated as an additional amount realised in respect of the sale. A purchase of the Ordinary Shares by Barclays PLC will be treated for US federal income tax purposes as a sale of the Ordinary Shares that is taxable as described above under Taxation of capital gains, if: (i) as is likely in most cases, the purchase is not essentially equivalent to a dividend; (ii) the ratio which the Ordinary Shares owned (actually or constructively) by the US holder immediately after the redemption bears to all of the Ordinary Shares of Barclays PLC at such time is less than 80% of the ratio which the Ordinary Shares owned (actually or constructively) by the US holder immediately before the redemption bears to all the Ordinary Shares of Barclays PLC at such time; or (iii) the US holder does not hold any actual or constructive interest that is classified as equity of Barclays PLC subsequent to the purchase. If none of these tests are satisfied, then a payment for the purchase of the Ordinary Shares will generally be treated as a distribution subject to the tax treatment described above under Taxation of dividends.
(iv) Taxation of passive foreign investment companies (PFICs)
Barclays PLC believes that its shares and ADSs should not be treated as stock of a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes, but this conclusion is a factual determination that is made annually and thus may be subject to change. If Barclays PLC were to be treated as a PFIC, then the gain realised on the sale or other disposition of the shares or ADSs would in general not be treated as capital gain. Instead, unless a US holder elects to be taxed annually on a mark-to-market basis with respect to its shares or ADSs, such gain and certain excess distributions would be treated as having been realised ratably over a US holders holding period for the shares or ADSs and generally would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year.
With certain exceptions, a US holders shares or ADSs will be treated as stock in a PFIC if Barclays PLC was a PFIC at any time during such holders holding period in its shares or ADSs. Dividends that a US holder receives will not be eligible for the special tax rates applicable to qualified dividend income if Barclays PLC is treated as a PFIC with respect to such US holder either in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year, but instead will be taxable at rates applicable to ordinary income.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 315 |
Additional information
(v) Certain Reporting Requirements
US holders should consult their tax advisers regarding any tax reporting or filing requirements that may apply to receiving payments on or with respect to, acquiring, owning, or disposing of the shares or ADSs. Failure to comply with certain reporting obligations could result in the imposition of substantial penalties.
(vi) UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax
No obligation to pay UK stamp duty will arise on the transfer on sale of an ADS, provided that any instrument of transfer is not executed in, and remains at all times outside, the UK. No UK stamp duty reserve tax is payable in respect of an agreement to transfer an ADS. For the UK stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax implications of dealings in shares, see the section Taxation of UK holders (iv) Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax above.
(vii) UK estate and gift tax
Under the Estate and Gift Tax Convention, a US holder generally is not subject to UK inheritance tax.
FATCA Risk Factor
In certain circumstances, shares or ADSs may be subject to US passthru withholding tax starting on the date that is two years after the date on which final regulations defining this concept are adopted in the US. The US has enacted rules, commonly referred to as FATCA, that generally impose a new reporting and withholding regime with respect to certain US source payments (including dividends and interest) and certain payments made by, and financial accounts held with, entities that are classified as financial institutions under FATCA. The US has entered into an intergovernmental agreement regarding the implementation of FATCA with the UK (the UK IGA). Under the UK IGA, as currently drafted, it is not expected that Barclays PLC will be required to withhold tax under FATCA on payments made with respect to the shares or ADSs. However, significant aspects of when and how FATCA will apply remain unclear, and no assurance can be given that withholding under FATCA will not become relevant with respect to payments made on or with respect to the shares or ADS in the future. Investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the potential impact of FATCA.
The Barclays Group has registered with the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) for FATCA. The Global Intermediary Identification Number (GIIN) for the Bank in the United Kingdom is E1QAZN.00001.ME.826 and it is a Reporting Model 1 FFI. The GIINs for other parts of the Barclays Group or Barclays branches outside of the UK may be obtained from your usual Barclays contact on request. The IRS list of registered Foreign Financial Institutions is publicly available at https://apps.irs.gov/app/fatcaFfList/flu.jsf.
Exchange controls and other limitations affecting security holders
Other than certain economic sanctions which may be in force from time to time, there are currently no UK laws, decrees or regulations which would affect the transfer of capital or remittance of dividends, interest and other payments to holders of Barclays securities who are not residents of the UK. There are also no restrictions under the Articles of Association of Barclays PLC, or (subject to the effect of any such economic sanctions) under current UK laws, which relate only to non-residents of the UK, and which limit the right of such non-residents to hold Barclays securities or, when entitled to vote, to do so.
Documents on display
It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed by Barclays PLC with the US Securities and Exchange Commission via commercial document retrieval services, and from the website maintained by the US Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov.
316 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Fees and charges payable by a holder of ADSs
The ADR depositary collects fees for delivery and surrender of ADSs directly from investors depositing ordinary shares or surrendering ADSs for the purpose of withdrawal or from intermediaries acting for them.
The charges of the ADR depositary payable by investors are as follows:
Type of service |
ADR depositary actions | Fee | ||
ADR depositary or substituting the underlying shares | Issuance of ADSs against the deposit of ordinary shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of: | $5.00 or less per 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) evidenced by the new ADSs delivered | ||
Share distributions, stock splits, rights issues, mergers |
||||
Exchange of securities or other transactions or event or other distribution affecting the ADSs or deposited securities
|
||||
Receiving or distributing cash dividends
|
Distribution of cash dividends
|
$0.04 or less per ADSa
| ||
Selling or exercising rights |
Distribution or sale of securities, the fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities
|
$5.00 or less per each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) | ||
Withdrawing an underlying ordinary share |
Acceptance of ADSs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited ordinary shares
|
$5.00 or less for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof) | ||
General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis |
Other services performed by the ADR depositary in administering the ADS program
|
No fee currently payable | ||
Expenses of the ADR depositary |
Expenses incurred on behalf of Holders in connection with:
Expenses of the ADR depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into US dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency) |
Expenses payable at the sole discretion of the ADR depositary by billing Holders or by deducting charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions | ||
Taxes and other governmental charges |
||||
Cable, telex and facsimile transmission/delivery |
||||
Transfer or registration fees, if applicable, for the registration of transfers or underlying ordinary shares |
||||
Any other charge payable by ADR depositary or its agents |
||||
Note
a | The fee in relation to the distribution of cash dividends was $0.006302 per ADS in respect of dividends paid in the year ended 31 December 2018. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 317 |
Additional information
Fees and payments made by the ADR depositary to Barclays
The ADR depositary has agreed to provide Barclays with an amount based on the cash dividend, issuance and cancellations fees charged during each twelve-month period for expenses incurred by Barclays in connection with the ADS program. Barclays is entitled to $1,114,603 for the year ended 31 December 2018, though such amount has not yet been paid to Barclays by the ADR depositary.
Under certain circumstances, including non-routine corporate actions, removal of the ADR depositary or termination of the ADS program by Barclays, Barclays may be charged by the ADR depositary certain fees (including in connection with depositary services, certain expenses paid on behalf of Barclays, an administrative fee, fees for non-routine services and corporate actions and any other reasonable fees/expenses incurred by the ADR depositary).
The ADR depositary has agreed to waive certain of its fees chargeable to Barclays with respect to standard costs associated with the administration of the ADS program.
318 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
External auditor objectivity and independence: non-audit services
Our policy on the provision of services by the Barclays Groups statutory Auditor (the Policy) sets out the circumstances in which the auditor may be permitted to undertake non-audit work for the Barclays Group.
The Board Audit Committee oversees compliance with the Policy and considers and, if appropriate, approves requests to use the Auditor for non-audit work. Allowable services are pre-approved up to but not including £100,000. The Group Finance Director and the Company Secretary and their teams deal with day-to-day administration of the Policy, facilitating requests for approval.
Details of the services that are prohibited and allowed under the Policy are set out below:
Services that are prohibited include:
◾ | bookkeeping; |
◾ | design and implementation of financial information systems; |
◾ | design or implementation of internal controls or risk management services related to financial information; |
◾ | *appraisal or valuation services; |
◾ | fairness opinions or contribution-in-kind reports; |
◾ | *actuarial services; |
◾ | internal audit; |
◾ | management and Human Resources functions; |
◾ | broker or dealer, investment advisor or investment banking services; |
◾ | legal, expert and certain *tax services or personal services to persons in a financial reporting role; and |
◾ | transaction-related and restructuring services. |
*these may be permissible subject to compliance with certain requirements.
Allowable services that the Board Audit Committee considers for approval include:
◾ | statutory audit and audit related services and regulatory non-audit services; |
◾ | other attest and assurance services; |
◾ | training, surveys and software; |
◾ | risk management and controls advice; |
◾ | transaction support; |
◾ | tax compliance services; |
◾ | business support and recoveries; and |
◾ | translation services. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 319 |
Additional information
NYSE Corporate Governance Statement
As our main listing is on the London Stock Exchange, we follow the UK Corporate Governance Code. However, as Barclays also has American Depositary Receipts listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), we are also subject to the NYSEs Corporate Governance Rules (NYSE Rules). We are exempt from most of the NYSE Rules, which US domestic companies must follow, because we are a non-US company listed on the NYSE. However, we are required to provide an Annual Written Affirmation to the NYSE of our compliance with the applicable NYSE Rules and must also disclose any significant differences between our corporate governance practices and those followed by domestic US companies listed on the NYSE. Key differences between the Code and NYSE Rules are set out here:
Director Independence
NYSE Rules require the majority of the Board to be independent. The Code requires at least half of the Board (excluding the Chairman) to be independent. The NYSE Rules contain different tests from the Code for determining whether a Director is independent. We follow the Codes recommendations as well as developing best practices among other UK public companies. The independence of our non-executive Directors is reviewed by the Board on an annual basis and it takes into account the guidance in the Code and the criteria we have established for determining independence, which are described on page 39.
Board Committees
We have a Board Nominations Committee and a Board Remuneration Committee, both of which are broadly similar in purpose and constitution to the Committees required by the NYSE Rules and whose terms of reference comply with the Codes requirements. The NYSE Rules state that both Committees must be composed entirely of independent Directors. As the Group Chairman was independent on appointment, the Code permits him to chair the Board Nominations Committee. Except for this appointment, both Committees are composed solely of non-executive Directors, whom the Board has determined to be independent. We comply with the NYSE Rules requirement that we have a Board Audit Committee comprised solely of independent non-executive Directors. However, we follow the Code recommendations, rather than the NYSE Rules, regarding the responsibilities of the Board Audit Committee (except for applicable mandatory responsibilities under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act), although both are broadly comparable. Although the NYSE Rules state that the Board Audit Committee is to take responsibility for risk oversight, Barclays has additional Board Committees which address different areas of risk management. To enhance Board governance of risk, Barclays has two risk committees; the Board Risk Committee and the Board Reputation Committee. A full description of each Board Committee can be found in the Governance section.
Corporate Governance Guidelines
The NYSE Rules require domestic US companies to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines. There is no equivalent recommendation in the Code but the Board Nominations Committee has developed corporate governance guidelines, Corporate Governance in Barclays, which have been approved and adopted by the Board.
Code of Ethics
The NYSE Rules require that domestic US companies adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for Directors, officers and employees. The Barclays Way was introduced in 2013, this is a Code of Conduct which outlines the Values and Behaviours which govern our way of working across our business globally. The Barclays Way has been adopted on a Group wide basis by all Directors, Officers and employees. The Barclays Way is available to view on the Barclays website at home.barclays/about-barclays/barclays-values.
Shareholder Approval of Equity-compensation Plans
The NYSE listing standards require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. We comply with UK requirements, which are similar to the NYSE standards. However, the Board does not explicitly take into consideration the NYSEs detailed definition of what are considered material revisions.
320 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Major shareholders
Major shareholders do not have different voting rights from those of other shareholders. Information provided to the Company by substantial shareholders pursuant to the FCAs Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules are published via a Regulatory Information Service and is available on the Companys website. As at 31 December 2018, the Company had been notified under Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the following holdings of voting rights in its shares:
2018 | ||||||||
Person interested | Number of Barclays shares |
% of total voting rights attaching to issued share capitala |
||||||
The Capital Group Companies Incb | 1,172,090,125 | 6.84 | ||||||
Qatar Holding LLCc | 1,017,455,690 | 5.94 | ||||||
Blackrock, Incd | 1,018,388,143 | 5.95 | ||||||
Sherborne Investorse | 923,787,634 | 5.41 | ||||||
Norges Bank | 514,068,594 | 3.00 |
Notes
a | The percentage of voting rights detailed above was calculated at the time of the relevant disclosures made in accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. |
b | The Capital Group Companies Inc (CG) holds its shares via CG Management companies and funds. Part of the CG holding is held as American Depositary Receipts. On 14 February 2019, CG disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, beneficial ownership of 277,002,140 ordinary shares of the Company as of 31 December 2018, representing 1.6% of that class of shares. |
c | Qatar Holding LLC (QH) is wholly-owned by Qatar Investment Authority. |
d | Total shown includes 8,879,783 contracts for difference to which voting rights are attached. Part of the holding is held as American Depositary Receipts. On 4 February 2019, BlackRock, Inc. disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC beneficial ownership of 1,119,810,169 ordinary shares of the Company as of 31 December 2018, representing 6.5% of that class of shares. |
e | We understand from disclosures that the Sherborne Shares are held via three funds ultimately controlled by Edward Bramson and Stephen Welker in their capacity as managing directors of Sherborne Investors Management GP, LLC (Sherborne Management GP) and Sherborne Investors GP, LLC. Sherborne Management GP is the general partner of Sherborne Investors Management LP (Sherborne Investors) which is the investment manager to two of the funds, Whistle Investors LLC and Whistle Investors II LLC. Sherborne Investors Management (Guernsey) LLC, the investment manager to the third fund, SIGC, LP, is wholly owned by Sherborne Investors. On 8 February 2019, Sherborne Investors disclosed by way of a Schedule 13D filed with the SEC beneficial ownership of 943,949,089 ordinary shares of the Company as of 29 January 2019, representing approximately 5.5% of that class of shares. Such Schedule 13D also disclosed Edward Bramson and Stephen Welker as the ultimate deemed beneficial owners of the Sherborne Shares and that 505,086,254 of such shares were purchased through funded derivative transactions. |
Between 31 December 2018 and 19 February 2019 (the latest practicable date for inclusion in this report), the Company was notified that Norges Bank now holds 509,562,903 Barclays shares, representing 2.97% of the total voting rights attached to the issued share capital and that Sherborne now holds 943,949,089 Barclays shares, representing approximately 5.5% of the total voting rights attached to the issued share capital.
As at 31 December 2017, the Company had been notified under Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UKLA of the following holdings of voting rights in its shares:
2017 | ||||||||
Person interested | Number of Barclays shares |
% of total voting rights attaching to issued share capitala |
||||||
The Capital Group Companies Incb | 1,172,090,125 | 6.98 | ||||||
Qatar Holding LLCc | 1,017,455,690 | 5.99 | ||||||
Blackrock, Incd | 1,010,054,871 | 5.92 |
Notes
a | The percentage of voting rights detailed above was calculated at the time of the relevant disclosures made in accordance with Rule 5 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules. |
b | The Capital Group Companies Inc (CG) holds its shares via CG Management companies and funds. Part of the CG holding is held as American Depositary Receipts. On 14 February 2018, CG disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, beneficial ownership of 1,167,912,211 ordinary shares of the Company as of 29 December 2017, representing 6.8% of that class of shares. |
c | Qatar Holding LLC is wholly-owned by Qatar Investment Authority. On 17 January 2018, Qatar Holding LLC disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, beneficial ownership of 941,620,690 ordinary shares of the Company as of 31 December 2017, representing 5.52% of that class of shares. |
d | Total shown includes 2,009,814 contracts for difference to which voting rights are attached. Part of the holding is held as American Depositary Receipts. On 30 January 2018, BlackRock, Inc. disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, beneficial ownership of 1,145,415,782 ordinary shares of the Company as of 31 December 2017, representing 6.7% of that class of shares. |
Between 31 December 2017 and 19 February 2018 (the latest practicable date for inclusion in this report), the Company was notified that BlackRock, Inc. now holds 990,743,261 Barclays shares, representing 5.80% of the total voting rights attached to issued share capital.
As at 31 December 2016, the Company had been notified under Rule 5 of the Disclosure and Transparency Rules of the UKLA of the following holdings of voting rights in its shares:
2016 | ||||||||
Person interested | Number of Barclays shares |
% of total voting rights attaching to issued share capitala |
||||||
The Capital Group Companies Incb | 1,172,090,125 | 6.98 | ||||||
Qatar Holding LLCc | 1,017,455,690 | 5.99 | ||||||
Blackrock, Incd | 922,509,972 | 5.45 |
Notes
a | The percentage of voting rights detailed above were as calculated at the time of the relevant disclosures made in accordance with Rule 5 of the DTR. |
b | The Capital Group Companies Inc (CG) holds its shares via CG Management companies and funds. Part of the CG holding is held as American Depositary Receipts. |
c | Qatar Holding LLC is wholly-owned by Qatar Investment Authority. |
d | Total shown includes 3,860,531 contracts for difference to which voting rights are attached. On 19 January 2017, BlackRock, Inc. disclosed by way of a Schedule 13G filed with the SEC, beneficial ownership of 1,054,988,420 ordinary shares of the Company as of 31 December 2016, representing 6.2% of that class of shares. |
On 23 January 2017 the Company was notified that Norges Bank now holds 508,175,594 Barclays shares, representing 2.996% of the total voting rights attached to the issued share capital. The relevant threshold for UK disclosure is 3%, so Norges Bank will make no further notifications to the Company unless they again exceed 3% of the total voting rights attached to the issued share capital.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 321 |
Additional information
Disclosure controls and procedures
The Chief Executive, James E Staley, and the Group Finance Director, Tushar Morzaria, conducted with Group Management an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Groups disclosure controls and procedures of each of Barclays PLC as at 31 December 2018, which are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed or submitted under the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the US Securities and Exchange Commissions rules and forms. As of the date of the evaluation, the Chief Executive and Group Finance Director concluded that the design and operation of these disclosure controls and procedures were effective.
Board of Directors
John McFarlane, Chairman
John is Chairman of Barclays PLC. He is a senior figure in global banking and financial services circles having spent over 40 years in the sector and was recently awarded the Freedom of the City of London by Special Nomination for his outstanding achievements in the field of banking. John brings extensive experience in banking including investment, corporate and retail banking, as well as expertise in insurance, strategy, risk business transformation and cultural change.
John is currently Chairman of TheCityUK and a member of the Supervisory Board of Unibail-RodamcoWesfield SE and the Financial Services Trade and Investment Board. He is also non-executive director of Old Oak Holdings Limited. John was previously Chairman of Aviva plc where he oversaw a transformation of the company FirstGroup plc, and the Australian Bankers Association. He was also a non-executive director of The Royal Bank of Scotland, joining at the time of the UK government rescue. Prior to that he was Chief Executive Officer of Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited for 10 years, Group Executive Director of Standard Chartered plc and head of Citibank in the UK and Ireland. Other current external appointments include member of the European Financial Round Table, The International Monetary Conference, Cranfield School of Management Advisory Board, Institut International dEtudes Bancaires and the Presidents Committee Confederation of British Industry.
Jes Staley, Chief Executive, Executive Director
Jes Staley joined Barclays as Group Chief Executive on 1 December 2015. Jes has nearly four decades of extensive experience in banking and financial services. He worked for more than 30 years at JP Morgan, initially training as a commercial banker, later advancing to the leadership of major businesses involving equities, private banking and asset management, and ultimately heading the companys Global Investment Bank. Jes is currently a Board member of the Institute of International Finance and Board member of the Bank Policy Institute. He was formerly a Managing Partner at BlueMountain Capital.
Sir Gerry Grimstone, Non-executive Director
Sir Gerry joined the Board as a non-executive Director in 2016 and is Chairman of Barclays Bank PLC. He is highly respected in the banking industry and brings to the Board immense investment banking, financial services and commercial experience both at non-executive director and chairman level. He is an independent non-executive board member of Deloitte NWE LLP where he represents the public interest, and is the Board advisor to the Abu Dhabi Commercial Bank and Chairman of the CityUK China Market Advisory Group. Within the UK public sector, he is the lead non-executive at the Ministry of Defence and is a member of HM Treasurys Financial Services Trade and Investment Board. From 2012-2015, Gerry served as the chairman of TheCityUK, the representative body for the financial and professional services industry in the UK. Gerry has held a number of board appointments in the public and private sectors and has served as one of the UKs Business Ambassadors. He was Chairman of Standard Life Aberdeen PLC between 2007-2018 and was previously a senior investment banker at Schroders and ran businesses in London, New York and Asia Pacific. He specialised in mergers and acquisitions and capital-raising for major companies worldwide. Prior to that, he was an official in HM Treasury where he was responsible for privatisation and policy towards state-owned enterprises.
Mike Ashley, Non-executive Director
Mike joined the Board as a non-executive Director in September 2013. Mike has deep knowledge of accounting auditing and associated regulatory issues, having previously worked at KPMG for over 20 years. His former roles as the lead engagement partner on audits of large financial services groups including HSBC, Standard Chartered and the Bank of England and as Head of Quality and Risk management for KPMG Europe LLP (ELLP) and, KPMG UKs designated Ethics Partner provide the Board with expertise in management of professional risks, quality control and ethical issues. Mikes other current principal external appointments are Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales Ethics Standards Committee (member), Charity Commission (board member) and International Ethics Standards Board for Accountants (member).
Tim Breedon, Non-executive Director
Tim joined the Board as a non-executive Director in November 2012 and is Chairman of the Board Risk Committee. Tim has extensive financial services experience, knowledge of risk management and UK and EU regulation. He had a distinguished career with Legal & General, where among other roles
322 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
he was the Group Chief Executive, a position he held from January 2006 to June 2012. Tim was a director of the Association of British Insurers (ABI), and also served as its chairman. He was also chairman of the UK Governments non-bank lending taskforce, an industry-led taskforce that looked at the structural and behavioural barriers to the development of alternative debt markets in the UK. Tim was a director of the Financial Reporting Council and was on the board of the Investment Management Association. Tim has over 25 years of experience in financial services and has extensive knowledge and experience of regulatory and government relationships. He brings to the Board the experience and knowledge of leading a financial services company, combined with an understanding of the UK and EU regulatory environment and risk management. His customer focus and understanding of investor issues, gained both at L&G and the ABI, is of particular relevance to Barclays. Tims other current principal external appointments are as chairman of Apax Global Alpha Limited and chairman of The Northview Group.
Mary Anne Citrino, Non-executive Director
Mary Anne was appointed to the Board in July 2018. Mary Anne has considerable financial services and investment banking experience following an executive career spanning over 20 years with Morgan Stanley and is an experienced non-executive director. Her current non-executive positions and senior advisory role with Blackstone, coupled with previous board and senior management level positions (with Dollar Tree, Inc. Health Net, Inc. and BlacKstone Advisory Partners) contribute to the wide ranging global, strategic and advisory experience she can provide to the Board. Mary Annes other external principal appointments include, HP Inc., Ahold Delhaize N.V. and Alcoa Corporation.
Mary Francis, CBE, Non-executive Director
Mary Francis CBE joined the Board as a non-executive Director in October 2016 and was appointed Chair of the Board Reputation Committee in April 2018. Mary has extensive and diverse board-level experience across a range of industries, which has developed from her previous non-executive directorships with Alliance & Leicester, Aviva, Bank of England, Centrica and Swiss Re Group. In her executive career, Mary was a senior civil servant in HM Treasury for twelve years, before serving as Private Secretary to the Prime Minister, Deputy Private Secretary to the Queen and as Director General of the Association of British Insurers. Mary brings to the Board strong understanding of the interaction between public and private sectors, skills in strategic decision-making and reputation management. Marys other external principal appointments include Ensco PLC (non-executive Director), Advisory Panel of The Institute of Business Ethics (Member) and UK Takeover Appeal Board (Member).
Crawford Gillies, Senior Independent Director
Crawford joined the Board as a non-executive Director in May 2014 and was appointed Senior Independent Director in April 2018. Crawford has over three decades of business and management experience, initially with Bain & Company, a firm of international management consultants, where he was managing director Europe from 2001 to 2005. While at Bain he worked with major companies in the UK, Continental Europe and North America across multiple sectors. From 2007-2016 Crawford was on the board of Standard Life plc, where he has chaired the remuneration committee. He was chairman of the law firm Hammonds, now Squire Sanders (2006 - 2009), has chaired Control Risks International since 2007 and chaired Touch Bionics (2006 - 2011), an innovative medical device company. Crawford was also on the board of MITIE Group PLC from 2012 to July 2015. He has also held public sector posts in England and Scotland. He was an independent member of the Department of Trade and Industry (2002 - 2007) and chaired its Audit and Risk Committee (2003 - 2007). He is former chairman of Scottish Enterprise and of the Confederation of British Industry in London. Crawfords other current principal external appointments are as senior non-executive director of SSE plc and Chairman of The Edrington Group Limited.
Reuben Jeffery III, Non-executive Director
Reuben joined the Board in July 2009 as a non-executive Director. Reuben has a broad range of financial services experience, particularly within investment banking and wealth management, gained through his current positions and former senior roles with Goldman Sachs where he was managing partner of Goldman Sachs in Paris and led the firms European financial institutions group in London. He is currently Vice Chairman of Rockefeller Capital Management. Reuben also has extensive insight into the US political and regulatory environment, gained from his service in the US government as Under Secretary of State for Economic, Energy and Agricultural Affairs, as chairman of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission and as a special assistant to the President on the staff of the National Security Council. Reubens other current principal external appointments are Financial Services Volunteer Corps (Director), and The Asia Foundation (Trustee).
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 323 |
Additional information
Tushar Morzaria, Group Finance Director, Executive Director
Tushar joined the Board and Group Executive Committee of Barclays in October 2013 as Group Finance Director. Prior to this, he was CFO, corporate and investment bank at JP Morgan, a role he held on the merger of the investment bank and the wholesale treasury/security services business at JP Morgan. Prior to the merger, he was CFO of the investment bank and held other various roles during his career at JP Morgan.
Tushar qualified as an accountant at Coopers and Lybrand Deloitte and for most of his career he has worked in investment banking, having held various roles at SG Warburg, JP Morgan and Credit Suisse. Tushar has over 20 years of strategic financial management experience, which prove invaluable in his role as Group Finance Director. Tushar currently chairs the Sterling Risk Free Reference Rates Working Group.
Dambisa Moyo, Non-executive Director
Dambisa joined the Board in May 2010 as a non-executive Director. Dambisa is an international economist and commentator on the global economy, with a background in financial services which she gained with Goldman Sachs in the debt capital markets, hedge funds coverage and global macroeconomics teams. Dambisa has also worked for the World Bank and formerly served as a non-executive director of Barrick Gold Corporation, Lundin Petroleum AB (publ) SABMiller PLC and Seagate Technology . Dambisas background as an economist, in particular her knowledge and understanding of global macroeconomic issues and African economic, political and social issues, provides an important contribution to the Boards discussion of Barclays business and citizenship strategy. Dambisas other current principal external appointments are as non-executive director of Chevron Corporation and 3M Company.
Diane Schueneman, Non-executive Director
Diane was joined the Board as a non-executive Director in June 2015 and is a member of the Board of Barclays US LLC, Barclays US intermediate company. Diane has extensive experience in managing global, cross-discipline business operations, client services and technology in the financial services industry. She had an extensive career at Merrill Lynch, holding a variety of senior roles with responsibility for banking, brokerage services and technology provided to the companys retail and middle market clients, and latterly for IT, operations and client services worldwide as senior vice president & head of global infrastructure solutions. As a consultant at McKinsey & Company she advised the IRS Commissioner in the US and has held a number of non-executive directorships.
Sir Ian Cheshire, Non-executive Director
Sir Ian joined the the Board as a non-executive Director in April 2017 and is Chairman of Barclays UK PLC. Sir Ian brings to the Board substantial business experience particularly in the international retail sector from his lengthy career at Kingfisher Group where he was CEO, as well as experience in sustainability and environmental matters. Sir Ian holds strong credentials in leadership. He was previously Chairman of Debenhams plc, the British Retail Consortium and the Ecosystem Markets Task Force, and Senior Independent Director of Whitbred plc. He is also involved with many charitable organisations, such as The Prince of Wales s Charitable Foundation and is highly regarded by the Government for his work with various Government Departments. He has won a number of awards including Lifetime contributions to retailing, green business and the Fortune WEF award for leadership in the circular economy. Sir Ian was knighted in the 2014 New Year Honours for services to Business, Sustainability and the Environment and is a Chevalier of the Ordre National du Merite of France. Other current appointments include Chairman of Menhaden plc, Chairman, Maisons du monde and Lead non-executive director for the Government.
Matthew Lester, Non-executive Director
Matthew joined the Board as a non-executive Director in September 2017. Matthew has a strong financial background and extensive board level experience across a range of sectors, including financial services. He is currently a non-executive director of Man Group plc and Capita plc, where he also chairs the Audit and Risk Committees of both companies. Matthew was Chief Financial Officer of Royal Mail Group during the period of preparation for privatisation and for the first four years as a listed entity, and a member of the FTSE 100. Prior to that he was Group CFO of ICAP plc, the world largest interdealer broker. His earlier experience included 10 years in a variety of senior finance roles ar Diagio plc including Group Treasurer and Group Financial Controller. He spent eight years at Kleinwort Benson in Corporate Finance.
324 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Mike Turner, Non-executive Director
Mike joined the Board as a non-executive Director in January 2018. Mike has considerable business and board level experience gained from his lengthy career with BAE Systems PLC where he was CEO as well as his non-executive positions. He has a strong commercial background and experience in strategy and operational performance culture. Mike brings significant leadership and strategic oversight experience to the Board, particularly from his role as Chairman of Babcock International Group PLC and former role as Chairman of GKN Plc.
Stephen Shapiro, Company Secretary
Stephen was appointed Company Secretary in November 2017 having previously served as the Group Company Secretary and Deputy General Counsel of SABMiller plc. Prior to this he practised law as a partner in a law firm in South Africa, and subsequently in the UK. Stephen has extensive experience in corporate governance, legal, regulatory and compliance matters. Stephen has also previously served as Chairman of the ICC UKs Committee on Anti-Corruption as well as on working groups of the GC100, providing business input into key areas of legislative and policy reform.
Group Executive Committee
Jes Staley, Group Chief Executive, Executive Director
See above for full biography.
Tushar Morzaria, Group Finance Director, Executive Director
See above for full biography.
Paul Compton, Group Chief Operating Officer
Paul joined Barclays as Group Chief Operating Officer in May 2016. In this role, Paul is responsible for leading the global Operations & Technology functions, driving the implementation of the structural reform and cost transformation programmes, and for the delivery of other major bank-wide projects. Prior to joining Barclays, Paul was the Chief Administrative Officer of JPMorgan Chase, and was accountable for overseeing global technology, operations, real estate and general services. Before being appointed in this role in 2013, Paul served as Co-Chief Administrative Officer for the Corporate & Investment Bank, Deputy Head of Operations for JPMorgan Chase, and head of the JPMorgan Chase Global Service Centre in India. Paul started his career at JPMorgan in 1997, and first led the overhaul of the wholesale banks credit risk infrastructure, before taking on the role as Chief Financial Officer for the Investment Bank. Previous to JP Morgan, Paul spent 10 years as Principal at Ernst & Young in the Brisbane and New York offices.. He has previously been a member of the Board of Directors of the Depository Trust and Clearing Corporation (DTCC) American Australian Association and the American Red Cross of Greater New York.
Bob Hoyt, Group General Counsel
Bob joined Barclays in October 2013 and is responsible for all legal and regulatory matters across Barclays as Group General Counsel. Previously, Bob was at PNC Financial Services Group, where he was General Counsel and Chief Regulatory Affairs Officer, having previously served as Deputy General Counsel since 2009. Between 2006 and 2009, Bob served as General Counsel of the US Department of the Treasury where he was the Chief Legal Officer of the department and a senior policy advisor to Secretary Henry M. Paulson, Jr. Prior to that Bob served at the White House where he was Special Assistant and Associate Counsel to President George W. Bush. Earlier in his career, Bob was a partner in the Securities, Litigation and Corporate departments of the law firm of Wilmer Cutler Pickering Hale and Dorr (WilmerHale).
Tristram Roberts, Group Human Resources Director
Tristram is the Group Human Resources Director. Tristram joined Barclays in July 2013 as HR Director for the Investment Bank. His remit was expanded in May 2014 to include HR responsibilities for Barclays Non-Core, and became the Group HR Director in December 2015.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 325 |
Additional information
Prior to Barclays, Tristram was Head of Human Resources for Global Functions and Operations & Technology at HSBC Holdings PLC, as well as group head of performance and reward. Previously, he was group reward and policy director for Vodafone Group Plc. Tristram began his career in consulting. He became a partner with Arthur Andersen in 2001 and was subsequently a partner with both Deloitte and KPMG.
Tim Throsby, CEO, Barclays International
Tim Throsby is CEO of Barlcays International. Based in London, he is a member of the Group Executive Committee. Prior to joining Barclays in January 2017, Tim worked for JP Morgan where he held a variety of senior management roles, most recently serving as Global Head of Equities. Tim has had an extensive career in banking and asset management, working initially for Credit Suisse and Macquarie, before joining Goldman Sachs in 1995 as a Managing Director and Co-Head of Equity Derivatives for Asia. In 2002, he joined Lehman Brothers to lead the Asia Equities Division, before relocating to New York in 2004 to run the global Equity Derivatives business as well as risk arbitrage. In 2005, he became President of Citadel Asia where he oversaw the investment firms Asia business. He serves on the board of Human Dignity Trust, and is a school governor at the Ark Oval Primary Academy.
C.S. Venkatakrishnan (Venkat), Group Chief Risk Officer
Venkat joined as Chief Risk Officer in March 2016. Venkat is responsible for helping to define, set and manage the risk profile of Barclays. He has over 20 years of financial market and risk management expertise. Venkat worked at JP Morgan from 1994, most recently as Head of Model Risk and Development and Operational Risk. Prior to this, he worked in fixed income structuring at the JP Morgan Investment Bank. This followed upon 14 years in JP Morgan Asset Management where he held senior positions in the Global Fixed Income business.
Ashok Vaswani, CEO, Barclays Bank UK PLC
Ashok joined Barclays in 2010, managing the credit card business across the UK, Europe and the Nordics, becoming chairman of Entercard. He went on to manage Barclays in Africa, Barclays Retail Business Bank globally and Barclays Personal and Corporate Banking. Ashok is CEO of Barclays Bank UK PLC and is a member of UK Finance Board, Pratham Board and the Trustee Board at Citizens Advice. He also sits on the advisory boards of a number of institutions such as Rutberg & Co and is Founder Director of Lend-a-Hand, a non-profit organisation focused on rural education in India. Ashok has previously served as a non-executive Director on the Board of Barclays Africa Group Limited, the Board of Directors of Telenor ASA and the advisory boards of SP Jain Institute of Management, Insead Singapore and Visa Asia Pacific. Prior to Barclays, Ashok was a partner with a J P Morgan Chase funded private equity firm - Brysam Global Partners, which focused on building retail financial service businesses in emerging markets. Ashok also spent 20 years with Citigroup where his last position was as CEO, Asia Pacific. He was also a member of the Citigroup Operating Committee, the Citigroup Management Committee and the Global Consumer Planning Group.
Laura Padovani, Group Chief Compliance Officer
Laura became Group Chief Compliance Officer in April 2018 having previously covered the role on an interim basis since October 2017. Laura joined Barclays as the Head of Global Compliance Services in 2015 and in 2016, her role was expanded to cover the Compliance Chief of Staff Office, where she would deputise for the Chief Compliance Officer in various capacities. Laura joined from American Express and has over 25 years of financial services experience. She started her career with American Express in Argentina in 1991 where she established the first Compliance office and co-ordinated their Legal function. Laura moved to New York in 1997 to assist with the development of the Global Anti-Money Laundering Program for American Express. In 2000, Laura broadened her Financial Services experience moving to Aviva as the Head of International Compliance responsible for all non-UK offices across North America, Europe and Asia Pacific. Laura returned to American Express in 2004, focused on Global Consumer Financial Services and European Emerging Markets, and then as the Global Head of International Regulatory Compliance. Laura obtained a Law degree from the University of Buenos Aires and a postgraduate Masters in Law (LLM) from the London School of Economics and Political Science, with specialisation in Banking Law and Financial Services Regulation. Laura is fluent in Spanish and Italian and has been involved in many networking initiatives for Women, both at American Express and now at Barclays.
326 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Section 13(r) to the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Iran sanctions and related disclosure)
Section 13(r) of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act) requires each SEC reporting issuer to disclose in its annual and, if applicable, quarterly reports whether it or any of its affiliates have knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with the Government of Iran or certain designated natural persons or entities involved in terrorism or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction during the period covered by the report. The requirement includes disclosure of activities not prohibited by US or other law even if conducted outside the US by non-US companies or affiliates in compliance with local law. Pursuant to Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act we note the following in relation to activity occurring in 2018, the period covered by this annual report, or in relation to activity we became aware of in 2018 relating to disclosable activity prior to the reporting period. Barclays attributed revenue of no more than GBP 2,400 in 2018 in relation to the activities disclosed below.
Legacy guarantees
Between 1993 and 2006, Barclays entered into several guarantees for the benefit of Iranian banks in connection with the supply of goods and services by Barclays customers to Iranian buyers. These were counter guarantees issued to the Iranian banks to support guarantees issued by these banks to the Iranian buyers. The Iranian banks and a number of the Iranian buyers were subsequently designated as Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons (SDNs) by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC). In addition, between 1993 and 2005, Barclays entered into similar guarantees for the benefit of a Syrian bank that was subsequently designated pursuant to Executive Order 13382 in August 2011.
The guarantees were issued either on:
(i) | an extend or pay basis which means that, although the guarantee is of limited duration on its face, until there is full performance under the contract to provide goods and services, the terms of the guarantee require Barclays to either maintain the guarantee or pay the beneficiary bank the full amount of the guarantee; or |
(ii) | the basis that Barclays obligations can only be discharged with the consent of the beneficiary counterparty. |
Barclays is not able to exit its obligations under the guarantees unilaterally, and thus maintains a limited legacy portfolio of these guarantees. The guarantees were in compliance with applicable laws and regulations at the time at which they were entered into.
In 2016, Barclays terminated a number of these Iran-related legacy guarantees and intends to terminate the remainder where an agreement can be reached with the counterparty, in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. All payments made in connection with termination of the guarantees have been made in compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
Barclays attributed revenue of no more than GBP 1,250 in 2018 in relation to this activity.
Lease payments
Barclays is party to a long-term lease, entered into in 1979, with the National Iranian Oil Company (NIOC), pursuant to which Barclays rents part of NIOC House in London for a Barclays bank branch. NIOC is the custodian trustee for the NIOC Pension Fund. The lease is for 60 years, contains no early termination clause, and has 21 years remaining. Barclays makes quarterly lease payments to Naft Trading and Technology Ltd, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the NIOC Pension Fund. NIOC is wholly-owned by the Iranian Government and was an SDN until it was delisted by OFAC and the EU in January 2016 following implementation of sanctions relief under the Joint Comprehensive Plan of Action. In December 2012, NIOC Pension Fund was added to a sanctions list in the UK by HM Treasury (HMT). As a result of the listing, quarterly lease payments were made to a frozen account at Turkiye Is Bankasi in line with applicable laws and regulations. Sanctions on NIOC Pension Fund were lifted by HMT on 18 January 2017. NIOC was relisted as an SDN by OFAC in November 2018. Barclays attributed no revenue in 2018 in relation to this activity.
Local clearing systems
Banks in the United Arab Emirates (UAE), including certain Iranian banks that are or were SDNs, participate in the various banking payment and settlement systems used in the UAE (the UAE Clearing Systems). Barclays, by virtue of its banking activities in the UAE, participates in the UAE Clearing Systems, in compliance with applicable laws and regulations. However, in order to help mitigate the risk of participating in transactions in which participant Iranian SDN banks may be involved, Barclays has implemented restrictions relating to its participation in the UAE Image Cheque Clearance System and the UAE Funds Transfer System activity, as well as restricting activity via the Wages Protection Scheme. Barclays attributed no revenue in 2018 in relation to this activity.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 327 |
Additional information
Payments notified
In last years disclosure, Barclays reported payments relating to a customer designated under the Specially Designated Global Terrorist regime in March 2016. Barclays continues to receive credit card repayments from this customer in accordance with applicable laws and regulations. A block continues to be applied to the card to prevent any further spending. Barclays attributed revenue of no more than GBP 950 in 2018 in relation to this activity.
Barclays maintains a customer relationship with a UK-incorporated air cargo management company. In 2018, Barclays processed three EUR payments relating to Iranian overflight charges for an aircraft registered in Iceland and operated by an Icelandic company, on behalf of the customer, to an aviation services company in the UAE. The ultimate beneficiary of the payments was an Iranian entity, owned by the Government of Iran. These payments were made in accordance with applicable laws and regulations and all payments were made to the aviation services company in the UAE; no payments were made directly to Iran or any entity owned by the Government of Iran. OFAC has issued a general licence, 31 C.F.R. § 560.522, which authorises payments for services rendered by the Government of Iran in connection with the overflight of Iran if the aircraft is owned by a United States person or registered in the United States. However, the instant payments do not fall squarely into the general license as the aircraft was not owned by a United States person or registered in the United States, therefore, Barclays is including them in this report. Barclays attributed revenue of no more than GBP 60 in 2018 in relation to this activity.
Barclays maintains customer relationships with two UK-based insurance companies. In 2018, Barclays processed two payments on behalf of these customers relating to matters where the Government of Iran was involved in the underlying insurance claim. The first payment related to a re-insurance matter where the underlying insured party was a vessel owned by the Government of Iran. The second payment related to a dispute regarding the shipment of oil that had been purchased from a Government of Iran-owned entity. Barclays attributed revenue of no more than GBP 100 in 2018 in relation to this activity.
328 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Summary of Barclays Group share and cash plans and long-term incentive plans
Barclays operates a number of share, cash and long-term incentive plans. The principal plans used for awards made in or, in respect of, the 2018 performance year are shown in the table below. Awards are granted by the Barclays PLC Board Remuneration Committee (the Committee), and are subject to the applicable plan rules. Share awards are granted over ordinary shares in Barclays PLC (Shares). Barclays has a number of employee benefit trusts which operate with these plans. In some cases the trustee purchases Shares in the market to satisfy awards; in others, new issue or treasury Shares may be used to satisfy awards where the appropriate shareholder approval has been obtained.
Summary of principal share and cash plans and long-term incentive plans
|
Name of plan
|
Eligible employees
|
Executive Directors eligible
|
Delivery
|
Design details
| ||||
Deferred Share Value Plan (DSVP) |
All employees (excluding Directors) |
No |
Deferred Share awards, typically released in instalments over a three, five or seven year period, dependent on future service and subject to malus provisions |
Plan typically used for mandatory deferral of a proportion of bonus into Shares where bonus is above a threshold (set annually by the Committee).
This plan typically works in tandem with the CVP (below).
DSVP awards vest over three, five or seven years dependent on future service.
Vesting is subject to malus, and suspension provisions and the other provisions of the rules of the DSVP.
For awards granted before 2018, dividend equivalents may be released based on the number of Shares under award that are released.
On cessation of employment, eligible leavers (as set out in the rules of the DSVP) normally remain eligible for release (on the scheduled release dates) subject to the Committee and/or trustee discretion. For other leavers, awards will normally lapse.
On change of control, awards may vest at the Committees and/or trustees discretion.
For DSVP awards made to Material Risk Takers (MRTs), a holding period of either 6 or 12 months will apply to Shares (after tax) on release. | ||||
Share Value Plan (SVP) |
All employees (including executive Directors) |
Yes |
Deferred Share awards, typically released in instalments over a three, five or seven year period, dependent on future service and subject to malus provisions |
The SVP is in all material respects the same as the DSVP described above. The principle differences are that (i) executive Directors may only participate in the SVP and (ii) under the DSVP, if a MRT whose award is deferred over five or seven years resigns after the third anniversary of grant, they will automatically be treated as an eligible leaver in respect of any unvested tranches of that award. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 329 |
Additional information
Cash Value Plan (CVP) |
All employees (excluding Directors) |
No |
Deferred cash award typically released in instalments over a three, five or seven year period, dependent on future service and subject to malus provisions |
The CVP is typically used for mandatory deferral of a proportion of bonus where bonus is above a threshold (set annually by the Committee
This plan typically works in tandem with the DSVP
CVP awards vest over three, five or seven years dependent on future service.
Vesting is subject to malus, suspension provisions and the other provisions of the rules of the CVP.
Participants granted awards before 2018 may be awarded a service credit of 10% of the initial value of the award on the third anniversary of a grant.
Change of control and leaver provisions are as for DSVP. | ||||
Barclays Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) |
Selected employees (including executive Directors) |
Yes |
Awards over Shares subject to risk-adjusted performance conditions and malus provisions |
Awarded on a discretionary basis with participation reviewed by the Committee.
Awards only vest if the risk-adjusted performance conditions are satisfied over a three year period.
LTIP awards vest over seven years dependent on future service.
Vesting is subject to malus, suspension provisions and the other provisions of the rules of the LTIP
Any Shares released under the LTIP award (after payment of tax) will be subject to an additional holding period of no less than the minimum regulatory requirements (currently 12 months).
On cessation of employment, eligible leavers normally remain eligible for release (on the scheduled release dates) pro-rated for time and performance. For other leavers, awards will normally lapse.
On change of control, awards may vest at the Committees discretion. | ||||
Sharesave |
All employees in the UK and Ireland |
Yes |
Options over Shares at a discount of 20%, with Shares delivered or cash value of savings returned after three to five years |
HMRC tax advantaged plan in the UK and approved by the Revenue Commissioners in Ireland.
Opportunity to purchase Shares at a discount price (currently a 20% discount) set on award date with savings made over three or five year term.
Maximum individual savings of £300 per month or the Euro equivalent in Ireland. |
330 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
On cessation of employment, eligible leavers may exercise options and acquire Shares to the extent of their savings for six months.
On change of control, participants may exercise options and acquire Shares to the extent of their savings for six months. | ||||||||
Sharepurchase |
All employees in the UK |
Yes |
Shares purchased from gross salary deductions and Dividend/Matching Shares are held in trust for three to five years |
HMRC tax advantaged plan in the UK
Participants may purchase up to £1,800 of Shares each tax year (Partnership Shares).
Barclays matches the first £600 of Partnership Shares on a one for one basis for each tax year (Matching Shares).
Dividends received are awarded as Dividend Shares.
Partnership Shares may be withdrawn at any time (though if removed prior to three years from award, the corresponding Matching Shares are forfeited).
Depending on reason for and timing of leaving, Matching Shares may be forfeited.
On change of control, participants are able to instruct the Sharepurchase trustee how to act or vote on their behalf in relation to their Shares
| ||||
Global Sharepurchase |
Employees in certain non-UK jurisdictions |
Yes |
Shares purchased from net salary deductions and Dividend/Matching Shares are held in trust for three to five years |
Global Sharepurchase is an extension of the Sharepurchase plan (above)
Operates in substantially the same way as Sharepurchase but without the tax advantages.
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 331 |
332 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Related undertakings continued
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 333 |
Additional information
Related undertakings continued
334 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Related undertakings continued
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 335 |
Glossary of terms
A-IRB / Advanced-Internal Ratings Based See Internal Ratings Based (IRB).
ABS CDO Super Senior Super senior tranches of debt linked to collateralised debt obligations of asset backed securities (defined below). Payment of super senior tranches takes priority over other obligations.
Acceptances and endorsements An acceptance is an undertaking by a bank to pay a bill of exchange drawn on a customer. The Barclays Group expects most acceptances to be presented, but reimbursement by the customer is normally immediate. Endorsements are residual liabilities of the Barclays Group in respect of bills of exchange which have been paid and subsequently rediscounted.
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) capital AT1 capital largely comprises eligible non-common equity capital securities and any related share premium.
Additional Tier 1 (AT1) securities Non-common equity securities that are eligible as AT1 capital.
Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) Under the AMA, banks are allowed to develop their own empirical model to quantify required capital for operational risk. Banks can only use this approach subject to approval from their local regulators.
Agencies Bonds issued by state and / or government agencies or government-sponsored entities.
Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities Mortgage-Backed Securities issued by government-sponsored entities.
All price risk (APR) An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default for the correlation trading portfolio.
American Depository Receipts (ADR) A negotiable certificate that represents the ownership of shares in a non-US company (for example Barclays) trading in US financial markets.
Americas Geographic segment comprising the USA, Canada and countries where Barclays operates within Latin America.
Annual Earnings at Risk (AEaR) A measure of the potential change in Net Interest Income (NII) due to an adverse interest rate movements over a predefined time horizon.
Annualised cumulative weighted average lifetime PD The probability of default over the remaining life of the asset, expressed as an annual rate, reflecting a range of possible economic scenarios.
Application scorecards Algorithm based decision tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk based on available customer data at the point of application for a product.
Arrears Customers are said to be in arrears when they are behind in fulfilling their obligations with the result that an outstanding loan is unpaid or overdue. Such customers are also said to be in a state of delinquency. When a customer is in arrears, their entire outstanding balance is said to be delinquent, meaning that delinquent balances are the total outstanding loans on which payments are overdue.
Arrears Managed Accounts Arrears Managed Accounts are principally Business Lending customers in arrears with an exposure limit less than £50,000 in the UK and 100,000 in Europe, supervised using processes designed to manage a homogeneous set of assets.
Asia Geographic segment comprising countries where Barclays operates within Asia and the Middle East.
Asset Backed Commercial Paper Typically short-term notes secured on specified assets issued by consolidated special purpose entities for funding purposes.
Asset Backed Securities (ABS) Securities that represent an interest in an underlying pool of referenced assets. The referenced pool can comprise any assets which attract a set of associated cash flows but are commonly pools of residential or commercial mortgages and, in the case of Collateralised Debt Obligations (CDOs), the referenced pool may be ABS or other classes of assets.
Attributable profit Profit after tax that is attributable to ordinary equity holders of Barclays PLC adjusted for the after tax amounts of capital securities classified as equity.
Average allocated tangible shareholders equity Calculated as the average of the previous months period end allocated tangible shareholders equity and the current months period end allocated tangible shareholders equity. The average allocated tangible shareholders equity for the quarter / year is the average of the monthly averages within that quarter / year.
336 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Average tangible shareholders equity Calculated as the average of the previous months period end tangible shareholders equity and the current months period end tangible shareholders equity. The average tangible shareholders equity for the quarter / year is the average of the monthly averages within that quarter / year.
Average UK leverage ratio As per the PRA rulebook, is calculated as the average capital measure based on the last day of each month in the quarter divided by the average exposure measure for the quarter, where the average exposure is based on each day in the quarter
Back testing Includes a number of techniques that assess the continued statistical validity of a model by simulating how the model would have predicted recent experience.
BAGL or Barclays Africa Barclays Africa Group Limited, which was previously a subsidiary of the Barclays Group. Following a sell down of shares resulting in a loss of control, the Barclays Groups shareholding in BAGL is now classified as a financial asset at fair value through other comprehensive income.
Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio In the context of the credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of calculating marked to market LTVs derived by calculating individual LTVs at account level and weighting it by the balances to arrive at the average position. Balance weighted loan to value is calculated using the following formula: LTV = ((loan balance 1 x MTM LTV% for loan 1) + (loan balance 2 x MTM LTV% for loan 2) + ... ) / total outstandings in portfolio.
Barclaycard An international consumer payments business serving the needs of businesses and consumers through credit cards, consumer lending, merchant acquiring, commercial cards and point of sale finance. Barclaycard has scaled operations in UK, US, Germany and Scandinavia.
Barclaycard Consumer UK The international Barclaycard business, Barclays Business Solutions and the international Wealth business.
Barclays or Barclays Group Barclays PLC together with its subsidiaries.
Barclays Bank Group Barclays Bank PLC together with its subsidiaries.
Barclays Bank UK Group Barclays Bank UK PLC together with its subsidiaries.
Barclays Operating businesses The core Barclays businesses operated by Barclays UK (which include the UK Personal business, the small UK Corporate and UK Wealth businesses and the Barclaycard UK consumer credit cards business) and Barclays International (which include the large UK Corporate business; the international Corporate and Wealth businesses; the Investment Bank; the international Barclaycard business; and Barclaycard Business Solutions).
Barclays Direct A Barclays brand, comprising the savings and mortgage businesses.
Barclays Execution Services or BX or BSerL or Group Service Company Barclays Services Limited, the Group services company set up to provide services to Barclays UK and Barclays International to deliver operational continuity.
Barclays International The segment of Barclays held by Barclays Bank PLC which has not been ring-fenced as part of regulatory ring fencing requirements. The division includes the large UK Corporate business; the international Corporate and Wealth businesses; the Investment Bank; the international Barclaycard business (consisting of the US, German and Nordic consumer credit cards businesses); and Barclaycard Business Solutions (including merchant acquiring).
Barclays Non-Core The previously reported unit comprising of a group of businesses and assets that were exited or run down by Barclays, which was closed in 2017.
Barclays UK The segment of Barclays held by Barclays Bank UK PLC which has been ring-fenced as part of regulatory ring fencing requirements. The division includes the UK Personal business; the small UK Corporate and UK Wealth businesses; and the Barclaycard UK consumer credit cards business.
Basel 3 The third of the Basel Accords, setting minimum requirements and standards that apply to internationally active banks. Basel 3 is a set of measures developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision aiming to strengthen the regulation, supervision and risk management of banks.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 337 |
Glossary of terms
Basel Committee of Banking Supervision (BCBS or The Basel Committee) A forum for regular cooperation on banking supervisory matters which develops global supervisory standards for the banking industry. Its 45 members are officials from central banks or prudential supervisors from 28 jurisdictions.
Basic Indicator Approach (BIA) Under the BIA, banks are required to hold regulatory capital for operational risk equal to 15% of the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year period, of the relevant income indicator for the bank as whole.
Basis point(s) / bp(s) One hundredth of a per cent (0.01%); 100 basis points is 1%. The measure is used in quoting movements in interest rates, yields on securities and for other purposes.
Basis risk Index/Tenor risk, that arises when floating rate products are linked to different interest rate indices, which are imperfectly correlated, especially under stressed market conditions.
Behavioural scorecards Algorithm based decision tools used to aid business decisions and manage credit risk based on existing customer data derived from account usage.
Book quality In the context of the Funding Risk, Capital Risk section, changes in RWAs caused by factors such as underlying customer behaviour or demographics leading to changes in risk profile.
Book size In the context of the Funding Risk, Capital Risk section, changes in RWAs driven by business activity, including net originations or repayments.
Business Banking Offers specialist advice, products and services to small and medium enterprises in the UK.
Business Lending Business Lending in Barclays UK that primarily relates to small and medium enterprises typically with exposures up to £3m or with a turnover up to £5m.
Business scenario stresses Multi asset scenario analysis of extreme, but plausible events that may impact the market risk exposures of the Investment Bank.
Buy to let mortgage A mortgage where the intention of the customer (investor) was to let the property at origination.
Capital Conservation Buffer (CCB) Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to be held under CRD IV to ensure that banks build up surplus capital outside periods of stress which can be drawn down if losses are incurred.
Capital ratios Key financial ratios measuring the Banks capital adequacy or financial strength expressed as a percentage of Risk Weighted Assets.
Capital Requirements Regulation (CRR) Regulation (EU) No 575/2013, which accompanies CRD IV and sets out detailed rules for capital eligibility, the calculation of RWAs, the measurement of leverage, the management of large exposures and minimum standards for liquidity.
Capital requirements on the underlying exposures (KIRB) An approach available to banks when calculating Risk Weighted Assets for securitisation exposures. This is based upon the RWA amounts that would be calculated under the IRB approach for the underlying pool of securitised exposures in the program, had such exposures not been securitised.
Capital resources Common Equity Tier 1, Additional Tier 1 and Tier 2 capital those are eligible to satisfy capital requirements under CRD IV.
Capital risk The risk that the Barclays Group has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This includes the risk from the Barclays Groups pension plans.
Central Counterparty / Central Clearing Counterparties (CCPs) A clearing house mediating between the buyer and the seller in a financial transaction, such as a derivative contract or repurchase agreement (repo). Where a central counterparty is used, a single bi-lateral contract between the buyer and seller is replaced with two contracts, one between the buyer and the CCP and one between the CCP and the seller. The use of CCPs allows for greater oversight and improved credit risk mitigation in over-the-counter (OTC) markets.
338 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Charge-off In the retail segment this refers to the point in time when collections activity changes from the collection of arrears to the recovery of the full balance. This is normally when six payments are in arrears.
Charges add-on and non VaR In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, any additional Market Risk not captured within Modelled VaR, including Incremental Risk Charges and Correlation Risk.
Client Assets Assets managed or administered by Barclays Group on behalf of clients including assets under management (AUM), custody assets, assets under administration and client deposits.
CLOs and Other insured assets Highly rated CLO positions wrapped by monolines, non-CLOs wrapped by monolines and other assets wrapped with Credit Support Annex (CSA) protection.
Collateralised Debt Obligation (CDO) Securities issued by a third party which reference Asset Backed Securities (ABSs) (defined above) and/or certain other related assets purchased by the issuer. CDOs may feature exposure to sub-prime mortgage assets through the underlying assets.
Collateralised Loan Obligation (CLO) A security backed by the repayments from a pool of commercial loans. The payments may be made to different classes of owners (in tranches).
Collateralised Mortgage Obligation (CMO) A type of security backed by mortgages. A special purpose entity receives income from the mortgages and passes them on to investors of the security.
Collectively assessed impairment allowances Impairment of financial assets is measured collectively where a portfolio comprises homogenous assets and where appropriate statistical techniques are available.
Combined Buffer Requirement In the context of the CRD IV capital obligations, the combined requirements of the Capital Conservation Buffer, the GSII Buffer, the OSII buffer, the Systemic Risk buffer and an institution specific counter-cyclical buffer.
Commercial paper (CP) Short-term notes issued by entities, including banks, for funding purposes.
Commercial real estate (CRE) Commercial real estate includes office buildings, industrial property, medical centres, hotels, retail stores, shopping centres, farm land, multifamily housing buildings, warehouses, garages, and industrial properties and other similar properties. Commercial real estate loans are loans backed by a package of commercial real estate. Note: for the purposes of the Credit Risk section, the UK CRE portfolio includes property investment, development, trading and housebuilders but excludes social housing contractors.
Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission Framework (COSO) A joint initiative of five private sector organisations dedicated to providing development of frameworks and guidance on enterprise risk management, internal control and fraud deterrence.
Commodity derivatives Exchange traded and over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives based on an underlying commodity (e.g. metals, precious metals, oil and oil related, power and natural gas).
Commodity risk Measures the impact of changes in commodity prices and volatilities, including the basis between related commodities (e.g. Brent vs. WTI crude prices).
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) capital The highest quality form of regulatory capital under Basel III that comprises common shares issued and related share premium, retained earnings and other reserves, less specified regulatory adjustments.
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio A measure of Common Equity Tier 1 capital expressed as a percentage of Risk Weighted Assets.
Compensation: income ratio The ratio of compensation expense over total income. Compensation represents total staff costs less non-compensation items consisting of outsourcing, bank payroll tax, staff training, redundancy costs and retirement costs.
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review (CCAR) An annual exercise, required by and evaluated by the Federal Reserve, through which the largest bank holding companies operating in the United States assess whether they have sufficient capital to continue operations through periods of economic and financial stress and have robust capital-planning processes that account for their unique risks.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 339 |
Glossary of terms
Comprehensive Risk Measure (CRM) An estimate of all the material market risks, including rating migration and default for the correlation trading portfolio. Also referred to as All Price Risk (APR) and Comprehensive Risk Capital Charge (CRCC).
Conduct risk The risk of detriment to customers, clients, market integrity, competition or Barclays from the inappropriate supply of financial services, including instances of wilful or negligent misconduct.
Constant Currency Basis Excluding the impact of foreign currency conversion to GBP when comparing financial results in two different financial periods.
Consumer, Cards and Payments The international Barclaycard business, Barclays Business Solutions and the international Wealth business.
Contingent capital notes (CCNs) Interest bearing debt securities issued by Barclays Group or its subsidiaries that are either permanently written off or converted into an equity instrument from the issuers perspective in the event of the Barclays Groups Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) ratio falling below a specific level, or at the direction of regulators.
Conversion Trigger Used in the context of Contingent Capital Notes and AT1 securities. A capital adequacy trigger event occurs when the CET1 ratio of the bank falls below a certain level (the trigger) as defined in the Terms & Conditions of the instruments issued. See Contingent Capital Notes.
Core deposit intangibles Premium paid to acquire the deposit base of an institution.
Correlation risk Refers to the change in marked to market value of a security when the correlation between the underlying assets changes over time.
Corporate and Investment Banking (CIB) Barclays Corporate and Investment Banking businesses which form part of Barclays International.
Cost: income ratio Operating expenses divided by total income.
Cost of Equity The rate of return targeted by the equity holders of a company.
Cost: net operating income ratio Operating expenses compared to total income less credit impairment charges and other provisions.
Cost to income jaws Relationship of the percentage change movement in operating expenses relative to total income.
Counter-Cyclical Capital Buffer (CCyB) CET1 Capital that is required to be held under CRD IV rules to ensure that banks build up surplus capital when macroeconomic conditions indicate areas of the economy are overheating.
Countercyclical leverage ratio buffer (CCLB) A macroprudential buffer that applies to all Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) regulated institutions from 2018 and is calculated at 35% of any risk weighted countercyclical capital buffer set by the Financial Policy Committee (FPC). The CCLB applies in addition to the minimum of 3.25% and any G-SII additional Leverage Ratio Buffer that applies.
Counterparty credit risk The risk related to a counterparty defaulting before the final settlement of a transactions cash flows. In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, a component of Risk Weighted Assets that represents the risk of loss in derivatives, repurchase agreements and similar transactions resulting from the default of the counterparty.
Coverage ratio This represents the percentage of impairment allowance reserve against the gross exposure.
Covered bonds Debt securities backed by a portfolio of mortgages that are segregated from the issuers other assets solely for the benefit of the holders of the covered bonds.
CRD IV The Fourth Capital Requirements Directive, an EU Directive and an accompanying Regulation (CRR) that together prescribe EU capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and implements Basel 3 in the European Union.
Credit conversion factor (CCF) Factor used to estimate the risk from off-balance sheet commitments for the purpose of calculating the total Exposure at Default (EAD) used to calculate Risk Weighted Assets.
Credit default swaps (CDS) A contract under which the protection seller receives premiums or interest-related payments in return for contracting to make payments to the protection buyer in the event of a defined credit event. Credit events normally include bankruptcy, payment default on a reference asset or assets, or downgrades by a rating agency.
340 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Credit derivatives (CDs) An arrangement whereby the credit risk of an asset (the reference asset) is transferred from the buyer to the seller of the protection.
Credit impairment charges Also known as credit impairment. Impairment charges on loans and advances to customers and banks and impairment charges on available for sale assets and reverse repurchase agreements.
Credit market exposures Assets and other instruments relating to commercial real estate and leveraged finance businesses that have been significantly impacted by the deterioration in the global credit markets. The exposures include positions subject to fair value movements in the Income Statement, positions that are classified as loans and advances and available for sale and other assets.
Credit Products Represents credit products and Securitised Products.
Credit quality step In the context of the Standardised Approach to calculating credit risk RWAs, a credit quality assessment scale maps the credit assessments of a recognised credit rating agency or export credit agency to credit quality steps that determine the risk weight to be applied to an exposure.
Credit Rating An evaluation of the creditworthiness of an entity seeking to enter into a credit agreement.
Credit risk The risk of loss to Barclays from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully honour their obligations to Barclays, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other receivables. In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, it is the component of Risk Weighted Assets that represents the risk of loss in loans and advances and similar transactions resulting from the default of the counterparty.
Credit Risk Loans (CRLs) A loan becomes a credit risk loan when evidence of deterioration has been observed, for example a missed payment or other breach of covenant. A loan may be reported in one of three categories: (i) impaired loans; (ii) accruing past due 90 days or more; and (iii) restructured loans. These may include loans which, while impaired, are still performing but have associated individual impairment allowances raised against them.
Credit risk mitigation A range of techniques and strategies to actively mitigate credit risks to which the bank is exposed. These can be broadly divided into three types; collateral, netting and set-off, and risk transfer.
Credit spread The premium over the benchmark or risk-free rate required by the market to accept a lower credit quality.
Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA) The difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of trades and the market value which takes into account the counterpartys risk of default. The CVA therefore represents an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the credit risk of the counterparty due to any failure to perform on contractual agreements.
CRL Coverage Impairment allowances as a percentage of total CRLs (See Credit Risk Loans). Also known as the CRL coverage ratio.
CRR leverage exposure Is calculated in accordance with article 429 as per the CRR.
CRR leverage ratio Is calculated using the CRR definition of Tier 1 capital for the numerator and the CRR definition of leverage exposure as the denominator.
Customer assets Represents loans and advances to customers. Average balances are calculated as the sum of all daily balances for the year to date divided by number of days in the year to date.
Customer deposits In the context of Funding Risk, Liquidity Risk section, money deposited by all individuals and companies that are not credit institutions. Such funds are recorded as liabilities in the Barclays Groups balance sheet under Customer Accounts.
Customer liabilities Customer deposits.
Customer net interest income The sum of customer asset and customer liability net interest income. Customer net interest income reflects interest related to customer assets and liabilities only and does not include any interest on securities or other non-customer assets and liabilities.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 341 |
Glossary of terms
CVA volatility charge The volatility charge added to exposures that adjusts for mid-market valuation on a portfolio of transactions with a counterparty. This is to reflect the current market value of the credit risk associated with the counterparty to the Barclays Group. The charge is prescribed by the CRR.
DBRS A credit rating agency.
Debit Valuation Adjustment (DVA) The opposite of Credit Valuation Adjustment (CVA). It is the difference between the risk-free value of a portfolio of trades and the market value which takes into account the Barclays Groups risk of default. The DVA, therefore, represents an estimate of the adjustment to fair value that a market participant would make to incorporate the credit risk of the Barclays Group due to any failure to perform on contractual obligations. The DVA decreases the value of a liability to take into account a reduction in the remaining balance that would be settled should the Barclays Group default or not perform any contractual obligations.
Debt buy-backs Purchases of the Barclays Groups issued debt securities, including equity accounted instruments, leading to their de-recognition from the balance sheet.
Debt securities in issue Transferable securities evidencing indebtedness of the Barclays Group. These are liabilities of the Barclays Group and include certificates of deposit and commercial paper.
Default grades Barclays Group classify ranges of default probabilities into a set of 21 intervals called default grades, in order to distinguish differences in the probability of default risk.
Default fund contributions The amount of contribution made by members of a central counterparty (CCP). All members are required to contribute to this fund in advance of using a CCP. The default fund can be used by the CCP to cover losses incurred by the CCP where losses are greater than the margins provided by that member.
Derivatives In the context of Non-Core Analysis of Total income, Derivatives comprise non strategic businesses from the non-core Investment Bank
Derivatives netting Adjustments applied across asset and liability mark-to-market derivative positions pursuant to legally enforceable bilateral netting agreements and eligible cash collateral received in derivative transactions that meet the requirements of BCBS 270.
Diversification effect Reflects the fact the risk of a diversified portfolio is smaller than the sum of the risks of its constituent parts. It is measured as the sum of the individual asset class DVaR (see above) estimates less the total DVaR.
Dodd-Frank Act (DFA) The US Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010.
Early warning lists (EWL) Categorisations for wholesale customers used to identify at an early stage those customers where it is believed that difficulties may develop, allowing timely corrective action to be taken. There are three categories of EWL, with risk increasing from EWL 1 (caution) to EWL 2 (medium) and EWL 3 (high). It is expected that most cases would be categorised EWL 1 before moving to 2 or 3, but it is recognised that some cases may be categorised to EWL 2 or 3 directly.
Early Warning List (EWL) Managed accounts EWL Managed accounts are Business Lending customers that exceed the Arrears Managed Accounts limits and are monitored with standard processes that record heightened levels of risk through an EWL grading.
Earnings per Share contribution The attributable profit or loss generated by a particular business or segment divided by the weighted average number of Barclays shares in issue to illustrate on a per share basis how that business or segment contributes total earnings per share.
Economic Value of Equity (EVE) A measure of the potential change in value of expected future cash flows due to an adverse interest rate movement, based on existing balance sheet run-off profile.
Effective Expected Positive Exposure (EEPE) The weighted average over time of effective expected exposure. The weights are the proportion that an individual exposure represents of the entire exposure horizon time interval.
Encumbrance The use of assets to secure liabilities, such as by way of a lien or charge.
Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) Barclays Group risk management responsibilities are laid out in the Enterprise Risk Management Framework, which describes how Barclays identifies and manages risk. The framework identifies the principal risks faced by
342 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
the Barclays Group; sets out risk appetite requirements; sets out roles and responsibilities for risk management; and sets out risk committee structure.
Equities Trading businesses encompassing Cash Equities, Equity Derivatives & Equity Financing
Equity and stock index derivatives Derivatives whose value is derived from equity securities. This category includes equity and stock index swaps and options (including warrants, which are equity options listed on an exchange). The Barclays Group also enters into fund-linked derivatives, being swaps and options whose underlyings include mutual funds, hedge funds, indices and multi-asset portfolios. An equity swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange periodic payments, based upon a notional principal amount, with one side paying fixed or floating interest and the other side paying based on the actual return of the stock or stock index. An equity option provides the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a specified stock, basket of stocks or stock index at a specified price or level on or before a specified date.
Equity risk In the context of trading book capital requirements, the risk of change in market value of an equity investment.
Equity structural hedge An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility of the overnight / short term equity investment and to smoothen the income over a medium/long term.
Euro Interbank Offered Rate (EURIBOR) A benchmark interest rate at which banks can borrow funds from other banks in the European interbank market.
Europe Geographic segment comprising countries in which Barclays operates within the EU (excluding UK), Northern Continental and Eastern Europe.
European Banking Authority (EBA) The European Banking Authority (EBA) is an independent EU Authority which works to ensure effective and consistent prudential regulation and supervision across the European banking sector. Its overall objectives are to maintain financial stability in the EU and to safeguard the integrity, efficiency and orderly functioning of the banking sector.
European Securities and Markets Authority (ESMA) An independent European Supervisory Authority with the remit of enhancing the protection of investors and reinforcing stable and well-functioning financial markets in the European Union.
Eurozone Represents the 19 European Union countries that have adopted the euro as their common currency. The 19 countries are Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Netherlands, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia and Spain.
Expected Credit Losses (ECL) A present value measure of the credit losses expected to result from default events that may occur during a specified period of time. ECLs must reflect the present value of cash shortfalls, and must reflect the unbiased and probability weighted assessment of a range of outcomes.
Expected Losses A regulatory measure of anticipated losses for exposures captured under an internals ratings based credit risk approach for capital adequacy calculations. It is measured as the Barclays Groups modelled view of anticipated losses based on Probability of Default (PD), Loss Given Default (LGD) and Exposure at Default (EAD), with a one-year time horizon.
Expert lender models Models of risk measures that are used for parts of the portfolio where the risk drivers are specific to a particular counterparty, but where there is insufficient data to support the construction of a statistical model. These models utilise the knowledge of credit experts that have in depth experience of the specific customer type being modelled.
Exposure Generally refers to positions or actions taken by the bank, or consequences thereof, that may put a certain amount of a banks resources at risk.
Exposure at Default (EAD) The estimation of the extent to which Barclays Group may be exposed to a customer or counterparty in the event of, and at the time of, that counterpartys default. At default, the customer may not have drawn the loan fully or may already have repaid some of the principal, so that exposure may be less than the approved loan limit.
External Credit Assessment Institutions (ECAI) Institutions whose credit assessments may be used by credit institutions for the determination of risk weight exposures according to CRD IV.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 343 |
Glossary of terms
Federal Reserve Board (FRB) Is the governing board of the Federal Reserve System of the United States of America, in charge of making the countrys monetary policy.
Financial Policy Committee (FPC) The Bank of Englands Financial Policy Committee (FPC) identifies, monitors and takes action to remove or reduce systemic risks with a view to protecting and enhancing the resilience of the UK financial system. The FPC also has a secondary objective to support the economic policy of the UK Government.
F-IRB / Foundation-Internal Ratings Based See Internal Ratings Based (IRB).
Financial Conduct Authority (FCA) The statutory body responsible for conduct of business regulation and supervision of UK authorised firms. The FCA also has responsibility for the prudential regulation of firms that do not fall within the PRAs scope.
Financial Services Compensation Scheme (FSCS) The UKs fund for compensation of authorised financial services firms that are unable to pay claims.
Financial collateral comprehensive method (FCCM) A counterparty credit risk exposure calculation approach which applies volatility adjustments to the market value of exposure and collateral when calculating Risk Weighted Asset values.
Financial Stability Board (FSB) An international body that monitors and makes recommendations about the global financial system. It promotes international financial stability by coordinating national financial authorities and international standard-setting bodies as they work toward developing strong regulatory, supervisory and other financial sector policies. It fosters a level playing field by encouraging coherent implementation of these policies across sectors and jurisdictions.
Fitch A credit rating agency.
Forbearance Programmes Forbearance programmes to assist customers in financial difficulty through agreements to accept less than contractual amounts due where financial distress would otherwise prevent satisfactory repayment within the original terms and conditions of the contract. These agreements may be initiated by the customer, Barclays or a third party and include approved debt counselling plans, minimum due reductions, interest rate concessions and switches from capital and interest repayments to interest-only payments.
Forbearance Programmes for Credit Cards Can be split into 2 main types: Repayment plans- A temporary reduction in the minimum payment due, for a maximum of 60 months. This may involve a reduction in interest rates to prevent negative amortization; Fully amortising- A permanent conversion of the outstanding balance into a fully amortising loan, over a maximum period of 60 months.
Forbearance Programmes for Home Loans Can be split into 4 main types: Interest-only conversions- A temporary change from a capital and interest repayment to an interest-only repayment, for a maximum of 24 months; Interest rate reductions- A temporary reduction in interest rate, for a maximum of 12 months; Payment concessions- An agreement to temporarily accept reduced loan repayments, for a maximum of 24 months; Term extensions- A permanent extension to the loan maturity date which may involve a reduction in interest rates, and usually involves the capitalisation of arrears.
Forbearance Programmes for Unsecured Loans Can be split into 3 main types: Payment concessions- An agreement to temporarily accept reduced loan repayments, for a maximum of 12 months; Term extensions- A permanent extension to the loan maturity date, usually involving the capitalisation of arrears; Fully amortising- A permanent conversion of the outstanding balance into a fully amortising loan, over a maximum period of 120 months for loans.
Foreclosures in Progress The process by which the bank initiates legal action against a customer with the intention of terminating a loan agreement whereby the bank may repossess the property subject to local law and recover amounts it is owed.
Foreign exchange derivatives The Barclays Groups principal exchange rate-related contracts are forward foreign exchange contracts, currency swaps and currency options. Forward foreign exchange contracts are agreements to buy or sell a specified quantity of foreign currency, usually on a specified future date at an agreed rate. Currency swaps generally involves the exchange, or notional exchange, of equivalent amounts of two currencies and a commitment to exchange interest periodically until the principal amounts are re-exchanged on a future date. Currency options provide the buyer with the right, but not the obligation, either to purchase or sell a fixed amount of a currency at a specified exchange rate on or before a future date. As compensation for assuming the option risk, the option writer generally receives a premium at the start of the option period.
344 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Foreign exchange risk In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in foreign exchange rates and volatilities.
Front Arena A deal solution that helps to trade and manage positions and risk in the global capital markets.
Full time equivalent Full time equivalent units are the on-job hours paid for employee services divided by the number of ordinary-time hours normally paid for a full-time staff member when on the job (or contract employees where applicable).
Fully loaded When a measure is presented or described as being on a fully loaded basis, it is calculated without applying the transitional provisions set out in Part Ten of CRD IV.
Funded credit protection Is a technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from the right of that institution, in the event of the default of the counterparty or on the occurrence of other specified credit events relating to the counterparty, to liquidate, or to obtain transfer or appropriation of, or to retain certain assets or amounts, or to reduce the amount of the exposure to, or to replace it with, the amount of the difference between the amount of the exposure and the amount of a claim on the institution.
Funding for Lending Scheme (FLS) Scheme launched by the Bank of England to incentivise banks and building societies to lend to UK households and non-financial companies through reduced funding costs, the benefits of which are passed on to UK borrowers in the form of cheaper and more easily available loans.
Funding mismatch In the context of Eurozone balance sheet funding exposures, the excess of local euro denominated external assets, such as customer loans, over local euro denominated liabilities, such as customer deposits.
Gains on acquisitions The amount by which the acquirers interest in the net fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities, recognised in a business combination, exceeds the cost of the combination.
General Data Protection Regulations (GDPR) GDPR (Regulation (EU) 2016/679) is a regulation by which the European Parliament, the Council of the European Union and the European Commission intend to strengthen and unify data protection for all individuals within the European Union.
General market risk The risk of a price change in a financial instrument due to a change in level of interest rates or owing to a broad equity market movement unrelated to any specific attributes of individual securities.
Global-Systemically Important Banks (G-SIBs or G-SIIs) Global financial institutions whose size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness, mean that their distress or failure would cause significant disruption to the wider financial system and economic activity. The Financial Stability Board and the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision publish a list of globally systemically important banks.
G-SII additional leverage ratio buffer (G-SII ALRB) A macroprudential buffer that applies to globally systemically important banks (G-SIBs) and other major domestic UK banks and building societies, including banks that are subject to ring-fencing requirements. The G-SII ALRB will be calibrated as 35% (on a phased basis) of the combined systemic risk buffers that applies to the bank.
GSII Buffer Common Equity Tier 1 capital required to be held under CRD IV to ensure that G-SIBs build up surplus capital to compensate for the systemic risk that such institutions represent to the financial system.
Grandfathering In the context of CRD IV capital resources, the phasing in of the application of instrument eligibility rules which allows CRR non-compliant capital instruments to be included in regulatory capital subject to certain thresholds which decrease over the transitional period.
Gross charge-off rates Represents the balances charged-off to recoveries in the reporting period, expressed as a percentage of average outstanding balances excluding balances in recoveries. Charge-off to recoveries generally occurs when the collections focus switches from the collection of arrears to the recovery of the entire outstanding balance, and represents a fundamental change in the relationship between the bank and the customer. This is a measure of the proportion of customers that have gone into default during the period.
Gross new lending New lending advanced to customers during the period.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 345 |
Glossary of terms
Guarantee Unless otherwise described, an undertaking by a third party to pay a creditor should a debtor fail to do so. It is a form of credit substitution.
Head Office A division comprising Brand and Marketing, Finance, Head Office, Human Resources, Internal Audit, Legal and Compliance, Risk, Treasury and Tax and other operations.
High Net Worth Businesses within Barclays UK and Barclays International that provide banking and other services to high net worth customers.
High Risk In retail banking, High Risk is defined as the subset of up-to-date customers who, either through an event or observed behaviour exhibit potential financial difficulty. Where appropriate, these customers are proactively contacted to assess whether assistance is required.
Home loan A loan to purchase a residential property. The property is then used as collateral to guarantee repayment of the loan. The borrower gives the lender a lien against the property and the lender can foreclose on the property if the borrower does not repay the loan per the agreed terms. Also known as a residential mortgage.
IHC or US IHC Barclays US LLC, the intermediate holding company established by Barclays in July 2016, which holds most of Barclays subsidiaries and assets in the United States.
IMA / Internal Model Approach In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, Risk Weighted Assets for which the exposure amount has been derived via the use of a PRA approved internal market risk model.
IMM / Internal Model Method In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, Risk Weighted Assets for which the exposure amount has been derived via the use of a PRA approved internal counterparty credit risk model.
Identified Impairment (II) Specific impairment allowances for financial assets, individually estimated.
IFRS9 transitional arrangements Following the application of IFRS 9 as of 1 January 2018, Article 473a of CRR permits institutions to phase-in the impact on capital and leverage ratios of the impairment requirements under the new accounting standard.
Impairment Allowances A provision held on the balance sheet as a result of the raising of a charge against profit for expected losses in the lending book. An impairment allowance may either be identified or unidentified and individual or collective.
Impairment Coverage Ratio Impairment allowance held against balances in a specific portfolio expressed as a percentage of balances in the specific portfolio.
Income Total income, unless otherwise specified.
Incremental Risk Charge (IRC) An estimate of the incremental risk arising from rating migrations and defaults beyond what is already captured in specific market risk VaR for the non correlation trading portfolio.
Independent Commission on Banking (ICB) Body set up by HM Government to identify structural and non-structural measures to reform the UK banking system and promote competition.
Independent Validation Unit (IVU) The function within the bank responsible for independent review, challenge and approval of all models.
Individual liquidity guidance (ILG) Guidance given to a bank about the amount, quality and funding profile of liquidity resources that the PRA has asked the bank to maintain.
Inflation risk In the context of DVaR, the impact of changes in inflation rates and volatilities on cash instruments and derivatives.
Insurance Risk The risk of the Barclays Groups aggregate insurance premiums received from policyholders under a portfolio of insurance contracts being inadequate to cover the claims arising from those policies.
Interchange Income paid to a credit card issuer for the clearing and settlement of a sale or cash advance transaction.
346 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Interest only home loans Under the terms of these loans, the customer makes payments of interest only for the entire term of the mortgage, although customers may make early repayments of the principal within the terms of their agreement. The customer is responsible for repaying the entire outstanding principal on maturity, which may require the sale of the mortgaged property.
Interest rate derivatives Derivatives linked to interest rates. This category includes interest rate swaps, collars, floors options and swaptions. An interest rate swap is an agreement between two parties to exchange fixed rate and floating rate interest by means of periodic payments based upon a notional principal amount and the interest rates defined in the contract. Certain agreements combine interest rate and foreign currency swap transactions, which may or may not include the exchange of principal amounts. A basis swap is a form of interest rate swap, in which both parties exchange interest payments based on floating rates, where the floating rates are based upon different underlying reference indices. In a forward rate agreement, two parties agree a future settlement of the difference between an agreed rate and a future interest rate, applied to a notional principal amount. The settlement, which generally occurs at the start of the contract period, is the discounted present value of the payment that would otherwise be made at the end of that period.
Interest rate risk The risk of interest rate volatility adversely impacting the Barclays Groups net interest margin. In the context of the calculation of market risk DVaR, measures the impact of changes in interest (swap) rates and volatilities on cash instruments and derivatives.
Interest rate risk in the banking book (IRRBB) The risk that the Barclays Group is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities.
Internal Assessment Approach (IAA) One of three types of calculation that a bank with permission to use the Internal Ratings Based (IRB) approach may apply to securitisation exposures. It consists of mapping a banks internal rating methodology for credit exposures to those of an External Credit Assessment Institution (ECAI) to determine the appropriate risk weight based on the ratings based approach. Its applicability is limited to ABCP programmes related to liquidity facilities and credit enhancement.
Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) Companies are required to perform a formal Internal Capital Adequacy Assessment Process (ICAAP) as part of the Pillar 2 requirements (BIPRU) and to provide this document to the PRA on a yearly basis. The ICAAP document summarises the Barclays Groups risk management framework, including approach to managing all risks (i.e. Pillar 1 and non-Pillar 1 risks); and, the Barclays Groups risk appetite, economic capital and stress testing frameworks.
Internal model method (IMM) In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, Risk Weighted Assets for which the exposure amount has been derived via the use of a PRA approved internal counterparty credit risk model.
Internal Ratings Based (IRB) An approach under the CRR framework that relies on the banks internal models to derive the risk weights. The IRB approach is divided into two alternative applications, Advanced and Foundation:
| Advanced IRB (A-IRB): the bank uses its own estimates of probability of default (PD), loss given default (LGD) and credit conversion factor to model a given risk exposure. |
| Foundation IRB: the bank applies its own PD as for Advanced, but it uses standard parameters for the LGD and the credit conversion factor. The Foundation IRB approach is specifically designed for wholesale credit exposures. Hence retail, equity, securitisation positions and non-credit obligations asset exposures are treated under standardised or A-IRB. |
Investment Bank The Barclays Groups investment bank which consists of origination led and returns focused markets and banking business which forms part of the Corporate and Investment Banking segment of Barclays International.
Investment Banking Fees In the context of Investment Bank Analysis of Total Income, fees generated from origination activity businesses including financial advisory, debt and equity underwriting.
Investment grade A debt security, treasury bill or similar instrument with a credit rating of AAA to BBB as measured by external credit rating agencies.
ISDA Master Agreement The most commonly used master contract for OTC derivative transactions internationally. It is part of a framework of documents, designed to enable OTC derivatives to be documented fully and flexibly. The framework consists of a master
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 347 |
Glossary of terms
agreement, a schedule, confirmations, definition booklets, and a credit support annex. The ISDA master agreement is published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (ISDA).
Key Risk Scenarios (KRS) Key Risk Scenarios are a summary of the extreme potential risk exposure for each Key Risk in each business and function, including an assessment of the potential frequency of risk events, the average size of losses and three extreme scenarios. The Key Risk Scenario assessments are a key input to the Advanced Measurement Approach calculation of regulatory and economic capital requirements.
Lag risk Arises from the delay in re-pricing customer rates for certain variable/managed rate products, following an underlying change to market interest rates. This is typically driven by either regulatory constraint around customer notification on pricing changes, processing time for the Barclays Groups and/or Entitys notification systems or contractual agreements within a products terms and conditions.
Large exposure A large exposure is defined as the total exposure of a bank to a counterparty or group of connected clients, whether in the banking book or trading book or both, which in aggregate equals or exceeds 10% of the banks eligible capital.
Legal risk The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the Barclays Group to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements.
Lender Option Borrower Option (LOBO) A clause previously included in ESHLA loans that allowed Barclays, on specific dates, to raise the fixed interest rate on the loan, upon which the borrower had the option to either continue with the loan at the higher rate, or re-pay the loan at par.
Lending In the context of Investment Bank Analysis of Total Income, lending income includes net interest income, gains or losses on loan sale activity, and risk management activity relating to the loan portfolio.
Letters of credit A letter typically used for the purposes of international trade guaranteeing that a debtors payment to a creditor will be made on time and in full. In the event that the debtor is unable to make payment, the bank will be required to cover the full or remaining amount of the purchase.
Level 1 assets High quality liquid assets under the Basel Committees Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR), including cash, central bank reserves and higher quality government securities.
Level 2 assets Under the Basel Committees Liquidity Coverage Ratio high quality liquid assets (HQLA) are comprised of Level 1 and Level 2 assets, with the latter comprised of Level 2A and Level 2B assets. Level 2A assets include, for example, lower quality government securities, covered bonds and corporate debt securities. Level 2B assets include, for example, lower rated corporate bonds, residential mortgage backed securities and equities that meet certain conditions.
Lifetime expected credit losses An assessment of expected losses associated with default events that may occur during the life of an exposure, reflecting the present value of cash shortfalls over the remaining expected life of the asset.
Lifetime Probability The likelihood of accounts entering default during the expected remaining life of the asset.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio (LCR) The ratio of the stock of high quality liquid assets to expected net cash outflows over the next 30 days. High-quality liquid assets should be unencumbered, liquid in markets during a time of stress and, ideally, be central bank eligible. These include, for example, cash and claims on central governments and central banks.
Liquidity Pool The Barclays Group liquidity pool comprises cash at central banks and highly liquid collateral specifically held by the Barclays Group as a contingency to enable the bank to meet cash outflows in the event of stressed market conditions.
Liquidity Risk The risk that the Barclays Group is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that is does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets.
Liquidity risk appetite (LRA) The level of liquidity risk that the Barclays Group chooses to take in pursuit of its business objectives and in meeting its regulatory obligations.
348 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Liquidity Risk Management Framework (the Liquidity Framework) The Liquidity Risk Management Framework (the Liquidity Framework), which is sanctioned by the Board Risk Committee (BRC) and which incorporates liquidity policies, systems and controls that the Barclays Group has implemented to manage liquidity risk within tolerances approved by the Board and regulatory agencies.
Litigation and conduct charges or Litigation and conduct Litigation and conduct charges include regulatory fines, litigation settlements and conduct related customer redress.
Loan loss rate Quoted in basis points and represents total impairment charges divided by gross loans and advances held at amortised cost at the balance sheet date.
Loan to deposit ratio Loans and advances at amortised costs divided by deposits at amortised cost.
Loan to value (LTV) ratio Expresses the amount borrowed against an asset (i.e. a mortgage) as a percentage of the appraised value of the asset. The ratios are used in determining the appropriate level of risk for the loan and are generally reported as an average for new mortgages or an entire portfolio. Also see Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio.
London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR) A benchmark interest rate at which banks can borrow funds from other banks in the London interbank market.
Long-term refinancing operation (LTRO) The European Central Banks 3 year long term bank refinancing operation.
Loss Given Default (LGD) The percentage of Exposure at Default (EAD) (defined above) that will not be recovered following default. LGD comprises the actual loss (the part that is not expected to be recovered), together with the economic costs associated with the recovery process.
Macro Products Represents Rates, currency and commodities income.
Management VaR A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific confidence level, if current positions were to be held unchanged for predefined period. Corporate and Investment Bank uses Management VaR with a two-year equally weighted historical period, at a 95% confidence level, with a one day holding period.
Mandatory break clause In the context of counterparty credit risk, a contract clause that means a trade will be ended on a particular date.
Marked to market approach A counterparty credit risk exposure calculation approach which uses the current mark to market value of derivative positions as well as a potential future exposure add-on to calculate an exposure to which a risk weight can be applied. This is also known as the Current Exposure Method.
Marked to market (MTM) LTV ratio The loan amount as a percentage of the current value of the asset used to secure the loan. Also see Balance weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio and Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) ratio.
Market risk The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the Barclays Groups assets and liabilities from fluctuation in market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and asset correlations.
Master netting agreements An agreement that provides for a single net settlement of all financial instruments and collateral covered by the agreement in the event of the counterpartys default or bankruptcy or insolvency, resulting in a reduced exposure.
Master trust securitisation programmes A securitisation structure where a trust is set up for the purpose of acquiring a pool of receivables. The trust issues multiple series of securities backed by these receivables.
Matchbook (or matched book) An asset/liability management strategy where assets are matched against liabilities of equivalent value and maturity.
Material Risk Takers (MRTs) Categories of staff whose professional activities have or are deemed to have a material impact on Barclays risk profile, as determined in accordance with the European Banking Authority regulatory technical standard on the identification of such staff.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 349 |
Glossary of terms
Medium-Term Notes Corporate notes (or debt securities) continuously offered by a company to investors through a dealer. Investors can choose from differing maturities, ranging from nine months to 30 years. They can be issued on a fixed or floating coupon basis or with an exotic coupon; with a fixed maturity date (non-callable) or with embedded call or put options or early repayment triggers. MTNs are most generally issued as senior, unsecured debt.
Methodology and policy In the context of the Funding Risk, Capital Risk section, the effect on RWAs of methodology changes driven by regulatory policy changes.
MiFid2 The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive 2004/39/EC (known as MiFID 1) as subsequently amended to MiFID 2 is a European Union law that provides harmonised regulation for investment services across the 31 member states of the European Economic Area.
Minimum requirement for own funds and eligible liabilities (MREL) A European Union wide requirement under the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive for all European banks and investment banks to hold a minimum level of equity and/or loss absorbing eligible liabilities to ensure the operation of the bail-in tool to absorb losses and recapitalise an institution in resolution. An institutions MREL requirement is set by its resolution authority. Amendments are proposed to align MREL and TLAC requirements for EU G-SIBs.
Model risk The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports.
Model updates In the context of the Funding Risk, Capital Risk section, changes in RWAs caused by model implementation, changes in model scope or any changes required to address model malfunctions.
Model validation Process through which models are independently challenged, tested and verified to prove that they have been built, implemented and used correctly, and that they continue to be fit-for-purpose.
ModelledVaR In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, Market risk calculated using value at risk models laid down by the CRR and supervised by the PRA.
Money market funds Investment funds typically invested in short-term debt securities.
Monoline derivatives Derivatives with a monoline insurer such as credit default swaps referencing the underlying exposures held.
Moodys A credit rating agency.
Mortgage Current Accounts (MCA) Reserves A secured overdraft facility available to home loan customers which allows them to borrow against the equity in their home. It allows draw-down up to an agreed available limit on a separate but connected account to the main mortgage loan facility. The balance drawn must be repaid on redemption of the mortgage.
Multilateral development banks Financial institutions created for the purposes of development, where membership transcends national boundaries.
National discretion Discretions in CRD IV given to member states to allow the local regulator additional powers in the application of certain CRD IV rules in its jurisdiction.
Net asset value per share Calculated by dividing shareholders equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, by the number of issued ordinary shares.
Net interest income (NII) The difference between interest income on assets and interest expense on liabilities.
Net interest margin (NIM) Net interest income divided by the sum of average customer assets.
Net investment income Changes in the fair value of financial instruments designated at fair value, dividend income and the net result on disposal of available for sale assets.
Net Stable Funding Ratio (NSFR) The ratio of available stable funding to required stable funding over a one year time horizon, assuming a stressed scenario. The ratio is required to be over 100%. Available stable funding would include such items as equity capital, preferred stock with a maturity of over 1 year, or liabilities with a maturity of over 1 year. The required amount of stable funding is calculated as the
350 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
sum of the value of the assets held and funded by the institution, multiplied by a specific required stable funding (RSF) factor assigned to each particular asset type, added to the amount of potential liquidity exposure multiplied by its associated RSF factor.
Net tangible asset value per share Calculated by dividing shareholders equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, less goodwill and intangible assets, by the number of issued ordinary shares.
Net trading income Gains and losses arising from trading positions which are held at fair value, in respect of both market-making and customer business, together with interest, dividends and funding costs relating to trading activities.
Net written credit protection In the context of leverage exposure, the net notional value of credit derivatives protection sold and credit derivatives protection bought.
New bookings The total of the original balance on accounts opened in the reporting period, including any applicable fees and charges included in the loan amount.
Non-asset backed debt instruments Debt instruments not backed by collateral, including government bonds; US agency bonds; corporate bonds; commercial paper; certificates of deposit; convertible bonds; corporate bonds and issued notes.
Non-customer net interest income / Non-customer interest income Principally comprises the impact of product and equity structural hedges, as well as certain other net interest income received on government bonds and other debt securities held for the purposes of interest rate hedging and liquidity for local banking activities.
Non-model method (NMM) In the context of Risk Weighted Assets, Counterparty credit risk, Risk Weighted Assets where the exposure amount has been derived through the use of CRR norms, as opposed to an internal model.
Non-performance costs Costs other than performance costs.
Non-performing proportion of outstanding balances Defined as balances greater than 90 days delinquent (including forbearance accounts greater than 90 days and accounts charged off to recoveries), expressed as a percentage of outstanding balances.
Non-performing balances impairment coverage ratio Impairment allowance held against non performing balances expressed as a percentage of non performing balances.
Non-Traded Market Risk The risk that the current or future exposure in the banking book (i.e. non-traded book) will impact banks capital and/or earnings due to adverse movements in Interest or Foreign Exchange Rates.
Non-Traded VaR Reflects the volatility in the value of the available for sale investments in the liquidity pool which flow directly through capital via the available for sale reserve. The underlying methodology to calculate non traded VaR is similar to Traded Management VaR, but the two measures are not directly comparable. The Non Traded VaR represents the volatility to capital driven by the available for sale exposures. These exposures are in the banking book and do not meet the criteria for trading book treatment.
Notch A single unit of measurement in a credit rating scale.
Notional amount The nominal or face amount of a financial instrument, such as a loan or a derivative, that is used to calculate payments made on that instrument.
Open Banking The Payment Services Directive (PSD2) and the Open API standards and data sharing remedy imposed by the UK Competition and Markets Authority following its Retail Banking Market Investigation Order.
Operational risk The risk of loss to the bank from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events (for example fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks.
Operational Riskdata eXchange (ORX) The Operational Riskdata eXchange Association (ORX) is a not-for-profit industry association dedicated to advancing the measurement and management of operational risk in the global financial services industry. Barclays is a member of ORX.
Origination led Focus on high margin, low capital fee based activities and related hedging opportunities.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 351 |
Glossary of terms
Origination exposure model A technique used to measure the counterparty credit risk of losing anticipated cash flows from forwards, swaps, options and other derivatives contracts in the event the counterparty to the contract should default.
OSII Other systemically important institutions are institutions that are deemed to create risk to financial stability due to their systemic importance.
Over-the-counter (OTC) derivatives Derivative contracts that are traded (and privately negotiated) directly between two parties. They offer flexibility because, unlike standardised exchange-traded products, they can be tailored to fit specific needs.
Own credit The effect of changes in the Barclays Groups own credit standing on the fair value of financial liabilities.
Owner occupied mortgage A mortgage where the intention of the customer was to occupy the property at origination.
Past due items Refers to loans where the borrower has failed to make a payment when due under the terms of the loan contract.
Payment Protection Insurance (PPI) redress Provision for the settlement of PPI miss-selling claims and related claims management costs.
Pension Risk The risk of the Barclays Groups earnings and capital being adversely impacted by the Barclays Groups defined benefit obligations increasing or the value of the assets backing these defined benefit obligations decreasing due to changes in both the level and volatility of prices.
Performance costs The accounting charge recognised in the period for performance awards. For deferred incentives and long-term incentives, the accounting charge is spread over the relevant periods in which the employee delivers service.
Personal Banking Offers retail advice, products and services to community and premier customers in the UK.
Period end allocated tangible equity Allocated tangible equity is calculated as 12.0% (2016: 11.5%) of CRD IV fully loaded Risk Weighted Assets for each business, adjusted for CRD IV fully loaded capital deductions, excluding goodwill and intangible assets, reflecting assumptions the Barclays Group uses for capital planning purposes. Head Office tangible equity represents the difference between the Barclays Groups tangible equity and the amounts allocated to businesses.
Post-model adjustment (PMA) In the context of Basel models, a PMA is a short term increase in regulatory capital applied at portfolio level to account for model input data deficiencies, inadequate model performance or changes to regulatory definitions (e.g. definition of default) to ensure the model output is accurate, complete and appropriate.
Potential Credit Risk Loans (PCRLs) Comprise the outstanding balances to Potential Problem Loans (defined below) and the three categories of Credit Risk Loans (defined above).
Potential Future Exposure (PFE) on Derivatives A regulatory calculation in respect of the Barclays Groups potential future credit exposure on both exchange traded and OTC derivative contracts, calculated by assigning a standardised percentage (based on the underlying risk category and residual trade maturity) to the gross notional value of each contract.
Potential Problem Loans (PPLs) Loans that are currently complying with repayment terms but where serious doubt exists as to the ability of the borrowers to continue to comply with repayment terms in the near future.
PRA waivers PRA approvals that specifically give permission to the bank to either modify or waive existing rules. Waivers are specific to an organisation and require applications being submitted to and approved by the PRA.
Primary securitisations The issuance of securities (bonds and commercial papers) for fund-raising.
Primary Stress Tests In the context of Traded Market Risk, Stress Testing provides an estimate of potentially significant future losses that might arise from extreme market moves or scenarios. Primary Stress Tests apply stress moves to key liquid risk factors for each of the major trading asset classes.
Prime Services Involves financing of fixed income and equity positions using Repo and stock lending facilities. The Prime Services business also provides brokerage facilitation services for hedge fund clients offering execution and clearance facilities for a variety of asset classes.
Principal In the context of a loan, the amount borrowed, or the part of the amount borrowed which remains unpaid (excluding interest).
352 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Principal Investments Private equity investments.
Principal Risks the principal risks affecting the Barclays Group described in the risk review section of the Barclays PLC Annual Report.
Private equity investments Investments in equity securities in operating companies not quoted on a public exchange. Investment in private equity often involves the investment of capital in private companies or the acquisition of a public company that results in the delisting of public equity. Capital for private equity investment is raised by retail or institutional investors and used to fund investment strategies such as leveraged buyouts, venture capital, growth capital, distressed investments and mezzanine capital.
Private-label securitisation Residential mortgage backed security transactions sold or guaranteed by entities that are not sponsored or owned by the government.
Probability of Default (PD) The likelihood that a loan will not be repaid and will fall into default. PD may be calculated for each client who has a loan (normally applicable to wholesale customers/clients) or for a portfolio of clients with similar attributes (normally applicable to retail customers). To calculate PD, Barclays assesses the credit quality of borrowers and other counterparties and assigns them an internal risk rating. Multiple rating methodologies may be used to inform the rating decision on individual large credits, such as internal and external models, rating agency ratings, and for wholesale assets market information such as credit spreads. For smaller credits, a single source may suffice such as the result from an internal rating model.
Product structural hedge An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility on product balances with an instant access (such as non-interest bearing current accounts and managed rate deposits) and to smoothen the income over a medium/long term.
Properties in Possession held as Loans and Advances to Customers Properties in the UK and Italy where the customer continues to retain legal title but where the bank has enforced the possession order as part of the foreclosure process to allow for the disposal of the asset or the court has ordered the auction of the property.
Properties in Possession held as Other Real Estate Owned Properties in South Africa, where the bank has taken legal ownership of the title as a result of purchase at an auction or similar and treated as Other Real Estate Owned within other assets on the banks balance sheet.
Proprietary trading When a bank, brokerage or other financial institution trades on its own account, at its own risk, rather than on behalf of customers, so as to make a profit for itself.
Prudential Regulation Authority (PRA) The statutory body responsible for the prudential supervision of banks, building societies, insurers and a small number of significant investment banks in the UK. The PRA is a subsidiary of the Bank of England.
Prudential valuation adjustment (PVA) A calculation which adjusts the accounting values of positions held on balance sheet at fair value to comply with regulatory valuation standards, which place greater emphasis on the inherent uncertainty around the value at which a trading book position could be exited.
Public benchmark Unsecured medium term notes issued in public syndicated transactions.
Qualifying Revolving Retail Exposure (QRRE) In the context of the IRB approach to credit risk RWA calculations, an exposure meeting the criteria set out in BIPRU 4.6.42 R (2). It includes most types of credit card exposure.
Rates In the context of Investment Bank income analysis, trading revenue relating to government bonds and linear interest rate derivatives.
Re-aging The returning of a delinquent account to up-to-date status without collecting the full arrears (principal, interest and fees).
Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs) An entity that holds a fixed pool of mortgages and that is separated into multiple classes of interests for issuance to investors.
Recoveries Impairment Coverage Ratio Impairment allowance held against recoveries balances expressed as a percentage of balance in recoveries.
Recoveries proportion of outstanding balances Represents the amount of recoveries (gross month-end customer balances of all accounts that have charged-off) as at the period end compared to total outstanding balances. The size of the recoveries book would ultimately
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 353 |
Glossary of terms
have an impact on the overall impairment requirement on the portfolio. Balances in recoveries will decrease if: assets are written-off; amounts are collected; or assets are sold to a third party (i.e. debt sale).
Redenomination risk The risk of financial loss to the Barclays Group should one or more countries exit from the Euro, potentially leading to the devaluation of local balance sheet assets and liabilities.
Regulatory capital The amount of capital that a bank holds to satisfy regulatory requirements.
Renegotiated loans Loans are generally renegotiated either as part of an ongoing customer relationship or in response to an adverse change in the circumstances of the borrower. In the latter case renegotiation can result in an extension of the due date of payment or repayment plans under which the Barclays Group offers a concessionary rate of interest to genuinely distressed borrowers. This will result in the asset continuing to be overdue and will be individually impaired where the renegotiated payments of interest and principal will not recover the original carrying amount of the asset. In other cases, renegotiation will lead to a new agreement, which is treated as a new loan.
Repricing lag risk The risk that when underlying interest rates change it can take a number of months to change the customer rate e.g. should rates decrease then we would need to let our variable savings rate customers know that we would be decreasing their savings rates. This could result in a loss of income as it may take several months, whereas the funding/investment benefit reduces immediately.
Repurchase agreement (Repo) / Reverse repurchase agreement (Reverse repo) Arrangements that allow counterparties to use financial securities as collateral for an interest bearing cash loan. The borrower agrees to sell a security to the lender subject to a commitment to repurchase the asset at a specified price on a given date. For the party selling the security (and agreeing to repurchase it in the future) it is a Repurchase agreement or Repo; for the counterparty to the transaction (buying the security and agreeing to sell in the future) it is a Reverse repurchase agreement or Reverse repo.
Reputation risk The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the Barclays Groups integrity and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
Re-securitisations The repackaging of Securitised Products into securities. The resulting securities are therefore securitisation positions where the underlying assets are also predominantly securitisation positions.
Reserve Capital Instruments (RCIs) Hybrid issued capital securities which may be debt or equity accounted, depending on the terms.
Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities (RMBS) Securities that represent interests in a group of residential mortgages. Investors in these securities have the right to cash received from future mortgage payments (interest and/or principal).
Residual maturity The remaining contractual term of a credit obligation associated with a credit exposure.
Restructured loans Comprises loans where, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtors financial difficulties, a concession has been granted to the debtor that would not otherwise be considered. Where the concession results in the expected cash flows discounted at the original effective interest rate being less than the loans carrying value, an impairment allowance will be raised.
Retail Loans Loans to individuals or small and medium sized enterprises rather than to financial institutions and larger businesses. It includes both secured and unsecured loans such as mortgages and credit card balances, as well as loans to certain smaller business customers, typically with exposures up to £3m or with a turnover up to £5m.
Return on average Risk Weighted Assets Statutory profit as a proportion of average Risk Weighted Assets.
Return on average shareholders equity Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average shareholders equity, excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments.
Return on average tangible shareholders equity Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary equity holders of the parent, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests and other equity instruments, adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
354 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Return on average allocated tangible shareholders equity Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders, including an adjustment for the tax credit in reserves in respect of other equity instruments, as a proportion of average allocated tangible shareholders equity.
Risk Appetite The level of risk that Barclays is prepared to accept whilst pursuing its business strategy, recognising a range of possible outcomes as business plans are implemented.
Risk weighted assets (RWAs) A measure of a banks assets adjusted for their associated risks. Risk weightings are established in accordance with the Basel rules as implemented by CRD IV and local regulators.
Risks not in VaR (RNIVS) Refers to all the key market risks which are not captured or not well captured within the VaR model framework.
Roll rate analysis The measurement of the rate at which retail accounts deteriorate through delinquency phases.
Sales commissions, commitments and other incentives Includes commission-based arrangements, guaranteed incentives and Long Term Incentive Plan awards.
Sarbanes-Oxley requirements The Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 (SOX), which was introduced by the U.S. Government to safeguard against corporate governance scandals such as Enron, WorldCom and Tyco. All US-listed companies must comply with SOX.
Second Lien Debt that is issued against the same collateral as higher lien debt but that is subordinate to it. In the case of default, compensation for this debt will only be received after the first lien has been repaid and thus represents a riskier investment than the first lien.
Secondary Stress Tests Secondary stress tests are used in measuring potential losses arising from illiquid market risks that cannot be hedged or reduced within the time period covered in Primary Stress Tests.
Securities and loans In the context of Non-Core Analysis of Total income, Barclays Non-Core Securities and Loans comprise non strategic businesses, predominantly from the non-core Investment Bank and Corporate Bank.
Securities Financing Transactions (SFT) In the context of Risk Weighted Assets (RWAs), any of the following transactions: a repurchase transaction, a securities or commodities lending or borrowing transaction, or a margin lending transaction whereby cash collateral is received or paid in respect of the transfer of a related asset.
Securities financing transactions adjustments In the context of leverage ratio, a regulatory add-on calculated as exposure less collateral, taking into account master netting agreements.
Securities lending arrangements Arrangements whereby securities are legally transferred to a third party subject to an agreement to return them at a future date. The counterparty generally provides collateral against non performance in the form of cash or other assets.
Securitisation Typically, a process by which debt instruments such as mortgage loans or credit card balances are aggregated into a pool, which is used to back new securities. A company sells assets to a special purpose vehicle (SPV) which then issues securities backed by the assets. This allows the credit quality of the assets to be separated from the credit rating of the original borrower and transfers risk to external investors.
Securitised Products A business within the Investment Bank that offers a range of products relating to residential mortgage backed securities, commercial mortgage backed securities and other asset backed securities, in addition to restructuring and unwinding legacy credit structures.
Set-off clauses In the context of Counterparty credit risk, contract clauses that allow Barclays to set off amounts owed to us by a counterparty against amounts owed by us to the counterparty.
Settlement balances Are receivables or payables recorded between the date (the trade date) a financial instrument (such as a bond) is sold, purchased or otherwise closed out, and the date the asset is delivered by or to the entity (the settlement date) and cash is received or paid.
Settlement risk The risk that settlement in a transfer system will not take place as expected, usually owing to a party defaulting on one or more settlement obligations.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 355 |
Glossary of terms
Significant Increase in Credit Risk (SICR) Barclays assesses when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred based on quantitative and qualitative assessments.
Slotting Slotting is a Basel 2 approach that requires a standard set of rules to be used in the calculation of RWAs, based upon an assessment of factors such as the financial strength of the counterparty. The requirements for the application of the Slotting approach are detailed in BIPRU 4.5.
Sovereign exposure(s) Exposures to central governments, including holdings in government bonds and local government bonds.
Specific market risk A risk that is due to the individual nature of an asset and can potentially be diversified or the risk of a price change in an investment due to factors related to the issuer or, in the case of a derivative, the issuer of the underlying investment.
Spread risk Measures the impact of changes to the swap spread, i.e. the difference between swap rates and government bond yields.
Stage 1 This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has not increased significantly since initial recognition. Stage 1 financial instruments are required to recognise a 12 month expected credit loss allowance.
Stage 2 This represents financial instruments where the credit risk of the financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition. Stage 2 financial instruments are required to recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
Stage3 This represents financial instruments where the financial instrument is considered impaired. Stage 3 financial instruments are required to recognise a lifetime expected credit loss allowance.
Standard & Poors A credit rating agency.
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments Agreements to lend to a customer in the future, subject to certain conditions. Such commitments are either made for a fixed period, or have no specific maturity but are cancellable by the lender subject to notice requirements.
Statutory Line items of income, expense, profit or loss, assets, liabilities or equity stated in accordance with the requirements of the UK Companies Act 2006 and the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
Statutory return on average shareholders equity Statutory profit after tax attributable to ordinary shareholders as a proportion of average shareholders equity.
STD / Standardised Approach A method of calculating Risk Weighted Assets that relies on a mandatory framework set by the regulator to derive risk weights based on counterparty type and a credit rating provided by an External Credit Assessment Institute.
Stress Testing A process which involves identifying possible future adverse events or changes in economic conditions that could have unfavourable effects on the Barclays Group (either financial or non-financial), assessing the Barclays Groups ability to withstand such changes, and identifying management actions to mitigate the impact.
Stressed Value at Risk (SVaR) An estimate of the potential loss arising from a 12-month period of significant financial stress calibrated to 99% confidence level over a 10-day holding period.
Structured entity An entity in which voting or similar rights are not the dominant factor in deciding control. Structured entities are generally created to achieve a narrow and well defined objective with restrictions around their ongoing activities.
Structural hedge / hedging An interest rate hedge in place to reduce earnings volatility and to smoothen the income over a medium/long term on positions that exist within the balance sheet and do not re-price in line with market rates. See also Equity structural hedge and Product structural hedge.
Structural model of default A model based on the assumption that an obligor will default when its assets are insufficient to cover its liabilities.
Structured credit Includes legacy structured credit portfolio primarily comprising derivative exposure and financing exposure to structured credit vehicles.
356 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Structured finance/notes A structured note is an investment tool that pays a return linked to the value or level of a specified asset or index and sometimes offers capital protection if the value declines. Structured notes can be linked to equities, interest rates, funds, commodities and foreign currency.
Sub-prime Sub-prime is defined as loans to borrowers typically having weakened credit histories that include payment delinquencies and potentially more severe problems such as court judgments and bankruptcies. They may also display reduced repayment capacity as measured by credit scores, high debt-to-income ratios, or other criteria indicating heightened risk of default.
Subordinated liabilities Liabilities which, in the event of insolvency or liquidation of the issuer, are subordinated to the claims of depositors and other creditors of the issuer.
Supranational bonds Bonds issued by an international organisation, where membership transcends national boundaries (e.g. the European Union or World Trade Organisation).
Synthetic Securitisation Transactions Securitisation transactions effected through the use of derivatives.
Systemic Risk Buffer CET1 capital that may be required to be held as part of the Combined Buffer Requirement increasing the capacity of UK banks to absorb stress and limiting the damage to the economy as a results of restricted lending.
Tangible net asset value Shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
Tangible net asset value per share Shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill, divided by the number of issued ordinary shares.
Tangible shareholders equity Shareholders equity excluding non-controlling interests adjusted for the deduction of intangible assets and goodwill.
Term premium Additional interest required by investors to hold assets with a longer period to maturity.
The Fundamental Review of the Trading Book (FRTB) Is a comprehensive suite of capital rules developed by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision as part of Basel III applicable to banks wholesale trading activities.
The Standardised Approach (TSA) Under the TSA, banks are required to hold regulatory capital for operational risk equal to the annual average, calculated over a rolling three-year period, of the relevant income indicator (across all business lines), multiplied by a supervisory defined percentage factor by business lines.
The three lines of defence The three lines of defence operating model enables Barclays to separate risk management activities between those client facing areas of the Barclays Group and associated support functions responsible for identifying risk, operating within applicable limits and escalating risk events (first line); colleagues in Risk and Compliance who establish the limits, rules and constraints under which the first line operates and monitors their performance against those limits and constraints (second line); and, colleagues in Internal Audit who provide assurance to the Board and Executive Management over the effectiveness of governance, risk management and control over risks (third line).
Tier 1 capital The sum of the Common Equity Tier 1 capital and Additional Tier 1 capital.
Tier 1 capital ratio The ratio which expresses Tier 1 capital as a percentage of Risk Weighted Assets under CRD IV.
Tier 2 (T2) capital In the context of CRD IV, a type of capital as defined in the Capital Requirements Regulation.
Tier 2 (T2) securities Securities that are treated as Tier 2 (T2) capital in the context of CRD IV.
Total capital ratio Total Regulatory capital as a percentage of Risk Weighted Assets.
Total Loss Absorbing Capacity (TLAC) A standard published by the FSB which is applicable to G-SIBs and requires a G-SIB to hold a prescriptive minimum level of instruments and liabilities that should be readily available for bail-in within resolution to absorb losses and recapitalise the institution.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 357 |
Glossary of terms
Total outstanding balance In retail banking, total outstanding balance is defined as the gross month-end customer balances on all accounts including accounts charged off to recoveries.
Total return swap An instrument whereby the seller of protection receives the full return of the asset, including both the income and change in the capital value of the asset. The buyer of the protection in return receives a predetermined amount.
Total balances on forbearance programmes coverage ratio Impairment allowance held against Forbearance balances expressed as a percentage of balance in forbearance.
Traded Market Risk The risk of a reduction to earnings or capital due to volatility of trading book positions.
Trading book All positions in financial instruments and commodities held by an institution either with trading intent, or in order to hedge positions held with trading intent.
Traditional Securitisation Transactions Securitisation transactions in which an underlying pool of assets generates cash flows to service payments to investors.
Transitional In the context of CRD IV a measure is described as transitional when the transitional provisions set out in Part Ten of the CRD IV Regulation are applied in its calculation.
Treasury and Capital Risk This comprises of Liquidity Risk, Capital Risk and Interest Rate Risk in the Banking Book.
Twelve month expected credit losses The portion of the lifetime ECL arising if default occurs within 12 months of the reporting date (or shorter period if the expected life is less than 12 months), weighted by the probability of said default occurring.
Twelve month PD The likelihood of accounts entering default within 12 months of the reporting date.
Unencumbered Assets not used to secure liabilities or otherwise pledged.
Unidentified Impairment (UI) Impairment for losses which are judged to be incurred but not yet specifically identified in customer exposures at the balance sheet date, and which, therefore, have not been specifically reported. The incurred but not yet reported calculation is based on the assets probability of moving from the performing portfolio to being specifically identified as impaired within the given emergence period and then on to default within a specified period, termed as the outcome period. This is calculated on the present value of estimated future cash flows discounted at the financial assets effective interest rate. The emergence and outcome periods vary across products.
United Kingdom (UK) Geographic segment where Barclays operates comprising the UK. Also see Europe.
UK Bank levy A levy that applies to UK banks, building societies and the UK operations of foreign banks. The levy is payable based on a percentage of the chargeable equity and liabilities of the bank on its balance sheet date.
UK leverage exposure Is calculated as per the PRA rulebook, where the exposure calculation also includes the FPCs recommendation to allow banks to exclude claims on the central bank from the calculation of the leverage exposure measure, as long as these are matched by deposits denominated in the same currency and of identical or longer maturity.
UK leverage ratio As per the PRA rulebook, means a banks tier 1 capital divided by its total exposure measure, with this ratio expressed as a percentage.
Unfunded credit protection Is a technique of credit risk mitigation where the reduction of the credit risk on the exposure of an institution derives from the obligation of a third party to pay an amount in the event of the default of the borrower or the occurrence of other specified credit events.
US Partner Portfolio Co-branded credit card programs with companies across various sectors including travel, entertainment, retail and financial sectors.
US Residential Mortgages Securities that represent interests in a group of US residential mortgages.
Utilisation rate Utilisation of MCA balances expressed as a percentage of total MCA reserve limits.
358 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Glossary of terms
Valuation weighted Loan to Value (LTV) Ratio In the context of credit risk disclosures on secured home loans, a means of calculating marked to market LTVs derived by comparing total outstanding balance and the value of total collateral we hold against these balances. Valuation weighted loan to value is calculated using the following formula: LTV = total outstandings in portfolio/total property values of total outstandings in portfolio.
Value at Risk (VaR) A measure of the potential loss of value arising from unfavourable market movements at a specific confidence level and within a specific timeframe.
Weighted off balance sheet commitments Regulatory add-ons to the leverage exposure measure based on credit conversion factors used in the Standardised Approach to credit risk.
Wholesale loans / lending Lending to larger businesses, financial institutions and sovereign entities.
Write-off Refers to the point where it is determined that an asset is irrecoverable, or it is no longer considered economically viable to try to recover the asset or it is deemed immaterial or full and final settlement is reached and the shortfall written off. In the event of write-off, the customer balance is removed from the balance sheet and the impairment allowance held against the asset is released.
Wrong-way risk Arises, in a trading exposure, when there is significant correlation between the underlying asset and the counterparty, which in the event of default would lead to a significant mark to market loss. When assessing the credit exposure of a wrong-way trade, analysts take into account the correlation between the counterparty and the underlying asset as part of the sanctioning process.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 359 |
Additional information
Barclays Africa Group Limited Separation Arrangements
In connection with Barclays sell down of its holdings in Barclays Africa Group Limited (BAGL) and the regulatory deconsolidation of BAGL from the Barclays Group, Barclays and BAGL entered into agreements governing the terms on which the separation would occur (the Separation Arrangements).
The separation terms included contributions from Barclays to BAGL totalling £765 million, payable in instalments, to support the separation of BAGL from the Barclays Group. Under the Separation Arrangements, Barclays agreed, among other things, to indemnify BAGL against certain potential losses suffered by BAGL, including as a result of (i) the business of Barclays Group, untrue statements or omissions contained in any document issued by the Barclays Group in connection with any placing or marketing of BAGL shares under the sell down of BAGL shares and any failure by any Barclays Group company to discharge any liability in respect of taxation for which the Barclays Group is primarily liable (the Perimeter Indemnity); or (ii) BAGL having adhered to any Barclays policy which is not compliant with the laws for which that policy was designed (the Policy Indemnity). Barclays liability under the Perimeter Indemnity is uncapped and under the Policy Indemnity is capped at £614.7 million.
The Separation Arrangements include a transitional services agreement (the TSA) which replaced previous intra-group arrangements between members of the Barclays Group and members of the BAGL group. The TSA came into effect on 6 June 2017 and the term of the TSA will be determined by the timeframes specified for the individual services being provided, which range from three months to three years, subject to extension(s).
The Separation Arrangements also provide for a governance framework which applies during the implementation of the separation. Certain protective covenants (including non-compete arrangements and non-solicit obligations) also apply to the Barclays Group, in respect of the countries BAGL operates in, until 6 June 2020. These protective covenants are subject to certain agreed carve outs, including where Barclays and BAGL continue to cooperate for the benefit of mutual clients, where appropriate.
The Separation Arrangements also include a Transitional Trade Mark Licence agreement (the TTML), which came into effect on 6 June 2017, and replaced previous trademark licence agreements between the Barclays Group and the BAGL group. The TTML allows BAGL to continue to use the Barclays brand for up to 12 months in South Africa and for up to three years in other BAGL territories, subject to limited exemptions.
360 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Financial Principal Risks
|
Non-Financial Principal Risks
| |||
◾ Credit risk: The risk of loss to the firm from the failure of clients, customers or counterparties, including sovereigns, to fully honour their obligations to the firm, including the whole and timely payment of principal, interest, collateral and other receivables.
◾ Market risk: The risk of loss arising from potential adverse changes in the value of the firms assets and liabilities from fluctuation in market variables including, but not limited to, interest rates, foreign exchange, equity prices, commodity prices, credit spreads, implied volatilities and asset correlations.
◾ Treasury and capital risk:
Liquidity risk: The risk that the firm is unable to meet its contractual or contingent obligations or that it does not have the appropriate amount, tenor and composition of funding and liquidity to support its assets.
Capital risk: The risk that the firm has an insufficient level or composition of capital to support its normal business activities and to meet its regulatory capital requirements under normal operating environments or stressed conditions (both actual and as defined for internal planning or regulatory testing purposes). This includes the risk from the firms pension plans.
Interest rate risk in the banking book: The risk that the firm is exposed to capital or income volatility because of a mismatch between the interest rate exposures of its (non-traded) assets and liabilities. |
◾ Operational risk: The risk of loss to the firm from inadequate or failed processes or systems, human factors or due to external events (for example fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks.
◾ Model risk: The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports.
◾ Conduct risk: The risk of detriment to customers, clients, market integrity, effective competition or Barclays from the inappropriate supply of financial services, including instances of wilful or negligent misconduct.
◾ Reputation risk: The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the firms integrity and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
◾ Legal risk: The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the firm to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements. | |||
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 361 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
362 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 363 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
364 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Measure relevant to strategy and risk | Link between strategy and risk profile | annually. The factors taken into consideration
◾ Barclays Group Risk Appetite
◾ current exposure/MTP forecasts
◾ risk return considerations
◾ senior risk management judgement.
| ||||
Profit after tax |
Fundamental performance of Barclays Group and underpins Barclays Groups capacity to make capital distributions. | |||||
Common Equity Tier 1 (CET1) |
Monitors capital adequacy in relation to capital plan, targets and regulatory hurdle rates.
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 365 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Summary of methodologies for Barclays Group-wide stress testing by risk type
| ||
Principal Risk | Stress testing approach | |
Credit risk |
◾ Credit risk impairment: For retail portfolios businesses use statistical models to establish a relationship between IFRS9 impairment loss levels and key macroeconomic parameters such as GDP, inflation and unemployment, incorporating credit quality migration analysis to estimate stressed levels. In addition, house price reductions (for mortgages), increased customer drawdowns (for revolving facilities) and higher interest rates impacting customer affordability lead to higher losses which also contribute to increased impairment levels. For wholesale portfolios the stress shocks on credit risk drivers (PDs, LGDs and EADs) are primarily calibrated using historical and expected relationships with key macro-economic parameters. | |
◾ Counterparty credit risk losses: The scenarios include market risk shocks that are applied to determine the market value under stress of contracts that give rise to Counterparty Credit Risk (CCR). Counterparty losses, including from changes to the Credit Valuation Adjustment and from defaults, are modelled based on the impact of these shocks as well as using stressed credit risk drivers (PDs and LGDs). The same approach is used to stress the market value of assets held as available for sale or at fair value in the banking book. | ||
◾ Credit risk weighted assets: The impact of the scenarios is calculated via a combination of business volumes and using similar factors to impairment drivers above, as well as the regulatory calculation and the level of pro-cyclicality of underlying regulatory credit risk models.
| ||
Market risk | ◾ Trading book losses: Market risk factors on the balance sheet are stressed using specific market risk shocks (and are used for the CCR analysis, above). The severity of the shocks applied are dependent on the liquidity of the market under stress, e.g. illiquid positions are assumed to have a longer holding period than positions in liquid markets.
| |
Treasury and Capital Risk |
◾ Funding risk: | |
The risk of a mismatch between assets and liabilities, leading to funding difficulties, is assessed. Businesses apply scenario variables to forecasts of customer loans and advances and deposits levels, taking into account management actions to mitigate the impact of the stress which may affect business volumes. Barclays Group funding requirement under stress is then estimated and takes into account lower availability of funds in the market. | ||
◾ The analysis of treasury and capital risk also contributes to the estimate of stressed income and costs: | ||
Stress impact on non-interest income is primarily driven by lower projected business volumes and hence lower income from fees and commissions | ||
Impact on net interest income is driven by stressed margins, which depend on the level of interest rates under stress as well as funding costs, and on stressed balance sheet volumes. This can be partly mitigated by management actions that may include repricing of variable rate products, taking into account interbank lending rates under stress | ||
The impact on costs is mainly driven by business volumes and exchange rates with management actions to partly offset profit reductions (due to impairment increases and decreases in income) such as headcount reductions and lower performance costs. | ||
◾ Capital Risk: | ||
Capital risk is assessed by taking all modelled risk impacts as part of the stress test (as listed above) into consideration when assessing Barclays Groups ability to withstand a severe stress. The stressed results are considered against internally agreed risk appetite levels but also regulatory minima and perceived market expectations. The MTP can only be agreed by the Board if this is within the agreed risk appetite levels under stress. | ||
◾ The IAS19 position of pension funds is also stressed as part of the capital risk assessment, taking into account key economic drivers impacting future obligations (e.g. long-term inflation and interest rates) and the impact of the scenarios on the value of fund assets. | ||
◾ Liquidity Risk: | ||
Liquidity risk is assessed by the internal liquidity risk metric (LRA), which analyses specific liquidity risk drivers such as wholesale funding and contingent funding needs based on the below scenarios: | ||
Barclays idiosyncratic liquidity scenario: Barclays faces a loss of market confidence while the market overall is not impacted | ||
Market wide liquidity stress scenario: All financial institutions are impacted by a market wide loss of confidence | ||
Combined liquidity stress scenario: A simultaneous Barclays idiosyncratic and market liquidity stress scenario | ||
Long term liquidity stress scenario: Barclays is unable for a prolonged period of time to access the capital market on a regular basis.
|
366 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Risk management strategy, governance and risk culture
Principal Risk | Stress testing approach | |
Operational risk |
◾ Operational risk loss projections take into account the effect of the stressed economic scenario. Operational risk is also included in the reverse stress testing framework through scenario assessment of idiosyncratic operational risk events.
| |
Model risk |
◾ IVU reviews the models and assumptions used in the MTP and stress test and may request the application of overlays to address model deficiencies.
| |
Conduct risk |
◾ Redress/Remediation: Businesses review existing provisions and include additional provisions in MTP if required. | |
◾ Litigation: Irrespective of whether a provision had been recognised, stress projections of future losses for conduct risk matters managed by legal are estimated by exercising expert judgment on a case by case basis (material matters) or on a portfolio basis (non-material matters) on accordance with the methodology provided by regulators (EBA, PRA).
| ||
| ||
Reputation risk
|
◾ Reputation risk is not quantified or stressed.
| |
Legal risk
|
◾ Legal risk is not quantified or stressed.
|
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 367 |
Additional information |
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
368 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 369 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Loan loss rate (bps) longer-term trends
Notes
a | Restated to reflect the impact of IFRS10, which results in some former Exit Quadrant exposures being recorded at fair value from 2012 onwards |
b | Figures from 2015 onwards exclude Africa |
1 Includes certain Business Banking facilities which are recorded as Retail for management purposes.
370 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 371 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
372 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 373 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
374 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 375 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
376 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 377 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
378 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 379 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Table 93 IRB credit risk models selected features | ||||||||||||||
Size of associated | Applicable | |||||||||||||
Component | portfolio (RWAs) | Number of | Basel asset classes | industry-wide | ||||||||||
modelled | Portfolio | BUK (£m) | BI (£m) | Model description and methodology | years loss data | measured | regulatory thresholds | |||||||
PD | Publicly traded corporate | 0 | 24811 | Statistical model using a Merton-based methodology. It takes quantitative factors as inputs. | > 10 Years | Corporate | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD | Customers rated by Moodys and S&P | 0 | 29886 | Rating Agency Equivalent model converts agency ratings into estimated equivalent PIT default rates using credit cycles based on Moodys data. | > 10 Years | Corporate, Financial Institutions and Sovereigns | PD floor of 0.03% for corporate and institutions | |||||||
PD | SME customers with turnover < £20m | 5489 | 2926 | Statistical models that uses regression techniques to derive relationship between observed default experience and a set of behavioral variables. | > 10 Years | Corporate SME, SME | Regulatory PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD | Corporate customers with turnover >= £20m | 0 | 7171 | Statistically derived models sourced from an external vendor (Moodys RiskCalc) | > 10 Years | Corporate | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD | Home Finance | 17280 | | Statistical scorecards estimated using regression techniques, segmented along arrears status and portfolio type. | >10 Years | Secured By Real Estate (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | Regulatory PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
PD | Barclaycard UK | 17044 | | Statistical scorecards estimated using regression techniques, segmented along arrears status and portfolio type. | 6 10 Years | Qualifying Revolving Retail (QRRE) | PD floor of 0.03% | |||||||
LGD | Corporate and Financial Institutions | | 50268 | Model based on a statistical regression that outputs a long run average LGD by estimating the expected value of recovery. Inputs include industry, seniority, instrument, collateral and country. | > 10 Years | Corporate, Financial Institutions | LGD floor of 45% based on low default portfolio criteria | |||||||
LGD | All business customers (excluding certain specialized sectors) | 5080 | 16565 | Model is based on a function estimated using actual recoveries experience. It takes account of collateral value and an allowance for non-collateral recovery. | > 10 Years | Corporate | LGD floor of 5% | |||||||
LGD | UK Home Finance | 17280 | | Data driven estimates of loss and probability of possession | 6 10 Years | Secured By Real Estate (residential and buy-to-let mortgages) | The portfolio average downturn LGD is floored at 10% | |||||||
LGD | Barclaycard UK | 17044 | | Statistical models combining segmented regression and other forecasting techniques | 6 10 Years | Qualifying Revolving Retail (QRRE) | |
380 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 381 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal
ratings-based approach
Table 93: Analysis of expected performance versus actual results
This table provides an overview of credit risk model performance, assessed by the analysis of average PDs and average LGDs.
The table compares the raw model output to the actual experience in our portfolios. Such analysis is used to assess and enhance the adequacy and accuracy of models. The raw outputs are subject to a number of adjustments before they are used in the calculation of capital, for example to allow for the position in the credit cycle and the impact of stress on recovery rates.
Asset Class | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted Average PD |
Arithmetic PD by obligors |
Number of obligors | Defaulted in the year |
of which: defaulted in the year |
Average annual default |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at Nov17 |
As at Nov18 |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
EBA PD Range | External Ratings Equivalent | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale | (%) | Moodys | S&P | % | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Central governments or central banks |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.01% | 0.04% | 57 | 43 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1, Baa2 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2, Baa3 | BBB+, BBB | 0.17% | 0.18% | 4 | 8 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.28% | 0.37% | 7 | 4 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BBB-, BB+ | 0.00% | 0.62% | 4 | 2 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.15% | 1.36% | 7 | 9 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B | 3.39% | 4.48% | 9 | 10 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B, B-, CCC+, | 0.00% | 20.76% | 4 | 5 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC, CCC-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC+, CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Institutions |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.03% | 0.03% | 9,156 | 8,641 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1, Baa2 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2, Baa3 | BBB+, BBB | 0.17% | 0.18% | 909 | 623 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.37% | 0.42% | 417 | 380 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BBB-, BB+ | 0.60% | 0.60% | 53 | 86 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.27% | 1.26% | 223 | 199 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B | 3.93% | 4.73% | 141 | 152 | 1 | 0 | 0.29% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B, B-, CCC+, | 11.78% | 22.17% | 46 | 57 | 0 | 0 | 0.48% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC, CCC-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC+, CC,C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 15 | 9 | 0 | | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.02% | 0.05% | 1,430 | 1,365 | 1 | 0 | 0.06% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1, Baa2 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2, Baa3 | BBB+, BBB | 0.20% | 0.20% | 375 | 353 | 0 | 0 | 0.05% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.34% | 0.35% | 622 | 584 | 3 | 0 | 0.22% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BBB-, BB+ | 0.58% | 0.62% | 375 | 251 | 1 | 0 | 0.25% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.38% | 1.39% | 763 | 601 | 5 | 0 | 0.60% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B | 3.76% | 4.27% | 1,061 | 436 | 5 | 0 | 1.84% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B, B-, CCC+, | 16.32% | 20.19% | 311 | 90 | 7 | 0 | 6.21% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC, CCC-, CC+, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 165 | 128 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate SME |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.06% | 0.08% | 705 | 13,346 | 3 | 2 | 0.20% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1, Baa2 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2, Baa3 | BBB+, BBB | 0.19% | 0.19% | 1,483 | 4,236 | 3 | 1 | 0.16% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.34% | 0.35% | 2,764 | 6,202 | 9 | 3 | 0.45% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BBB-, BB+ | 0.63% | 0.62% | 2,090 | 3,154 | 7 | 2 | 0.62% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.36% | 1.39% | 3,723 | 5,061 | 17 | 4 | 1.08% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B | 5.11% | 4.71% | 3,769 | 2,985 | 32 | 2 | 3.49% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B, B-, CCC+, | 20.95% | 20.17% | 510 | 766 | 19 | 3 | 10.32% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC, CCC-, CC+, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 178 | 692 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Specialist |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.08% | 0.08% | 28 | 39 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Lending |
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1, Baa2 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2, Baa3 | BBB+, BBB | 0.20% | 0.19% | 31 | 11 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.29% | 0.33% | 153 | 57 | 0 | 0 | 0.00% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BBB-, BB+ | 0.59% | 0.63% | 140 | 38 | 0 | 0 | 0.45% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 0.90% | 0.90% | 211 | 138 | 0 | 0 | 0.09% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B | 3.88% | 6.41% | 117 | 138 | 0 | 0 | 2.02% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B, B-, CCC+, | 0.00% | 0.00% | 6 | 30 | 0 | 0 | 11.82% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC, CCC-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC+, CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 45 | 25 | |
382 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal
ratings-based approach
Table 93: Analysis of expected performance versus actual results continued
Asset Class | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Arithmetic | Number of obligors | Defaulted | of which: | Average | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Weighted | Average | obligors | new | historical | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Average | PD by | As at | As at | in the | defaulted | annual | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
EBA PD Range | External Ratings Equivalent | PD | obligors | Nov17 | Nov18 | year | in the year | default | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Retail | (%) | Moodys | S&P | % | % | £m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
SME |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.12% | 0.06% | 515,312 | 478,321 | 315 | 306 | 0.07% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2 | BBB+, BBB | 0.20% | 0.20% | 103,582 | 111,982 | 211 | 184 | 0.19% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.37% | 0.36% | 126,861 | 130,072 | 418 | 349 | 0.36% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BB+ | 0.62% | 0.62% | 74,978 | 76,125 | 480 | 337 | 0.65% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.46% | 1.38% | 157,513 | 159,157 | 1,906 | 985 | 1.40% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B, B- | 5.11% | 4.58% | 84,305 | 74,184 | 3,588 | 769 | 6.23% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B-, CCC+, CCC, | 26.37% | 25.97% | 25,796 | 21,434 | 6,189 | 23 | 28.62% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC-, CC+, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 33,450 | 19,928 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Secured by |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.07% | 0.08% | 747,100 | 657,676 | 727 | | 0.08% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Real Estate |
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2 | BBB+, BBB | 0.19% | 0.19% | 105,683 | 156,014 | 356 | | 0.21% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.34% | 0.34% | 53,679 | 72,389 | 332 | | 0.42% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BB+ | 0.60% | 0.61% | 10,763 | 14,102 | 126 | | 0.86% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.41% | 1.39% | 25,084 | 24,772 | 401 | | 1.61% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B, B- | 5.13% | 5.00% | 13,049 | 14,074 | 724 | | 5.88% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B-, CCC+, CCC, | 30.84% | 30.67% | 8,544 | 8,019 | 2,715 | | 43.40% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC-, CC+, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 15,843 | 15,348 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Qualifying |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.07% | 0.05% | 10,874,865 | 11,241,723 | 3,705 | 1,083 | 0.03% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Revolving Retail |
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2 | BBB+, BBB | 0.20% | 0.20% | 1,814,018 | 1,888,241 | 2,918 | 768 | 0.16% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.36% | 0.36% | 2,143,393 | 2,190,080 | 6,255 | 1,164 | 0.29% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BB+ | 0.61% | 0.61% | 1,113,123 | 1,125,606 | 5,510 | 630 | 0.51% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.45% | 1.39% | 2,633,447 | 2,628,549 | 29,655 | 1,393 | 1.14% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B, B- | 5.08% | 4.93% | 1,555,954 | 1,578,424 | 70,386 | 1,130 | 4.51% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B-, CCC+, CCC, | 24.11% | 26.81% | 507,976 | 501,280 | 135,770 | 102 | 28.18% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC-, CC+, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 412,355 | 379,893 | | | | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other Retail |
0.00 to <0.15 | Aaa, Aa1, Aa2, | AAA, AA+, AA, | 0.13% | 0.13% | 65 | 98 | | | 0.72% | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
Aa3, A1, A2, A3, | AA-, A+, A, A-, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Baa1 | BBB+ | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.15 to <0.25 | Baa2 | BBB+, BBB | 0.22% | 0.22% | 2,429 | 3,289 | 6 | | 0.74% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.25 to <0.50 | Baa3, Ba1 | BBB, BBB- | 0.40% | 0.40% | 51,697 | 60,623 | 105 | | 0.50% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.50 to <0.75 | Ba1, Ba2 | BB+ | 0.63% | 0.63% | 92,866 | 101,324 | 322 | | 0.48% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
0.75 to <2.50 | Ba2, Ba3, B1 | BB, BB- | 1.39% | 1.39% | 347,877 | 352,788 | 4,408 | | 1.17% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
2.50 to <10.00 | B1, B2, B3 | BB-, B+, B, B- | 4.26% | 4.36% | 118,375 | 102,064 | 6,160 | | 4.41% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
10.00 to <100.00 | B3, Caa1, Caa2, | B-, CCC+, CCC, | 44.57% | 39.64% | 26,469 | 25,236 | 11,802 | | 38.35% | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Caa3, Ca, C | CCC-, CC+, | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
CC, C | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
100.00 (default) | D | D | 100.00% | 100.00% | 41,964 | 48,818 | | | |
Asset Class | ||||||||||||
Wholesale | Number
of resolved cases over last one year (Dec17 to Nov18) £m |
Predicted LGD (Simple Average) % |
Actual LGD (Simple Average) % |
|||||||||
Investment Bank |
49 | 34% | 23% | |||||||||
Corporate Bank |
39 | 67% | 57% | |||||||||
Retail | ||||||||||||
SME |
6,636 | 80% | 84% | |||||||||
Secured by Real Estate |
1,943 | 4% | 7% | |||||||||
Qualifying Revolving Retail |
317,499 | 73% | 68% | |||||||||
Other Retail |
18,836 | 78% | 79% |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 383 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk and the internal ratings-based approach
384 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk mitigation techniques and counterparty credit risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 385 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk mitigation techniques and counterparty credit risk
386 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of credit risk mitigation techniques and counterparty credit risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 387 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
388 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 389 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
390 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 391 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
392 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
Table 95: Market risk models selected features | ||||||
Component modelled | Number of significant models and size of associated portfolio (RWAs) |
Model description and methodology | Applicable regulatory thresholds | |||
Regulatory VaR |
1 model; | Equally-weighted historical simulation | Regulatory VaR is computed with | |||
£3.3bn
|
of potential daily P&L arising from market moves
|
ten-day holding period and 99% confidence level
| ||||
SVaR |
1 model; | Same methodology as used for VaR | Regulatory SVaR is computed with | |||
£8.9bn | model, but using a different time series | ten-day holding period and 99% confidence level
| ||||
IRC |
1 model; | Monte Carlo simulation of P&L arising | IRC is computed with one-year holding | |||
£1.9bn
|
from ratings migrations and defaults
|
period and 99.9% confidence level
| ||||
CRM |
1 model; | Same approach as IRC, but it | CRM is computed with one-year | |||
£0.0bn | incorporates market-driven | holding period and 99.9% confidence | ||||
movements in spreads and correlations | level. | |||||
for application to correlation trading | As required in CRD IV, the CRM charge | |||||
portfolios. | is subject to a floor set with reference to | |||||
standard rules charge
|
Actual P&L | Hypo P&L | |||||||||||||||
Legal Entity | Total Exceptions |
Status** | Total Exceptions |
Status** | ||||||||||||
BBPlc Trading and BCSL |
1 | G | 3 | G | ||||||||||||
BBPlc Trading |
2 | G | 4 | G | ||||||||||||
BCSL |
3 | G | 4 | G | ||||||||||||
IHC |
n/a | n/a | 3 | G |
**RAG status is accurate as of year-end.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 393 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
The charts below show VaR for Barclays Groups regulatory portfolios aligned by legal entity. The dark blue and grey points on the charts indicate losses on the small number of days on which actual and hypo P&L respectively exceeded the VaR amount.
In addition to being driven by market moves in excess of the 99% confidence level, back testing exceptions can be caused by risks that impact P&L not captured directly in the VaR itself but separately captured as non VaR-type, namely Risks Not in VaR (RNIVs).
Exceptions are reported to internal management and regulators on a regular basis and investigated to evaluate the model performs as expected.
Overall back testing for the consolidated legal entity remains in the green zone, suggesting that the VaR remains fit for purpose.
394 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of market risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 395 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
396 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 397 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
398 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of securitisation exposures
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 399 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of treasury and capital risk
400 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of treasury and capital risk
Organisation and structure
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 401 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of treasury and capital risk
402 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of treasury and capital risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 403 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of treasury and capital risk
404 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of treasury and capital risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 405 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of treasury and capital risk
406 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 407 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
Operational risk
The risk of loss to the firm from inadequate or failed processes, systems, human factors or due to external events (for example, fraud) where the root cause is not due to credit or market risks.
|
Payments processes from initiation through to external settlement, including any repairs or amendments.
◾ People Risk: The set of risks associated with employing and managing people, including compliance with regulations, appropriate resourcing for requirements, recruitment and development risks (excluding health and safety related risk).
◾ Premises Risk: The risk of business detriment or harm to people due to premises and infrastructure issues.
◾ Physical Security Risk: The risk of business detriment, financial loss or harm to people as a result of any physical security incident impacting Barclays Group or a Barclays Groups employee - relating to harm to people, unauthorised access, intentional damage to premises or theft or intentional damage to moveable assets.
◾ Supplier Risk: The risk that is introduced to Barclays Group or a Barclays Groups entity as a consequence of obtaining services or goods from another legal entity, or entities, whether external or internal as a result of inadequate selection, inadequate management or inadequate exit management.
◾ Tax Risk: The risk of unexpected tax cost in relation to any tax for which Barclays Group is liable, or of reputational damage on tax matters with key stakeholders such as tax authorities, regulators, shareholders or the public. Tax cost includes tax, interest or penalties levied by a taxing authority.
◾ Technology Risk: The risk of dependency on technological solutions and failure to develop, deploy and maintain technology solutions that are stable, reliable and deliver business need. | |||
Overview
The management of operational risk has three key objectives:
◾ Deliver an operational risk capability owned and used by business leaders which is pragmatic, relevant, and enables business leaders to make sound risk decisions over the long term.
◾ Provide the frameworks and policies to enable management to meet their risk management responsibilities while the second line of defence provides robust, independent, and effective oversight and challenge.
◾ Deliver a consistent and aggregated measurement of operational risk that will provide clear and relevant insights, so that the right management actions can be taken to keep the operational risk profile consistent with Barclays Groups strategy, the stated risk tolerance and stakeholder needs.
Following submission of an application to the PRA relating to Barclays Group Advanced Measurement Approach (AMA) permission, Barclays Group received the PRAs approval to use the Standardised Approach (TSA) for operational risk regulatory capital purposes with effect from 1 April 2018. Barclays Group has conservatively elected to retain its previous operational risk RWA amount unchanged for 2018. |
Barclays Group operates within a strong system of internal controls that enables business to be transacted and risk taken without exposing Barclays Group to unacceptable potential losses or reputational damages. Barclays Group has an overarching Enterprise Risk Management Framework (ERMF) that sets out the approach to internal governance.
Organisation and structure
Operational risk comprises a number of specific risk categories defined as follow:
◾ Data Management & Information Risk: The risk that Barclays Group information is not captured, retained, used or protected in accordance with its value and legal and regulatory requirements.
◾ Financial Reporting Risk: The risk of a material misstatement or omission within Barclays Groups external financial reporting, regulatory reporting or internal financial management reporting
◾ Fraud Risk: The risk of financial loss when an internal or external party acts dishonestly with the intent to obtain an undue benefit, cause a loss to, or to expose either Barclays Group or its customers and clients to a risk of loss.
◾ Payments Process Risk: The risk of payments being processed inaccurately, with delays or without appropriate authentication and authorisation. It includes |
408 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 409 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of operational risk
410 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of model risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 411 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of model risk
Model risk
The risk of the potential adverse consequences from financial assessments or decisions based on incorrect or misused model outputs and reports.
|
◾ Enforcing that every model has a model owner who is accountable for the model. The model owner must sign off models prior to submission to IVU for validation. The model owner works with the relevant technical teams (model developers, implementation, monitoring, data services, regulatory) to maintain that the model presented to IVU is and remains fit for purpose.
◾ Overseeing that every model is subject to validation and approval by IVU, prior to being implemented and on a continual basis. While all models are reviewed and re-approved for continued use each year, the validation frequency and the level of review and challenge applied by IVU is tailored to the materiality and complexity of each model. Validation includes a review of the model assumptions, conceptual soundness, data, design, performance testing, compliance with external requirements if applicable, as well as any limitations, proposed remediation and overlays with supporting rationale. Material model changes are subject to prioritised validation and approval.
◾ Defining model risk appetite in terms of risk tolerance, and qualitative metrics which are used to track and report model risk.
◾ Maintaining specific standards that cover model risk management activities relating to stress testing challenger models, model overlays, vendor models, and model complexity and materiality.
| |||
Overview
Barclays Group uses models to support a broad range of activities, including informing business decisions and strategies, measuring and limiting risk, valuing exposures, conducting stress testing, assessing capital adequacy, managing client assets, and meeting reporting requirements.
Since models are imperfect and incomplete representations of reality, they may be subject to errors affecting the accuracy of their output. Model errors can result in inappropriate business decisions being made, financial loss, regulatory risk, reputational risk and/or inadequate capital reporting. Models may also be misused, for instance applied to products that they were not intended for, or not adjusted, where fundamental changes to their environment would justify re-evaluating their core assumptions. Errors and misuse are the primary sources of model risk.
Robust model risk management is crucial to assessing and managing model risk within a defined risk appetite. Strong model risk culture, appropriate technology environment, and adequate focus on understanding and resolving model limitations are crucial components.
Organisation and structure
Barclays Group allocates substantial resources to identify and record models and their usage, document and monitor the performance of models, validate models and adequately address model limitations. Barclays Group manages model risk as an enterprise level risk similar to other principal risks.
Barclays Group has a dedicated Model Risk Management (MRM) function that consists of two main units: the Independent Validation Unit (IVU), responsible for model validation and approval, and Model Governance and |
Controls (MGC), covering model risk governance, controls and reporting, including ownership of model risk policy and the model inventory.
The model risk management framework consists of the model risk policy and standards. The policy prescribes group-wide, end-to-end requirements for the identification, measurement and management of model risk, covering model documentation, development, implementation, monitoring, annual review, independent validation and approval, change and reporting processes. The policy is supported by global standards covering model inventory, documentation, validation, complexity and materiality, testing and monitoring, overlays, risk appetite, as well as vendor models and stress testing challenger models.
Barclays Group is continuously enhancing model risk management. The function reports to the Barclays Group CRO and operates a global framework. Implementation of best practice standards is a central objective of Barclays Group. Model risk reporting flows to senior management as depicted below.
Roles and responsibilities
The key model risk management activities include:
◾ Correctly identifying models across all relevant areas of Barclays Group, and recording models in the Barclays Group Models Database (GMD), the Barclays Group-wide model inventory. The heads of the relevant model ownership areas (typically, the Business Chief Risk Officers, Business Chief Executive Officers, Group Finance Director, Treasurer, etc.) annually attest to the completeness and accuracy of the model inventory. MGC undertakes regular conformance reviews on the model inventory. |
412 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of conduct risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 413 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of conduct risk
Conduct risk
The risk of detriment to customers, clients, market integrity, effective competition or Barclays from the inappropriate supply of financial services, including instances of wilful or negligent misconduct
|
The Barclays Bank Group and the Barclays Bank UK Group Trading Entity Risk Committees are the primary Second Line governance forums for oversight of conduct risk profile and implementation of the CRMF. The responsibilities of the Business Unit Risk Committees include approval of the conduct risk tolerance and the business defined key indicators. Additional responsibilities include the identification and discussion of any emerging conduct risks exposures which have been identified. | |||
Overview
Barclays Group defines, manages and mitigates Conduct risk with the goal of providing positive customer and client outcomes, protecting market integrity and promoting effective competition. This includes taking reasonable steps to assure that Barclays Groups culture and strategy are appropriately aligned to these goals; its products and services are reasonably designed and delivered to meet the needs of customers and clients; promoting the fair and orderly operation of the markets in which Barclays Group does business; and that Barclays Group does not commit or facilitate money laundering, terrorist financing, bribery and corruption or breaches of economic sanctions.
Product Lifecycle, Culture and Strategy and Financial Crime are the risk categories within the Barclays Group definition of conduct risk.
Organisation and structure
The governance of conduct risk within Barclays Group is fulfilled through management committees and forums operated by the First and Second Lines of Defence with clear escalation and reporting lines to the Board.
The Barclays Group Risk Committee is the most senior executive body responsible for reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of Barclays Groups management of conduct risk. |
Roles and responsibilities
The Conduct Risk Management Framework (CRMF) outlines how Barclays Group manages and measures its conduct risk profile.
Senior managers have accountability for managing conduct risk in their areas of responsibility. This is expressed in their Statements of Responsibilities. The primary responsibility for managing conduct risk and compliance with control requirements sits with the business where the risk arises. The First Line Business Control Committees provide oversight of controls relating to conduct risk.
The Barclays Group Chief Compliance Officer is responsible for owning and maintaining an appropriate Barclays Group-wide CRMF. This includes defining and owning the relevant conduct risk policies and oversight of the implementation of controls to manage and escalate the risk.
Businesses are required to report their conduct risks on both a quarterly and an event-driven basis to their respective trading entity risk committees. The quarterly reports detail conduct risks inherent within the business strategy and include forward looking horizon scanning analysis as well as backward looking evidence-based indicators from both internal and external sources. |
414 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of reputation risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 415 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of reputation risk
Reputation risk
The risk that an action, transaction, investment or event will reduce trust in the firms integrity and competence by clients, counterparties, investors, regulators, employees or the public.
|
||||
Overview
A reduction of trust in Barclays Groups integrity and competence may reduce the attractiveness of Barclays Group to stakeholders and could lead to negative publicity, loss of revenue, regulatory or legislative action, loss of existing and potential client business, reduced workforce morale and difficulties in recruiting talent. Ultimately it may destroy shareholder value.
Organisation and structure
The GRC is the most senior executive body responsible for reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of Barclays Groups management of reputation risk.
Roles and responsibilities
The Barclays Group Chief Compliance Officer is accountable for developing a reputation risk framework, policies and standards, including limits against which data is monitored, reported on and escalated, as required.
Reputation risk is by nature pervasive and can be difficult to quantify, requiring more subjective judgement than many other risks. The Reputation Risk Framework sets out what is required to manage reputation risk effectively and consistently across Barclays Group. During 2018, the Framework was updated to include a new reputation risk policy and supporting standards.
The primary responsibility for identifying and managing reputation risk and adherence to the control requirements sits with the business and support functions where the risk arises. |
Barclays Bank Group and Barclays Bank UK Group are required to operate within established reputation risk appetite and their component businesses prepare reports for their respective Risk and Board Risk Committees highlighting their most significant current and potential reputation risks and issues and how they are being managed. These reports are a key internal source of information for the quarterly reputation risk reports which are prepared for the Group Risk Committee and Barclays PLC Board Reputation Committee. |
416 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of legal risk
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 417 |
Additional information
Barclays approach to managing risks
Management of legal risk
Legal risk
The risk of loss or imposition of penalties, damages or fines from the failure of the firm to meet its legal obligations including regulatory or contractual requirements.
|
All employees, regardless of their position, business, function or location, must play a part in Barclays legal risk management. Employees are responsible for understanding and taking reasonable steps to manage and minimise legal risk that may arise in the context of their individual roles and responsibilities. Employees are required to be familiar with the LRMF and legal risk policies and to know how to escalate actual or potential legal risk issues.
Legal risk management is everyones responsibility, as part of a risk culture aligned to Barclays Values, promoting transparency and timely escalation and management of risks and issues, supported by clearly defined roles and responsibilities across the three lines of defence.
The Legal Function does not sit in any of the three lines of defence but supports them all. The LRMF details the main activities the Legal Function undertakes to support Barclays in managing risk, including the identification of issues and risks, coverage with appropriate expertise and escalation. The LRMF, legal risk policies and activities of the Legal Function are designed so that Barclays receives advice from appropriate legal professionals in circumstances that are most likely to give rise to legal risk.
The Group General Counsel, supported by the Legal Executive Committee and the Global Head of Legal Risk, Governance and Control, is responsible for maintaining an appropriate LRMF, developing non-financial legal risk tolerances and for overseeing legal risk management. | |||
Overview
Overall, Barclays has limited tolerance for legal risk, however the multitude of laws and regulations across the globe are highly dynamic and their application to particular circumstances is often unclear. This results in a degree of legal risk. The Legal Risk Management Framework (LRMF) comprises a number of integrated components that allows Barclays to identify, manage and measure its legal risk profile, supported by Barclays Group-wide legal risk policies and associated standards aligned to the following legal risks:
◾ contractual arrangements failure to engage Barclays Legal Function in relation to contractual arrangements
◾ litigation management litigation not being managed by or with the support of Barclays Legal Function
◾ intellectual property (IP) failure to protect Barclays IP assets or infringement of third party IP rights
◾ competition/anti-trust failure to identify and escalate competition/anti-trust issues to Barclays Legal Function or inappropriate interactions with competition/anti-trust authorities.
◾ use of law firms inappropriate instruction of external legal advisors
◾ contact with regulators inappropriate interactions with regulators or inappropriate handling of confidential supervisory information from regulatory or government agencies |
◾ legal engagement failure to appropriately engage Barclays Legal Function in relation to key business decisions.
Organisation and structure
The Legal Executive Committee oversees, monitors and challenges legal risk across the Barclays Group. The Barclays Group Risk Committee is the most senior executive body responsible for reviewing and monitoring the effectiveness of management of risk across the Barclays Group. Escalation paths from this committee exist to the Barclays PLC Board Risk Committee.
Roles and responsibilities
The LRMF requires Barclays businesses and functions to integrate the management of legal risk within their strategic planning and business decision making, including managing adherence to minimum control requirements. Barclays businesses and functions are accountable and have primary responsibility for identifying legal risk in their area as well as responsibility for adherence to minimum control requirements and compliance with the LRMF and legal risk policies. |
418 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Deposits and short-term borrowings
Deposits
Deposits include deposits from banks and customer accounts.
Average for the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
||||||||||||
UK |
313,829 | 270,968 | 255,602 | |||||||||
Europe |
32,707 | 32,857 | 31,759 | |||||||||
Americas |
33,441 | 44,543 | 41,585 | |||||||||
Asia |
6,761 | 6,021 | 6,197 | |||||||||
Africa |
7,273 | 6,746 | 12,073 | |||||||||
Total deposits at amortised cost |
394,011 | 361,135 | 347,216 |
For the year ended 31 December |
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
|||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
394,838 | 398,701 | 390,744 | |||||||||
In offices in the United Kingdom: |
||||||||||||
Current and demand accounts |
||||||||||||
- interest free |
95,571 | 93,573 | 85,296 | |||||||||
- interest bearing |
36,730 | 39,641 | 37,200 | |||||||||
Savings accounts |
127,397 | 125,868 | 123,833 | |||||||||
Other time deposits - retail |
16,224 | 15,029 | 14,526 | |||||||||
Other time deposits - wholesale |
75,492 | 70,515 | 64,635 | |||||||||
Total repayable in offices in the United Kingdom |
351,414 | 344,626 | 325,490 | |||||||||
In offices outside the United Kingdom: |
||||||||||||
Current and demand accounts |
||||||||||||
- interest free |
9,594 | 7,328 | 9,722 | |||||||||
- interest bearing |
6,819 | 5,407 | 5,986 | |||||||||
Savings accounts |
10,192 | 8,470 | 9,511 | |||||||||
Other time deposits |
16,819 | 32,870 | 40,035 | |||||||||
Total repayable in offices outside the United Kingdom |
43,424 | 54,075 | 65,254 |
Deposits at amortised cost in offices in the United Kingdom received from non-residents amounted to £59,168m (2017: £45,626 m).
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 419 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Short-term borrowings
Short-term borrowings include deposits from banks, commercial paper, negotiable certificates of deposit and repurchase agreements.
Deposits from banks
Deposits from banks are taken from a wide range of counterparties and generally have maturities of less than one year.
2018
£m |
2017b
£m |
2016b
£m |
||||||||||
Year-end balance |
14,317 | 37,723 | 48,214 | |||||||||
Average balancea |
19,887 | 49,938 | 59,681 | |||||||||
Maximum balancea |
26,577 | 56,348 | 66,404 | |||||||||
Average interest rate during year |
2.0% | 0.8% | 0.4% | |||||||||
Year-end interest rate |
2.7% | 0.8% | 0.4% |
Notes
a | Calculated based on month-end balances. |
b | The balance includes non-interest bearing settlement balances. |
Commercial paper
Commercial paper is issued by the Group, mainly in the United States, generally in denominations of not less than $100,000, with maturities of up to 270 days.
2018
£m |
2017
£m |
2016
£m |
||||||||||
Year-end balance |
14,479 | 7,981 | 8,132 | |||||||||
Average balancea |
12,192 | 8,375 | 7,711 | |||||||||
Maximum balancea |
15,192 | 9,056 | 8,471 | |||||||||
Average interest rate during year |
1.1% | 1.2% | 0.8% | |||||||||
Year-end interest rate |
0.9% | 1.3% | 1.0% |
Note
a | Calculated based on month-end balances. |
Negotiable certificates of deposit
Negotiable certificates of deposits are issued mainly in the United Kingdom and United States, generally in denominations of not less than $100,000.
2018
£m |
2017
£m |
2016
£m |
||||||||||
Year-end balance |
10,861 | 21,874 | 20,373 | |||||||||
Average balancea |
18,485 | 24,984 | 15,540 | |||||||||
Maximum balancea |
24,098 | 30,529 | 20,373 | |||||||||
Average interest rate during year |
1.2% | 0.7% | 0.4% | |||||||||
Year-end interest rate |
2.0% | 0.8% | 0.5% |
Note
a | Calculated based on month-end balances. |
420 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Repurchase agreements are entered into with both customers and banks and generally have maturities of not more than three months.
2018 £m |
2017 £m |
2016 £m |
||||||||||
Year-end balance |
18,578 | 40,338 | 19,760 | |||||||||
Average balancea |
19,962 | 33,435 | 24,966 | |||||||||
Maximum balancea |
23,341 | 40,338 | 28,057 | |||||||||
Average interest rate during year |
0.9% | 1.8% | 0.8% | |||||||||
Year-end interest rate |
1.0% | 1.4% | 0.7% |
Note
a | Calculated based on month-end balances. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 421 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Commitments and contractual obligations
Commercial commitments include guarantees, contingent liabilities and standby facilities.
Commercial commitments |
||||||||||||||||||||
Amount of commitment expiration per period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less than one
year
£m |
Between one to
three years
£m |
Between three
to five years
£m |
After five years
£m |
Total amounts
committed
£m |
||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security |
13,962 | 729 | 637 | 477 | 15,805 | |||||||||||||||
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements |
4,351 | 122 | 4 | 21 | 4,498 | |||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions |
1,727 | 14 | - | - | 1,741 | |||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
321,366 | 568 | 424 | 124 | 322,482 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Guarantees and letters of credit pledged as collateral security |
13,631 | 227 | 49 | 368 | 14,275 | |||||||||||||||
Performance guarantees, acceptances and endorsements |
4,396 | 199 | 10 | 133 | 4,738 | |||||||||||||||
Documentary credits and other short-term trade related transactions |
806 | 6 | - | - | 812 | |||||||||||||||
Standby facilities, credit lines and other commitments |
314,364 | 90 | 259 | 48 | 314,761 |
Contractual obligations include debt securities, operating lease and purchase obligations.
Contractual obligations |
||||||||||||||||||||
Payments due by period | ||||||||||||||||||||
Less than one
year
£m |
Between one to
three years
£m |
Between three
to five years
£m |
After five years
£m |
Total
£m |
||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term debta |
34,155 | 19,996 | 16,919 | 40,223 | 111,293 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations |
302 | 496 | 290 | 1,257 | 2,345 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase obligations |
627 | 755 | 404 | 153 | 1,939 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
35,084 | 21,247 | 17,613 | 41,633 | 115,577 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||
Long-term debta |
39,434 | 19,287 | 24,160 | 31,894 | 114,775 | |||||||||||||||
Operating lease obligations |
334 | 522 | 343 | 1,337 | 2,536 | |||||||||||||||
Purchase obligations |
292 | 272 | 90 | 82 | 736 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
40,060 | 20,081 | 24,593 | 33,313 | 118,047 |
Note
a | Long-term debt has been prepared to reflect cash flows on an undiscounted basis, which includes interest payments. |
Net cash flows from derivatives used to hedge long-term debt amount to £1.7bn (2017: £2.4bn).
Further information on the contractual maturity of the Groups assets and liabilities is given in the Funding section within the Risk review section.
422 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Securities
Analysis of Securities | ||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
2018
£m |
2017
£m |
2016
£m |
|||||||||
Investment securitiesa | ||||||||||||
US government, other public bodies and agencies | 14,323 | 13,284 | 11,032 | |||||||||
United Kingdom government | 9,400 | 15,096 | 15,351 | |||||||||
Other government | 16,067 | 17,077 | 19,353 | |||||||||
Mortgage and asset backed securities | 2,119 | 546 | 804 | |||||||||
Corporate and other issuers | 14,856 | 11,126 | 16,339 | |||||||||
Debt securities | 56,765 | 57,129 | 62,879 | |||||||||
Equity securities | 1,122 | 1,786 | 438 | |||||||||
Investment securities | 57,887 | 58,915 | 63,317 | |||||||||
Other securitiesb | ||||||||||||
US government, other public bodies and agencies | 23,890 | 16,168 | 12,283 | |||||||||
United Kingdom government | 10,155 | 4,379 | 4,794 | |||||||||
Other government | 9,825 | 11,845 | 8,246 | |||||||||
Mortgage and asset backed securities | 2,024 | 1,974 | 1,568 | |||||||||
Corporate and other issuers | 15,911 | 16,850 | 11,968 | |||||||||
Debt securities | 61,805 | 51,216 | 38,859 | |||||||||
Equity securities | 45,584 | 64,008 | 42,887 | |||||||||
Other securities | 107,389 | 115,224 | 81,746 |
a | Investment securities for 2018 includes securities reported within loans and advances at amortised cost and financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income. Investment securities for 2017 & 2016 includes securities reported within financial investments. |
b | Other securities includes securities reported within trading portfolio and financial assets at fair value through the income statement. |
Investment debt securities include government securities held as part of the Groups treasury management portfolio for asset and liability, liquidity and regulatory purposes and are for use on a continuing basis in the activities of the Group. In addition, the Group holds as investments listed and unlisted corporate securities.
Maturities and yield of investment securities | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Maturing with one year |
Maturing one but within five years |
Maturing after five but within ten years |
Maturing after ten years | Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | Amount
£m |
Yield
% |
Amount
£m |
Yield
% |
Amount
£m |
Yield
% |
Amount
£m |
Yield
% |
Amount
£m |
Yield
% |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
US government, other public bodies and agencies | 1,358 | 0.8 | % | 6,336 | 1.5 | % | 4,598 | 2.1 | % | 2,031 | 1.8 | % | 14,323 | 1.6 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom government | 4,179 | 0.4 | % | 626 | 1.2 | % | 3,053 | 2.2 | % | 1,542 | 2.3 | % | 9,400 | 1.3 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other government | 602 | 1.5 | % | 4,009 | 2.3 | % | 9,266 | 1.1 | % | 2,190 | 1.7 | % | 16,067 | 1.5 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other issuers | 3,591 | 1.3 | % | 7,900 | 1.9 | % | 3,294 | 1.9 | % | 2,190 | 1.5 | % | 16,975 | 1.7 | % | |||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total book value | 9,730 | 0.8 | % | 18,871 | 1.8 | % | 20,211 | 1.6 | % | 7,953 | 1.8 | % | 56,765 | 1.6 | % |
The yield for each range of maturities is calculated by dividing the annualised interest income prevailing at reporting date by the book value of securities held at that date.
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 423 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Average balance sheet
Average balances are based upon monthly averages.
Assets | 2018 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
balance |
Interest
presented
within net
interest
income |
Interest
presented
elsewhere |
Total interest | Rate | ||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | UK | 70,719 | 297 | - | 297 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | Non-UK | 106,370 | 826 | - | 826 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banksa | Total | 177,089 | 1,123 | - | 1,123 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | UK | 262,796 | 8,744 | - | 8,744 | 3.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | Non-UK | 66,619 | 3,329 | - | 3,329 | 5.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised costa,b | Total | 329,415 | 12,073 | - | 12,073 | 3.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments | UK | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments | Non-UK | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investmentsa | Total | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | UK | 857 | 2 | - | 2 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 855 | 10 | - | 10 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreementsa | Total | 1,712 | 12 | - | 12 | 0.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | UK | 53,499 | 956 | - | 956 | 1.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income | Non-UK | 2,850 | 73 | - | 73 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive incomea | Total | 56,349 | 1,029 | - | 1,029 | 1.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other interest incomec | - | 304 | - | 304 | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earning assets not at fair value through income statement | 564,566 | 14,541 | - | 14,541 | 2.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Less interest expense | - | (5,479) | - | (5,479) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Net interest | 564,566 | 9,062 | - | 9,062 | 1.6 | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | UK | 171,318 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 73,153 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Total | 244,471 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earning assets | 809,037 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairments | (6,875) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest earning assetsa | 407,437 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 1,209,599 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Percentage of total average interest earning assets in offices outside the UK | 31% |
Notes
a | The Barclays Group introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1, Note 42 and the Credit risk disclosures. As part of this change the cash collateral balances have been reflected in non-interest earning assets. |
b | Loans and advances at amortised cost include all doubtful lending. Interest receivable on such lending has been included to the extent to which either cash payments have been received or interest has been accrued in accordance with the income recognition policy of the Barclays Group. |
c | Other interest income principally relates to hedging activity. |
424 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Assets | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
balance |
Interest
presented
within net
interest
income |
Interest
presented
elsewhere |
Total interest | Rate | ||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | % | ||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | UK | 55,453 | 147 | - | 147 | 0.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks | Non-UK | 96,262 | 436 | - | 436 | 0.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banksa | Total | 151,715 | 583 | - | 583 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | UK | 242,212 | 8,761 | 75 | 8,836 | 3.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost | Non-UK | 53,856 | 3,308 | 232 | 3,540 | 6.6 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised costa,b | Total | 296,068 | 12,069 | 307 | 12,376 | 4.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments | UK | 54,218 | 651 | - | 651 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments | Non-UK | 4,316 | 103 | - | 103 | 2.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investmentsa | Total | 58,534 | 754 | - | 754 | 1.3 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | UK | 2,832 | 51 | 20 | 71 | 2.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 14,507 | 30 | 374 | 404 | 2.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreementsa | Total | 17,339 | 81 | 394 | 475 | 2.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other interest incomec | - | 144 | - | 144 | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earning assets not at fair value through income statement | 523,656 | 13,631 | 701 | 14,332 | 2.7 | |||||||||||||||||||
Less interest expense | - | (3,786) | (1,245) | (5,031) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Net interest | 523,656 | 9,845 | (544) | 9,301 | 1.8 | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | UK | 81,639 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 87,253 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement | Total | 168,892 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earning assets | 692,548 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairments | (4,700) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest earning assetsa | 527,193 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 1,215,041 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Percentage of total average interest earning assets in offices outside the UK | 37% |
Notes
a | The Barclays Group introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1, Note 42 and the Credit risk disclosures. As part of this change the cash collateral balances have been reflected in non-interest earning assets. |
b | Loans and advances at amortised cost include all doubtful lending. Interest receivable on such lending has been included to the extent to which either cash payments have been received or interest has been accrued in accordance with the income recognition policy of the Barclays Group. |
c | Other interest income principally relates to hedging activity. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 425 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Assets
|
2016
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
Average
balance
£m |
Interest
presented
within net
interest
income
£m |
Interest
presented
elsewhere
£m |
Total interest
£m |
Rate
% |
||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks
|
UK | 21,792 | 79 | - | 79 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks
|
Non-UK | 57,662 | 107 | - | 107 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banksa
|
Total | 79,454 | 186 | - | 186 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost
|
UK | 244,322 | 10,174 | 139 | 10,313 | 4.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost
|
Non-UK | 60,483 | 3,383 | 89 | 3,472 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised costa,b
|
Total | 304,805 | 13,557 | 228 | 13,785 | 4.5 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments
|
UK | 71,697 | 520 | 43 | 563 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investments
|
Non-UK | 7,661 | 220 | - | 220 | 2.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Financial investmentsa
|
Total | 79,358 | 740 | 43 | 783 | 1.0 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements
|
UK | 5,949 | (7) | 71 | 64 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements
|
Non-UK | 14,752 | 34 | 287 | 321 | 2.2 | ||||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreementsa
|
Total | 20,701 | 27 | 358 | 385 | 1.9 | ||||||||||||||||||
Other interest incomec
|
- | 31 | - | 31 | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earning assets not at fair value through income statement
|
484,318 | 14,541 | 629 | 15,170 | 3.1 | |||||||||||||||||||
Less interest expense
|
- | (4,004) | (214) | (4,218) | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Net interest
|
484,318 | 10,537 | 415 | 10,952 | 2.3 | |||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement
|
UK | 65,449 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement
|
Non-UK | 78,470 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest earning assets at fair value through income statement
|
Total | 143,919 | ||||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest earning assets
|
628,237 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairments
|
(4,669) | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Non-interest earning assetsa
|
670,286 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Total
|
1,293,854 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Percentage of total average interest earning assets in offices outside the UK
|
35% |
Notes
a | The Barclays Group introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1, Note 42 and the Credit risk disclosures. As part of this change the cash collateral balances have been reflected in non-interest earning assets. |
b | Loans and advances at amortised cost include all doubtful lending. Interest receivable on such lending has been included to the extent to which either cash payments have been received or interest has been accrued in accordance with the income recognition policy of the Barclays Group. |
c | Other interest income principally relates to hedging activity. |
426 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Liabilities
|
2018
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average balance £m |
Interest £m |
Interest £m |
Total interest £m |
Rate % |
||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
UK | 235,002 | 1,301 | - | 1,301 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
Non-UK | 57,576 | 949 | - | 949 | 1.6 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised costa |
Total | 292,578 | 2,250 | - | 2,250 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
UK | 48,973 | 1,123 | - | 1,123 | 2.3 | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
Non-UK | 32,177 | 554 | - | 554 | 1.7 | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
Total | 81,150 | 1,677 | - | 1,677 | 2.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
UK | 21,369 | 1,208 | - | 1,208 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
Non-UK | 143 | 15 | - | 15 | 10.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
Total | 21,512 | 1,223 | - | 1,223 | 5.7 | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
UK | 13,660 | 157 | - | 157 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
Non-UK | 6,302 | 23 | - | 23 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreementsa |
Total | 19,962 | 180 | - | 180 | 0.9 | ||||||||||||||||
Other interest expenseb |
- | 149 | - | 149 | - | |||||||||||||||||
Total interest bearing liabilities not at fair value through income statement |
415,202 | 5,479 | - | 5,479 | 1.3 | |||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement |
UK | 225,502 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement |
Non-UK | 56,872 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statementa |
Total | 282,374 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest bearing liabilities |
697,576 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits |
UK | 91,935 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits |
Non-UK | 9,496 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits |
Total | 101,431 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other non-interest bearing liabilities |
348,803 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity |
61,789 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,209,599 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Percentage of total average interest bearing liabilities in offices outside the UK |
22% |
Notes |
a | The Barclays Group introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1, Note 42 and the Credit risk disclosures. |
b | Other interest expense principally includes interest expense relating to hedging activity. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 427 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Liabilities | 2017
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average balance
£m |
Interest
£m |
Interest presented elsewhere
£m |
Total interest
£m |
Rate
% |
||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | UK | 231,651 | 834 | 21 | 855 | 0.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | Non-UK | 31,318 | 659 | 708 | 1,367 | 4.4 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised costa | Total | 262,969 | 1,493 | 729 | 2,222 | 0.8 | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | UK | 43,632 | 831 | - | 831 | 1.9 | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | Non-UK | 34,819 | 84 | - | 84 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | Total | 78,451 | 915 | - | 915 | 1.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | UK | 23,930 | 1,223 | - | 1,223 | 5.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | Non-UK | 52 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | Total | 23,982 | 1,223 | - | 1,223 | 5.1 | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | UK | 22,015 | 22 | 202 | 224 | 1.0 | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 15,431 | 24 | 314 | 338 | 2.2 | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreementsa | Total | 37,446 | 46 | 516 | 562 | 1.5 | ||||||||||||||||
Other interest expenseb | - | 109 | - | 109 | - | |||||||||||||||||
Total interest bearing liabilities not at fair value through income statement | 402,848 | 3,786 | 1,245 | 5,031 | 1.2 | |||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | UK | 99,332 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 81,565 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statementa | Total | 180,897 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest bearing liabilities | 583,745 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits | UK | 88,813 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits | Non-UK | 9,353 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits | Total | 98,166 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other non-interest bearing liabilities | 468,245 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity | 64,885 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 1,215,041 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Percentage of total average interest bearing liabilities in offices outside the UK | 28% |
Notes
a | The Barclays Group introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1, Note 42 and the Credit risk disclosures. |
b | Other interest expense principally relates to hedging activity. |
428 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Liabilities
|
2016
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
Average balance
£m |
Interest
£m |
Interest
£m |
Total interest
£m |
Rate
% |
||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | UK | 224,246 | 545 | (82 | ) | 463 | 0.2% | |||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost | Non-UK | 34,108 | 1,233 | 74 | 1,307 | 3.8% | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised costa | Total | 258,354 | 1,778 | (8 | ) | 1,770 | 0.7% | |||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | UK | 39,956 | 757 | - | 757 | 1.9% | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | Non-UK | 25,712 | 232 | - | 232 | 0.9% | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue | Total | 65,668 | 989 | - | 989 | 1.5% | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | UK | 22,437 | 1,104 | - | 1,104 | 4.9% | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | Non-UK | 228 | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities | Total | 22,665 | 1,104 | - | 1,104 | 4.9% | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | UK | 13,736 | 116 | 110 | 226 | 1.6% | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements | Non-UK | 11,424 | 47 | 112 | 159 | 1.4% | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreementsa | Total | 25,160 | 163 | 222 | 385 | 1.5% | ||||||||||||||||
Other interest expenseb | - | (30 | ) | - | (30 | ) | - | |||||||||||||||
Total interest bearing liabilities not at fair value through income statement | 371,847 | 4,004 | 214 | 4,218 | 1.1% | |||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | UK | 78,036 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statement | Non-UK | 69,976 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest bearing liabilities at fair value through income statementa | Total | 148,012 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest bearing liabilities | 519,859 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits | UK | 78,788 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits | Non-UK | 10,074 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Interest free customer deposits | Total | 88,862 | ||||||||||||||||||||
Other non-interest bearing liabilities | 620,637 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Shareholders equity | 64,496 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total | 1,293,854 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Percentage of total average interest bearing liabilities in offices outside the UK | 27% |
Notes
a | The Barclays Group introduced changes to the balance sheet presentation as at 31 December 2017 as a result of the adoption of new accounting policies on 1 January 2018. Further detail on the adoption of new accounting policies can be found in Note 1, Note 42 and the Credit risk disclosures. |
b | Other interest expense principally relates to hedging activity. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 429 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Changes in total interest volume and rate analysis
The following tables allocate changes in interest between changes in volume and changes in interest rates for the last two years. Volume and rate variances have been calculated on the movement in the average balances and the change in the interest rates on average interest earning assets and average interest bearing liabilities. Where variances have arisen from changes in both volumes and interest rates, these have been allocated proportionately between the two.
Interest income | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018/2017 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: |
2017/2016 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total change |
Volume | Rate | Total change |
Volume | Rate | |||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
UK | 150 | 48 | 102 | 68 | 94 | (26 | ) | ||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
Non-UK | 390 | 50 | 340 | 329 | 104 | 225 | |||||||||||||||||||
Cash and balances at central banks |
Total | 540 | 98 | 442 | 397 | 198 | 199 | |||||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
UK | (92 | ) | 719 | (811 | ) | (1,477 | ) | (88 | ) | (1,389 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
Non-UK | (211 | ) | 739 | (950 | ) | 68 | (404 | ) | 472 | ||||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
Total | (303 | ) | 1,458 | (1,761 | ) | (1,409 | ) | (492 | ) | (917 | ) | ||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
UK | (651 | ) | nm | nm | 88 | (160 | ) | 248 | |||||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
Non-UK | (103 | ) | nm | nm | (117 | ) | (84 | ) | (33 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
Total | (754 | ) | nm | nm | (29 | ) | (244 | ) | 215 | ||||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
UK | (69 | ) | (30 | ) | (39 | ) | 7 | (47 | ) | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
Non-UK | (394 | ) | (244 | ) | (150 | ) | 83 | (5 | ) | 88 | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
Total | (463 | ) | (274 | ) | (189 | ) | 90 | (52 | ) | 142 | |||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
UK | 956 | nm | nm | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
Non-UK | 73 | nm | nm | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
Total | 1,029 | nm | nm | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Other interest income |
160 | 160 | 113 | - | 113 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest receivable |
209 | 904 | (1,427 | ) | (838 | ) | (590 | ) | (248 | ) |
Note |
a | Included in Other is the movement related to the adoption of IFRS9 where financial investment assets were reclassified to assets held at fair value through other comprehensive income, which is neither volume or rate driven. |
Interest expense | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018/2017 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: |
2017/2016 Change due to increase/(decrease) in: |
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total change |
Volume | Rate | Total change |
Volume | Rate | |||||||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
UK | 446 | 12 | 434 | 392 | 15 | 377 | |||||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
Non-UK | (418 | ) | 737 | (1,155 | ) | 60 | (113 | ) | 173 | ||||||||||||||||
Deposits at amortised cost |
Total | 28 | 749 | (721 | ) | 452 | (98 | ) | 550 | |||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
UK | 292 | 110 | 182 | 74 | 70 | 4 | |||||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
Non-UK | 470 | (6 | ) | 476 | (148 | ) | 63 | (211 | ) | ||||||||||||||||
Debt securities in issue |
Total | 762 | 104 | 658 | (74 | ) | 133 | (207 | ) | |||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
UK | (15 | ) | (138 | ) | 123 | 119 | 75 | 44 | |||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
Non-UK | 15 | - | 15 | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||||||
Subordinated liabilities |
Total | - | (138 | ) | 138 | 119 | 75 | 44 | ||||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
UK | (67 | ) | (93 | ) | 26 | (2 | ) | 104 | (106 | ) | |||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
Non-UK | (315 | ) | (131 | ) | (184 | ) | 179 | 68 | 111 | ||||||||||||||||
Repurchase agreements |
Total | (382 | ) | (224 | ) | (158 | ) | 177 | 172 | 5 | ||||||||||||||||
Other interest expense |
40 | 40 | 139 | - | 139 | |||||||||||||||||||||
Total interest payable |
448 | 491 | (43 | ) | 813 | 282 | 531 |
430 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Credit risk additional disclosure
This section of the report contains supplementary information that is more detailed or contains longer histories than the data presented in the Risk review section.
Risk elements in loans and advances
There are three main higher credit risk elements identified in loans and advances:
Loans assessed as Stage 3 credit impaired under IFRS 9
Stage 3 credit impaired loans are loans in default assessed for lifetime expected credit losses. Further details on the approach to expected credit loss provisioning under IFRS 9, including the classification into stages of gross exposures and approach to the measurement of lifetime expected credit losses, can be found in Note 1 Significant Accounting Policies.
Loans greater than 90 days past due not considered Stage 3 credit impaired
Under a US reporting framework, all accruing loans greater than 90 days past due are considered to be at higher risk of loss. Barclays Group classifies all loans and advances past due 90 days except mortgages as Stage 3 credit impaired loans and therefore these are already considered a higher credit risk. However, in addition to Stage 3 gross loans and advances past due greater than 90 days as at 31 December 2018, there are a further £167m of Stage 2 mortgage loans between 90 to 180 days past due.
Restructured loans not included above
Restructured loans: comprises loans not included above where, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtors financial difficulties, a
concession has been granted to the debtor that would not otherwise be considered. For information on restructured loans refer to disclosures
on forbearance on pages 125 to 128. Restructured loans not classified as Stage 3 credit impaired and not greater than 90 days past due are £125m as at 31 December 2018.
These risk elements in loans and advances may be analysed between the United Kingdom and Rest of the World as follows:
Risk elements in loans and advances | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | 2015a | 2014a | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Gross Stage 3 credit impaired loans (2014 to 2017: |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
5,150 | 2,648 | 2,688 | 2,747 | 3,090 | |||||||||||||||
Rest of the world |
3,353 | 1,756 | 1,926 | 2,888 | 3,764 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
8,503 | 4,404 | 4,614 | 5,635 | 6,854 | |||||||||||||||
Accruing gross loans which are not Stage 3 credit impaired loans and are contractually overdue 90 days or more as to principal or interest (2014 to 2017: Accruing gross loans which are not individually impaired loans and are contractually overdue 90 days or more as to principal or interest): |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
167 | 752 | 810 | 848 | 971 | |||||||||||||||
Rest of the world |
- | 516 | 664 | 896 | 941 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
167 | 1,268 | 1,474 | 1,744 | 1,912 | |||||||||||||||
Other gross restructured loans (2014 to 2017 Impaired and |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
10 | 179 | 217 | 286 | 559 | |||||||||||||||
Rest of the world |
115 | 143 | 186 | 152 | 164 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
125 | 322 | 403 | 438 | 723 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
5,327 | 3,579 | 3,715 | 3,881 | 4,620 | |||||||||||||||
Rest of the world |
3,468 | 2,415 | 2,776 | 3,936 | 4,869 | |||||||||||||||
Total |
8,795 | 5,994 | 6,491 | 7,817 | 9,489 |
Notes
a | The comparatives for 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been presented on an IAS 39 basis. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 431 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Interest forgone on risk elements in loans and advances | ||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | ||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||
Interest income that would have been recognised under the original contractual terms |
||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
84 | 87 | 91 | |||||||||||||
Rest of the World |
180 | 151 | 196 | |||||||||||||
Total |
264 | 238 | 287 |
Potential problem loans
Potential problem loans are those loans for which serious doubt exists as to the ability of the borrower to continue to comply with repayment terms in the near future.
Loans and advances at amortised cost by product on page 109 includes gross exposure and associated impairment allowance for assets classified as Stage 2, but not past due i.e. assets satisfying the criteria for a Significant Increase in Credit Risk, but which are still complying with repayment terms.
Forbearance measures consist of concessions towards a debtor that is experiencing or is about to experience difficulties in meeting their financial commitments. Both performing and non-performing forbearance assets are classified as Stage 3 except where it is established that the concession granted has not resulted in diminished financial obligation and that no other regulatory definition of default criteria has been triggered, in which case the asset is classified as Stage 2. The minimum probationary period for non-performing forbearance is 12 months and for performing forbearance, 24 months. Hence, a minimum of 36 months is required for non-performing forbearance to move out of a forborne state. Further details can be found on pages 125 to 128.
In order to assess asset credit quality, 12-month PDs are used to map assets into strong, satisfactory, higher risk or credit impaired. A credit risk profile by internal PD grade for gross loans and advances at amortised cost and allowance for ECL is shown in the credit risk section on page 123, analysing each of these categories by stage.
Wholesale accounts that are deemed to contain heightened levels of risk are recorded on graded watchlists comprising four categories, graded in line with the perceived severity of the risk attached to the lending, and its probability of default. Where a counterpartys financial health gives grounds for concern, it is immediately placed into the appropriate category. Once an account has been placed on a watchlist, the exposure is monitored and, where appropriate, exposure reductions are effected. Further information on monitoring weaknesses in portfolios can be found in the Barclays PLC Pillar 3 Report 2018 (unaudited).
432 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Impairment
The introduction of IFRS 9 has increased the total impairment allowance on Loans and advances held by Barclays Group by £2,450m from £4,652m as at 31 December 2017 to £7,102m as at 1 January 2018. The comparatives for 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 are presented on an IAS 39 basis.
Movements in allowance for impairment by geography | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018a | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
£m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||
Allowance for impairment as at 1 January |
7,102 | 4,620 | 4,921 | 5,455 | 7,258 | |||||||||||||||
Exchange and other adjustments |
(226) | (293) | (816) | (766) | (1,187) | |||||||||||||||
Amounts written off: |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
(949) | (1,111) | (1,272) | (1,354) | (1,313) | |||||||||||||||
Europe |
(62) | (157) | (218) | (200) | (742) | |||||||||||||||
Americas |
(862) | (1,038) | (664) | (411) | (535) | |||||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
- | (9) | (20) | (300) | (423) | |||||||||||||||
Asia |
(18) | (14) | (19) | (12) | (24) | |||||||||||||||
New and increased/(released) impairment allowance: |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
842 | 1,345 | 1,371 | 1,239 | 1,215 | |||||||||||||||
Europe |
84 | 110 | 260 | 258 | 420 | |||||||||||||||
Americas |
809 | 1,192 | 1,025 | 590 | 340 | |||||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
32 | 23 | 44 | 416 | 404 | |||||||||||||||
Asia |
18 | (16) | 8 | 6 | 42 | |||||||||||||||
Allowance for impairment as at 31 December |
6,770 | 4,652 | 4,620 | 4,921 | 5,455 | |||||||||||||||
Average loans and advances for the year |
329,415 | 296,068 | 304,805 | 324,172 | 323,839 |
Note
a | Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include £12m impairment allowance relating to cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets |
Analysis of impairment charges | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Impairment charges: |
||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
742 | 1,138 | 1,130 | 960 | 1,071 | |||||||||||||||
Europe |
48 | 92 | 242 | 244 | 392 | |||||||||||||||
Americas |
758 | 1,084 | 921 | 539 | 339 | |||||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
17 | 22 | 43 | 7 | 9 | |||||||||||||||
Asia |
25 | (16) | 7 | 6 | 41 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances |
1,590 | 2,320 | 2,343 | 1,756 | 1,852 | |||||||||||||||
Provision for undrawn contractually committed facilities and guarantees provided |
(125) | 13 | 9 | (12) | 5 | |||||||||||||||
Loans Impairment |
1,465 | 2,333 | 2,352 | 1,744 | 1,857 | |||||||||||||||
Cash collateral and settlement balances |
(1) | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Financial investments |
- | 3 | 21 | 18 | (31) | |||||||||||||||
Financial instruments at fair value through other comprehensive income |
4 | - | - | - | - | |||||||||||||||
Reverse repurchase agreements |
- | - | - | - | (5) | |||||||||||||||
Impairment charges |
1,468 | 2,336 | 2,373 | 1,762 | 1,821 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 433 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
The industry classifications in the tables below have been prepared at the level of the borrowing entity. This means that a loan to a subsidiary of a major corporation is classified by the industry in which the subsidiary operates, even though the Parents predominant business may be in a different industry.
Total impairment charges on loans and advances by industry | ||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December |
2018
£m |
2017
£m |
2016
£m |
2015
£m |
2014
£m |
|||||||||||||||
United Kingdom: |
||||||||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
71 | (42) | (1) | (4) | (9) | |||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
(2) | (11) | 39 | (8) | 1 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
- | 10 | 7 | 10 | 8 | |||||||||||||||
Property |
(13) | (10) | (13) | 11 | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
- | 35 | 12 | 42 | - | |||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
(38) | 51 | 38 | 38 | 54 | |||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
(97) | 220 | 56 | 110 | 76 | |||||||||||||||
Home loans |
1 | 31 | (4) | 27 | 28 | |||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured and other personal lending |
877 | 856 | 975 | 735 | 893 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
(57) | (2) | 20 | (1) | 10 | |||||||||||||||
Total United Kingdom |
742 | 1,138 | 1,129 | 960 | 1,071 | |||||||||||||||
Overseas |
848 | 1,182 | 1,214 | 796 | 781 | |||||||||||||||
Total Impairment charges |
1,590 | 2,320 | 2,343 | 1,756 | 1,852 |
Allowance for impairment by industry | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018a | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % | £m | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
68 | 1.0 | 11 | 0.2 | 5 | 0.1 | 10 | 0.2 | 9 | 0.2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
38 | 0.6 | 34 | 0.7 | 60 | 1.3 | 30 | 0.6 | 32 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
41 | 0.6 | 37 | 0.8 | 35 | 0.8 | 32 | 0.7 | 33 | 0.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property |
94 | 1.4 | 48 | 1.0 | 89 | 1.9 | 122 | 2.5 | 140 | 2.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
11 | 0.2 | 1 | - | - | - | - | - | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
6 | 0.1 | 108 | 2.3 | 114 | 2.5 | 90 | 1.8 | - | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
140 | 2.1 | 186 | 4.0 | 143 | 3.1 | 124 | 2.5 | 137 | 2.5 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
196 | 2.9 | 482 | 10.4 | 252 | 5.5 | 238 | 4.8 | 205 | 3.8 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
98 | 1.4 | 137 | 2.9 | 144 | 3.1 | 157 | 3.2 | 123 | 2.3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured and other personal lending |
2,766 | 40.9 | 1,671 | 35.9 | 1,653 | 35.8 | 1,652 | 33.6 | 1,912 | 35.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
102 | 1.5 | 42 | 0.9 | 49 | 1.1 | 37 | 0.8 | 61 | 1.1 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total United Kingdom |
3,560 | 52.6 | 2,757 | 59.3 | 2,544 | 55.1 | 2,492 | 50.6 | 2,652 | 48.6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Overseas |
3,210 | 47.4 | 1,895 | 40.7 | 2,076 | 44.9 | 2,429 | 49.4 | 2,803 | 51.4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
6,770 | 100.0 | 4,652 | 100.0 | 4,620 | 100.0 | 4,921 | 100.0 | 5,455 | 100.0 |
Note
a | Other financial assets subject to impairment not included in the table above include £12m impairment allowance relating to cash collateral and settlement balances, financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income and other assets |
434 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Amounts written off and recovered by industry | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts written off | Recoveries of amounts previously written off | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | 2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom: |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
8 | 2 | 2 | 3 | 1 | 2 | 47 | 1 | 8 | 11 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
12 | 2 | 15 | 6 | 13 | 3 | 3 | 3 | 2 | 6 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Construction |
7 | 10 | 5 | 13 | 21 | 1 | 3 | 1 | 3 | 3 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Property |
46 | 22 | 18 | 24 | 19 | 6 | 1 | 11 | 13 | 17 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
4 | 32 | - | - | - | - | - | 2 | 2 | - | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
48 | 23 | 25 | 94 | 48 | 15 | 8 | 5 | 17 | 13 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
227 | 105 | 52 | 65 | 59 | 9 | 9 | 10 | 15 | 10 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Home loans |
10 | 13 | 11 | 22 | 15 | 3 | - | - | 3 | 2 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured and other personal lending |
552 | 897 | 1,134 | 1,113 | 994 | 93 | 132 | 206 | 214 | 81 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other |
35 | 5 | 10 | 14 | 144 | 7 | 4 | 2 | 4 | 4 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total United Kingdom |
949 | 1,111 | 1,272 | 1,354 | 1,314 | 139 | 207 | 241 | 281 | 147 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Overseas |
942 | 1,218 | 921 | 923 | 1,723 | 56 | 127 | 125 | 119 | 74 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total |
1,891 | 2,329 | 2,193 | 2,277 | 3,037 | 195 | 334 | 366 | 400 | 221 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment ratios | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | 2015 | 2014 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
% | % | % | % | % | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Impairment charges as a percentage of average loans and advances |
|
0.45 | 0.79 | 0.78 | 0.54 | 0.56 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Amounts written off (net of recoveries) as a percentage of average loans and advances |
|
0.51 | 0.67 | 0.60 | 0.58 | 0.87 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Allowance for impairment balance as a percentage of loans and advances as at 31 December |
|
2.03 | 1.42 | 1.32 | 1.36 | 1.47 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 435 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Maturity analysis of loans and advances
Maturity analysis of loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
On demand |
Not more than three months |
Over three months but not more than six months |
Over six months but not more than one year |
Over one year but not more than three years |
Over three years but not more than five years |
Over five years but not more than ten years |
Over ten years |
Total | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018 | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate lending |
1,146 | 2,132 | 1,070 | 2,915 | 14,998 | 13,361 | 7,328 | 23,323 | 66,273 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other lending to customers in the United Kingdom |
4,108 | 2,823 | 3,164 | 3,881 | 13,796 | 12,268 | 29,539 | 107,824 | 177,403 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total United Kingdom |
5,254 | 4,955 | 4,234 | 6,796 | 28,794 | 25,629 | 36,867 | 131,147 | 243,676 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Europe |
2,788 | 1,995 | 1,127 | 2,057 | 8,515 | 3,947 | 3,347 | 4,968 | 28,744 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Americas |
4,334 | 2,247 | 1,710 | 3,294 | 13,872 | 9,951 | 9,150 | 7,274 | 51,832 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
362 | 667 | 564 | 198 | 746 | 502 | 110 | 370 | 3,519 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asia |
712 | 1,676 | 543 | 516 | 1,115 | 380 | 191 | 272 | 5,405 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost |
13,450 | 11,540 | 8,178 | 12,861 | 53,042 | 40,409 | 49,665 | 144,031 | 333,176 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017 |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
United Kingdom |
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Corporate lending |
2,682 | 4,364 | 1,844 | 3,273 | 26,251 | 12,797 | 4,860 | 13,253 | 69,324 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Other lending to customers in the United Kingdom |
3,780 | 4,214 | 3,278 | 5,060 | 18,055 | 15,847 | 35,346 | 87,955 | 173,535 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total United Kingdom |
6,462 | 8,578 | 5,122 | 8,333 | 44,306 | 28,644 | 40,206 | 101,208 | 242,859 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Europe |
4,992 | 3,552 | 1,102 | 1,548 | 6,720 | 3,313 | 2,622 | 3,923 | 27,772 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Americas |
1,988 | 10,500 | 2,571 | 3,949 | 10,805 | 7,236 | 5,652 | 6,390 | 49,091 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Africa and Middle East |
405 | 1,327 | 172 | 226 | 837 | 274 | 102 | 124 | 3,467 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Asia |
1,040 | 1,982 | 865 | 626 | 433 | 285 | 95 | 185 | 5,511 | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||
Total loans and advances at amortised cost |
14,887 | 25,939 | 9,832 | 14,682 | 63,101 | 39,752 | 48,677 | 111,830 | 328,700 |
436 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Industrial and geographical concentrations of loans and advances
Loans and advances at amortised cost by industry | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | 2015a | 2014a | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
28,237 | 35,654 | 49,648 | 46,335 | 49,512 | |||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
8,849 | 9,193 | 12,198 | 12,012 | 11,040 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
2,802 | 3,284 | 3,525 | 3,798 | 3,762 | |||||||||||||||
Property |
20,933 | 20,364 | 20,831 | 19,982 | 19,486 | |||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
12,776 | 9,090 | 9,312 | 3,114 | 3,385 | |||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
5,582 | 5,644 | 7,154 | 7,172 | 7,170 | |||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
11,809 | 12,605 | 13,070 | 13,908 | 13,600 | |||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
19,989 | 20,381 | 21,390 | 23,590 | 21,910 | |||||||||||||||
Home loans |
150,735 | 147,460 | 145,184 | 156,384 | 167,519 | |||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending |
60,561 | 57,245 | 59,851 | 63,217 | 58,914 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
10,903 | 7,780 | 8,357 | 12,996 | 15,632 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost |
333,176 | 328,700 | 350,520 | 362,508 | 371,930 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in the UK | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | 2015a | 2014a | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
6,200 | 6,233 | 8,200 | 8,556 | 8,382 | |||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
4,440 | 6,198 | 6,816 | 5,696 | 6,059 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
2,593 | 3,025 | 3,254 | 3,164 | 2,957 | |||||||||||||||
Property |
18,036 | 18,168 | 18,145 | 15,556 | 15,040 | |||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
7,867 | 7,906 | 7,226 | 1,048 | 849 | |||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
2,668 | 2,501 | 2,229 | 1,860 | 1,661 | |||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
9,970 | 10,617 | 10,586 | 10,378 | 9,986 | |||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
15,092 | 16,385 | 16,425 | 16,311 | 13,884 | |||||||||||||||
Home loans |
138,323 | 134,820 | 131,945 | 132,324 | 132,863 | |||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending |
31,139 | 30,786 | 31,260 | 30,452 | 28,061 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
7,348 | 6,220 | 6,464 | 6,431 | 8,828 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in the UK |
243,676 | 242,859 | 242,550 | 231,776 | 228,570 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in Europe | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | 2015a | 2014a | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
5,950 | 6,143 | 5,541 | 5,659 | 6,641 | |||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
1,335 | 1,347 | 2,522 | 2,173 | 1,543 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
85 | 80 | 30 | 68 | 193 | |||||||||||||||
Property |
716 | 734 | 1,047 | 795 | 1,174 | |||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
1,778 | 323 | 702 | 488 | 783 | |||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
676 | 621 | 1,217 | 775 | 1,942 | |||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
735 | 808 | 907 | 710 | 1,095 | |||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
991 | 1,023 | 1,014 | 1,260 | 1,503 | |||||||||||||||
Home loans |
10,563 | 11,578 | 12,189 | 12,503 | 19,933 | |||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending |
5,076 | 4,483 | 4,283 | 5,047 | 5,226 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
839 | 632 | 385 | 1,489 | 1,369 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in Europe |
28,744 | 27,772 | 29,837 | 30,967 | 41,402 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 437 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Loans and advances at amortised cost in the Americas | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | 2015a | 2014a | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
12,458 | 18,559 | 30,348 | 23,446 | 22,239 | |||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
2,426 | 1,262 | 2,348 | 1,424 | 1,136 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
71 | 147 | 204 | 120 | 114 | |||||||||||||||
Property |
2,097 | 1,272 | 1,463 | 1,709 | 1,500 | |||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
2,869 | | 162 | 91 | 315 | |||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
1,667 | 1,986 | 2,709 | 2,780 | 2,206 | |||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
613 | 660 | 949 | 815 | 478 | |||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
2,973 | 2,629 | 3,322 | 2,997 | 2,808 | |||||||||||||||
Home loans |
715 | 567 | 595 | 624 | 770 | |||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending |
23,756 | 21,486 | 23,700 | 18,140 | 15,666 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
2,187 | 523 | 828 | 1,328 | 1,740 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in the Americas |
51,832 | 49,091 | 66,628 | 53,474 | 48,972 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in Africa and Middle East | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | 2015a | 2014a | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
1,319 | 1,066 | 1,065 | 3,625 | 6,355 | |||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
51 | 13 | 60 | 2,320 | 1,856 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
| | 2 | 363 | 403 | |||||||||||||||
Property |
55 | 112 | 80 | 1,755 | 1,577 | |||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
262 | 860 | 1,031 | 1,450 | 1,324 | |||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
200 | 252 | 494 | 1,025 | 645 | |||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
123 | 219 | 328 | 1,837 | 1,831 | |||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
221 | 64 | 237 | 2,683 | 3,359 | |||||||||||||||
Home loans |
698 | 378 | 357 | 10,689 | 13,591 | |||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending |
494 | 406 | 494 | 8,081 | 8,605 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
96 | 97 | 200 | 3,026 | 3,210 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in Africa and Middle East |
3,519 | 3,467 | 4,348 | 36,854 | 42,756 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in Asia | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017a | 2016a | 2015a | 2014a | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||
Financial institutions |
2,310 | 3,653 | 4,494 | 5,049 | 5,895 | |||||||||||||||
Manufacturing |
597 | 373 | 452 | 399 | 446 | |||||||||||||||
Construction |
53 | 32 | 35 | 83 | 95 | |||||||||||||||
Property |
29 | 78 | 96 | 167 | 195 | |||||||||||||||
Government and central bank |
| 1 | 191 | 37 | 114 | |||||||||||||||
Energy and water |
371 | 284 | 505 | 732 | 716 | |||||||||||||||
Wholesale and retail distribution and leisure |
368 | 301 | 300 | 168 | 210 | |||||||||||||||
Business and other services |
712 | 280 | 392 | 339 | 356 | |||||||||||||||
Home loans |
436 | 117 | 98 | 244 | 362 | |||||||||||||||
Cards, unsecured loans and other personal lending |
96 | 84 | 114 | 1,497 | 1,356 | |||||||||||||||
Other |
433 | 308 | 480 | 722 | 485 | |||||||||||||||
Loans and advances at amortised cost in Asia |
5,405 | 5,511 | 7,157 | 9,437 | 10,230 |
Notes
a | The comparatives for 2017, 2016, 2015 and 2014 have been presented on an IAS 39 basis. |
438 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Interest rate sensitivity of gross loans and advances at amortised cost | ||||||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | |||||||||||||||||||||||
Fixed rate | Variable rate | Total | Fixed rate | Variable rate | Total | |||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||||
Gross loans and advances at amortised cost | 125,404 | 207,772 | 333,176 | 110,276 | 218,424 | 328,700 |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 439 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Foreign outstandings in currencies other than the local currency of the borrower for countries where this exceeds 0.75% of total
Group |
||||||||||||||||||||
As % of assets | Total | Banks and other financial institutions |
Government and official institutions |
Commercial industrial and other private sectors |
||||||||||||||||
% | £m | £m | £m | £m | ||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2018a |
||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
15.8 | 178,276 | 10,828 | 17,322 | 150,126 | |||||||||||||||
Germany |
3.0 | 31,091 | 13,591 | 17,500 | - | |||||||||||||||
France |
4.3 | 42,468 | 29,558 | 3,848 | 9,062 | |||||||||||||||
Cayman Islands |
1.4 | 11,747 | - | - | 11,747 | |||||||||||||||
Netherlands |
0.8 | 6,067 | 761 | 784 | 4,522 | |||||||||||||||
Canada |
0.8 | 9,282 | 1,093 | 1,287 | 6,902 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2017a |
||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
12.8 | 137,943 | 10,054 | 10,294 | 117,595 | |||||||||||||||
Germany |
2.4 | 24,319 | 9,618 | 9,958 | 4,743 | |||||||||||||||
France |
4.3 | 41,740 | 26,046 | 4,937 | 10,757 | |||||||||||||||
Cayman Islands |
2.2 | 16,408 | - | - | 16,408 | |||||||||||||||
Switzerland |
1.0 | 11,683 | 547 | 9,442 | 1,694 | |||||||||||||||
Netherlands |
0.8 | 7,154 | 26 | 1,825 | 5,303 | |||||||||||||||
Spain |
0.8 | 7,961 | 5,059 | 1,603 | 1,299 | |||||||||||||||
Hong Kong |
0.9 | 9,931 | 465 | 24 | 9,442 | |||||||||||||||
As at 31 December 2016a |
||||||||||||||||||||
United States |
7.9 | 96,802 | 11,749 | 10,149 | 74,904 | |||||||||||||||
Germany |
1.6 | 18,044 | 10,204 | 4,685 | 3,155 | |||||||||||||||
France |
2.9 | 33,098 | 20,584 | 4,182 | 8,332 | |||||||||||||||
Cayman Islands |
2.1 | 16,312 | 28 | 2 | 16,282 | |||||||||||||||
Switzerland |
0.8 | 10,168 | 652 | 7,533 | 1,983 |
Note
a | Figures are net of short securities. |
Off-balance sheet and other credit exposures | ||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | ||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||
Off-balance sheet exposures |
||||||||||||||||
Contingent liabilities |
20,303 | 19,012 | 19,939 | |||||||||||||
Commitments |
324,223 | 315,573 | 303,686 | |||||||||||||
On-balance sheet exposures |
||||||||||||||||
Trading portfolio assets |
104,187 | 113,760 | 80,240 | |||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through the income statement |
149,648 | 116,281 | 78,608 | |||||||||||||
Derivative financial instruments |
222,538 | 237,669 | 346,626 | |||||||||||||
Financial investments |
- | 58,915 | 63,317 | |||||||||||||
Financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income |
52,816 | - | - |
440 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Notional principal amounts of credit derivatives | ||||||||||||||||||||
2018 | 2017 | 2016 | ||||||||||||||||||
As at 31 December | £m | £m | £m | |||||||||||||||||
Credit derivatives held or issued for trading purposesa | 759,075 | 715,001 | 947,800 |
Note
a | Includes credit derivatives held as economic hedges which are not designated as hedges for accounting purposes. |
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 441 |
Additional information
Additional financial disclosure (unaudited)
Related party transactions additional disclosure
For US disclosure purposes, the aggregate emoluments of all Directors and Officers of Barclays PLC who held office during the year (2018: 24 persons, 2017: 30 persons, 2016: 32 persons) for the year ended 31 December 2018 amounted to £64.3m (2017: £88.7m, 2016: £71.0m). In addition, the aggregate amount set aside for the year ended 31 December 2018, to provide pension benefits for the Directors and Officers amounted to £nil (2017: £0.1m, 2016: £0.2m).
442 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
Shareholder information
Barclays shareholding
Key dates
5 April 2019 Full year dividend payment date
25 April 2019 Q1 Results Announcement
2 May 2019 Annual General Meeting, at 11.00am
17 September 2019 Half year dividend payment date
Annual General Meeting (AGM) This years AGM will be held at the QEII Centre, Broad Sanctuary, Westminster, London SW1P 3EE, on Thursday, 2 May 2019 at 11.00am.
The Chairman and Chief Executive will update shareholders on our performance in 2018 and our goals for 2019. Shareholders will also have the opportunity to ask the Board questions at the meeting.
|
Keep your personal details up to date
Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F 443 |
Shareholder information
Barclays shareholding
Note
a Lines open 8.30am to 5.30pm (UK time) Monday to Friday, excluding public holidays.
444 Barclays PLC 2018 Annual Report on Form 20-F |
EXHIBIT INDEX
11.1 | Code of Ethics | |
12.1 | Certifications filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13(a)-14(a) | |
13.1 | Certifications filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240. 13(a) and 18 U.S.C 1350(a) and 1350(b) | |
15.1 | Consent of KPMG LLP for incorporation by reference of reports in certain securities registration statements of Barclays PLC. | |
15.2 | Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP for incorporation by reference of reports in certain securities registration statements of Barclays PLC. | |
99.1 | A table setting forth the issued share capital of Barclays Groups total shareholders equity, indebtedness and contingent liabilities as at 31 December 2018. | |
101.INS | XBRL Instance Document | |
101.SCH | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema | |
101.CAL | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Calculation Linkbase | |
101.DEF | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Definition Linkbase | |
101.LAB | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Label Linkbase | |
101.PRE | XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Presentation Linkbase |
Signatures
The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.
Date February 21, 2019 | Barclays PLC
(Registrant) | |||
By | /s/ Tushar Morzaria | |||
Tushar Morzaria, Group Finance Director |